Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No.

P-226 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-301
T.E. (Automobile) (Semester - I)
Numerical & Optimization Methods
(2019 Pattern) (316481)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Using Taylor series find y(0.2) correct to four decimal places for given
y’ = x – y2, y(0) = 1 [9]

d2y
b) Solve the boundary value problem 2 – 64 y +10 = 0 Initial condition,
dx
y(0) = 1, y(1) = 1 take step size, h = l/3 compute y(1/3) and y(2/3).[8]
OR

dy
Q2) a) The relationship between x and y is given by  xy  2 Estimate y
dx
at x = 5.1 using 4th order Runge - Kutta method Assume y = 2 at x = 5.0
take step size of 0.05. [9]

u  2u
b) Solve  for the following condition. At x = 0 and x = 0.5,
t x 2
u=1 for all values of t. At t=0, u= 2x+l for 0<x<0.5. Take increment
in x as 0.1 and increment in t as 0.01. Find all values of u for t = 0 to
t = 0.03. [8]


Q3) a) Evaluate the integral 
0
(5  3sin x)dx using Simpsons 3/8th rule. Take
6 equal subintervals. Calculate percentage error. [9]

P.T.O.
 b) Find double integration of f(x,y) = 2x + y + 1 for x = 0 to 2 and y = 0 to
2. use Simpsons 1/3rd rule [9]
OR

2 ex
Q4) a) Use Simpsons 1/3 method to evaluate the integration
rd

1 x
dx . [9]

b) Find double integration of f(x, y) = x + y + 5 for x = 0 to 2 and y = 0 to

2 and taking increment in both x and y as 0.5 . use trapezoidal rule.[9]

Q5) a) Explain classification of optimization problem. [5]

b) Explain Golden-section search method. [5]
c) Using Newton’s method calculates the minimum value of the equation
7x-ln(x). take initial guess 0.1 and do 4 iterations [7]
OR
Q6) a) What is optimization and explain Engineering applications of
optimizations. [4]
b) Explain Single variable unconstrained optimization [4]
c) Using golden section search method determine the maximum value of
f(x) = 2 sinx – 0.1 x2 in the interval [0,4] [9]

Q7) a) Explain Simulated annealing and also write its advantages,

disadvantages and applications. [9]
b) Explain Ant Colony optimization and also write its advantages,
disadvantages and applications. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Genetic algorithms and also write advantages, disadvantages
and applications. [9]
b) Explain Particle swarm optimization and also write its advantages,
disadvantages and applications. [9]



[6003]-301 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P227 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003]-302
T.E. (Automobile)
HEAT TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (316482)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q. 2, Q.3 or Q. 4, Q.5 or Q. 6, Q.7 or Q. 8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the significance of thermal boundary layer. [6]

b) Explain the significance of following dimensionless numbers. [6]
i) Prandtl number
ii) Reynold Number
iii) Nusselt Number
c) Calculate appropriate Reynolds numbers and state if the flow is laminar
or turbulent for the followings. [5]
i) The roof of coach 6 m long, travelling at 100 km/hr in air (ρ = 1.2
kg/m3, μ =1.8×10–5 kg/ms)
ii) 0.05 kg/s of carbon dioxide gas at 400 K flowing in a 20 mm diameter
pipe (μ =1.97 × 10–5 kg/ms)
OR
Q2) a) Explain Local and Average heat transfer coefficient. [6]
b) Define the forced convection and give three practical examples of forced
convection. [5]
c) Air at 20ºC is flowing along a heated plate at 134ºC with a velocity of
3 m/s. The plate is 2m long. Heat transferred from first 40cm from
the leading edge is 1.45 KW. Determine the width of he plate. [6]
Properties of air at 77ºC : ρ = 0.998 kg/m3;
Cp= 1.009KJ/KgK; ν = 20.76 ×10–6 m2/s; k = 0.03 W/mK
Use the following correlation
Nux = 0.332 Re0.5 Pr0.33.

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write the characteristics dimension for following cases in natural
convection. [4]
i) Vertical cylinder
ii) Horizontal cylinder
iii) Horizontal plate
iv) Sphere
b) Explain Mechanism of natural convection with example. [4]
c) A sheet metal air duct carries air-conditioned air at an average temperature
of 10ºC. The duct size is 320 mm × 200 mm and length of the duct
exposed to the surrounding air at 30ºC is 15 m long. Find the heat gain
by the air in the duct. Assume 200 mm side is vertical surface and top
surface of the duct is insulated. Use the following properties: [10]
Nu=0.6 (GrPr)0.25 for vertical surface.
Nu=0.27 (GrPr)0.25 for horizontal surface.
Take the properties of the air at mean temperature of 20ºC
ρ = 1.204 kg/m3; μ = 18.2 × 10–6 Ns/m2; ν = 15.1 × 10–6 m2/s;
k = 0.0256 W/mK and Pr = 0.71.
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between filmwise and drop wise condensation. Which type
of condensation is desirable and which type of condensation occurs in
actual? State. [8]
b) A nuclear reactor with its core constructed of parallel vertical plates 2.2 m
high and 1.4 m wide has been designed on free convection heating of
liquid bismuth. The maximum temperature of the plate surface is limited
to 960ºC while the lowest allowable temperature of bismuth is 340ºC.
Calculate the maximum possible heat dissipation from both sides of each
plate. For the convection coefficient, the approximate co relation is,
Nu=0.13 (Gr. Pr)0.333
Where, different parameters are evaluated at the means film temperature
with Standard notification. ρ = 10000 kg/m3, μ = 0.866 × 10–3 kg/ms,
Cp=150.7 J/kgK, K=13.02 W/mK. [10]

[6003]-302 2
Q5) a) Draw labeled temperature profiles of the following types of heat exchangers
i) Parallel flow heat exchanger.
ii) Counter flow heat exchanger. [4]
b) What do you mean by fouling in heat exchangers? State the causes of
fouling. [5]
c) Consider the following parallel flow heat exchanger [8]
cold flow enters at 40ºC: Cc = 20,000 W/K
hot flow enters at 150ºC: Ch = 10,000 W/K
A = 30m2, U = 500 W/m2K.
Determine the heat transfer rate and exit temperature.
OR
Q6) a) What is LMTD for a heat exchanger? Derive an expression for LMTD
of parallel flow heat exchanger. [10]
b) Explain working of a Heat pipe with Application. [7]

Q7) a) Explain [6]

i) Planck’s Law
ii) Wien’s Displacement law
iii) Kirchhoff;s Law
b) Define Irradiation with their characteristics. [4]
c) Determine the heat lost by radiation per meter length of a 100 mm diameter
pipe at 300ºC if it is. [8]
i) Located in a large room of brick wall whose temperature is 20ºC.
ii) Located in a 200 mm diameter brick conduit at a temperature of
20ºC.
εPipe=0.797, εbrick=0.93
(Assume length of pipe =1 m)
OR

[6003]-302 3
Q8) a) Define following surface Emission Properties. [6]
i) Emissive power (E)
ii) Emissivity (ε)
iii) Monochromatic emissive power (eλ)
b) Write a note on: radiation shape factor. [4]
c) Two parallel planes with emissivity 0.6 are at 900 K and 300 K. A radiation
shield with side polished and having emissivity of 0.05, while emissivity
of other side is 0.4 is proposed to be used. Which side of the shield to
face the hotter plane , If the temperature of the shield kept to be minimum?
Justify your answer. [8]



[6003]-302 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P228 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-303
T.E. (Automobile Engineering)
DESIGN OF MACHINE COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (316483)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Four questions from the following.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) A square threaded power screw has a nominal diameter of 30 mm and

pitch of 6 mm with double threads. The load on the screw is 6 KN and
the mean diameter of thrust collar is 40mm. The coefficient of friction for
the screw is 0.1 and for the collar is 0.9. Determine the torque required to
raise the load and torque required to lower the load. [12]
b) Derive an expression for torque required to lower the load in power screws.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the types of fastenings. [6]
b) A double riveted lap joint is made between 15 mm thick plates. If the
ultimate stresses are 400 Mpa in tension, 620 Mpa in crushing and 330
Mpa in shear. Take the factor of safety 4. Design the joint. [12]

Q3) a) Write a short note on S-N diagram. [7]

b) Derive soderberg equation. [10]
OR
Q4) a) What are the causes of stress concentration and the methods to improve
the same? [10]
b) A mass of 500Kg is being lowered by means of steel wire rope having
cross sectional area 250mm2. The velocity of weight is 0.5m/sec. When
the length of extended rope is 20m, the sheave gets stuck up. Determine
the stress induced in the rope due to sudden stoppage of sheave. Take
E = 0.8 × l06 Mpa. [7]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain about herringbone gears with sketch. [6]
b) Design a pair of helical gears are to transmit 15KW at 10,000rpm of the
pinion with PCD 80mm. The transmission ratio is 3:1. Assume α = 20°
FDI, β = 45°. σd=193.2 Mpa, BHN=250 for pinion and gear. Check only
tangential tooth load.
Y=π (0.154 _ 0.912/Ze), Cv=5.55/5.55+V0.5 [12]
OR
Q6) a) Explain about spur gear nomenclature. [6]
b) A spur gear set to transmit 20 KW at 900rpm of pinion. The transmission
ratio is 7/3:1. Take 200 FDI, Z1=18, σd=l40Mpa for pinion and σd55Mpa
for gear. The diameter of the pinion is 105 mm, Design number of teeth,
module and face width for strength only.
Y= π (0.154 _ 0.912/Z), Cv=3.05/3.05 + V. [12]

Q7) Worm & worm wheel is to transmit 10 KW with transmission ratio 20:1 and
worm shaft rotates at 1440 rpm. Design the gear set. Assume single start
square thread. Take σd 207 Mpa, for worm and σd–82.4 Mpa, for worm wheel.
Form factor Y= π (0.154-O.912/Z). [17]
OR
Q8) A pair of bevel gears are connected by 20° full depth involute teeth. The
velocity ratio is 3:1. The pinion transmits 37.5 KW at 750 rpm. Assume
number of teeth on pinion is 20. Design the gear set. Take σd=233.4 Mpa,
BHN=200 for pinion and σd=l72.6 Mpa, BHN=150 for gear. Form factor Y π
(0.154- 0.912/Ze), Cv = 6v1/6.1+V. [17]

  

[6003]-303 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P229 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-304
T.E. (Semester - I)
AUTOMOBILE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
(316484) (2019 Pattern)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the electronic ignition system with a sketch. [6]

b) Describe the construction and working of oil pressure gauge and fuel
gauge. [6]
c) What are the different types of spark plugs? Explain any one. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the working of battery coil ignition system in detail. [8]
b) Explain working of Fuel gauge. [10]

Q3) a) What is use of Voltage regulator? [5]

b) Enlist the different types of battery ratings. [5]
c) Explain the working of Wind shield wiper with neat sketch. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What are the different types of sensors? Explain any one. [5]
b) Explain with neat sketch Solenoid Actuators. [5]
c) Write short note on cold and warm start system. [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different types of actuators? Explain any one. [5]
b) Explain with neat sketch MAP Sensor. [5]
c) Write down the difference between Group and sequential injection system.
[7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain CRDI system with neat sketch. [5]
b) Write short note on Traction control. [5]
c) Compare PFI and TBI system. [7]

Q7) a) Write down the difference between cold start and warm start system.[6]
b) Write short note on Vehicle tracking system. [6]
c) Explain Radar warning system with layout. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain ABS System with layout. [6]
b) Explain Global Positioning Systems (GPS). [6]
c) What is Adaptive Cruise Control? Explain in brief. [6]



[6003]-304 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P230 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-307
T.E. (Automobile)
AUTOMOTIVE REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (316485)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams should be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of steam table & Psychrometric chart is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Air filters with its types. [6]

b) Explain air management and heater systems. [6]
c) Explain Defrost and Demist system. [6]

OR
Q2) a) What are the factors affecting human comfort? Explain comfort chart.[6]
b) Explain manual and automatic temperature control system. [6]
c) State function & types of fans. Explain blower Fans in detail. [6]

Q3) a) Define [8]

i) Absolute Humidity
ii) Relative Humidity
iii) DBT
iv) DPT
b) The humidity ratio of atmospheric air at 28 ºC dry bulb temperature and
760 mm of mercury is 0.016 kg/kg of dry air. Determine: [9]
i) Partial pressure of water vapour
ii) Relative humidity
iii) Dew point temperature
iv) Specific enthalpy
v) Vapour density

OR
[6003]-307 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain methods of obtaining humidification & dehumidification with neat
sketch. [7]
b) The atmospheric air at 30 ºC dry bulb temperature 75% relative humidity
enters a cooling coil at the rate of 200 m3 min. The coil dew point temperature
is 14 °C & the bypass factor of the coil is 0.1, Determine
i) The temperature air leaving the coil dry bulb temperature,
ii) The capacity of cooling coil in tonnes of refrigeration & in Kilo,watt.
iii) The amount of water vapour removed per minute 4. the sensible
heat factor for the process. [10]

Q5) A restaurant with a capacity of 100 persons is to be air conditioned with the
following conditions: [18]
Outside conditions = 30ºC DBT and 70% RH
Desired inside conditions = 23 ºDBT and 55% RH
Quantity of air supplied = 0.5 m3/ min/person
The desired conditions are achieved by cooling dehumidifying and then heat-
ing. Determine
a) Cooling of coil in tonnes of refrigeration
b) Capacity of heating coil
c) Amount of water removed by dehumidifier
d) Bypass factor of the heating coil if its surface temperature is 35 ºC

OR
Q6) A hall is to be maintained at 24ºC dry bulb temperature and 60% relative
humidity under the following conditions : [18]
Outdoor conditions = 38 ºC DBT and 28 ºC WBT
Sensible heat load in the room = 46.4 kW
Latent heat load in the room = 11.6 kW
Total Infiltration air = 1200 m3/hr
Apparatus dew point temperature = 10 ºC
Quantity of recirculated air from the hall = 60%
If the quantity of recirculated air is mixed with the conditioned air after the
cooling coil, Find the following:

[6003]-307 2
 a) The condition of air leaving the conditioner coil & before mixing with the
recirculated air
b) The condition of air before entering the hall
c) The mass of air entering the cooler
d) The mass of total air passing through the hall
e) The bypass factor of the cooling coil
f) The refrigeration load on the cooling coil in tonnes of refrigeration.

Q7) a) What is the significance of Initial vehicle inspection? Why it is required?[6]

b) ‘Why temperature measurement is required in automotive AC? Explain
what are the different temperatures measured in AC? How it is measured?
[6]
c) Explain refrigerant recycle and charging. [5]
OR
Q8) a) State leak detection methods and Explain odor removal in automotive
AC. [6]
b) Write note on automotive AC components removing and replacing. [6]
c) Write short note on Compressor servicing. [5]



[6003]-307 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P231 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-308
T.E. (Automobile Engineering)
AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND TRANSMISSION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (316486)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any four questions from the following.
2) Figure to the right indicate full makrs.
3) Draw the neat sketches wherever required.

Q1) a) Explain the wheel balancing procedure. [10]

b) What are the merits of Tubeless over Tubed tyres? [8]

OR
Q2) a) Explain the construction and working of Hydraulic brake system with
neat sketch. [10]

b) What are the functions and requirements of braking system? [8]

Q3) a) Explain the construction and working of Electromagnetic clutch with

neat sketch. [10]

b) Discuss about the clutch plate lining materials. [7]

OR
Q4) a) Explain the working of synchromesh gearbox with neat sketch. [10]
b) Discuss about gear selector mechanism. [7]

Q5) a) Explain the real axle with types of load acting on rear axle. [10]
b) Explain torque tube drive with neat sketch. [8]

OR

[6003]-308 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the constructional details of differential with sketch. [10]

b) Explain the features of propeller Shaft with types. [8]

Q7) a) Discuss the construction and working of torque convertor with sketch.[10]

b) Explain the construction & working of simple epicyclic gear train. [7]

OR

Q8) a) Explain continuous variable transmission with advantages & disadvantages.

[10]

b) Discuss about fully automatic transmission. [7]



[6003]-308 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P232 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003] - 309
T.E. (Automoble )
DESIGN OF ENGINE COMPONENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (316487)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the design of an I.C. engine valve. [6]

b) Explain the design procedure of push rod in a valve mechanism. [6]

c) Desing an exhaust valve for a horizontal diesel engine using the following
data : Cylinder bore = 150 mm, length of stroke = 275 mm, Engine
speed =500 rpm, Maximum gas pressure =4 Mpa, seat angle =50º
Calculate : [6]

i) diameter of the valve port,

ii) diameter of the valve head,

iii) diameater of the valve stem,

iv) thickness of the valve head,

v) maximum lift of the valve. Assume allowable mean velocity of the

gas 50m/s Also, the allowable bending stress of valve material as
50N/mm2.

OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) Explain the design of engine cooling system with neat diagram.
[8]

b) Design the fulcrum pin of a rocker arm for the exhaust valve of a four
stroke engine using the following data: Effective length of each
arm = 180mm, Angle between two arms = 135º Diameter of valve
head = 75 mm, Lift of valve =25 mm, mass of valve =0.5kg, Engine
speed =600 rpm, Back pressure when exhaust valve opens =0.4 Mpa,
maximum suction pressure = 0.02 Mpa below atmosphere. The valve
opens 33º before the outer dead centre and close 1º after inner dead
centre. The motion of the valve is SHM without dwell in the fully opened
condition.Assume the bearing pressure at fulcrum pin as 5 N/mm2 and
allowable direct shear in fulcrum pin as 42 N/mm2. [10]

Q3) a) Differentiate between Flywheel and Governor. [5]

b) Explain Torque Analysis of flywheel with an example. [5]

c) The truning moment diagram for petrol engine is drawn to following scales:
Turning moment, 1 mm = 5 N-m, Crank angle, 1 mm =1º The turning
moment diagram repeats itself half revolution of the engine and the area
above and below the mean turning moment line, taken in order are 295,
685, 40, 340, 960, 270 mm2 . Determine the mass of 300 mm diameter
flywheel rim when the coefficient of fluctuation of speed is 0.3% and the
engine runs at 1800 rpm. Also determine the cross section of rim when
the width of the rim is twice of thickness. Assume density of rim material
as 250 Kg/m3. [7]
OR

Q4) a) Explain the design of solid disk and rimmed flywheel. [7]

[6003] - 309 2
 b) A single cylinder, single acting, four stroke oil engine develops 20 kw at
300 rpm. The work done by the gases during the expansion stroke is 2.3
time the work done on the gases during the compression and work done
during the suction and exhaust strokes is negligible. The speed is to be
maintained within + - (1%). Determine the mass moment of inertia of the
flywheel. [10]

Q5) a) Explain Sommerfeld’s number. [5]

b) Explain hydrodynamic lubrication. [5]

c) The following data is given for a 360º hydrodynamic bearing: radial

load = 3.2 kN, journal speed = 1490 rpm, journal diameter = 50mm.
bearing length =50 mm, radial clearance = 0.05 mm, viscosity of lubri-
cant = 25cP Assuming that the total heat generated in the bearing is
carried by the total oil flow in the bearing, calculate: [7]
i) coefficient of friction;
ii) power lost in friction.

OR

[6003] - 309 3
Q6) a) Explain the types of Rolling - contact Bearing. [5]

b) Explain the selection of bearing life. [5]

c) Write a short note on static and dynamic load carrying capacities. [7]

Q7) a) Write a short note on selection of engine type on the basis of stroke and
Bore. [6]

b) Write a short note on Cylinder arrangement. [6]

c) Write a short note on considerations of combustion chamber. [6]

OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on Osilloscope engine analyzers and Distributor
dwell - angle. [6]

b) Write a short note on Exhaust gas CO and HC analyzer. [6]

c) Write a short note on Mechanical fuel pump testing. [6]

… … …

[6003] - 309 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P233 [6003]-310
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Automobile Engineering)

AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS AND BODY ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (316488-A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Write down the Fundamentals of wind tunnel technique. [9]

b) Explain in details about Small -scale wind tunnels. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Explain in details Mechanism of generation and transmission of Wind

noise. [9]

b) Write a Note on CFD methodology — Application to vehicle

aerodynamics. [9]

Q3) a) What are the different car body layout ? Explain Any one in Detail. [8]

b) Write down the Methods of improving visibility. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Describe Sheet metal as auto body material with its advantages and
disadvantages. [8]

b) Suggest the methods to reduce aerodynamic drag in car body. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in details about tipper body. [8]

b) Describe the dimensions of driver seat in relation to control. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Write a note on design of chassis frame. [8]

b) Describe the dimensions of driver cabin design. [9]

Q7) a) What are the Types of safety belts? Explain any one in Detail. [9]

b) Describe the symmetric & asymmetric vertical loads in car. [9]

OR

Q8) a) What is the use of energy absorbing system in automobiles? Explain in

detail. [9]

b) Write a Note on Ergonomics and anthropometry. [9]



[6003]-310 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P234 [6003]-311
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Automobile Engineering)

AUTOMOTIVE MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (316488 B) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain the Resin transfer moulding. [9]

b) Compare Injection moulding with Compression moulding. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Explain the Reinforcement of fibres in composites. [9]

b) Describe the Hand lay-up process. [8]

Q3) a) Explain the properties and composition of glass. [9]

b) Describe the scratch resistant paints. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Explain the various approaches in tempering of glass for improved

toughness. [9]

b) Discuss the different methods of nano coatings for corrosion resistance.

[9]

Q5) a) Explain the new trends in engines. [9]

b) Discuss the use of MR fluids in automobiles. [8]

OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Describe the smart materials used in the automobile industry. [9]

b) Explain the powder metallurgy process for making disc brake pads. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the criteria for selection of materials for different systems in
automobiles. [9]

b) Describe the materials developments by Land Rover. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the developments in materials by Ferrari. [9]

b) Discuss the Ashby charts. [9]



[6003]-311 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-235 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-312
T.E. (Chemical) (Semester - I)
Mass Transfer - I
(2019 Pattern) (309341)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain mechanism of Gas Absorption & Desorption? Explain

absorption in wetted wall column? [8]

b) 5,000 kg/hr of a SO2 - air mixture containing 5% by volume SO2 is to

be scrubbed with 2,00,000 kg/hr. of water in a packed tower. The exit
concentration of SO2 is reduced to 0.15%. The tower operates at 1
atm. The equilibrium relationship is given by Y = 30X Where, Y =
Mole SO2/Mole air & X = Mole SO2/Mole water. If the packed height
of the tower is 420 cm, estimate the height of transfer unit (HTU)?[9]

OR

Q2) a) What is Absorption & Stripping factor? Explain minimum L/G ratio?[8]

b) A packed tower is designed to recover 98% CO2 from a gas mixture

containing 10% CO2 & 90% air using water. The equilibrium relation
is given as Y 14X.

Where Y= KgCO2/Kg dry air & X = Kg CO2/Kg water The water to

gas rate is kept 30% more than the minimum value. Calculate the
height of tower if (HTU) OG = 1 m. [9]

Q3) a) Explain Adiabatic Saturation temperature in Humidification operation?

[8]

P.T.O.
 b) The air in a room is at 26.7 ° C & a pressure of 10l.325KPa & contains
water vapor with a partial pressure 2.76 KPa. Calculate i) Absolute
Humidity ii) Saturation humidity. iii) Percentage humidity iv)
Percentage Relative humidity v) Relative humidity vi)Humid Heat vii)
Humid Volume.
Data: Vapour pressure of water at 26.7°C is 3.5 KPa [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain design of cooling tower-HTU, NTU concept? [8]
b) A gas (B) - Benzene (A) mixture is saturated at 1 std.atm 50°C.
Calculate the absolute humidity if B is i) Nitrogen and ii) Carbon
dioxide. (Data: PA = 0.362 std.atm.) [9]

Q5) a) What are the various equipment’s used for gas-liquid contact. With
neat sketch explain Venturi Scrubber & Spray Towers? [9]
b) What are the different types of Column? Explain? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain mechanically agitated vessels with different types of impellers?
[9]
b) What is Tray efficiency? Explain types of Tray efficiencies? [9]

Q7) a) Explain how to plot the Rate of drying curve? [8]

b) A porous dry solid was dried under constant drying conditions in a
batch dryer. It took 6 hrs. to reduce the moisture from 50% to l0%.Al1
the moisture content on dry basis .How long will it take to dry a sample
of the above solid to dry from 66% to 6% under the same drying
conditions? [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain time required for Drying? Derive the equation to calculate
total time for Drying? [8]
b) A batch of solid for which the following table of data applies is to be
dried from 25% to 6% (wet basis) moisture under conditions identical
to those for which the data were tabulated. The initial weight of the
wet solid is 300 kg & the drying surface is 1 m2/8 kg dry weight.
Determine the time for drying? [10]
X 0.35 0.25 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.064
Kgmoisture
/ Kg dry
solid
R 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.266 0.239 0.208 0.18 0.15 0.097 0.07 0.025
Kgmoisture/
hr. m2

[6003]-312 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P236 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-313
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (309342)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 50

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is permitted.

Q1) a) Explain production of coke in detail. Give its major engineering problems.
[9]
b) Describe the process of manufacturing of Portland cement. Write the
metaloxides composition necessary in the Portland cement. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe various steps involved in pyrolysis of coal. [9]
b) Explain types of steel in detail with their applications. [9]

Q3) a) Describe different types of solvents used in paint manufacture? [9]

b) Discuss production of water gas with its major engineering problems.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the preparation of paint with a typical formulation, mention the
function of each ingredient. [9]
b) Give the classification of dyes based on various parameters. [8]

Q5) a) Explain manufacturing of penicillin with major engineering problems.[9]

b) Discuss different types of agrochemicals and explain manufacturing
process of pesticides. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Describe in detail about plant growth regulators and yield stimulators.[9]
b) What are different Antibiotics? explain their properties and applications.
[9]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Describe the importance and production of ethylene dichloride (EDC)
with suitable example. [9]
b) Explain in detail about Halogenated Hydrocarbons. [8]
OR
Q8) Draw a neat flow diagram and explain in brief (any 2) [17]
a) Production of acetone
b) Production of Phenol
c) Production of vinyl chloride



[6003]-313 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P237 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-314
T.E. (Chemical Engineering)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (309343)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures of the right indicate full Marks.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

Q1) Numerically integrate following equation f (x) = 0.2 + 25x – 200x2 + 675x3
–900 x4 + 400 x from x1 = 0 and x2 = 0.8 using Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s
1/3rd rule, Simpson’s 3/8th rule. [18]
OR
Q2) a) Use Multiple linear regression to fit the following data. [9]
X1 0 2 2.5 1 4 7
X2 0 1 2 3 6 2
Y 5 10 9 0 3 27
b) Use a least square regression to fit a straight line to. [9]
X 0 2 4 6 9 11 12 15 17 19
Y 5 6 7 6 9 8 7 10 12 12

Q3) a) Find y (0.2) for y’ = (x–y)/2, y (0) = 1, with step length 0.1 using Eulers
method. ][]][][8]
b) Find y (0.2) for y’ = (x–y)/2,y(0) = 1, with step length 0.1 using Second
order Runge Kutta method. [9]
OR
Q4) Solve the following set of differential equations using RK 4 method
Assuming that at x = 0, y1 = 4, y2 = 6 Integrate to x = 1 with step size of 0.5
dy1/dx = – 0.5 y1, dy2/dx = 4 – 0.3 y2 – 0.1 y1.[][]][] [17]

Q5) a) What is second order partial differential equation? Explain with suitable
example. Give classification of second order PDEs with suitable
examples and equations. [9]
b) Explain Crank Nicolson method (Finite difference method) used solve
parabolic Partial differential equations in detail. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) Use Explicit method to solve for the temperature distribution of a long thin road
with a length of 10cm and following values k’ = 0.49 cal/s (s.cm. ºC), delta x = 2
cm and delta t = 0.1 s. At t = 0, the temperature of the rod is zero and boundary
conditions are fixed for all times at T (0) = 100 ºC and T (10) = 50 deg C. Note
that the rod is of aluminium with C = 0.2174 cal/ (g. ºC) and density of rod = 2.7
gms/cm3. Therefore k = 0.835 cm2/s and Lambda = 0.020875. [17]

Q7) a) Employ golden section search method to find the maximum of f(x) = 4x
–1.8x2 + 1.2x3 – 0.3x4, use x1 = –2 and Xu = 4. [12]
b) Enlist and explain any two Chemical engineering applications of
optimization. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What is Simplex method? Explain the method in detail. [8]
b) Use Simplex method to find the optimal solution of following LPP.[[10]
Max. Z = 3X1 + 5 X2
Subject to
3X1 + 2 X2 < 18
X1 < 4
X2 < 6
X1, X2 > 0

  

[6003]-314 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P238 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-315
T.E. (Chemical) (Semester - I)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
(309344) (2019 Pattern)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Assuming Raoults law to be valid, prepare a P-x-y diagram for a temp of
363.15 K and T-x-y diagram for a pressure of 90 kPa for benzene (1) and ethyl
benzene (2) system. [18]
The Antoine equation and parameters are given below:
B
ln P sat / KP a = A − ( Tin K )
T+ C
Component A B C
Benzene 13.8594 2773.78 –53.08
Ethyl benzene 14.0045 3279.47 –59.95
OR
Q2) a) A liquid mixture of cyclohexane (1)/phenol (2) for which x1= 0.6 is in
equilibrium with its vapour at 417 K. Determine the equilibrium pressure
P and vapour composition y1 from the following information. [10]
ln γ1 = A x22, ln γ2 = A x12, At 417K P1(sat) = 75.20 KPa, P2(sat) = 31.66KPa.
The system forms an azeotrope at 417K for which x1az = y1az = 0.294.
b) Explain the Gibbs - Duhem equation and its various forms. [8]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Show that at constant T and P, the condition for a single phase binary
system is given as dlnγ1/dx1 > –1/x1. [10]

b) Explain in brief the three types of constant pressure liquid/liquid solubility

diagrams. [7]

OR

Q4) a) Explain following consistency tests for VLE data: [10]

i) Slope of ln ϒ1 curves.

ii) Redlich Kister method.

b) Explain triple point and eutectic temperature with neat diagram. [7]

Q5) a) The equilibrium constant at 420K for the vapour phase hydration of
ethylene to ethanol according to the reaction C2H4+H2O–C2H5OH is
6.8 ×10–2 and standard heat of reaction at 298K is –45.95 × 103 J. The
specific heat data are as follows. [14]

Component α β γ

Ethylene 11.886 120.12×10–3 -

Water 30.475 9.652 × 10–3 1.189 × 10–6

Ethanol 29.358 166.9 × 10–3 –50.09 × 10–6

Formulate general relationship for estimating the equilibrium constant and

standard free energy change as functions of temperature.

b) Write a note on feasibility of a chemical reaction. [4]

OR

[6003]-315 2
Q6) a) A system initially containing 2 mol C2H4 and 3 mol O2 undergoes the
reactions : [10]
C2H4(g) + ½ O2(g) ⎯⎯→ {(CH2)2}O(g)

C2H4(g) + 3 O2(g) ⎯⎯→ 2CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)

Develop expressions for the mole fractions of the reacting species as
functions of the reaction co-ordinates for the two reactions.
b) Derive the following expression. –RTlnK = Σvi Gi0 [8]

Q7) a) A stiochiometric mixture of N2(g) and H2(g) at 100 bar and 800K enter a
catalytic reactor for the synthesis of ammonia . Assuming that the gas
phase is ideal, estimate the degree of conversion and the equilibrium
composition. At 800 K, Ka= 1.122 × 10–5. [8]
b) Methanol can be produced according to the reaction. [9]

CO(g) + 2H2(g) ⎯⎯→ CH3OH(g)

Estimate the degree of conversion of CO(g) into methanol at 500K and 5
bar if
i) an equimolar mixture of CO and H2 is fed to a reactor
ii) a stoichiometric mixture of CO and H2 is fed
iii) CO and H2 in the ratio 1 : 4 enter the reactor.
OR

Q8) a) For the cracking reaction C 3H8(g) ⎯⎯→ C 2H4(g) + CH 4(g) the
equilibrium conversion is negligible at 300K but becomes appreciable at
temperatures above 500K . For a pressure of 1 bar, determine [12]
i) Fractional conversion at 600K
ii) The temperature at which the fractional conversion is 80%.
b) Explain phase rule for reacting systems. [5]


[6003]-315 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P239 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 316
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (Theory) (309345 A)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain various functions of store keeper. [8]

b) What do you mean by Inventory? Explain the Term LIFO and FIFO in
detail. [8]

OR

Q2) a) What are tenders Explain the types of tenders. [8]

b) Explain various functions of purchase department. [8]

Q3) a) What is sales promotion? Explain sales promotion techniques. [8]

b) Differentiate between marketing and selling. [10]

OR

Q4) a) Explain in detail pricing strategies in detail. [10]

b) Write an explanatory note on advertising. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write notes on : [10]
i) Antidumping Duty.
ii) MODVAT.
b) Write a explanatory note on International trade. [8]
OR

Q6) a) Write a detailed note on Quality Management with it’s importance. [10]
b) Explain in detail business cycle with neat diagram. [8]

Q7) a) Write short notes on : [10]

i) MRTP.
ii) Flow Chart and Flow Diagram.
b) Define work measurement. Explain the objectives and procedures of work
measurement. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a brief note on concept of guarantee and warranty. [10]
b) Explain the classification of types of contracts. [8]

  

[6003] - 316 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P240 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 317
T.E. (Chemical)
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (309345 B)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss about various types of storage of fruits and vegetables. [8]
b) Write short notes on preservation of fruits and vegetables by. [8]
i) Fermentation.
ii) Drying.
OR
Q2) a) Explain aseptic canning technology for canning of fruits and vegetables.[8]
b) Write Short note on preparation of syrups. [8]

Q3) a) Explain theory of size reduction equipment’s and effect of size reduction
on foods. [10]
b) Explain applications and effect on food materials for drying and freeze
concentration. [8]
OR
Q4) Write Short Notes on : [18]
a) Hot oil frying theory and equipment’s.
b) Baking theory and equipment’s
c) Roasting theory and equipment’s.

P.T.O.
Q5) Describe following. [18]

a) Various methods to extend shelf-life of foodstuff.

b) Food packaging materials and their properties.
OR
Q6) a) Write short notes on : [10]
i) Plywood and wire bound boxes.
ii) Corrugated and fibre board boxes.
b) Explain flexible packaging materials and their properties. [8]

Q7) a) Describe Objectives, importance, & Functions of quality control of food.

[9]
b) Explain quality assessment of food materials in cereals and dairy
products. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain concept of Codex Almentarious / HACCP in food quality
assurance. [9]
b) Explain food adulteration and food safety, basis, trends and composition
of India’s foreign trade. [9]

  

[6003] - 317 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P241 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 318
T.E. (Chemical)
POLYMER ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (309345 C)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Write detailed notes on along with their method of determination: [18]
 Mn.
 Mw.
 Mv.
OR
Q2) Explain the method of Molecular-Weight Averages calculation.
A polydisperse sample of polystyrene is prepared by mixing three
monodisperse samples in the following proportions:
1 g 10,000 molecular weight
2 g 50,000 molecular weight
2 g 100,000 molecular weight
Using this information, calculate the number-average molecular weight, weight
average molecular weight, and PDI of the mixture. [18]

Q3) Explain in detail the kinetics of Coordination polymerization with example.[17]

OR
Q4) a) Explain the role of the Chain transfer agents in detail. List down the
examples. [8]

b) What do you mean by Co-Polymers? How do they occur? Give

examples. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) Explain in detail the requirement of additives, lubricants and antioxidants in
polymer industry along with proper examples. [18]

OR

Q6) What are the various moulding methods of polymers? Explain any two in
detail. [18]

Q7) With a neat and labeled flowsheet, explain the process of manufacturing of
Neoprene polymer. Also list down its properties and applications 17]

OR

Q8) With a neat and labeled flowsheet, explain the process of manufacturing of
Poly Ester polymer. Also list down its properties and applications. [17]

  

[6003] - 318 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P242 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 319
T.E. (Chemical)
DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (309345 D)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the downstream processes in refinery industry. [9]

b) Explain desulfurization in detail. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Write short notes on: [18]

i) Petrochemical off gases.

ii) Gas recovery-olefin.

Q3) a) Explain extractive distillation in detail. [9]

b) Explain pressure swing distillation. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Explain azeotropic distillation. [9]

b) Explain column sequences in detail. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain molecular sierves. [9]

b) Explain hydrogel process. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain zeolites structure and its industrial applications. [9]

b) Explain energy conservation in industry. [9]

Q7) a) Explain separation process synthesis for non azeotropic mixtures. [8]

b) Explain ion exchange in detail. [8]

OR

Q8) a) Explain separation synthesis algorithm. [8]

b) Explain regeneration, applications and catalysis use of ion exchange. [8]

  

[6003] - 319 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P243 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-320
T.E. (Chemical)
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING-I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (309348)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram should be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Derive performance equation for Plug flow reactor. [12]

b) Find the conversion of A in a 50%A-50% inert feed (v0=180 liter/min,

CA0=300 mol/liter) to a 1 m3 mixed flow reactor. Gaseous reactant A
decomposes as follows : A → 3R rA = (0.6min −1 ).CA [6]

OR

Q2) a) Explain the terms space time and space velocity and state their units.[6]

b) Derive performance equation for Batch reactor and represent the graphs
of Batch reactor for general case and constant density system. [12]

Q3) a) Explain series, parallel, and independent reactions with suitable examples.
[12]

b) Derive the relationship for CRf in terms of ψ for plug flow reactor in case
of parallel reaction. [5]

OR

Q4) Explain quantitative treatment of mixed flow reactor for a first order reaction in
series. [17]

[6003]-320 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Between 0 ºC and 100 ºC determine the equilibrium conversion for the
elementary aqueous reaction

A↔B Δ Gº298 = –14130 J / mol

Δ Hº298 = –75300 J/ mol
CPA = CPR=Constant
Present the results in the form of temperature versus conversion. What
restriction should be placed on the reactor operating isothermally if we
are to obtain a conversion of 75% or higher? [12]
b) Explain the concept of chemical equilibrium with characteristics. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain heat of reaction from thermodynamics. [12]
b) Explain optimum temperature progression for exothermic reversible
reaction. [6]

Q7) a) Explain early and late mixing of fluids. [9]

b) Explain the concept of residence time distribution in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain relationship between E, F and C curves. [9]
b) Explain tank in series model. [8]



[6003]-320 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P244 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-321
T.E. (Chemical)
MASS TRANSFER-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (309349)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between the Solvent Extraction and Distillation for separation
of liquid mixtures. [5]
b) Discuss on the minimum solvent requirement for counter-current Solvent
Extraction in case of immiscible solvents. [5]
c) A solution containing 5% acetaldehyde and 95% Toluene is to be extracted
with water in five stage crosscurrent extraction to extract Acetaldehyde.
Toluene and water are essentially immiscible. 25kg of water is used per
100 kg of feed each time. Calculate the amount of Acetaldehyde extracted
and the final concentration of the exit solution. The equilibrium is
Y = 2.20 X
Where Y = kg of Acetaldehyde/kg of water
X = kg of nicotine/kg of Toluene [8]
OR
Q2) a) Solution of Nicotine in water containing 1% nicotine is to be extracted
with kerosene as a solvent at 293K. Water and kerosene are practically
immiscible (Essentially insoluble). [10]
Assume the equilibrium relationship to be Y = 0.9 X
Where Y = kg of nicotine / kg of kerosene
X = kg of nicotine / kg of water
Determine % extraction of nicotine;
i) If 100 kg of the feed solution is extracted with 150 kg of solvent in single
stage.

ii) If three theoretical Extractions using 50 kg solvent in each stage.

[6003]-321 1 P.T.O.
 b) Define the following terms in solvent Extraction with their significance;[8]
i) Selectivity and Distribution coefficient
ii) Plait point and Tie lines

Q3) a) Discuss on the graphical representation of equilibrium characteristics of

Leaching operation with diagram and proper notations. [7]
b) Explain the constant and variable underflow in leaching operation. [4]
c) Write the material balance for the single stage leaching operation assuming
variable underflow and no insoluble in the overflow. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the construction and mechanism of Bollman (Basket) Extractor
for leaching operation with neat diagram. [7]
b) Oil is be extracted from meal by means of benzene using continuous
counter-current leaching unit. The unit treats 1000 kg of meal (on completely
exhausted solids basis) per hour. The untreated meal contains
365 kg of oil and 30kg of benzene. The solvent used contains 14 kg of oil
and 590 kg of benzene, The exhausted solids contain 55 kg of oil and
451 kg of benzene. Find the number of stages required. The entrainment
[10]
data is:
Kg of oil/kg of 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
solution
Kg of Solution/kg of
Solid 0.5 0.505 0.515 0.53 0.55 0.517 0.595 0.62

Q5) a) Describe the Freundlich and Langmuir adsorption Isotherms in adsorption

operation. [10]
b) Discuss on the principle, equilibria and rate of Ion Exchange process in
details. [8]
OR
Q6) a) A solution of washed raw cane sugar is coloured by the presence of
small amounts of impurities. The solution is to be decolourised by
treatment with an adsorptive carbon in contact filtration plant. The original
solution has a colour concentration of 9.6 measured on an arbitrary scale
and it is desired to reduce the colour of 0.96 Calculate the necessary
[6003]-321 2
 dosage of fresh carbon per 1000 kg solution for two stage crosscurrent
process. [10]
The data for an equilibrium isotherm is as follows;
Kg Carbon/kg
solution 0 0.001 0.004 0.008 0.02 0.04
Equilibrium
Colour 9.6 8.6 6.3 4.3 1.7 0.7

b) Which parameters should affect the shape of Breakthrough curve in

adsorption? [8]

Q7) a) Classify the crystallizers and give the significance of vacuum Crystallizer.[7]
b) Crystallizer is charged with 7500 kg of an aqueous solution at 377K.
Anhydrous sodium sulphate is 29.6% by weight in the feed. The solution
is cooled in the cooling stage, and 5% of water is lost by evaporation. As
a result, crystals of Na2SO4. 10H2O crystallize out. Calculate the yield of
the crystals and the quantity of mother liquor is found to contain 18.3%
by weight anhydrous Na2SO4.
Data: Molecular weight of Na2SO4 =142 [10]
OR
Q8) a) Give classification of membrane processes. What are different membrane
modules? Explain the principle and application of Reverse Osmosis[10]
b) Write the material and energy balance of crystallizer. [7]



[6003]-321 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P245 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003] - 322
T.E. (Chemical Engineering)
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (309350)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Derive the expression of molar flux, concentration profile and average
concentration for diffusion with homogeneous chemical reaction. [12]

b) What is rate of evaporation of chloropicrin into air at 298 K? [6]

Total pressure = 770 mm Hg, diffusivity = 0.088 cm2 /sec, vapor pres-
sure = 23.81 mm Hg, Z2–Z1 = 11.14 cm, density of chloropicrin = 1.65g/
cm3, S = 2.29cm2.
OR
Q2) a) The solute HCl is diffusing through a thin film of water 2.0mm. The
concentration of HCl at point 1 is 12.0 wt% (density = 1061 kg/m3), and
at point 2 is 6.0 wt% (density = 1030 kg/m3).
Diffusivity of HCl in water is 2.5× 10-9 m2/s. Calculate the flux of HCl in
kg-mole/m2.s [6]

b) Consider a natural gas mixture contained in a pyrex tube with radius as

R1 and R2. Obtain an expression for the rate at which helium will leak
through the tube. [12]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Use Navier Stoke’s equation of motion to derive Hagen Poiseuille
Equation. [12]

b) Give significance of different types of derivatives. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Derive Newton’s second law of motion. [12]

b) Derive dimensionless form of equation of change. [5]

Q5) a) Derive Blake Kozeny equation for laminar flow of fluid through packed
bed. [12]

b) Derive expression for friction factor and Reynold number for laminar
flow through fluid through pipe. [6]

OR
Q6) a) Derive Burke Plummer equation for turbulent flow of fluid through packed
bed. [12]

b) Explain macroscopic mass balance equation. [6]

Q7) a) Explain Martinnelli’s analogy. [9]

b) Explain Reynold analogy. [8]

OR

[6003] - 322 2
Q8) a) Explain co-relation of binary mass transfer coefficient in one phase at
low mass transfer rates. [9]

b) A spherical water droplet, 0.05 cm in diameter is falling at velocity of 215

cm/sec through dry, still air at 1 atm pressure. Estimate instantaneous rate
of evaporation from the drop if drop surface is at 21º C and air at 60º C.
Vapor pressure of water at 21º C is 0.0247 atm. Assume pseudo steady
state condition and kxm = 1.35×10–3 mol s–1 cm-2. [8]

… … …

[6003] - 322 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P246 [6003]-323
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Chemical)
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN CHEMICAL PROCESS
INDUSTRIES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (309351 A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 Q.4, or Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) Explain in detail new energy technologies. [18]

OR

Q2) Explain in detail about motivation of implementing conservation measures and

evaluating costs and benefits of conservation measures. [18]

Q3) Explain in detail human aspect of energy conservation and involvement tree.
[17]

OR

Q4) Explain in detail about plant level organization, division level organization,
corporate level organization. [17]

Q5) a) Draw the sketch of evaporators and explain its principle and working.
[9]

b) Explain waste minimization and resource conservation. [9]

OR

Q6) a) How and where the energy losses can be minimized in heat exchangers.
[9]

b) Enlist the checklist for energy conservation in lighting system. [9]

P.T.O.
Q7) What are the energy consuming units in sugar and give the important
conservation steps? [17]

OR

Q8) Explain waste minimization and its classification, housekeeping, process change,
recycling, product modification, waste minimization methodology steps,
benefits of waste minimization in cement industry. [17]



[6003]-323 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P247 [6003]-324
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Chemical)
PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (309351 B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
2) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain classification of pressure measuring instruments. [8]

b) Explain with diagram, construction and working LVDT as pressure

measuring device. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Explain with diagram, construction and working of Diaphragms. [8]

b) What are different types of manometers? With neat sketch explain

inclined leg manometer. [8]

Q3) a) Explain with diagram, construction, working and flow equation of orifice
meter plate. [10]

b) Explain classification of flow measuring instruments. [8]

OR

Q4) a) Explain classification of level measuring instruments. [8]

b) Explain with diagram, construction and working of air purge level

measurement method. [10]

P.T.O.
Q5) Describe with neat diagram the following techniques of composition
analysis. [18]

i) Gas chromatography

ii) Mass Spectroscopy

OR

Q6) a) Write short notes on: [10]

i) pH meter

ii) HPLC

b) Explain principle with diagram, construction, working of liquid

chromatography. [8]

Q7) a) Describe the heat exchanger automatic control system with block
diagram. [9]

b) Explain modes of control action. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Derive the dynamic response equation of first order system for step change.
[9]

b) State difference between first order and second order system. [9]



[6003]-324 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P248 [6003]-325
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Chemical)
CORROSION ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (309351 C) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in Detail about uniform attack. [5]

b) Explain in Detail about fretting corrosion in Steel and its Remedial

Measure. [8]

c) What is stress corrosion cracking? Explain in Detail. [5]

OR

Q2) a) What is intergranular Corrosion? Explain in Detail. [5]

b) Explain in Detail about dezincification. [5]

c) Discuss Remedial Measure for cavitation, erosion. [8]

Q3) a) Write a short note on [15]

i) Mechanisms of Oxidation

ii) Corrosion of iron and steel

iii) High temperature oxidation

b) What is Corrosion? [2]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain different theories of corrosion with suitable example. [7]

b) Explain in Detail about the Effect of temperature and composition on

Media. [8]

c) Define Pilling Bedworth ratio. [2]

Q5) a) Define and Explain in Brief about Erosion and Cavitation. [6]

b) What is High temperature oxidation? Explain with Example. [6]

c) Write a short note on surface treatment coatings. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Explain the method to Prevent Galvanic Corrosion. [6]

b) Explain Prevention techniques for differnt types of Corrosion. [12]

Q7) a) Explain in Detail about Modification technique for material, also suggest
required heat treatment to avoid corrosion. Justify your answer with proper
example. [12]

b) What is Non Metallic Lining? Explain in Detail. [5]

OR

Q8) a) With proper example justify the role of alloying to prevent corrosion.[7]

b) Write a Short Note on [10]

i) cathodic protection

ii) anodic protection


[6003]-325 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P249 [6003]-326
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Chemial)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (309351D)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) Explain in detail Fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms. [18]

OR

Q2) Explain knowledge based process control in detail with suitable example. [18]

Q3) Define expert system and explain in detail characteristics, limitations,

advantages, disadvantages and application of expert system. [17]

OR

Q4) Discuss expert system design and development in detail with suitable examples.
[17]

Q5) Explain resolution in propositional and first order logic with resolution graph.
[18]

OR

Q6) a) Discuss the role of reasoning in knowledge-based systems. [9]

b) Explain logic and inference in detail. [9]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain the concept of problem decomposition with help of goal trees.
[9]

b) Discuss rule based expert systems with example. [8]

OR

Q8) Explain in detail the difference between state space plannig and goal stack
planning. [17]



[6003]-326 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-250 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-327
T.E. (Civil) (Semester - I)
Hydrology & Water Resources Engineering
(2019 Pattern) (301001)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Q. No 1 or Q. No 2, Q. No 3 or Q. No 4, Q. No 5 or Q. No 6, Q. No 7 or Q. No 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain hydrological design of culverts and bridges. [10]

b) An urban catchment has area of 85 ha, The slope of catchment is
0.006 and the maximum length of water travel is 950 m. The maximum
depth of rainfall with return period of is as below
Duration (mm) 5 10 20 30 40 60
Depth of rainfall (mm) 17 26 40 50 57 62
If a culvert for drainage at the outlet of this area is to be designed for a
return period of 25 years estimate the required peak flow rate, by
assuming runoff coefficient as 0.3 [8]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain step by step procedure to delineate watershed on a
topo sheet with neat sketches. [10]
b) Explain step by step software procedure to generate contour map of
a catchment area where dam is to be constructed. [8]

Q3) a) State and explain importance of various investigations to be carried

out before construction of multipurpose dam project. [10]
b) What are reservoir losses and suggest method to control leakages from
reservoir. [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain how you will fix the capacity of reservoir using elevation
capacity curve and dependable yield. Explain neat sketch. [10]
b) State measures to control reservoir sedimentation. [7]

Q5) a) Derive the formula to calculate discharge of a well in a confined aquifer

and unconfined aquifer. [10]
b) What is water logging? Explain tile drain method and also state formula
for spacing of tile drains. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain participatory irrigation management and also explain water
distribution societies in detail. [10]
b) State various types of tube wells and explain construction of any type.
[8]

Q7) a) Explain Piped Distribution Network (PDN) and state its advantages.[10]
b) What is micro irrigation and what are its advantages compared to other
methods of irrigation. [7]
OR
Q8) a) State various methods of canal revenue collection and explain any two
in detail. [10]
b) Differentiate between surface irrigation and subsurface irrigation and
explain drip irrigation in detail. [7]



[6003]-327 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P251 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-328
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (301002)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in detail: Rapid Mixer and flocculator. [6]

b) A clariflocculator is to be designed for an average flow of 50 MLD.
Assuming, inlet velocity as 1.2 m/s, and detention time in flocculator and
clarifier as 30 min and 120 mins, respectively, surface overflow rate in
clarifier as 40m3/m2/d, G in flocculator 40S−1 , and depth of flocculator
basin as 2.5m, determine diameter of inlet pipe, flocculator and clarifier.
[6]
c) Discuss in details various mechanisms involved in the filtration process.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) What is Flocculation? State factors affecting the flocculation. [6]
3
b) A filter unit is of size 4m×8m. After filtering 8000 m /day in 24 hr period,
the filter is back washed for 30 minutes at the rate of 10 lit/m2/sec for 10
minutes. Compute the average filtration rate, quantity and percentage of
treated water used in washing and the rate of wash water flow in each
trough. The unit has 4 collecting troughs. [6]
c) Explain in detail: operational problems of RSG filter. (Min 03 to be
explained) [6]

Q3) a) Enlist various methods of disinfection. Explain any two methods in detail.
[6]
b) What is Residual Chlorine? Find the dose of chlorine and chlorine demand
for water quantity of 40,000 m3/day. Chlorine used is 15 kg per day and
residual chlorine after 10 minutes of contact time is 0.2 mg/lit. [6]
c) Write with a neat sketch a detailed note on Reverse Osmosis. [2+3=5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain in detail: fluoridation & deflouridation of water. [6]
b) Explain in detail: Super chlorination, Dechlorination, Prechlorination.[6]
c) Write with a neat sketch: a detailed note on Electrodialysis. [2+3=5]

Q5) a) Write in detail: any 02 methods of water distribution. Support your answer
with a suitable sketch. [8]
b) Designed demand of a town is 3 MLD. It is pumped into an elevated
service reservoir at a uniform rate from 5 am to 9am and 5pm to 9pm.
The variation in demand of water is given below. [10]
Period 5 am to 9 am to 5 pm to 9 pm to 12 am to
9 am 5 pm 9 pm 12 am 5 am
demand 40% 15% 30% 10% 05%

Determine the balancing Capacity of the reservoir.

OR
Q6) a) Write difference between continuous and intermittent system. (Min 06
point of comparison are expected) [6]
b) Calculate the storage capacity and dimensions of the tank to store rain
water for the given data:
Terrace area= 200 m2, average annual rainfall=720 mm
Runoff coefficient= 0.8 Assume L:B=2, D=2m [6]
c) Write a detailed note on detection and prevention of leakage. [6]

Q7) a) Write a note on: [6]

i) Gate valve,
ii) Pressure relief valve
b) Explain in detail Packaged WTP. [5]
c) Explain with neat sketch: one pipe system partially ventilated [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on: [6]
i) Reflux valve,
ii) Air relief valve
b) Explain in detail with neat sketch: two pipe system. [5]
c) Enlist initiatives taken by Government in water infrastructure. Explain
one of them in detail. [6]


[6003]-328 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P252 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-329
T.E. (Civil)
DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301003)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat sketches must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Take fy = 250 and fe = 410 grade of steel.
5) Take ultimate stress in bolt, fub = 400 N/mm2.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
7) Use of electronic pocket calculator, IS : 800-2007 and steel table are allowed.
8) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.

Q1) a) State and explain in brief type of column bases. [3]

b) Check the adequacy of ISHB 450 @ 87.2 kg/m to carry a factored axial
load of 850 kN at an eccentricity of 250 mm about major axis. The effective
length of column is 3 m. Consider only section strength. [14]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between slab base and gusseted base. [3]
b) A column having effective length of 4 m is subjected to factored axial
load of 500 kN and factored moment of 75 kNm. Design the column
section. Check for section strength only. [14]

Q3) a) Explain in brief web buckling and web crippling with suitable sketches.
[4]
b) A simply supported steel joist of 5 m effective span carries a working
uniformly distributed load 50 kN/m on entire span and a point load of 70
kN at mid span. The section is laterally supported throughout the span.
Design an appropriate section. Apply usual checks for strength along
with check for deflection. [14]
OR
Q4) a) Classify the section [email protected] kg/m and ISA 100 × 75 × 8 mm @
10.5 kg/m used as a beam. [4]

P.T.O.
 b) A simply supported beam carries a uniformly distributed load of magnitude
W kN/m on entire span of 5 m. The compression flange is laterally
unsupported throughout the span. Find the intensity of uniformly
distributed load the section ISMB 500@ 86.9 kg/m can carry for the
beam safely. Both ends of beam are fully restrained against torsion. [14]

Q5) Determine panel point dead load, imposed load and wind load for a truss as
shown in Figure 1. Assume design wind pressure as 1170 N/m2, use G.I. Sheet
and the centre to centre spacing of truss as 3.5 m. Assume self weight of purlin
as 20 N/m2 on plan area. [17]

OR
Q6) Design a gantry girder supporting an electronically operated crane for following
data : [17]
a) Capacity of crane = 120 kN.
b) Span between crane rails = 20 m.
c) Self-weight crane girder = 100 kN.
d) Weight of crab, electric motor, hook etc. = 15 kN.
e) Minimum hook approach = 1.2 m.
f) Wheelbase = 2 m.
g) Span of Gantry 5.5 m.
h) Weight of rails = 0.3 kN/m.

[6003]-329 2
Q7) a) Explain in brief IS provisions for length and spacing of intermittent weld.
[4]
b) Design the cross-section of a simply supported welded plate girder with
an effective span of 20 m. The girder is subjected to a working uniformly
distributed load of 43 kN/m throughout the span, including self-weight.
Assume that the compression flange is laterally supported throughout the
span. Apply checks for bending and shear. [14]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in brief flange curtailment of plate girder. [4]
b) A simply supported welded plate girder is designed for the span of 24 m.
It is subjected to a shear force of 2300 kN and bending moment of
20700 kNm. A section used for plate girder to carry above load is as
given below - [14]
Flanges - 780 mm wide and 50 mm thick.
Web - 16 mm thick and 2600 mm deep.
Design intermittent welded connection between flange and web. Also
design end bearing stiffener. Assume stiff bearing length as 300 mm near
support.



[6003]-329 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P253 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-330
T.E. (Civil) (Semester - I)
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
(301004) (2019 Pattern)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Elaborate the importance of financial management in construction. [6]

b) Explain “Why is construction financial management is different?” and
enlist the various stakeholders involve in construction financial
management. [6]
c) What is a contract account? Draw the typical format of contract account.[5]
OR
Q2) a) The following were the expenses on a contract which commenced on 1st
January 2015. [6]
Particular Amount (Rs.)
Material Purchased 1,10,000
Materials at the end 1,250
Direct Wages 15,000
Plant issued 5,000
Direct Expanses 8,000
The contract price was Rs. 1,50,000. It was duly received when the contract
was completed on 31-3-2015. Charge indirect expenses at 15% on wages
and provide Rs. 1,000 for depreciation on plant; Prepare the contract
account.
b) Explain in detail procedure for costing of contract. [6]
c) What is contract and explain any two types of contract. [5]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain in detail: Purposes of Budget. [6]

b) Write a note on “Net Present Value Method” of capital budgeting with its
advantages and disadvantages. [6]

c) The initial investment in project A and B is Rs. 3000 lakh each. Rank the
as per Profitability Index if the present value of cash inflow for both the
projects mentioned in the following table: [5]

Sr. No. Present value of Present value of

cash inflow for cash inflow for
project A (in lakh Rs.) project B (in lakh Rs.)

1 1181.70 818.10

2 908.60 743.40

3 675.90 675.90

4 437.12 614.70

5 397.44 558.90

OR

Q4) a) Explain the process of capital budgeting. [6]

b) Write down a detailed note on “Operating Budget”. [5]

c) A concrete mixer was purchased at Rs. 8,00,000. Assuming Scrap Value

to be Rs. 5,50,000 after 10 years. Calculate the depreciation at the end of
5 years by [6]

i) Straight Line Method

ii) Constant Percentage Method

[6003]-330 2
Q5) a) Write down the significance of working capital in construction company.
Enlist any four factors considered for determination of working capital.[6]
b) Explain in details various Financing Resources of Working Capital. [6]
c) What is safety stock? Which types of costs are associated with it? Explain
its importance. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on “Types of working capital”. [6]
b) A construction company purchases 10000 bags of cement annually. Each
bag cement cost Rs. 500 and cost incurred.in procuring each lot is
Rs. 150. The cost of carrying is 25%. What are the most EOQ and
number of orders? If lead time is 5 days, calculate order point. [6]
c) Explain the various phases of operating cycle. [6]

Q7) a) What is direct tax and indirect tax? Explain any one type of direct tax and
any one type of indirect tax. [6]
b) Calculate the tax to be paid on property in Delhi, from following data:[6]
Covered area = 900 sq. ft.
Unit area value for one month = 6.0 per sq.ft.
Age factor = 1.0
Use factor = 1.2
Structure factor = 1.0
Occupancy factor = 1.0
Taxrate = 11%
c) Explain any six functions of Reserve Bank of India (RBI). [6]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on Goods and Services Tax (GST). Also write down the
impact of GST on construction industry. [7]
b) Explain “Capital Value System” for the calculation of property tax. [5]
c) Write down the roles and functions of following financial regulatory bodies:[6]
i) ICRA (Information and Credit Rating Agency)
ii) SEBI (Security and Exchange Board of India)


[6003]-330 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P254 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-331
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (301005a)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) A jet of water issuing from an orifice 25 mm diameter under a constant

head of 1.7 m falls 0.98 m vertically before it strikes the ground at a
distance of 2.30 m measured horizontally from the vena-contracta. The
discharge was found to be 110 lit/min. determine Cd, Cv, and Cc for the
orifice. [8]
b) Explain function, location and types of surge tank. [6]
c) Define unsteady flow? Give two examples of unsteady flow. [4]
OR
Q2) a) A 2 m diameter, 1500 m long steel penstock having a wall thickness of
15 mm carries water at the rate of 6.5 m3/s. Find the rise of pressure due
to water hammer, if the valve at the end of penstock is closed in 4 seconds.
Take modulus of elasticity of steel as 2.06 × 1011 N/m2 and bulk modulus
of elasticity of water as 2.01 × 109 N/m2. Neglect loss of energy due to
friction. [10]
b) Explain one complete cycle of water hammer. [8]

Q3) a) A tank having constant cross-sectional area was emptied through a sharp-
edged orifice situated at the bottom of the tank. It took 120 seconds to
empty the upper third of the tank. How long will it to empty the middle
third? [8]
b) Derive an expression for force exerted by jet on a series of flat plate
striking at its centre. Also determine the maximum efficiency developed.[9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Show that the maximum efficiency of is 100%, when a jet strikes on
series of frictionless semicircular moving curved vane fixed around the
circumference of a wheel. [8]
b) A jet of water moving at 20 m/s impinges on a symmetrical curved vane
shaped to deflect the jet such that is the vane angles at inlet and exit are
each equal to 25°. If the vane is moving at 5 m/s, find the angle of the jet
so that there is no shock at inlet. Also determine the absolute velocity of
exit in magnitude and direction, and the work done. [9]

Q5) a) A Pelton wheel develops 9,000 kw, under a head of 300 m with an overall
efficiency of 85% when revolving under a speed of 300 rpm. Find the
unit discharge, unit power, and unit speed. If the head on same turbine
falls to 250 m, find discharge, power and speed for this head. [10]
b) Draw a neat labelled sketch of Francis turbine. Explain working of each
component. Also explain its working. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive expression for unit quantities. Also explain the importance of
these quantities. [10]
b) A Pelton wheel develops 4100 kW under a net head of 130 m at a speed
of 205 rpm. Assume Cv = 0.98, speed ratio = 0.46, efficiency = 80%
and the jet diameter ratio = 1/9. Determine (i) the flow required, (ii) the
diameter of the wheel, (iii) the diameter and number of jets required. [8]

Q7) a) A centrifugal pump running at 1500 rpm discharges 120 lit/s against a
head of 28 m. If the diameter of the impeller is 250 mm and its width is
50 mm, find the vane angle at the outer periphery. The manometric
efficiency of the pump is 75%. [9]
b) Describe - troubles and remedies of centrifugal pump. [8]
OR

Q8) a) The outer diameter and outlet width of a centrifugal pump is 55 cm and
6 cm respectively. The pump develops total head of 28 m, when running
under 1090 rpm. If the vane angle at outlet is 40° and manometric efficiency
is 80%, find [8]
i) velocity of flow a outlet
ii) velocity of water leaving the vane
iii) angle made by absolute velocity at outlet discharge
b) Explain ‘characteristics curves’ of centrifugal pump. [9]


[6003]-331 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P255 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-332
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (301005b) (Elective-I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and clearly state.

Q1) a) Write a brief note on different types of analysis of data also state the
significance of each. [9]
b) Indicate the basis for selecting a statistical technique in analysing data for
educational research. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the phrase ‘Analysis of Data’ or Treatment of Data’. Indicate the
need and importance of data analysis. [9]
b) Describe the role of statistics and parameters in analysing the data. Illustrate
your answer with suitable example. [8]

Q3) a) Describe the precautions that the researcher should take while interpreting
his findings. [9]
b) What do you understand by research report or thesis? Indicate its need
and importance in the research work. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following terms used in a research. [9]
i) Research proposal or synopsis or outline of a research project.
ii) Research report, or thesis or dissertation.
iii) Research summary, and
iv) Research abstracts.
b) What are the methods of constructing regression equation? Explain in
details. [9]

[6003]-332 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe how monopoly nature of owner is controlled by Patent
Trademark Organization. [8]

b) What are the functions of international intellectual property organizations?[9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain different types of intellectual property in detail. [8]

b) Define trademark and service mark. [9]

Q7) a) Distinguish between Trademark and Trade secrets. [9]

b) Write the procedure for “use of mark” owned by Third parties. [9]
OR

Q8) a) Explain how the ownership rights and transfers are taken place. [9]

b) Describe the advantages of law of patent. [9]



[6003]-332 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P256 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 333
T.E. (Civil Engg.)
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I)(301005 C)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Write short note on child labor act. [6]

b) What is the use of project balance sheet and what is its significance. [6]

c) What ate the advantages of labor laws in the field of civil engineering? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain workmen’s compensation act and building and other
construction worker act 1996. [6]
b) What are the requirements of working capital? [6]

c) Write note on profit loss statement. [6]

Q3) a) What are the steps in risk management? [6]

b) Explain the role of insurance in risk management. [6]

c) Explain decision tree analysis. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Explain sensitivity analysis. [6]
b) Write short note on energy cost escalation. [6]

c) State the applications of value engineering. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the objectives of material management? [6]
b) What is the use of ERP in material management? [6]
c) Explain the role of material management in construction management.[6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the inventory control methods? [6]
b) Explain the various phases of material flow. [6]
c) Explain the concept of EOQ in detail. [6]

Q7) a) Write short note on fuzzy logic. [6]

b) Write short note on recruitment and selection process. [6]
c) Write short note on staffing policy and pattern. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the importance of human resource in construction sector. [6]
b) What is the application of Artificial intelligence in Civil Engineering? [6]
c) Explain genetic algorithm in detail. [5]

  

[6003] - 333 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P257 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 334
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I)(301005 d)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) List any six applications of chemical admixtures. [6]

b) With a neat diagram explain the functioning of plasticizers. [6]

c) Explain the classifications of superplasticizers. [6]

OR

Q2) a) With a neat diagram, explain the functioning of air-entraining admixtures.

[6]

b) Explain lignosulfonate based admixures. [6]

c) What are the functions of viscosity modifying admixtures. [6]

Q3) a) What are the functions of the fibers added to concrete? [5]

b) Explain the effect of steel fibers on the properties of concrete. [6]

c) Explain the classification of glass fibers. [6]

OR

Q4) a) List any five advantages of glass fibers. [5]

b) Write a note on synthetic fibers. [6]

c) What are aramid fibers? Explain its characteristics. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is durability of concrete? What factors affect it? [6]
b) Explain plastic shrinkage of concrete. [6]
c) What is autogenous shrinkage? Explain the factors affecting it. [6]

OR
Q6) a) What are the transport properties of concrete? Explain any one property.
[6]
b) Explain diffusion with a neat schematic. [6]
c) Explain the external causes of chloride penetration in concrete. [6]

Q7) a) Explain the principle and at least five applications of ultrasonic pulse
velocity method. [8]
b) What is half-cell potential measurement? Explain with a neat diagram.[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain why the core test for concrete is required. [8]
b) Explain the permeability test of concrete. [9]

  

[6003] - 334 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P258 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-335
T.E. (Civil)
MATRIX METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (301005-e)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2; Q.3 or Q.4; Q.5 or Q.6; Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non-programmable electronic calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
6) Assessment will be based on complete solution and not on final answer.

Q1) Using stiffness member approach, determine the horizontal and vertical
displacement at C and horizontal displacement at B for the pin jointed equilateral
angle truss as shown in the figure. Find the axial forces in all the members.
AE = constant, Consider P1 = 50 kN and P2 = 100 kN. Take AB = 4m. [18]

OR
Q2) a) Derive the member stiffness matrix for a bar element. [4]
b) For the given bar with varying diameter, subjected to axial forces, determine
the displacements at B, and C. Consider end A as fixed. Also find the
corresponding strains and stresses. Take P = 50 kN and E = 200 GPa.
AB portion has diameter = 20 mm and BC portion has diameter of 30 mm.[14]

P.T.O.
Q3) Analyze the continuous beam shown in the figure using member stiffness
matrix method. Find the rotational displacement at A, B and C. Find the
reactions and draw the shear force and bending moment diagram. EI is constant
for both spans. [17]

OR

Q4) a) Derive the stiffness matrix for plane frame member. [8]
b) A propped cantilever beam of length 6m is subjected to a uniformly
distributed load of 30 kN/m. Determine the slope at propped end using
member stiffness method. [9]

Q5) a) Signify the importance of transformation matrix. Derive the transformation

matrix for grid member. [9]
b) Derive the stiffness matrix for grid member. [8]
OR
Q6) A grid consisting of two perpendicular members AB and BC is fixed at A and
rigidly connected at B. The grid is subjected to point load of 80 kN at C.
Length of both members is 3 m. Consider EI and GJ as constant and using
structure approach, analyse the grid and find the displacements. [17]

Q7) a) Derive the stiffness matrix for a space frame member by drawing neat
sketches. [9]
b) Derive the stiffness matrix for space truss element for local axis. Write
the global stiffness matrix for space truss element. Show the direction
cosines with a neat sketch. [9]
OR

Q8) a) Write flowchart for solution of plane truss problem. [9]

b) Write flowchart for solution of space frame problem. [9]


[6003]-335 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P259 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-336
T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED MECHANICS OF STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-I) (301005f)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) A simply Supported beam of span 8m loaded as shown in fig.1. Find the
shear force & bending moment at a section 4m from left end. Draw ILD
for support reactions, shear force & Bending Moment. [9]

b) Draw the influence line diagrams for forces in the member U2L3, U2U3
and L2L3 of the through type bridge truss as shown in fig.2. [8]

OR

[6003]-336 1 P.T.O.
Q2) a) A simply Supported beam of span l0m loaded as shown in fig.3. Find the
Support Reactions, shear force at point D & bending moment at Point F.
Draw ILD for support reactions, shear force &Bending Moment. [9]

b) Draw the influence line diagrams for forces in the member U2U3, U2L2
and L2L3 of the truss as shown in fig.4. [8]

Q3) a) A simply supported beam of 20 m span is carrying a rolling UDL of

intensity 40 KN/m with length larger than the span. Determine [12]
i) Maximum Reactions
ii) Maximum negative & positive shear force & Maximum Bending
Moment at a section 8m from left support
iii) Absolute Maximum Bending Moment anywhere in the span.
b) An uniformly distributed load of span 8m having intensity has 25 KN/m
moving on simply supported beam of span 6m. Draw Influence line diagram
for shear force and bending moment at distance 2.5m from left support.
[6]
OR
Q4) a) A simply supported beam of 10 m span is carrying a rolling UDL of 4m
length with intensity of 20 KN/m moving from left to right. Determine[12]
i) Maximum Reactions
ii) Maximum negative & positive shear force & Maximum Bending
Moment at a section 4m from left support
iii) Absolute Maximum Bending Moment anywhere in the span.

[6003]-336 2
 b) Two wheel loads 50 kN & 150 kN spaced at 2m move on a girder of 12m
long. Find the maximum positive and negative shear force at a section 3m
from left end. Any wheel load can lead the other. [6]

Q5) Derive an expression for semi-circular beam simply supported on three sup-
ported equally spaced support. [17]
OR
Q6) Derive an expression for circular beam loaded with uniformly and supported
on symmetrically placed column. [17]

Q7) a) A three hinged parabolic arch of 20 m span & carries rise of 5m carries a
point load of 20 kN at 6m from the left hand hinge. Find reactions at support,
Maximum positive & negative bending moment and draw BMD. [12]
b) Derive the expression for horizontal thrust when entire span of two hinged
parabolic arch is loaded with udl of intensity ‘w’ kN/m [6]
OR
Q8) a) A Parabolic arch is hinged at the springing, which are at the same level.
The span is 48m with a central rise of 6m. It carries a point load of 160
kN at the crown. If I=10Sec θ. Calculate the normal thrust, radial shear
and bending moment at the left and quarter span. [12]
b) A symmetrical 3 hinged parabolic arch as shown in fig.5 has a span of
20m. It carries UDL of intensity 10 kN/m over the entire span & two
point loads of 40 kN each at 2m & 5m from left support. Compute the
reactions, Horizontal Thrust & Normal Thrust at a section 4m from left
end take central rise as 4m [6]



[6003]-336 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P260 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-337
T.E. (Civil)
WASTE WATER ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (301012)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of scientific calculators is allowed

Q1) a) Explain the importance of secondary treatment and principle of biological

treatment. [6]

b) An average operating data for conventional activated sludge treatment

plant is as follows. [6]

Sewage flow-30000 m3/d, volume of aeration tank-10500m3, influent BOD-

200mg/L, effluent BOD-20 mg/L, mixed liquor suspended solids-3000
mg/l, effluent suspended solids-30 mg/L, Waste sludge suspended solids-
9500mg/L, quantity of waste sludge-200m3/d. Determine

i) Food to microorganism ratio

ii) Sludge age

iii) Percentage of efficiency of BOD removal

c) Describe symptoms, causes and remedial measures of sludge bulking in

activated sludge process. [6]

OR

Q2) a) Explain the term Volumetric BOD loading, F/M Ratio, Sludge age in detail.[6]

b) The mixed liquor suspended solids. Concentration in aeration tank is

3000 mg/l and sludge volume after 30 minutes of settling in a 1000 ml
graduated cylinder is 135 ml. Determine. [6]

[6003]-337 1 P.T.O.
 i) SVI
ii) Required return sludge ratio
iii) Suspended solids concentration in recirculated sludge
c) Describe symptoms, causes and remedial measures of foaming in activated
sludge process. [6]

Q3) a) Summarize the principle components and factors affecting oxidation pond
design. [5]
b) Design an oxidation pond for the following data. Raw sewage flow-10 MLD,
raw sewage BOD5-200mg/L, desired BOD5 of treated effluent-20mg/L, BOD
removal rate constant-0.1/d, BOD loading rate for the given latitude of
the place-250kg/Ha/d, elevation of the place-550 m above MSL. Determine.
[6]
i) Area of oxidation pond
ii) Detention time required
iii) Dimension of the pond
c) Enumerate principle, advantages and disadvantages of aerated lagoon.[6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with a neat sketch the principle of trickling filter. [5]
b) A single stage trickling filter is designed for an organic loading of 10000
kg of BOD in raw sewage per hectare meter per day with a recirculation
ratio of 1.1. This trickling filter treats 1.95 MLD of raw sewage with a
BOD of 180mg/L. Use NRC formula and determine the strength of the
effluent. [6]
c) Describe the operational problems and its control in trickling filter. [6]

Q5) a) Compare the aerobic and anaerobic treatment of wastewater. [6]

b) Design a septic tank for 300 users. Water allowance is 120 L per head per
day. Assume suitable data if required. [6]
c) Describe with a neat sketch working of up-flow anaerobic sludge blanket
reactor. [6]
OR
[6003]-337 2
Q6) a) Summarize the features and applications of up-flow anaerobic sludge
blanket. [6]
b) Design the dimensions of septic tank for small colony of 160 persons
provided with an assured water supply from municipal head works at the
rate of 120 L per person per day. Assume suitable data if required. [6]
c) Explain the merits of sequential batch reactor over conventional activated
sludge process. [6]

Q7) a) Describe the governing factors in anaerobic digesters. [5]

b) Sedimentation tank is treating the flow of 5 MLD containing 275 ppm of
suspended solids. Tank removes around 50% of suspended solids. Calculate
the quantity of sludge produce per day in bulk and weight if [6]
i) Moisture content of the sludge is 98%
ii) Moisture content of the sludge is 96%
c) Explain the stages of digestion in anaerobic digesters. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Indicate the major challenges in sludge management. [5]
b) The moisture content of a sludge is reduced from 95% to 80%. Find the
decrease in the volume of the sludge. Explain why dewatering of sludge
is necessary. [6]
c) Discuss the reuse opportunities of wastewater in industrial sector. [6]



[6003]-337 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1412 [Total No. of Pages : 5

[6003]-338
T.E. (Civil)
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301013)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures in bold to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams should be drawn where ever necessary.
4) IS: 456 is permitted in the examination.
5) Additional data if needed, may be suitably considered and clearly mentioned.

Q1) a) A stair hall of a building measures 3.0 m × 5.5 m. The floor to floor height
is 3.4 m. Design a dog-legged stair case resting on beams of size 230
mm. The design load on the stairs may be considered as 4 kN/m2. Adopt
M-25 grade of concrete and Fe-500 grade of steel. Sketch the details of
reinforcement. [14]
b) What are flanged sections? Explain how the flanged width is calculated.[3]
OR
Q2) a) Figure 1 shows the floor plan of a building. The beams are of size 230
mm × 450 mm. Beam B1 is reinforced with 4-16# bars in tension and
2-10# in compression. The load on the slab is 6 kN/m2. Design the beam
for shear. Adopt M-25 grade of concrete and Fe-500 grade of steel.
Sketch the details of reinforcement. [14]

b) What is torsion? List any three practical situations where concrete beam
is subjected to torsion. [3]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) For the floor plan shown in Fig. 1, design the continuous beam
A1-A2-A3-A4-A5. The total load on the slab is 5.5 kN/m2. Design the
beam using M-20 grade concrete and Fe-500 grade of steel. Sketch the
details of reinforcement. [15]
b) Explain the assumptions made in the IS code method of analysis of
continuous beams. [3]
OR
Q4) Design the beam A-B-C shown in Fig. 2. The load on the beam may be
considered as 12 kN/m. Design the beam using M-20 grade concrete and
Fe-500 grade of steel. Sketch the details of reinforcement. [18]

Q5) a) How are reinforced concrete columns classified? Explain the modes of
failure. [3]
b) For the floor plan shown in Fig. 1, design column C1. Show how the
column is oriented, The column is subjected to working load of 700 kN,
working moment of 90 kN-m about major axis bisecting the depth of
column. The unsupported length of column is 4.0m. The column is fixed
at both the ends. Show detailed design calculations and reinforcement
details. Use M-30 grade concrete and Fe-500 grade of steel. [14]
OR
Q6) a) What are interaction curves? Explain the characteristic of a typical
interaction curve. [5]
b) Explain the design procedure for axial-loaded, uni-axial loaded, and
bi-axial loaded columns. [12]
Q7) a) State and explain types of combined footing for two adjoining columns.
How do you decide size and projections of combined footing? [9]
b) Explain one-way and two-way shear. Also, describe how are they
calculated? [9]
OR
Q8) A column of size 350 × 600 mm is reinforced with 8-20#. The column supports
a dead load of 700 kN and imposed load of 450 kN. The safe bearing capacity
of the soil is 200 kN/m2. Design the footing using M-30 grade concrete and
Fe-500 grade of steel. Also, sketch the details of the reinforcement. [18]

[6003]-338 2
[6003]-338 3
[6003]-338 4
 

[6003]-338 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P261 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-339
T.E. (Civil)
REMOTE SENSING & GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301014)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of electronic pcoket calculator is allowed in the examination.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Give a brief account of Origin of Global positioning system. [6]

b) Write a note on applications of GNSS in surveying. [6]

c) Describe Global Navigation satellite system in detail. [6]

OR

Q2) a) Describe sources of error in GPS. [6]

b) Define DGPS. Write sources of errors of DGPS. [6]

c) Write a note on types of GPS tracking. [6]

Q3) a) What is image acquisition in Digital image processing? [6]

b) Differentiate between Visual and Digital image interpretation. [6]

c) Define Triangular Irregular Network Model (TIN) and its applications.[5]

OR

Q4) a) What is Digital Image Processing? What are the most common image
processing functions. [6]

b) What is image registration? [6]

c) State the application of DEM. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write in detail about various components of GIS. [6]
b) Illustrate Cloud computing with types and applications. [6]
c) Write a note on essential elements of GIS hardware. [6]
OR

Q6) a) Write a note on fundamentals of Cartography and map creation in GIS.[6]

b) Discuss the difference between drafting software’s and GIS. [6]
c) Illustrate the advantages of data storage in GIS. [6]

Q7) a) Define Raster and Vector Data types. Explain with neat diagram. [6]
b) Discuss applications of GIS in civil engineering. [6]
c) Write a note on application in land measurement work. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Enumerate different Attribute Data models and explain any one of them.[6]
b) Write a note on essential elements of GIS hardware. [6]
c) Discuss the applications in irrigation planning. [5]

  

[6003]-339 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P262 [6003]-340
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED ENGINEERING GEOLOGY WITH ROCK
MECHANICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (301015 a) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Write a note on Compact basalt as construction material. [6]
b) Differentiate between active faults and dead faults. [6]
c) Write in detail on treatments given to fracture/fracture zone. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are favorable conditions/characteristics of the rock for the
purpose of construction material? [6]
b) What is R.I.S.? Explain R.I.S. with case study, in Deccan Trap area. [6]
c) Will dam building activity cause a major earthquake? Explain. [6]

Q3) a) What are various physical properties of rocks. [6]

b) Calculate RQD recovery and Core recovery from following table. [6]
Run in m Piece No. Length in cm Nature of fracture
1 15 J
2 12 J
3 80 M
4 46 M
3-6 m 5 50 M
6 09 J
7 50 J
8 6 J
9 8 J
10 110 M
11 80 M
6-9 m 12 90 M
13 09 M
P.T.O.
 c) Calculte apparent resistivity values of different depth zones. [6]

Sr. No R A 2a R

1 1.81 1 ?

2 1.76 2 ?

3 1.57 3 ?

4 1.42 4 ?

5 1.29 5 ?

6 1.10 10 ?

OR

Q4) a) Explain in detail Bieniawaski’s Geomechanical classification. [6]

b) Explain in detail R.Q.D. System of classification. [6]

c) Importance of orientation of joints and joint frequency index in rock

machanics. [6]

Q5) a) Write a note on Engineering significance of Tachylytic Basalt. [6]

b) Explain treatment to be given to a Fracture crossing dam alignment. [6]

c) What are the reasons of tail channel erosion in Deccan Trap area? [5]

OR

Q6) a) Explain in detail case histories of Varasgaon and Mula Dam sites, where
economy has been achieved. [6]

b) Discuss the strength and water tightness characters of DTB from

foundation point of view. [6]

c) Discuss relationship between local Geology and location of Spillway in

Deccan Trap. [5]
[6003]-340 2
Q7) a) Discuss with suitable examples suitability of amygdaloidal basalts from
tunneling point of view. [6]
b) Write note on Standup time of rock during tunneling. [6]
c) Explain in brief safe bearing capacity during bridge construction. [5]
OR

Q8) a) Can we locate a pier of bridge partly on weathered rock and on dyke?
[6]
b) Explain in detail engineering geological investigations for bridge
foundation. [6]
c) Explain favorable and unfavorable conditions for tunneling. [5]



[6003]-340 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P263 [6003]-341
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Civil)
SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Elective-II) (301015 b) (Semester-II)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
2) Your answers will be valued as a whole
3) Assume suitable, data if necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss Overfitting of ANN in brief with its cause and effect. How to
avoid overfitting. Discuss data preprocessing. [9]

b) Determine the functional value of the 3 x 2 x 1 neural network in forward

pass with the following data. Inputs [6,4,11], First layer weights (input to
hidden): [0.4 -0.5 0.6;-0.3 0.8 -0.7], First layer bias: [3;-3.7], Second
layer weights (hidden layer to output layer): [0.35 0.55], second layer
bias: [2]. Use sigmoidal transfer function between the first layer and
hidden layer and hyperbolic tangent function between the hidden layer
and output layer. [9]

OR

Q2) a) For feed forward back propagation neural network, how to fix number of
Input neurons, Output neurons, Hidden layers, hidden neurons? Discuss
data preprocessing. [9]

b) Determine the functional value of the 3x2x1 neural network in forward

pass with the following data. Inputs [6,6,8], First layer weights (input to
hidden): [0.4 -0.5 0.6; -0.3 0.8 -0.7], First layer bias: [3;-3.7], Second
layer weights (hidden layer to output layer): [0.35 0.55], Second layer
bias: [2]. Use sigmoidal transfer function between the first layer and
hidden layer and hyperbolic tangent function between the hidden layer
and output layer. [9]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Distinguish between Radial basis function networks and Generalized
regression neural networks. Give suitable example for each. [8]
b) The power developed by a water turbine (P) depends upon the rotational
speed N, Operating head (H), Gravitational acceleration(g), diameter(D)
and breath(B) of the runner, density (  ) and viscosity() of water.
Design a 3 layered neural network using the above parameters and give
the following details: [9]
i) Input and output parameters
ii) Architecture with figure
iii) Size of weight and Bias matrix
iv) Activation function/s between the laers
v) Performance function

OR
Q4) a) Discuss working of self-organized feature maps with suitabl examples.
[8]
b) 28-day Compressive strength of concrete (in MPa) depends on the quanity
(in kg/m3) of Cement, Fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water. Desing
a 3 layered neural network using the above parameters and give the
following details: [9]
i) Input and output parameters
ii) Architecture with figure
iii) Size of weight and Bias matrix
iv) Activation function/s between layers
v) performance functions/s

Q5) a) Discuss in detail an application of Genetic Algorithm in Civil Engineering.

[9]
b) What is a kernel in SVM? Why do we use kernels in SVM? Discuss any
one kernel in detail. [9]

OR
Q6) a) Discuss the Genetic operators in Genetic Algorithm in detail. [9]
b) Discuss the basic principle of Support Vector Regression. What do you
mean by generalization error in terms of the SVM? [9]
[6003]-341 2
Q7) a) Discuss working of Random Forest regression. Explain M5 Algorithm in
Model Tree. [8]
b) The power developed by a water turbine (P) depends upon the rotational
speed N, Operating head(H), Gravitational acceleration(g), diameter(D)
and breath(B) of the runner, density() and viscosity () of water. Desing
a Model using Random Forest using the above parameters and give the
following details: [9]
i) Input and output parameters
ii) No. of trees
iii) Data division
iv) Out of bag estimates
v) Performance function/s

OR
Q8) a) Discuss working of Model Tree with M5 Algorithm. Explain Feature
importance in a Random Forest [8]
b) 28-day Compressive strength of concrete (in MPa) depends on the quanity
(in kg/m3) of Cement, Fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water.
Design a model using Model Tree, using the above parameters and give
the following details: [9]
i) Input and output parameters
ii) No. of rules
iii) Splitting criteria
iv) Standardization of data
v) Performance function/s



[6003]-341 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P264 [6003]-342
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED SURVEYING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (301015 c)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No.2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q. No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Determine the azimuth and altitude of a star from the following data:
Declination of star = 20°30’N Hour angle of star = 42°6’ Latitude of
observer = 50°N. [6]
b) Explain the method for measurement of soundings. [4]
c) Explain the analytical method of determining the position of boat in
hydrographic surveying. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Mention the properties of spherical triangle. [6]
b) What are tides? Explain the weight gauge. [4]
c) In order to locate the position of boat, observations were made with a
sextant to three points A, B and C on Shore. The angles AOB and BOC
were found to be 50°56’ and 27°23’ respectively. From the map, AB was
scaled as 394 m and BC as 198 m while the angle ABC measured 163°18’.
What were the distances of O from A, B & C respectively? [8]
Q3) a) Define ground relief. Derive an expression for the same. [6]
b) Define vertical photograph, tilted photograph and oblique photograph.
[5]
c) The scale of an aerial photograph is 1cm=160 m & the size of the
photograph is 20 cm × 20 cm. If the longitudinal overlap is 65% and side
overlap is 35%, determine the number of photographs required to cover
an area of 232 sq. Km. [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the applications of photogrammetry? Explain any one of them
in detail. [6]
b) A camera having focal length of 20 cm is used to take a vertical
photograph to a terrain having an average elevation of 1500 m. What is
the height above sea level at which an aircraft must fly in order to get the
scale of 1:8000. [5]
c) Determine the minimum number of aerial photographs required to cover
an area of 40 km × 30 km, with the following details: [6]
Size of an aerial photograph = 23 cm × 23 cm
Scale of aerial photograph: 1 cm = 150 m
Longitudinal overlap = 60%
Side overlap = 30%

Q5) a) Explain the components of ideal remote sensing system. [5]

b) Describe the components of Electronic total station. [8]
c) Enlist and explain the advantages of LIDAR technology. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Define and explain the concept of remote sensing. [5]
b) Explain the salient features of Electronic total station. [8]
c) Explain the interaction of electromagnetic energy with the earth’s surface.
[5]
Q7) a) Explain the working principle of GPS. What are the differences between
hand held GPS and differential GPS. [9]
b) Enlist the advantages and applications of GPS survey. [8]
OR

Q8) a) Explain the basic principle of GPS and its applications in Civil
Engineering. [9]
b) Explain digital terrain modelling. [8]


[6003]-342 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P265 [6003]-343
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (301015 d) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.N.6 Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures tio right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between unconsolidated undrained test, consolidated

undrained test and consolidated drained test for determination of shear
strength of soil. [6]
b) Explain stress-strain and volume change relationship for shear strength of
sand. [6]
c) Explain in detail: Factors affecting pore water pressure of cohesive and
cohesionless soils. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following: [6]
i) Mohr-coulomb strength envelope
ii) Sketch the stress-strain relationship for dense and loose sand.
b) Write short note on shear strength characteristics of clays. [6]
c) In a drained triaxial compression test, a saturated sample of cohesionless
sand fails under a deviator stress of 500 kN/m2 when the cell pressure is
120 kN/m2. Find the effective angle of shearing resistance of sand and
the approximate inclination of the failure plane to the horizontal. [6]

Q3) a) Drained triaxial compression test results are given below plot the stress
path in t-s,s'. [6]
 1 (kPa)  3(kPa) 4(kPa)
300
400 300 100
500
565
590
P.T.O.
 b) Draw and explain the stress path (t-s,s') for stress produced below
foundation due to undrained loading. [6]
c) State and explain the variants of cambridge plot. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Undrained triaxial compression test results are given below plot the stress
path in t-s,s'. [6]
 1 (kPa)  3 (kPa) 4(kPa)
300 100
350 165
380 300 200
396 224
398 232
b) Draw and explain te stress path (t-s,s') for gradual built up of overburden
pressure due to sedimentation and its removal. [6]
c) State and explain the variants of MIT plot. [5]

Q5) a) Why soils are to be stabilized? Discuss the principles of soil-fly ash
stabiliztion and associated benefits. [6]
b) What are different admixtures that are used in expansive clay soil
stabilization? Discuss any one. [6]
c) Explain in detail physico-chemical reactions in stabiliztion of clay with
lime. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the different factors affecting the machanical stability of a mixed
soil? [6]
b) Explain the design principles and additives of Bitumen-soil stabilization.
[6]
c) Discuss plasticity, swelling and strength characteristics of fly ash treated
black cotton soil. [6]

[6003]-343 2
Q7) a) State different methods of grouting. Explain ground improvament by stone
column. [6]
b) Explain the steps for vibrofloation with inserting reinforcement with neat
sketch. [6]
c) Explain the steps for design of sand drains in Isotropic case. [5]

OR
Q8) a) Explain ground improvement by excavating and replacing of soil. [6]
b) Write a note on in-situ ground improvement by compaction piles. [6]
c) Explain the stops for design of sand drains in Anisotropic case. [5]



[6003]-343 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P266 [6003]-344
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Civil)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective - II) (301015 e)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is mean by new town? Which parameters involved in design of new
town? Explain any two. [9]

b) What is DP? Elaborate Mechanism of preparation of DP according to

MRTP Act 1966. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Explain in detail how TPS and NHP are controlling haphazard growth of
town. [9]

b) Enlist and explain objectives of town planning and state benefits of town
planning. [9]

Q3) a) What is the importance of Civic Surveys for D.P.? How these ae carried
out for housing and land use structure for new town? [9]

b) Explain the objectives and functions of CIDCO and its role of develop-
ing New Mumbai [8]

OR

Q4) a) Elaborate hierarchy of roads and Traffic Management system. [9]

b) Elaborate objectives, functions of anyone planning agency and the

organizational details. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a note on URDPFI guidelines and its contents for infrastructure.
[9]

b) How AMRUT guidelines helpful to overall development of city? [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain in detail features of Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and

Resettlement Act 2013. [9]

b) Explain in detail concept of “MAHA-RERA”. [9]

Q7) a) Explain in detail planning strategy for special township project. [9]
b) Write a note on SEZ and CRZ. [8]

OR
Q8) a) What is the contribution of rural planning in overall development? [8]
b) Explain in detail application of GIS, GPS, remote sensing in Town
planning. [9]



[6003]-344 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P267 [6003]-345
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Civil)
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective -II) (301015 F)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain mechanical volume reduction method of processing technique.

[6]

b) Explain manual component separation method of processing technique.

[6]

c) State the terms related to solid waste management- [6]

i) Segregation

ii) Recovery

iii) Recycling

iv) Reuse

OR

Q2) a) Define recycling of soild waste. State the purposes of recycling of

municipal solid waste. [6]

b) What is the importance of 3R principle in solid waste management? [6]

c) What are the factors to be considered in the design of aerobic composting

system. [6]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Suggest the relevant situations for the disposal of solid waste through
incineration. [6]

b) Describe the incineration technologies and air emissions and its control in
detail. Explain the following: [6]

i) Pyrolysis

ii) Refuse derived fuel

iii) Bio gasification

c) List the products of incineration process and state its utility value. [5]

OR

Q4) a) Write short note on energy content of MSW. [6]

b) Write difference between pyrolysis and plasma gasification. [6]

c) What are the different stages of anaerobic digestion? [5]

Q5) a) Explain area method of landfilling and state the factors to be considered
for site selection. [6]

b) Define waste disposal. Point out the factors to be considered while

disposing solid waste. [6]

c) Describe the design and operation of a sanitary landfill with a neat sketch.
[6]

OR

Q6) a) Explan the various phases of municipal solid waste decomposition in a

closed landfill cell. [6]

b) Enlist methods of Biomining and explain any one method of it. [6]

c) Write short notes on legal aspects of solid waste disposal. [6]

[6003]-345 2
Q7) a) List the sources of generation of biomedical waste. [6]
b) Define E-waste and its harmful effects on environment. [6]
c) Explain the role of Maharashtra Pollution Control Board in Plastic waste
management. [5]

OR
Q8) a) How waste minimization is done in Industrial solid waste? [6]
b) Write short note on to life cycle assessment (LCA) in solid waste
management. [6]
c) Write objectives and major provision in plastic waste management
rules - 2016. [5]



[6003]-345 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-268 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-346
T.E. (Computer/A.I.D.S.)
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (End Sem.) (310241)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is the impact of insert, update & delete anomaly on overall design
of database? How normalization is used to remove these anomalies?
[6]
b) Explain different features of good relational database design. [6]
c) Explain following Codd’s rules with suitable examples : [6]
i) Guaranteed Access Rule
ii) Comprehensive Data Sub-Language Rule
iii) High-Level Insert, Update, and Delete Rule
OR
Q2) a) Explain entity and referential integrity constraints used in SQL. [6]
b) Define 3NF. Explain with example, how to bring the relation in 3NF?
[6]
c) Explain following Codd’s rules with suitable examples : [6]
i) Physical Data Independence
ii) Integrity Independence
iii) Systematic Treatment of NULL Values

P.T.O.
Q3) a) State and explain the ACID Properties. During its execution, a
transaction passes through several states, until it finally commits or
aborts. List all possible sequences of states through which a transaction
may pass. Explain the situations when each state transition occurs. [9]
b) Check whether following schedule is view serializable or not. Justify
your answer. (Note : T1 & T2 are transactions). Also explain the concept
of view equivalent schedules and conflict equivalent schedule
considering the example schedule given below : [8]
T1 T2
read (A)
A := A – 50
read (A)
temp :=A * 0.1
A := A - temp
write (A)
read (B)
write (A)
read (B)
B := B + 50
write (B)
B := B + temp
write (B)
OR
Q4) a) Suppose a transaction Ti issues a read command on data item Q. How
time-stamp based protocol decides whether to allow the operation to
be executed or not using time-stamp based protocol of concurrency
control. Explain the situations when each state transition occurs. [9]
b) Write a short note on : [8]
i) Log based recovery
ii) Shadow Paging

[6003]-346 2
Q5) a) BASE Transactions ensures the properties like Basically Available,
Soft State, Eventual Consistency. What is soft state of any system,
how it is depend on Eventual consistency property? [6]
b) Enlist the different types of NOSQL databases and explain with suitable
examples. [8]
c) What is structured and unstructured data. Explain with example. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the CAP theorem referred during the development of any
distributed application. [6]
b) Analyze the use of NOSQL databases in current social networking
environment also explain need of NOSQL databases in social
networking environment over RDBMS. [6]
c) Explain the difference between SQL and NOSQL database. [6]

Q7) a) Write a short note on emerging databases : [9]

i) Active and Deductive Databases
ii) Main Memory Databases
b) What is object relational database system. Explain Table inheritance
with example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on complex data types : [9]
i) Semi-structured data
ii) Features of semi-structured data models
b) Describe spatial data like Geographic data and Geometric data. [8]



[6003]-346 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P269 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-347
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
THEORY OF COMPUTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310242)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Give a Context Free Grammar for the following language. [9]
i) L1={ai bj ck | i = j + k} such that i, j, k > 0
ii) L2={ai bj ck | j = i + k} such that i, j, k > 0
b) Reduce the following grammar to Greibach Normal form. [9]
SSS, S0S1 01
OR
Q2) a) Show that the following grammar is ambiguous. [6]
S-> iCtS
S-> iCtSeS
S-> a
C-> b
b) Convert the following grammar to Chomsky Normal Form (CNF). [6]
G=({S}, {a,b}, P,S)
P={S aSa | bSb | a | b | aa | bb}
c) Consider the following grammar. [6]
E -> E + E | E – E | id
Derive the string id-id*id using
i) Leftmost derivation
ii) Rightmost derivation

Q3) a) Find the transition rules of PDA for accepting a language L={w {a,b}*|w
is of the an bn with n 1}through both empty stack and final state and
demonstrates the stack operation for the string aaabbb. [9]

P.T.O.
 b) Design a push down automation to recognize the language generated by
the following
grammar :
SS + S | S  S | 4 |2
Show the acceptance of the input string 2+2*4 by this PDA. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is NPDA? Construct a NPDA for the set of all strings over {a,b}
with odd length palindrome. [9]
b) Design a push down automation to recognize the language generated by
the following. [8]
SS + S | S  S | 4 |2
Show the acceptance of the input string 2+2*4 by this PDA.

Q5) a) Design a Turing Machine for the following language by considering

transition table and diagram. [9]
i) TM that erases all non blank symbols on the tape where the sequence
of non blank symbols does not contain any blank symbol B in
between.
ii) TM that find 2’s complement of a binary machine.
b) What is TM? Design TM to check well formedness of parenthesis. Expand
the transition for (()) () [9]
OR
Q6) a) How turing machine can be use to compute the functions? Design turing
machine for multiplication of two numbers. [9]
b) Elaborate the following terms. [9]
i) Universal Turing Machine (UTM)
ii) Recursively Enumerable Languages
iii) Halting problem of Turing Machine

Q7) a) Define and Compare Class P and Class NP Problem with suitable diagram.
[9]
b) What do you mean by polynomial time reduction? Explain with suitable
example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Satisfiability Problem and SAT Problem and comment on NP
Completeness of the SAT Problem. [9]
b) What makes a problem NP-Complete? How do we prove a problem is
NP-complete? Are all decision problems NP-complete? [8]


[6003]-347 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P270 [6003]-348
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer Engineering)

SYSTEM PROGRAMMING & OPERATING SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310243)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 Q.4, or Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain “General loading scheme (using suitable diagram)” with

advantages and disadvantages? [9]

b) Give complete design of Direct Linking Loader? [9]

OR

Q2) a) Give complete design of Absolute Loader with suitable example? [9]

b) What is the need of DLL? Differentiate between Dynamic and static link-
ing? [9]

Q3) a) Explain the following types of Schedulers. [9]

i) Short Term

ii) Long Term

iii) Medium Term

b) Explain seven state process model with diagram? Also explain difference
between Five state process model & Seven state process model? [8]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw Gantt chart and calculate Avg. turnaround time, Avg. waiting time
for the following process using SJF non preemptive and round robin
with time quantum 0.5 Unit [9]
Process Burst Time Arrival Time
P1 2 10
P2 1 10
P3 1 11
P4 1 12
b) What is mean by Threads, Explain Thread lifecycle with diagram in
detail? [8]

Q5) a) Write a short note on following with example? [9]

i) Semaphore ii) Monitor iii) Mutex
b) Explain Deadlock prevention, deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection,
deadlock recovery with example? [9]
OR

Q6) a) Explain producer Consumer problem & Dining Philosopher problem with
solution? [9]
b) What is deadlock? State and explain the conditions for deadlock, Explain
them with example? [9]

Q7) a) Consider page sequence 2, 3, 2, 1, 5, 2, 4, 5, 3, 2, 5, 2 and discuss

working of following page replacement policies Also count page faults.
(use no. of Frames = 3) [8]
i) FIFO
ii) LRU
b) Discuss fixed Partitioning and Dynamic Partitioning in detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on following with diagram [8]
i) VM with Paging
ii) VM with Segmentation
b) Explain Page Table structure and Inverted page Table? [9]


[6003]-348 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P271 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-349
T.E. (Computer Engineering) (Semester - I)
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SECURITY
(310244) (2019 Pattern)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
4) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.

Q1) a) Differentiate between Circuit Switching and Packet Switching. [6]

b) Give short note on RIP. [6]
c) 192.168.5.71 /26 for given address find out the [6]
i) subnet mask?
ii) what is first ip address for given series?
iii) what is last ip address for given series?
OR
Q2) a) Draw and explain Header format of IPV6. [6]
b) Give short note on BGP [6]
c) List and explain functions of Network Layer. [6]

Q3) a) What is socket? What are different types of socket? Explain socket
functions used in connection less services with diagram. [6]
b) Explain TCP congestion control in transport layer? [6]
c) What is Quality of Service? Explain any two methods to improve QoS?[6]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain RTP protocol in detail. [6]

b) List and explain transport layer services. [6]

c) 06 32 00 0D 001C E2 17 using this UDP hexadecimal dump find out in

decimal numbers [6]

i) Source port no.

ii) Destination port no.

iii) Total length of user datagram.

Q5) a) What is HTTP? Explain HTTP request and reply messages. [9]

b) Write short notes on SMTP and MIME. [8]

OR

Q6) a) What is DHCP? Explain DHCP working with client state diagram. [9]

b) Write short notes on POP3 and Webmail. [8]

Q7) a) Differentiate between Symmetric and Asymmetric Key Cryptography.[6]

b) Explain model for network security. [6]

c) Give short note on Security Policy and mechanisms. [5]

OR

Q8) a) Explain Types of Network Attacks. [6]

b) Explain IPSec in detail. [6]

c) Give short note on S/MIME. [5]



[6003]-349 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P272 [6003]-350
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer)
INTERNET OF THINGS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (310245(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Demonstrate the use of different networking components and devices

required for the IoT application design. Consider smart irrigation system
as an example for it. [6]
b) Demonstrate the IoT communication Models. [6]
c) Illustrate the different pillars of IoT. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate steps of IoT design methodology for smart forest fire detection.
[6]
b) Demonstrate the Web socket API with suitable IoT system. [6]
c) Categorize requirement of connectivity technologies for IoT system
development and explain any one of them in brief. [6]

Q3) a) Examine the different issues in standardization of IoT Protocols. [6]

b) Classify the different IoT Protocols used at Network layer and explain
any one of them in brief. [6]
c) Show the use of LoRa protocol in the smart irrigation system
development. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Classify between M2M and SCADA Protocol. [6]
b) Demonstrate the use of IP based protocols in the IoT Applications. [6]
c) Apply the appropriate IoT protocol to develop smart irrigation system
with proper explanation. [5]

[6003]-350 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Examine how Cloud Computing is an IoT enabling technology with the
suitable example. [8]

b) Use the knowledge of Cloud Computing to demonstrate.

i) Auto Bahn for IoT
ii) Xively Cloud for IoT [10]

OR
Q6) a) Show that Cloud computing is the fusion of Grid Computing and SOA.
[8]
b) Apply the concept of cloud computing to design the smart home system
with proper explanation. [10]

Q7) a) Predict the possible vulnerabilities in designing smart home intrusion

detection system. [8]

b) Apply the key elements of IoT security for securing the forest fire
detection system with proper explanation. Enlist possible threats may
encountered in designing such applications. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Illustrate the challenges in securing IoT applications. [8]

b) Use security concepts to identify different misuse cases (at least 03) in
each of the following IoT applications: [9]
i) Smart Home Automation.
ii) Smart Parking System.
iii) Smart Irrigation Sytem.

  

[6003]-350 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P273 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 351
T.E. (Computer)
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (310245 B)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumption whenever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain interaction styles: [6]

i) Command-line and
ii) Menu Selection.
b) Which are the characteristics of Graphical User Interface? Explain. [6]
c) Discuss software life cycle importance used in HCL using appropriate
example. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain interaction styles: [6]
i) Form fill-in and
ii) Direct Manipulation.
b) Elaborate the characteristics of Web using Merging of Graphical
Business Systems and Web characteristics of Intranet. [6]
c) Write down about Iterative design and Prototyping using suitable
example. [6]

Q3) a) Describe GOMS model. [6]

b) Write short note on : [6]
i) Formative evaluation.
ii) Summative Evaluation.
c) Elaborate Heuristic Evaluation with example. [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Evaluate Evaluation Framework using DECIDE. [6]
b) Write short note on : [6]
i) Empirical Methods : Experimental Evaluation.
ii) Field Studies.
c) Elaborate Cognitive Walkthrough. [5]

Q5) a) Describe paradigms used for Interaction in HCI: [6]

i) Time Sharing.
ii) Video Display Unit.
iii) Programming Toolkits.
b) What is mean by ubiquitous computing? Which are the applications of
it? Explain with suitable Example. [6]
c) Explain sensor-based and context-based interaction. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is mean by framework in HCI? Explain Five-stage search
framework. [6]
b) Explain “Dynamic queries and faceted search” used in HCI. [6]
c) What is mean by pattern recognition? Explain phases involved in pattern
recognition process with suitable example. [6]

Q7) a) Write short note on : [6]

i) Mobile form factors.
ii) Handheld format apps.
b) Discuss Mobile Navigation, Content, and Control Idioms using
appropriate example. [6]
c) Write down about designing for automotive interfaces in HCI. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe Drawers used in HCL System. Explain Item-level drawers. [6]
b) Discuss Tap-to-Reveal and direct manipulation in detail. [6]
c) Write down about designing for mobile devices using HCI. [5]

  

[6003] - 351 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P274 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 352
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (310245 C)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is clock synchronization? Explain in brief clock synchronization

algorithms. [6]
b) What is mutual exclusion? Compare centralized and decentralized
mutual exclusion algorithms. [6]
c) Explain how logical positioning of nodes is done in Gps location system.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail lamport’s logical clock. [6]
b) Explain with suitable example how butly election algorithm works. [6]
c) Explain gossip-based overlay construction of gossip-based contribution.
[6]
Q3) a) Explain the following naming system of file system. [6]
i) flat naming.
ii) structured naming.
b) Explain file service architecture of distributed file systems. [6]
c) Explain with suitable example, Andrew file system. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is attributed based naming? Explain. [6]
b) What are identifiers? Explain. [6]
c) Explain with suitable example, Suns network file system. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate between data - centric and client - centric consistency
models. [6]
b) Describe architecture of replicated data management. [6]
c) Explain following terms w.r.t. replica management. [6]
i) Content replication.
ii) Content distribution.
OR
Q6) a) What is replication? Enlist reasons for replication. [6]
b) Explain eventual consistency model. [6]
c) Explain how replicated objects are managed by replica management. [6]

Q7) a) What is fault to lerance? Explain in short failure models. [6]

b) Explain failure masking in distributed system. [6]
c) Describe check pointing for recovery. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Describe RPC semantics in presence of failures. [6]
b) Explain failure models in distributed system. [6]
c) Describe atomic multicast for reliable group communication. [5]

  

[6003] - 352 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P275 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 353
T.E. (Computer)
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I)(310245 D)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) How many activity relationships are used in software project

management? Explain any two relationship in detail. [6]
b) What is activity table? Explain activity table of forward pass. [6]
c) Explain different approaches for identifying activities that make up a
project. [6]
OR
Q2) a) List and Explain in details the objectives of activity planning? [6]
b) What are forward and backward pass? [6]
c) What is critical path? What are limitations of critical path? [6]

Q3) a) List and explain different types of project status report. [6]
b) List and explain different tools and methods used for monitoring and
regulating project operations? [6]
c) Explain in detail earned value analysis. [5]
OR
Q4) a) List and explain different methods used in visualizing process. [6]
b) What is cost monitoring? List and Explain different approaches for cost
monitoring. [6]
c) Explain the different stages in contract placement. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is difference between agile and traditional project? [6]
b) What are the different stages of Agile? Explain each one in brief. [6]
c) How to schedule project using agile methods? [6]
OR
Q6) a) What are the responsibilities of agile project? [6]
b) Explain agile team roles. [6]
c) What is Scrum? [6]

Q7) a) Explain different types of team organization. [6]

b) Explain influencing elements of organizational behavior. [6]
c) Explain all stages of team development. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain different communication genres used in organization. [6]
b) Explain decision making process. [6]
c) Explain challenges in working with virtual team. [5]

  

[6003] - 353 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3153 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-354
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
Data Science and Big Data Analytics
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310251)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Scientific Calculalor is permitted.

Q1) a) What is Model Building elaborate this phase of data analytics with the
help of suitable example. [9]
b) Explain any three sources of Big Data. Differentiate BI versus Data
science. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are the three characteristic of Big Data and what are the main
consideration in processing Big Data. [8]
b) Explain Descriptive, Diagnostic, Predictive analytics. [9]

Q3) a) Explain why decision tree are used. Draw a sample decision tree and
explain its parts. [9]
b) How Apriori Algorithm works, explain with suitable example? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is data preprocessing? Explain in details about handling missing
data and transformation of data. [9]
b) Explain Naïve Bayes’ classifier and it applications. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is text processing? Explain TF-IDF with example. [8]
b) With suitable example ,explain the steps involved in k-means algorithm.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Define following terms with respect to confusion matrix : [8]
i) Accuracy
ii) Precision
iii) Recall
iv) AUC-ROC
b) Explain k-fold Cross Validation & Random Subsampling. [9]

Q7) a) With a suitable example, draw a Histogram, boxplot and explain its
usages. [9]
b) Describe the data visualization tool Tableau. List of data visualization
tools. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is Data Visualization? Describe the challenges of data visualization.
[9]
b) Explain architecture of Apache-Pig. [9]



[6003]-354 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P276 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-355
T.E. (Computer Engg.)
WEB TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (310252)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are strengths of XML technology? Explain the need of XML. [5]
b) What are DTD’s? Explain how do they work? [5]
c) Explain URL writing and cookies in servlet with example. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain servlet architecture in detail. [8]
b) What do you understand by AJAX?. Explain it. [5]
c) Write a servlet which accepts two numbers using POST method and
display the maximum number. [5]

Q3) a) List & describe important inceptors provided by strut framework. [5]
b) Identify & justify the benefits of using Web Services. [5]
c) Explain JSP life cycle with diagram. [7]
OR
Q4) a) What is JSP? Enlist advantages of JSP over servlet? [5]
b) What is WSDL and SOAP? Explain WSDL in detail. [5]
c) Draw and explain MVC architecture for developing web application.[7]

Q5) a) What is WAP? Explain components of WAP architecture in detail. [8]

b) What is multidimentional arrays in PHP? Explain it with simple PHP
code. [5]
c) Explain overview of node JS. [5]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain how cookies and session are used for session management in
PHP. [8]
b) What is WML? Explain WML elements. [5]
c) Exlain in brief overview of ASP. NET. [5]

Q7) a) Explain how multiple selection constructs are implemented in Ruby. [7]
b) Explain Rails with AJAX in detail. [5]
c) Draw & explain the role of EJB container in Enterprise applications. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how to write the methods and call the method in RUBY with
example. [7]
b) What are the difference between java beans and EJB? [5]
c) What is Ruby programming language? List some features of Ruby. [5]



[6003]-355 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P277 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-356
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
ARTIFICAL INTELLIGENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310253)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7, or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenver necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) List All problem solving strategies. What is backtracking, explain with n
queen problem, with Branch and bound or Backtracking. [8]
b) Explain Monte Carlo Tree Search with all steps and Demonstrate with
one Example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) i) Explain limitations of game search algorithm, Differentiate between
stochastic and partial games AND.
ii) Explain How use ofaipha and beta cut-offs will improve
performance of mini max algorithm? [9]
b) Define is Constraint satisfaction problem, State the types ofconsistencies
Solve the following Crypt Arithmetic Problem. [8]
SEND
+MORE
MONEY

Q3) a) What is an Agent. Name any 5 agents around you Explain Knowledge
based agent with Wumpus World. [9]
List and explain in short the various steps of knowledge engineering
process.
b) Consider the following axioms: [9]
If a triangle is isosceles, then its two sides AB and AC are equal,
If AB and AC are equal, then angle B and C are equal
ABC is an equilateral triangle,
Represent these facts in predicate’logic.
Explain Inference in Propositional Logic.
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write the following sentences in FOL (any 2) (using types of quantifiers).
[9]
i) Every number is either negative or has a square root .
ii) Every connected and circuit-free graph is a tree .
iii) Some people are either religious or pious
iv) There is a barber who shaves all men in the town who do not shave
themselves.
b) What is Resolution? Solve the following statement by using resolution
algorithm. Draw suitable resolution graph. [9]
i) Rajesh like all kind of food.
ii) Apple and vegetables are food.
iii) Anything anyone eats and is not killed is food.
iv) Ajay eats peanuts and still alive.
Prove that Rajesh like bananas. .

Q5) a) Explain Forward Chaining and Backward Chaining. With its Properties,
with one. example. [9]
b) Explain Unification Algorithm in FOL. Solve stepwise with proper
comments if p(x,g(x)) is equal to or not equal to f (prime, f(prime)) [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain FOL inference for following Quantifiers. [8]
i) Universal Generalization.
ii) Universal Instantiation.
iii) Existential Instantiation.
iv) Existential introduction
b) What is Ontological Engineering ,in details with its categories object and
Model. [9]

Q7) a) Explain with an example State Space Planning. [5]

b) Explain with example, how planning is different from problem solving. [5]
c) Explain AI components and AI architecture. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Planning in non deterministic domain. [5]
b) Explain. [8]
i) Importance of planning
ii) Algorithm for classical planning
c) Explain Limits of AI and Future opportunities with AI. [5]

  

[6003]-356 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P278 [6003]-357
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer Engineering)

INFORMATION SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (310254(A)) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the different types of attacks possible on RSA? Explain in
brief. [6]
b) Explain the “Man in the middle” attack in Diffie - Hellman Key Exchange
algorithm with the help of an example. [6]
c) Consider a Diffie-Hellman scheme with a common prime q = 71 and a
primitive root = 7 [6]
i) If user A has private key XA = 5, what is A’s public key YA?
ii) If user B has private key XB = 12, what is B’s public key YB?
iii) What is the shared secret key K?
OR
Q2) a) Explain Chinese reminder theorem. [6]
b) Differentiate betwen Asymmetric key cryptography and symmetric key
cryptography. [6]
c) Perform encryption and decryption using RSA algorithm for the
following: P=3; q=11; d=7; M=5 [6]

Q3) a) List and describe the contents of the Authentication header in IPSec with
diagram. [6]
b) Explain the working of IPSec. What are the benefits of IPSec? [5]
c) What is Message Digest? Compare MD-5 with SHA-1. [6]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Discuss two modes of IPSec. [6]
b) Discuss web security issues. [5]
c) Discuss the basic requirements for a cryptographic hash function. What
is the difference between a strong and a weak collision resistance? [6]

Q5) a) Explain the needs and challenges of intrusion detection systems. [6]
b) What is Denial of Service (DoS) attack? How does it affects the network
performance? [5]
c) Discuss Application-level security in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Compare Anomaly based and Signature based intrusion detection
system. [6]
b) Explain access control and its types in detail. [5]
c) Discuss the concept of multilevel security. [6]

Q7) Write short note on any three [18]

a) Botnets
b) Types of cyber crimes
c) Information Security Life Cycle
d) Cyber Stalking
OR
Q8) Write short note on any three [18]
a) Cyber Terrorism
b) Anonymizers
c) Types of Cyber stalkers
d) Aims and objectives of IT act 2000


[6003]-357 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P279 [6003]-358
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer Engineering)

AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective - II) (310254 B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 Q.4, or Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) What is rendering system? Describe different methods of aural rendering.

[6]
b) Explain geometric based rendering system in detail? [6]
c) Differentiate between aural and haptic representation in Virtual reality.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe haptic rendering methods in detail. [6]
b) List out different methods for simplifying the amount of information needed
to pass between simulation and haptic rendering. Explain any three in
detail. [6]
c) How to render complex haptic scenes with force displays? [6]

Q3) a) What are the four categories of substance in the virtual world? Explain.
[6]
b) What is Wayfinding? Enlist real and virtual-world aids to improve
wayfinding in navigation. [6]
c) State side effects of using VR System. [6]
OR
Q4) a) State and explain different forms of manipulating a virtual world. [6]
b) What is Direction Selection? Enlist seven ways of selecting direction.[6]
c) What is collaborative interaction? Explain. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is augmented reality? Enlist different ingredients of an augmented
reality experience. [6]
b) Describe Registration and Latency related to AR systems. [6]
c) How does augmented reality work? Explain in detial [5]
OR
Q6) a) What is Depth Cues? Explain Monoscopic and Stereoscopic image depth
in deital. [6]

b) What are different categories of sensors that are used in AR systems?

[6]

c) Explain history of Augmented Reality. [5]

Q7) a) Write short note on: [6]

i) Realistic and Abstract representation
ii) Physical & Conceptual representation
b) Describe different software used to create content for the augmented
reality application. [6]
c) Explain software tools used for content creation in AR? [5]

OR
Q8) a) Explain the following terms related to interaction in virtual world:: [6]
i) Manipulation
ii) Communication
iii) Navigation

b) What are marker based and marker-less tracking system in augmented

reality? [6]
c) State advantages and disadvantages of mobile augmented reality. [5]

[6003]-358 
2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P280 [6003]-359
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer Engineering/A.I.D.S.)

CLOUD COMPUTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254 C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between grid computing and cloud computing? [9]

b) Define virtualizations? Explain the advantages and disadvantages of
Virtualization? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Describe virtual clustering in cloud computing? [9]
b) Explain the importance of hypervisor in cloud computing? Compare
Type 1 and Type 2 hypervisor? [8]
Q3) a) Enlist an applications of cloud computing in differnt Area? Describe any
two applications? [9]
b) Explain the different components of AWS? [8]
OR
Q4) a) How the Amazon simple storage service (S3) works? Explain with
suitable diagram? [8]
b) Enlist the steps for configuring Amazon EC2 VM instance? [9]

Q5) a) What are the different types of testing in cloud computing? Explain briefly?
[9]
b) Explain the different types of security risk involved in cloud computing?
[9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Describe the different Cloud Security Services in detail? [9]

b) State the use of Content Level Security (CLS)? [9]

Q7) a) Describe client-server architecture of docker? [9]

b) Explain Mobile Cloud in detail? [9]

OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between Distributed Cloud Computing Vs Edge
Computing? [9]
b) Explain the concept of DevOps in detail? [9]



[6003]-359 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P281 [6003]-360
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer Engineering)/(A.I.D.S.)

SOFTWARE MODELING AND ARCHITECTURES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective II) (310254 D)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the major components of interaction overview diagrams? [6]
b) What is the types of a state machine diagram? Explain its types in detail.
[6]
c) Explain Fork and Join concept in Activity diagram with a suitable
example [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the significance of timing diagram with a suitable example. [6]
b) Draw state machine diagram for coffee vending machine. [6]
c) Explain Communication diagram with example. [6]

Q3) a) Explain the real time software architecture with a suitable example. [8]
b) Explain the importance of Object oriented software architecture and its
applicabililty in software development? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is architecture pattern? What is significance of architecting
software product? [5]
b) What is the software architecture? What are the three different views of
an architecture? Explain the component of 4+1 architectural view model.
[12]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define the importance of architecture structure and views. [6]
b) Explain the importance of Object oriented software architecture and its
applicability in software development. [6]
c) Explain the broker pattern for design of service oriented architecture.[6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the real time software architecture with a suitable example. [6]

b) Explain synchronous communication pattern in Client server architecture

with example? [6]

c) Explain Location & Platform transparency in service oriented

architecture [6]

Q7) a) What is singleton pattern? Explain one example scenario where you will
singleton pattern to get applied? [7]
b) Draw the structure of observer pattern with suitable class diagram
including subject and observer. [6]
c) Explain the broker pattern for design of service oriented architecture [4]

OR
Q8) a) What is Behavioral Pattern? In which situation you use the Behavioral
pattern? What is observer Behavioral pattern? Explain observer
Behavioral in detail with the applicability of singleton creational pattern.
[9]
b) What are the different approaches of design patterns in software
architecture? [8]



[6003]-360 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-282 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-361
T.E. (Electrical Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (303141)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following : [9]

i) Design
ii) Trademark
iii) Copyrights
b) Write a short note on HR planning and Recruitment. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)? Explain all its types? [9]
b) What is Performance Appraisal? State the objective and Performance
Appraisal? [9]

Q3) a) Explain in brief following : [8]

i) TQM
ii) SIX SIGMA
b) Explain Quality Management system standard ISO 14001:2004. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Environmental Management System Standard in details. [8]
b) What is meaning of Kaizen. How 5S is used in implementation of
Kaizen. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail : [9]
i) Concept of Monopolistic competition
ii) Oligopoly
b) What is cost? Explain any four method of costing in detail. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail : [9]
i) Online Marketing
ii) Marketing Research
b) Explain the terms : [9]
i) Price
ii) Capital
iii) Credit and Debit
iv) Books of Account

Q7) a) Enlist the theories of work motivation. Explain Herzberg’s Two factor
theory n detail. [9]
b) What are the good qualities of good leadership? Explain in details. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is group dynamics? Explain the stages of group dynamics in
detail. [8]
b) Explain Government policies and incentives for small business
development. [9]



[6003]-361 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P283 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-362
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Theory) (303142)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) A single phase half controlled bridge converter feeds a load comprising
of a resistance of 10 ohm and a large inductance to provide a constant
and ripple free current. Calculate the average value of output voltage and
current. Firing angle is 45° and input ac voltage is 120V, 50Hz. [8]
b) Describe working of single phase bridge converter with RL load. Draw
waveforms of load voltage, load current and derive equation for average
load voltage and Current. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe working of circulating current type single phase dual converter
with waveforms. [8]
b) Draw and explain Single phase semi converter feeding R load with output
voltage and current wave forms. Also derive output average and rms
voltage equation. [9]

Q3) a) A three phase half wave controlled converter is fed from 3 phase, 400V,
50Hz source and is connected to a resistive load of 10 ohm per phase.
Calculate the average value of laod voltage and current for a firing angle
of 30º and 60º. [10]
b) What is two stage ac voltage regulator? Draw neat diagram and explain
its operation with output waveform for RL load. [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe working of three phase fully controlled converter & Draw output
voltage and current waveforms for R load when α =60º. [10]
b) Draw and explain three phase semi converter feeding RL load with output
volatage wave forms. [8]

Q5) a) Explain with circuit diagram and waveforms operation of single phase
current source inverter. [8]
b) For single pulse width modulation with quasi square wave, show that
output voltage can be expressed as
4Vs nπ
V0 =  n=1,3,5....
∞
sin sin nd sin nwt . Where Vs is source voltage
nπ 2
and pulse width is 2d. [9]
OR
Q6) a) State different voltage control techniques used in single phase inverter.
Elaborate any two methods in detail. [8]
b) Explain Sinusoidal pulse width modulation with necessary waveforms.
[9]
Q7) a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source inverter in 180º
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) List different harmonic elimination techniques used in inverter. Explain
any two methods in detail. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source inverter in 120º
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) Draw a neat diagram and explain Flying capacitor multilevel converter.[8]



[6003]-362 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P284 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-363
T.E. Electrical Engineering
ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (303143)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable additional data, if necessary.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Draw the power flow (power stages) diagram of 3 phase synchronous
motor. [4]
b) Draw the phasor diagram of 3 phase synchronous motor for leading
power factor. & show
i) Load angle
ii) Internal angle
iii) Power factor angle on it.
(iv) Write the formula for back emf from phasor diagram. [6]
c) A 415 V three phase star connected synchronous motor has armature
resistance of 0.2 ohm/ph. and synchronous reactance of 2 ohm/ph. While
delivering certain load, it takes 25A from supply. Calculate back EMF
induced in the motor if it is working with.
i) 0.8p.f. lag
ii) 0.8 p.f. lead. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch V and inverted V curves of synchronous motor and comments
on armature current. [4]
b) State the methods of starting the synchronous motor. Explain the starting
by using damper winding . [6]

P.T.O.
 c) A three phase star connected 50 Hz, synchronous motor is rated 75 kW,
440 V with synchronous reactance 2.5 ohm/phase operates at 0.8 leading
power factor. The motor efficiency is 95 %. Calculate.
i) armature current
ii) back emf and
iii) power angle. [8]

Q3) a) What is induction generator? Draw the torque - speed characteristics

of 3 phase Induction motor and induction generator. [3]
b) Draw the block diagram & explain the V/f method of speed control of
3phase induction motor. [6]
c) With the neat construction diagram and explain the working of permanent
magnet stepper motor. Show the truth table. how to reverse the direction
of rotation. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Calculate step angle & resolution of 3-ph stepper motor with 08 stator
poles & 06 rotor poles. [3]
b) What is Energy Efficient Induction Motor? Explain, how to improve the
EE? [6]
c) With the neat diagram describe the construction and working of PM
D.C. motor. State its applications & Drawbacks. [8]

Q5) a) Draw the torque speed characteristics of AC and DC series motor &
explain how unidirectional torque is produced when DC series motor is
connected to AC supply? [4]
b) Compare conductively compensated and inductively compensated series
motor. [6]
c) A series motor having resistance 40 Ω & inductance 0.3 H When
connected to 240 V DC supply draws a current of 1 A and run at 2000
rpm. If it is supplied by 240 V , 50 Hz AC supply with same loading;
Calculate
i) speed
ii) power factor
iii) Gross power developed and
iv) torque. [8]
OR
[6003]-363 2
Q6) a) What are the modifications necessary in construction of DC series motor
to operate it on ac supply? [4]
b) What is universal motor? State its construction types. With neat diagram,
explain its working and state its applications. [6]
c) What are the various methods of improving commutation in series motor?
Explain the use of compoles in detail. [8]

Q7) a) Sketch the torque-slip characteristics of 1-ph Induction motor based on

double field revolving theory. What is the net torque at starting? [3]
b) Compare single phase motor with 3 phase motor. [6]
c) 250 W, 230 V, 50 Hz , single phase capacitor start induction motor has
following constants.
Main winding: Zm = 4.5 + j 3.7 Ω & Auxiliary winding; Za = 9.5 + j
3.5 Ω. Determine value of C which will make develop maximum torque.[8]
OR
Q8) a) How to reverse the direction of rotation of 1-ph induction motor, explain
by connection diagram. [3]
b) Draw the connection diagram and observation tables to conduct no load
and blocked rotor test on single phase induction motor. Also draw the
equivalent circuit of motor under these test conditions. [6]
c) Explain construction and working of capacitor start induction run motor.
Draw its torque-speed characteristics. State its two applications. [8]



[6003]-363 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-285 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-364
T.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, DESIGN AND
CONDITION BASED MAINTENANCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (303144)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.

Q1) a) Compare Preventive & breakdown maintenance. [4]

b) State the reasons for the insulation degradation. [6]

c) Explain Dissolved Gas Analysis. [8]

OR
Q2) a) Explain motor current signature analysis (MCSA) with suitable diagrams.
[8]

b) Explain preventive maintenance of induction motor with merits. [6]

c) Explain use of Thermography in power system. [4]

Q3) a) Write short note on Price catalogue. [3]

b) What are the essentials of estimating and costing? [6]

c) State the general factors to be considered in estimation of LT lines. [8]

P.T.O.
 OR

Q4) a) What are the qualities of good estimator? [8]

b) Write short notes on the following: [6]

i) Schedule of rates
ii) Labour rates

c) State & explain Guidelines for inviting tenders. [3]

Q5) a) Write down all rules for residential wiring work. [4]

b) Write short notes on the following: [6]

i) Current carrying capacity
ii) Voltage drop

c) Explain the procedure of installation of underground LT service line. [8]

OR

Q6) a) Explain various residential wiring methods with diagrams. [8]

b) A hall of 10 × 5 met is to be provided with 6 light points, 4 fan points &

2 plugs (5A). The plan of hall is as shown in figure:

Draw single line wiring diagram. Estimate the quantity of material required for
casing capping wiring. Assume suitable position of switches if required. [10]

[6003]-364 2
Q7) a) Enumerate the danger arising out of faulty equipment with appropriate
examples. [9]

b) Classify different hazardous areas and its effect on human body. [8]

OR

Q8) a) List the different methods for earth testing. Explain any one method in
detail with suitable diagram. [9]

b) How electrical accidents can be avoided? [8]



[6003]-364 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P286 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-365
T.E. (Electrical)
ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (303145A) (Elective-I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams should be drwan whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the steps of PWM programming in CCP module. Find the
minimum and maximum PWM frequency allowed for XTAL=10MHz.[9]
b) Find PR2, CCPR1RL, DC1B1: DC1B0 value for the following PWM
frequencies with 75% duty cycle. Assume XTAL=10MHz
a) 2KHz with prescalar=16
b) 5KHz with prescalar=4 [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw CCP1CON and list the steps involved in programming PIC18F458
microcontroller in capture mode. [9]
b) Use PWM mode of CCP module, write a program in C for PIC18F458
to create a 2.5 MHz PWM waveform with 75% duty cycle on CCP1 pin.
Assume XTAL=10MHz. [8]

Q3) a) Enlist interrupt registers in PIC18F458. Explain any two. [9]

b) Write a C program for PIC18 toggle the LED connected to pin 7 of the
PORT B every time INT0 is activated by a switch connected at
INT0(RB0). Assume XTAL=10MHz. [9]

OR

[6003]-365 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) State steps the microcontroller does perform upon activation of an
interrupt. [9]

b) Write a program in C language using Timer0 to generate square wave

form on PORTB.5. Assume PORT C is connected to 8 switches and
PORT D to 8 LEDs and same data is being transferred from PORT C to
PORT D. [9]

Q5) a) Explain how current is measured using PIC l8 microcontroller. Write a

program to measure current and display it on PORT D. [8]

b) Explain the programming of PIC 18 ADC using interrupt with suitable

example. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain features of on-board ADC of PIC18F458. Also explain in detail

the functions of ADIF and ADFM bits. [8]

b) Draw interfacing diagram of 16x2 LCD with PIC18 microcontroller and

explain the functions of various pins of LCD. [9]

Q7) a) Explain the interrupt flags bits used in transmission and reception modes
of USART. [9]

b) List the steps for programming PIC18 to receive the data serially. [9]
OR

Q8) a) Write a note on SPI protocol. Also state its applications. [9]

b) Explain various modes in serial communication. Also enlist various registers

associated with transmission and reception modes of USART. [9]



[6003]-365 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P287 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-366
T.E. (Electrical)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-I) (303145B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of caculator is allowed.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) State and prove the time reversal property of DTFT. [6]
b) For the sequence given below find the frequency response, plot magnitude
π
and phase response for ω=−π to π with step size of [12]
6

1 1
h(n) = δ (n − 1) − δ (n + 1)
2 2
OR
Q2) a) State and prove the time shifting property of DTFT. [6]
b) For the sequence given below, find the frequency response. [12]
n
1
i) x ( n) =   u ( n)
2
n −1
1
ii) x ( n) =   u (n − 1)
2
n +1
1
iii) x ( n) =   u (n + 1)
2

[6003]-366 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Determine linear convolution of following sequences from circular
convolution x(n) = {1,2,3,1}and h(n) = {1,1,1} . [6]

b) State and prove linearity property of DFT. [6]

c) Find DFT of the sequence: [6]

(2) n for 0 ≤ n ≤ 3
x ( n) = 
 0 otherwise

OR

Q4) a) Draw the structure of Radix-2 DIT-FFT algorithm for N=8. [6]
b) State and prove periodicity property of DFT. [6]
c) Computer DFT of the sequence x(n)={1,2,1,2}. Sketch the magnitude
and phase spectrum. [6]

Q5) a) Compare FIR and IIR filter. [5]

b) An analog filter has following transfer function. Design a digital filter
equivalent to this using impulse invariance method for T=0.2 Sec. [6]

10
H( s ) =
s 2 + 7 s + 10
c) Obtain z-transform and direct form-I realization for the system described
by difference equation [6]
y (n) = 0.5y (n–1)–0.25y (n–2) + x(n) + 0.4x (n–1)
OR
Q6) a) Compare anlog and digital filter. [5]
b) Obtain Z-transform following difference equation and realize direct form-
I and form-II structure. [12]

1 1
y ( n) = y (n − 1) + y (n − 3) + x(n) + x(n − 1)
2 4

[6003]-366 2
Q7) a) Design a linear phase FIR low pass filter using rectangular window by
taking 7 samples of window sequence and with a cutoff frequency 0.2π
rad/sample. [12]

b) Write short note on measurement of frequency using DSP. [5]

OR

Q8) a) What are the different ideal frequency selective filters? Explain each type
with equations and graph. [5]

b) Write short note on application of DSP in protective relays. [6]

c) Draw the direct form structure of the FIR System described by the
1 −1 3 −2 1 −3 1 −4 1 −5
transfer function. H ( z ) = 1 + z + z + z + z + z [6]
2 4 4 2 8



[6003]-366 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P289 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-368
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER SYSTEM-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (303148)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of a calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Give the detailed classification of buses used in load flow analysis. [6]
b) State the following statements are true or false with justification. [6]
i) The bus admittance matrix is a sparse matrix
ii) In fast decoupled load flow, the resistance of the lines are neglected.
c) Impedances (in pu) between buses are given in the following Fig. Calculate
the Ybus of the system. [6]

OR
Q2) a) Draw the per-unit impedance diagram of the system shown below. Take
the base values as 10MVA, 33kV on the load. [6]

[6003]-368 1 P.T.O.
 b) Explain load flow analysis using the fast decoupled method. [6]
c) What is per unit system? State the advantages and disadvantages. [6]

Q3) a) For the power system shown in the figure below, the specifications of the
components are the following: [12]
G1 : 25kV, 100 MVA, X=9% G2: 25kV, 100 MVA, X=9%
T1 : 25kV/220 KV, 90 MVA, X=9% T2: 220 kV/25kV, 90MVA, X=9%
Line 1:X=150 ohms
If the three-phase fault is taken place at bus 1, calculate fault current
supplied by each generator. Take generator 1 rating as base values.

b) Draw the nature of fault current, if the symmetrical fault is taken place at
the terminal of an unloaded alternator. Clearly mark the sub-transient,
transient and steady state period. [6]

OR
Q4) a) Find the fault current, if three phase fault is taken place at (i) F1 and (ii)F2.
[12]

b) Write a short note on “Feeder reactor”. [6]

[6003]-368 2
Q5) a) With usual notation, prove that three-phase apparent power. [6]
S abc = 3(Va1I *a1 +Va 2 I *a 2 +Va 0 I *a 0 )
b) Draw a zero-sequence diagram for the following transformer connection.
[6]
i) Delta-star transformer (With isolated neutral)
ii) Delta-star connected transformer with neutral grounded with
impedance.
c) For a transmission line, positive sequence impedance is (1+j10) ohm and
zero sequence impedance is (4+j31) ohm. Determine following matrix
where Zs=Self impedance and Zm is mutual impedance of the transmission
line. [6]
 Zs Zm Zm 
Z line  Z m Zs Zm 
 
 Z m Zm Z s 
OR
Q6) a) Derive the equation for fault current in LLG fault. [9]
b) A20-MVA, 6.6-kV, 3-Phase alternator is connected to a 3-Phase
transmission line. The per unit positive, negative and zero-sequence
impedances of the alternator are j0,1,j0.05 and j0.04 respectively. The
neutral of the alternator is connected to the ground through an inductive
reactor of j0.05 p.u. The per unit positive, negative and zero-sequence
impedances of the transmission line are j0.2, j0.2 and j0.3, respectively.
Per-unit values are based on the machine ratings. A solid ground fault
occurs at one phase of the far end of the transmission line. Calculate the
fault current. [9]

Q7) a) Compare HVDC and EHVAC transmission systems. [6]

b) Draw the complete single-line diagram of the HVDC system showing all
components. [5]
c) Write a short note “Monopolar HVDC station”. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain “Constant Extinction Angle control in HVDC systems” [6]
b) Write the functions of the following components in HVDC system: [5]
i) AC side filters.
ii) Converter transformer.
c) Write a short note “ Chandrapur-Padghe HVDC line”. [5]


[6003]-368 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P290 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-369
T.E. (Electrical)
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (303149)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain the mechanical forces developed under short circuit condition in
a transformer and the measures to overcome it. (Any two) [6]
b) Explain the procedure for the calculation of no load current in the three
phase transformer. [6]
c) A 600 KVA, 6600/400 V, 50 Hz, three phase core type transformer has:
Width of LV winding = 3CM, Width of HV winding = 3 cm, width of duct
between LV and HV = 2 CM, height of HV and LV windings = 40 cm,
length of mean turns =1.5m, HV winding turns = 220, μ0 = 4π × 10–7 H/m.
Estimate the leakage reactance of the transformer referred to the HV side.[6]
OR
Q2) a) State the various assumptions made during the calculation of leakage
flux and leakage reactance. [6]
b) Draw the generalized flow chart of computer aided design of a transformer.[6]
c) A single phase, 400V, 50 Hz transformer is built from stampings. The length
of the flux path is 2.5 m. The net iron area is 2.25 × 10–3 m2. The number of
primary turns are 800. The iorn loss at the working flux density = 2.6 W/Kg,
stacking factor = 0.9, weight of iron is 7.8 × 103 Kg/m3. Total magnetizing
mmf is 1989 A. Calculate the no load current of the transformer. [6]

Q3) a) Determine the main dimensions of a 250 H.P three phase, 50 Hz, 400 V,
1410 rpm, 4 pole, slip ring induction motor. Assume the following
data:efficiency =0.9, power factor=0.9 specific magnetic loading=0.5
wb/m2 , specific electric loading=30,0000 A/M, Winding factor=0.955,
ratio of core length to core pole pitch= 1.2. The motor is delta connected.
Assume the nearest synchronous speed as 1500 rpm. [10]
b) Explain the types of AC windings. (any two) [7]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the output equation of a three phase induction motor and also
state the significance of the terms involved. [7]
b) Explain the specific electric loading and the various factors responsible
for the choice of specific electric loading. [10]

Q5) a) Explain the design of rotor slots, rotor bars and end rings for a squirrel
cage induction motor. [10]
b) For a three phase, 50Hz, 10 KW, 4 pole, 400v star connected induction
motor consider the following details: diameter of stator= 15 cm, average
flux density=0.45 wb/m2. Length of stator core=9 cm, power factor=0.86,
number of stator slots=36, efficiency=84%, current density=5 A/ mm2,
number of rotor slots=30, number of conductors/ slot for stator=12.
Design the rotor bar section and end ring by calculating the rotor bar
current, area of rotor bar, end ring current and area of end ring. Assume
the rotor mmf as 85% of the stator mmf. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Derive the relation for the end ring current in terms of the bar current for
a squirrel cage induction motor. [10]
b) Discuss the various factors which affect the choice of length of air gap
for a three phase induction motor. Why generally the air gap should be
as small as possible. [8]
Q7) a) Draw and explain the generalized flow chart for design of induction motor.[5]
b) A 75 KW, 3300 V, 50 Hz, 8 pole, three phase, and star connected
induction motor has magnetizing current which is equal to 35% of
full load current. Calculate the value of stator turns per phase if the
mmf required for flux density at 60º from pole axis 500 A, winding
factor= 0.95, efficiency=0.94, power factor=0.86 [7]
c) Explain the procedure to find out MMF required for air gap, stator teeth,
and stator core, rotor teeth and rotor core of an induction motor. [5]
OR
Q8) a) With the help of neat sketches explain the different types of leakage
fluxes in an induction motor. (any two) [5]
b) Explain the effects of ducts on calculations of magnetizing current. [5]
c) Estimate the magnetizing current of an 11 KV, 50 Hz, three phase, star
connected, 12 pole induction motor. The stator diameter is 90 cm, length of
stator bore is 25 cm, stator has 108 slots with 48 conductors per slot,
average flux density is 0.6 wb/m2. Ampere turns for iron parts can be
assumed to be 45% of that required for air gap, stator winding factor = 0.955,
and gap contraction factor = 1.093 and length of air gap is 1 mm. [7]


[6003]-369 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P291 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003] - 370
T.E. (Electrical Engineering)
CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester -II) (303150)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Use of Electronic Calculator is permitted.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain two special cases of routh Hurwitz criterion to determine

stability. [8]

b) The OLTF of a unity feedback system is given by [9]

k
G (s) = . By applying routh criterion determine
( s  1)( s  3)(s 2  4s  13)
stability of system. Find value of K which will cause sustained
oscillations. Determine frequency of sustained oscillations.

OR
Q2) a) Explain any four rules for construction of root locus. [8]

b) Sketch the root locus, for unity feedback system determine range of
k ( s  1)
values of K and comment on stability. G (s) = [9]
s 2 ( s  3.6)

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain different frequency domain specifications. [7]
b) Sketch polar plot for the system given. Also determineGM and PM
60
G (s) = [10]
( s  1)( s  2)(s  5)

OR
Q4) a) Explain co relation between frequency domain and time domain [7]

b) Sketch the nyquist plot, for given system and comment on stability
20
G(s) = [10]
( s  2)( s  3)

Q5) a) State advantages of Bode plot [6]

b) Draw bode plot for a unity feedback system with G(S) given as. Also
find GM, PM and comment on stability of system. [12]
160
G(s) =
s( s  2)(s 20)

OR
Q6) a) Explain terms gain cross over frequency, phase cross over frequency,
gain margin and phase margin in Bode, plot. [6]

b) Draw bode plot for a unity feedback system with G(S) given as. Also
20( s  2)
find GM, PM and comment on stability of system. G(s) = .
s( s  10)
[12]

[6003] - 370 2
Q7) a) Derive transfer function of armature controlled DC servo motor. [9]

b) Obtain the tuning of PID controller for a unity feedback system with
open loop transfer (9) functions as using ziegler Nichols method

12
G(S)= [9]
s( s  4s  13)
2

OR
Q8) a) Explain Lag network and derive its transfer function. [9]

b) Explain P,Pl, PID controller. [9]

… … …

[6003] - 370 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P292 [6003]-371
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electrial)
IOT & ITS APPLICATIONS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II ) (303151 A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) 4 LEDs are connected to digital pin No. 2,3,4 and 5 of Arduino UNO.
Write a program to glow all the 4 LEDs ONE by One with a delay of
1 sec, continuously. [9]

b) Explain with syntax and example, following functions from Arduino IDE.
[9]

i) Serial.begin()

ii) pinMode()

iii) Serial.println()

iv) analogRead()

OR

Q2) a) List various types of operators ued in Python programming and give few
examples of each type operators. [9]

b) Write a program in Python to accept lower and upper limit of a range of

numbers from user and print all the odd numbers in that range.
[9]

Q3) a) Explain in detail LDR sensor. Also, with an neat diagram, show
interfacing of LDR sensor with NodeMCU. [9]

b) Write a short note on Ultrasonic sensors. [8]

OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is an IR sensor? Explain its working principle and various types.
[9]

b) What is a voltage sensor? Explain with a neat diagram, interfacing of

voltage sensor with NodeMCU. [8]

Q5) a) State and explain salient featues of Zigbee communication technology.

[9]

b) Write a short note on Z-Wave communication technology. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Describe salient features of Bluetooth communication technology. [9]

b) State and explain salient features of IEEE 802.11 standard for Wi-Fi
technology. [9]

Q7) a) Write a short note on ThingsBoard cloud platform. [9]

b) What is meant by Data Visualization? Explain in short, any 4 techniques

of data visulization. [8]

OR

Q8) a) With a suitable block diagram, explain simple IoT application of home
Automation. [9]

b) State and explain the steps in reading the sensor data and send it to cloud
platform. [8]



[6003]-371 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P293 [6003]-372
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electrical)
ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective - II) (303151B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain importance and functions of BMS in Electric Vehicles. [8]

b) What is SoC? Explain Coulomb Counting method used in SoC
estimation. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Thermal management system used in EVs. [8]
b) Explain importance of cell balancing and write any two cell balancing
methods. [9]

Q3) a) Draw schematic diagram of parallel HEV drive train. Explain its working
and mention it’s merits. [10]
b) What is regenerative braking? Explain its scope with suitable example.
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw schematic diagram of series HEV drive train. Explain its working
and mention it’s merits. [10]
b) What is the need of Control System in HEV? State functions of Control
System. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is CHAdeMO Standard? Write merits and Demerits as compared
to SAE J1772. [8]
b) Draw and explain BLDC drive. What are the advantages of BLDC drive?
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Write various types of Chargers? Give specifications of Level 1 and
Level 2 chargers. [8]

b) Explain Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment with suitable example.

Describe Level 1 Level 2 EVSE equipment. [9]

Q7) a) Draw and explain block diagram of interactive operation between EVs
and Power grid. [10]
b) Describe Vehicle to Home (V2H) infrastructure. Explain Case Study of
V2H. [8]

OR
Q8) a) What is Vehicle to Vehicle? Draw V2V structure and explain its working.
[10]
b) Describe Vehicle to Grid (V2G) infrastructure. What is the role of
aggregator for V2G? [8]



[6003]-372 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P294 [6003]-373
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electrical)
CYBERNETIC ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective - II) (303151 C)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one questions from each pair of questions: Q.1 & Q.2, Q.3 & Q.4, Q.5
Q.6 Q.7 & Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain the terms transfer function, poles, zero, and pole-zero plot. [6]
b) Compare optimal control and adaptive control. [6]
c) What do you mean by a multivariable control system? Give example.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the block diagram of the adaptive control system and explain it.
[6]
b) List out differentiating points for linear and nonlinear control system. [6]
c) What are the different types of nonlinearities in the nonlinear system?
Explain them. [6]

Q3) a) Describe the components of the electrical system used in mathematical

modeling. [6]
b) Describe how the linearization of the nonlinear system is carried out. [6]
c) What is the significance of the differntial equations of the physical
system? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the use of software tools in mathematical modeling. [6]
b) Explain the use of an ODE Solve for getting the solution of an ordinary
differential equation. [6]
c) Obtain the representaiton of separately excited DC motor using linear
ordinary differntial equations. [5]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Sketch computer architecture and explain it. [8]
b) What are various analog and digital interfaces? [10]
OR
Q6) a) What are the different system components needed for embedded and
industrial applications? Explain them. [8]

b) How data communicaiton is carried out in industrial environmental? [10]

Q7) a) Define optimization. List out at least five applications of optimization.

[7]
b) Explain the particle swarm optimizaiton method using the example. [10]

OR
Q8) a) Write a statement about an optimizations problem. [7]
b) Describe the Genetic Algorithm using examples. [10]



[6003]-373 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P295 [6003]-374
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Electrical)
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (303151D) (Elective-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Black figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss implementation of demand side management with suitable

flow-graph for industrial consumers. What will benefits of it for to the
society? [9]

b) Explain demand management tools suitable to commercial and

agricultural consumers. Give approriate examples. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Discuss the constraints on Demand Side management. [9]

b) What is Supply Side Management? Discuss various alternatives available

under supply side management. [9]

Q3) a) What is preliminary audit? What information is obtained from this auid?
Compare preliminary audit with detailed audit. [9]

b) In an industry monthly production related energy consumption was 2.34

times the production and non-production related energy consumption
was 15500 kWh per month. In the month of June a series of energy
conservation measures were implemented. Use CUMSUM technique to
develop a table and calculate energy savings for the subsequent 6 months
period from the data given below. Also plot CuSum graph. [8]

P.T.O.
 Month Production (kg) Actual Energy
Consumption (kWh)
Sept 65000 137000
Oct 71000 145000
Nov 78000 150000
Dec 80000 153000
Jan 62000 130000
Feb 73000 142000

OR
Q4) a) In context to data analysis explain clustering techniques and pattern
mining suitable for energy audit purpose. [9]
b) Discuss least square method for data analysis. Also explain standard
format for energy audit report. [8]

Q5) a) The energy manager of company wants to replace 100 HP induction

motor with energy efficient motor for energy saving. On the basis on
following data calculate payback period for replacement of old motor
with energy efficient motor. Take cost of electricity is Rs 7/k Wh. The
demad charges Rs. 480/kVA per month. [9]
Description Old motor Energy efficiency Motors
Rating of machine 100 HP 100 HP
Loading percentage 80% 80%
Operating hours per annum 6500 6500
Efficiency near full load 89% 93%
Power factor near full load 0.85 lag 0.89 lag
Capital cost – Rs. 4,75,000/-
Scrap value Rs. 50,000/- –

b) Discuss energy audit case study for paper and pulp industry. [9]

OR

[6003]-374 2
Q6) a) Calculate net present value for an investment of Rs. 5,00,000 for retrofit.
The energy savings realised for five years are Rs. 1,20,000, Rs 85,000,
Rs. 1,45,000 Rs. 2,00,000 and Rs. 2,50,000/- with discounting factor is
12%. Judge the economic feasibility of the project. [9]
b) Explain with suitable example break even analysis. How it is different
from others? [9]

Q7) a) Explain criteria of selection of motors for different applications keeping

in mind efficient operation. Also explain ways to increase efficiency
during starting of motors. [8]
b) Energy saving opportunities in boiler and auxiliaries. [9]
OR

Q8) a) How fans, blowers and compressors are classified? Enlist energy
conservation measures in fans. [8]
b) Explain different cogeneration Systems? State the advantages of
cogeneration systems. [9]



[6003]-374 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-296 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-375
T.E. (Electronics)
POWER AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304201)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Differentiate between SCR based conventional rectifiers and IGBT

based rectifiers. [8]
b) Elaborate Single phase Semi converter for R load with suitable
waveforms. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Three phase Full converter for R load with suitable waveforms.
[8]
b) What are different Power factor improvement techniques for Controlled
Rectifiers? Discuss in details. [9]

Q3) a) What is Chopper? Illustrate Step up chopper for R load in details. [9]
b) Explain different voltage Control strategies used in Chopper with
suitable waveforms. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Elaborate Single phase AC Voltage Controller for R load. [9]
b) A d.c. chopper circuit connected to a 100V d.c. source supplies an
inductive load having 40mH in series with a resistance of 5 ohm. A
freewheeling diode is connected across the load. The load current varies
between the limits of 10A and 12A. Determine the time ratio of chopper.
[9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain performance parameters for Inverters. [8]
b) Elaborate Voltage control of single phase inverters. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Elaborate three phase voltage source inverter 180 degree mode for
balanced star R load. [8]
b) Give an overview of applications of three phase PWM inverters for
three phase variable frequency drives (VFDs). [9]

Q7) a) Write a short note on Electric Vehicles & Traction applications. [9]
b) Illustrate Battery Charging Application. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on HVDC transmission system. [9]
b) Explain UPS: ON-line and OFF line. [9]



[6003]-375 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P297 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-376
T.E. (Electronics)
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND PROPAGATION THEORY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (304202)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrm must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) State Maxwell’s equations in point form for time varying field. [4]
 E 
b) Do the fields E = Em Sin x.Sin t a y and H = m Cos x. Cos t az satisfy
μ0
Maxwell equations? [6]
c) Define displacement current and dispiacement current density. Prove
that ∇×H = J C +J D where J C is conduction current density and J D is
displacement current density. [8]
OR
Q2) a) State Maxwell’s equations in integral form for static field. [6]
b) Compare Maxwell’s equations for static and time varying fields in point
and integral from. [4]
c) In a medium, μ = 10 H/m, ∈ = 4 × 10 F/m, σ = 0. Find K so that each
–5 –9

of he following pairs of field satisfies Maxwell’s equations. [8]

E = 6a − 2 ya + 2 Za nC/ m 2
x y z

H = Kxax − 10 yay − 25 Zaz A / m

Q3) a) Derive equations of Uniform Plane Wave for free space. [6]
b) State and explain Poynting Theorem. Write expression for the Poynting
Vector. [4]
c) An electric Field in free space is given by E = 800COS(108 t − β y ) a V/m .
z

Find the direction of propagation , β , λ , H at P (0.1, 1.5, 0.4). [8]

OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive Wave equations for lossless dielectric medium. [8]
b) In homogeneous region where ∈γ = 50 and μγ = 1 , the fields are given as

E = 20Π e j (ω t −β z) ax V/M and

B = μ o H m e j (ωt − β z ) ay
ˆ T
Find ω and Hm if the wavelenght is 1.75m. [8]
c) Find the velocity of a plane wave in a lossless medium having
∈γ = 5 and μγ = 1 . [2]

Q5) a) Draw equivalent ckt of transmission line and find the expression for
characteristic impedance Zo of transmission line. [6]
b) Short ckt and open ckt measurements at a frequency of 5KHz on a line
of lenght 10 Km yield the following results: Zsc = 720 ∠ 34° ohm and
Zoc = 570 ∠ − 48° ohm. Find Zo and propagation constant of line. [8]
c) State and explain the primary constants of transmission line. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the term: characteristic impedance. [4]
b) Derive equation of characteristic impedance for lossless transmission
line and distortionless transmission line. [6]
c) The primary constants of a line working at 1MHz are R=83.4 ohm/Km,
L=2.29×10–3 H/Km, C=4.85×10–2 μF/Km, G=0. calculate Zo, β, λ and ν.
[8]

Q7) a) Compare TE and TM mode in wave guide. [4]

b) What is waveguide? Explain types, advantages and disadvantages of
waveguide. [8]
c) What is cavity resonator? Explain Reactive cavity resonator in detail. 4]
OR
Q8) a) A rectangular waveguide with dimension a=2.5cm and b=1cm. how many
TE and TM modes the waveguide transmit if the waveguide is filled with
medium characterized by σ = 0, μ =1, ∈ = 4∈0? Calculate the cut off
frequencies of he modes. Consider frequencies lower than 15.1 GHz.[10]
b) Compare Transmission lines and waveguides. [6]


[6003]-376 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P298 [6003]-377
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electronics/E&T.C.)
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304183)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 from following questions.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain with example: Aggregate functions, Builtin functions. [6]

b) Describe role of Primary key, Foreign key, Uruque key. [6]
c) Explain any two transaction control commands. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain with example, sub-queries and correlated subqueries. [6]
b) Explain use of group by, having, order by, join and its types. [6]
c) How stored procedures, stored functions, database triggers work in
SQL, explain with example. [6]

Q3) a) What is database transaction management? List properties of transaction.

[5]
b) In database transaction management. What is the role of schedule? Explain
serial schedule in details. [6]
c) In serializability, explain conflict and view with example. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with example, recoverable and non recoverable schedules. [6]
b) What is need of concurrency control in database management? Explain
locking methods and deadlock handling. [6]
c) Explain need and role of Time-Stamp based protocols in database
management control. [5]

[6003]-377 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain in detail an architecture of a parallel database. [5]
b) Explain multiuser DBMS architecture. [6]
c) With schematic diagram, explain the architecture of Oracle Database.[6]
OR
Q6) a) What are performance parameters in parallel database. [5]
b) Explain in detail, types of architectures of parallel databases. [6]
c) Explain virtualization in multicore processor. [6]

Q7) a) What is necessity of distributed database management system? What

are advantages of distributed database. [6]
b) What are types of distributed database? Explain with schematic diagram,
architecture of distributed databases. [6]
c) With suitable example, explain design of distributed database. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how data is stored in distributed database. [6]
b) What is distributed transaction? Explain failure modes of distributed
transaction. [6]
c) Explain in short: Comment protocols and concurrency control in
distributed database. [6]

  

[6003]-377 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-299 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-378
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304204)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) A switch is connected to pin P2.7 of 8051 microcontroller. Draw

interfacing diagram and write an Embedded C program to monitor the
status of SW and perform the following: [6]

i) If SW = 0, the stepper motor moves clockwise.

ii) If SW = 1, the stepper motor moves counterclockwise.

b) What are advantages of opto-isolators. Draw interfacing diagram of opto

-isolator with 8051 microcontroller. [6]

c) Draw interfacing diagram and write a C program for the 8051

microcontroller to transfer the letter “A” serially at 4800 baud continuously.
Use 8 bit data and 1 stop bit. [8]

OR
Q2) a) Interface buzzer with 8051 microcontroller. Write an Embedded
C program to turn buzzer ON and OFF. [6]

b) Draw interfacing diagram of DAC to 8051 microcontroller and write an

Embedded C program to generate sine wave form. [6]

c) Draw interfacing diagram of Temperature sensor (LM35) with 8051

microcontroller using ADC 0808/0809. Write an Embedded C program
for the same. [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) List the features of PIC18Fxx microcontroller. Also elaborate the steps
for selection of PIC microcontroller depending on application. [8]

b) Draw and explain the block diagram of Timer 1 of PIC 18Fxx

microcontroller in 16 bit mode. [8]

OR

Q4) a) With neat diagram explain ROM memory organization of PICl8Fxx

microcontroller. [8]

b) Explain the following terms in PIC18Fxx microcontrollers: [8]

i) Power down modes

ii) BOD

Q5) a) Draw the neat block diagram of port structure of PICl8Fxx and explain it
in detail. [8]

b) Write the steps to program the PWM feature of CCP module of PICl8Fxx.
Also find the PR2 value for the following PWM frequencies. [8]

Assume XTAL = 10 MHz. and prescalar = l.

i) 10KHz

ii) 25KHz

OR

Q6) a) Explain the compare mode of CCP module with neat diagram for PIC
18Fxx microcontroller. Also write the algorithm for the same. [8]

b) Interface internal ADC of PIC18Fxx microcontroller and write an

Embedded C program to convert analog to digital signal. [8]

Q7) a) Draw the neat block diagram of DAS using 8051 microcontroller and
explain it indetail. [6]

[6003]-378 2
 b) Draw the home protection system using PIC18Fxx microcontroller. Also
write an Embedded C program for same. [6]

c) What is need of Digital Multimeter. Draw the block diagram of Digital

Multimeter using 8051 microcontroller. [6]

OR

Q8) a) Design water level monitoring and control system using PIC18Fxx
microcontroller and write the algorithm for the same. [6]

b) Design frequency counter using 8051 microcontroller and display the

result on LCD. [6]

c) Design environment Monitoring System using PIC 18Fxx microcontroller.

[6]



[6003]-378 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P300 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 379
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (304205)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain static, stagnation and dynamic pressure in static tube. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain working of pitot tube flow meter.[6]
c) With the help of neat diagram explain working of variable area meter/
Rotameter. State its advantages and disadvantages. [8]
OR
Q2) a) With the help of neat diagram explain working of transit time ultrasonic
flow meters. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain capacitance level sensor for
conductive liquid. [6]
c) With the help of neat diagram explain Radiation type level detection and
Hydrostatic pressure type level sensor. [8]

Q3) a) With the help of neat diagram explain linear absolute optical encoder.
Compare absolute optical encoder and incremental optical encoder. [8]
b) Explain structure of CMOS image sensor cell. Compare CCD and CMOS
sensor. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw construction diagram and explain working of photo transistor.
Compare photo diode and photo transistor. [8]
b) Explain linear and rotary resistive displacement transducer and capacitive
displacement transducer. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) With the help of neat construction diagram explain Hall Effect magnetic
field sensors and PZT sensors and actuators. [8]
b) With the help of neat block diagram explain Smart sensor. State its
advantages. [8]
OR
Q6) a) With the help of neat construction diagram explain Magneto - Resistive
Elements (MRE) and Magneto transistors. [8]
b) Explain surface micromachining process with the help of neat diagram.[8]

Q7) a) What is actuator? Explain structure of actuator. Compare sensors and

actuators. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain Pressure control valve. [6]
c) Draw relay driver circuit using transistor and explain design of relay driver
circuit using transistor. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain valve Actuation Symbol. [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain the operation of solenoid
actuators. [6]
c) With the help of neat diagram explain double acting cylinder. [6]

  

[6003] - 379 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P301 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 380
T.E. (Electronics)
MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (304205)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Hidden Markov Model? List the steps required for simplified
matrix algorithm. [8]

b) What is knowledge Engineering in First Order Logic? Which are the steps
required in knowledge Engineering projects? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is first order logic in artificial intelligence? Which are the parts of
first-order logic? With the help of suitable example draw the model for
first-order-logic. [8]

b) Explain the following terms. [9]

i) Forward Chaining.

ii) Backward Chaining.

Q3) a) What is probabilistic language processing? Which are the Probabilistic

Language Models? [9]

b) Define the term Parsing. Show syntactic parsing using Bottom Up

parsing. Compare Top-Down and Bottom-Up Parsing. [9]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Which parsing approach/procedure is used in Augmented Transition Net-
works? How Augmented Transition Networks can be used in Natural
Language understanding? [9]
b) What is Natural Language Processing? Which Components play the role
to implement Natural Language Understanding? [9]

Q5) a) How different nodes of decision trees are represented? Explain the
structure of a decision tree. [9]
b) What is Reinforcement learning? Distinguish between passive and active
reinforcement learning. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Which are different learning paradigms? In short explain supervised
learning. [9]
b) Explain generalizations in reinforcement learing. [8]

Q7) a) What do you mean by membership function? Explain the features of the
membership function. [9]
b) Explain in short Fuzzy’ logic based induction motor speed control with
neat diagram. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss - any four properties and operations of fuzzy sets. [9]
b) Explain in short neural network based PWM controller with neat
diagram. [9]

  

[6003] - 380 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P302 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 381
T.E. (Electronics/E&TC )
FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - 1) (Elective - I) (304185 C)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Fugures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is method overriding? Explain the rules to be followed while method
overriding. [9]
b) Explain the concept of an array. How to declare an array in Java?
Compare arrays in C and Java. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is the meaning of inheritance in Java? Explain each type of
inheritance with the help of suitable example and diagram. [9]
b) Write a Java program to implement multilevel inheritance with three levels
of hierarchy. [9]

Q3) a) What is a Package in Java? With suitable example, explain various ways
to access a package from another package. [9]
b) What is meant by an interface? What is the need of an interface in Java?
Write syntax and features of an interface. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain various forms of implementing an interface in Java. How multiple
inheritance is supported in Java? [9]
b) What are the advantages of packages in Java? List and explain various
Java API packages. [8]
P.T.O.
 P.T.O.

Q5) a) What are the types of errors that occur in a Java program? Write a Java
program to handle arithmetic exception. [9]
b) Explain life-cycle of a thread. What are the ways to create a thread in a
Java program? [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are applets and applications in Java programming? Write a simple
Java program for an applet. [9]
b) With reference to exception handling, explain the terms try, catch and
throw. [9]

Q7) a) What are stream classes in Java? List and explain the methods of Byte
Array Output Stream class. [9]
b) Write a Java program using Swing to create and display JTextArea on a
JFrame. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is AWT in Java? Explain the limitations of AWT. How events are
handled in AWT components. [9]
b) Explain the methods of file input stream and file output stream classes in
Java. [8]

  

[6003] - 381 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P303 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-382
T.E. (Electronics)
DATA COMMUNICATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Elective-I)(304205-D)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Consider the generator polynomial for a (7,3) cyclic code defined by
g(P)=P4+P3+P2+1 [8]
i) Find the encoding table for the cyclic code.
ii) What is the minimum distance dmin of the code.
b) Consider a (6,3) linear block code defined by the generator matrix. [10]

1 0 0 1 1 0
0 1 0 0 1 1
 
0 0 1 1 0 1
 
i) Find parity check matrix in systematic form.
ii) Find the encoding table for the linear block code.
OR
Q2) a) Write a note on [8]
i) Go back N.
ii) Selective repeat.
b) Convolutional encoder with constraint length=3, k=1, n=3, [g1]=[100],
[g2]=[101],[g3]=[111] [10]
i) Draw the encoder diagram.
ii) Determine encoder output for input vector (111) and (1011)

[6003]-382 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Apply Huffman coding coding to find entropy and Information rate at the
rate of 9.6 symbols/Sec for the following symbols. [9]
S1=0.3, S2=0.1, S3=0.02, S4=0.15, S5=0.4, S6=0.03
b) Explain the concept of channel capacity and discuss on Bandwidth-SNR
trade off. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Apply Shannon Fano procedure to find coding to find entropy and infor-
mation rate at the rate of 9.6 Symbols/Sec for the following symbols.
S1=0.3 S2=0.1, S3=0.02, S4=0.15, S5=0.4, S6=0.03 [9]
b) Prove that
i) H(x,y) = H(x/y) + H(y)
ii) H(x,y) = H(y/x) + H(x) [8]

Q5) a) Explain the generation and reception of BFSK with the help of neat block
diagram and draw the spectrum. [9]
b) Explain MPSK modulation and demodulation in details. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain principle and block diagram of OFDM. [9]
b) Explain the generation and reception of BPSK with the help of neat block
diagram and write its equation. [8]

Q7) a) Explain FDMA and TDMA with neat diagram and spectrum. [9]
b) Explain Orthogonal codes with an suitable example and list out the with
properties of orthogonal codes. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the operation of DS-SS transmitter and receiver with the help of
block diagram. [9]
b) Write short note on pure ALOHA and slotted ALOHA. [9]



[6003]-382 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P304 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 383
T.E. (Electronics Engg.)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I ) (Elective - I) (304205 )

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one question out of Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Express your views on flow control and error control function of Data
Link Layer. [8]
b) Define random access and list three protocols in this category. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is the function of following connecting devices used in computer
networks. [8]
i) Active and Passive Hub.
ii) Two layer switch.
iii) Router.
iv) Gateway.
b) What is drawback of Go-Back-N ARQ Protocol? How is it overcome
using Selective-Repeat ARQ. [9]

Q3) a) Explain in detail IPV4 frame format. [8]

b) List the functions of Transport layer. [2]
c) With neat diagram describe in brief Transport layer-Process to process
delivery using port address. [8]
OR
Q4) Write short note on (6 each). [18]
a) RARP.
b) IGMP.
c) IPV6 address format.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is use of FTP? How it is executed. [8]
b) How HTTP is related to WWW. Explain HTTP & WWW protocol in
brief. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is use of Ping and Trace Route protocol? [8]
b) What are the main protocols used for electronic mail application. [9]

Q7) a) What is use of cable tester and network tester? How it is done. What is
use of network monitoring? What information one can get during
network monitoring. [9]
b) Explain in brief NS2 network simulator. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is use need of protocol analyzer? What are the different
applications of protocol analyzer? Which information you get from
protocol analyzer. Explain in detail. [9]
b) How internet access can be done through dialup connection, DSL, Leased
line and mobile handset. [9]

 

[6003] - 383 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P305 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-384
T.E. (Electronics)
FUNDAMENTALS OF HDL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304212)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams should be drwan whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain with diagram SRAM Programming and Antifuse programming

technology. [10]
b) Explain architecture of FPGA with neat diagram. [8]
OR
Q2) a) With neat Schematic explain the architectural building block of FPGA.
Explain the selection Criteria of CPLD in the System? [8]
b) Sketch the neat diagram and explain the architectural building blocks of
CPLD.Compare CPLD & FPGA. [10]

Q3) a) Illustrate the HDL Description of an N-Bit Ripple carry Adder using pro-
cedure and Task. [8]
b) Explain procedure syntax with example. Compare between procedure
and task? [10]
OR
Q4) a) Illustrate the HDL description of a Full adder using procedure and task.
[10]
b) Explain Task Syntax with example. [8]
Q5) a) Compose Verilog code for the following. [10]
i) Full Adder
ii) 3:8 Decoder
b) Explain Verilog repeat and forever statement with an example. [8]
OR

[6003]-384 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Compose verilog code for the following: [10]
i) 2 bit magnitude comparator
ii) 4 bit ALU
b) Explain different verilog operators detail. Explain the following data types
in verilog: [8]
i) Net
ii) Parameters

Q7) a) Explain the System Tasks and CompilerDirectives in detail. [8]

b) Describe the structure of the verilog module. Find the value of following
expressions IF the two unsigned variables, A=4’B1001 and B=4’1101.[8]
i) A|B
ii) A&B
iii) A^B
iv) {A,B}
OR
Q8) a) Explain the major capabilities of Verilog HDL? Explain the different lev-
els abstraction in Verilog HDL. [8]
b) Compare between task and function? Describe the following: [8]
i) Data types
ii) Variables & constants declaration.



[6003]-384 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P306 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-385
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
EMBEDDED PROCESSORS AND APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304213)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Interface LED’s to P1.0 to P1.7 port pins of LPC2148. Write an

embedded C program to blink LED’s along with flowchart. [6]
b) Wha is PLL? Explain the steps in PLL programming in LPC 2148. [6]
c) Explain the functions of PLL registers of LPC 2148 [8]
i) PLLCON
ii) PLLCFG
iii) PLLSTA
iv) PLLFEED
OR
Q2) a) Interface buzzer using relay with LPC 2148. Write an embedded
C program to turn ON and OFF the buzzer with suitable delay. [6]
b) Explain the functions of control signals of LCD display. [6]
c) Explain the functions of Match register, Compare Register, Capture register
and Timer Match Control Register in timer of LPC 2148. [8]

Q3) a) List features of UART 1 of LPC2148 processor. Give the difference

between UART 0 and UART 1. Explain Transmit Holding Register and
Receiver Buffer Register. [8]
b) List the features of on chip ADC in ARM7 LPC2148. With the help of
format explain the functions of ADC Control Register and ADC Data
Registers of on chip ADC of ARM7 LPC2148. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Interface GSM module with LPC2148. Explain any four AT commands.
Write an algorithm and draw flow chart for sending the message through
GSM module. [8]
b) Explain DAC Register of on chip DAC of LPC 2148. Write an Embedded
C program to generate Saw tooth/Ramp waveform generation using on
chip DAC. Also Write algorithm and draw flowchart. [8]

Q5) a) Exlain the following w.r.t Cortex M3 [8]

i) Registers in Cortex-M3 processor
ii) Non-Vectored Interrupt Controller
iii) Tail-Chaining in NVIC
iv) Bus Interface and Debugging Support
b) What is CMSIS standard? Draw and explain the structure of CMSIS
standard. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain evolution of ARM processor architecture. Explain the advanced
3 stage pipeline and Operating Modes of the Cortex-M3 processor with
suitable diagram. [8]
b) What is ARM Cortex series? Explain how ARM cortex series is suitable
for embedded system design. Write the applications of ARM cortex
series? [8]

Q7) a) Draw architecture of Embedded System. State the characteristics of

Embedded system. [6]
b) Explain case study of Smart Parking system using IoT with detailed
diagram. [6]
c) Explain Sensors and Actuators with suitable examples. Give difference
between Sensors and Actuators. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Draw architecture of Internet of Things. Explain functions of different
layer. [6]
b) Explain case study of agriculture automation system using Internet of
Things with detailed diagram. [6]
c) Define Internet of Things. What is the importance of Internet of Things?
Explain benefits of Internet of Things technology. [6]


[6003]-385 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P307 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-386
T.E. (Electronics)
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304214)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3, or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7, or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Elaborate Six sigma Quality Management Standards. [8]

b) Illustrate types of quality - quality of design, conformance and
performance, phases of quality management. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss in details - The ISO - Quality Management System Standard.[8]
b) Write a short note on Quality Management Assistance Tools. [9]

Q3) a) What do you mean by Changing Concepts and Objectives of Business?[9]

b) Elaborate Social Audit in details. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Illustrate Social Responsibility of Business in details. [9]
b) Explain Business ethics with suitable examples. . [9]

Q5) a) Differentiate between Sole Proprietorship and Partnership firms in details.

[8]
b) Illustrate Joint stock companies - their features, relative merits, demerits
& suitability. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between Private sector and Cooperative sector in details.[8]
b) Write a short note on Services sector. [9]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain Concept of entrepreneurship, Identification of business
opportunities in details. [9]
b) Illustrate Preparation of business proposal with suitable example. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Business plan in details. [9]
b) What are Government policies and incentives for a Business? [9]

  

[6003]-386 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P308 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-387
T.E. (Electronics)
PLC & AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304215A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Compare Digital Gate logic vs Relay logic. [6]

b) Compare PLC vs Computer on basis of their advantages and
disadvantages. [6]
c) Describe PLC I/O modules and memory organization in details. [6]
OR
Q2) a) List timer and counters used in PLC programming? Draw a ladder dia-
gram using timer function for a two motor system having a following
conditions. [6]
i) The start switch starts motor 1, and after 10 seconds motor 2 starts.
ii) The stop switch stops motor 1 and after 15 seconds motor 2 will
stops.
b) Develop a ladder diagram to fulfil the following conditions, [6]
i) When the start switch is ON the motor is ON.
ii) When the stop switch is ON the motor is OFF.
iii) When the motor is ON the green light is ON.
iv) When the motor is OFF the red light is ON.
c) Design ladder logic for a system using comparisons instructions, Motor
1 starts as soon as the PLC starts as soon as PLC starts. After 10
seconds, Motor 1 goes OFF and Motor 2 starts. After 5 seconds Motor
2 goes OFF and Motor 3 Starts. After another 10 seconds Motor 2
restarts and after 5 seconds it stops and Motor 1 starts and cycle is
repeated? [6]

Q3) a) List the parameters need to be check while PLC installation? How will
you protect PLC from Electrical noise and Voltage variation & Surge?[9]
b) Which are the preventive maintenance tasks should be carried for PLC
systems? [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Extend your view on Troubleshooting of a PLC system for following
sections, [9]
i) Processor module,
ii) Input & Output malfunctions
b) What do you mean by Program Editing & Commissioning of PLC? List
general steps followed when commissioning a PLC system? [8]

Q5) a) Explain with block diagram SCADA system. [9]

b) What is RTU & MTU? Explain its functions with diagram. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is HMI? Explain Interfacing technique of PLC with HMI. [9]
b) Illustrate MTU Operating interfaces & applications? [9]

Q7) a) List the Types of communication interface? Explain Serial

communication with its advantages? [9]
b) Explain working of Modbus and Fieldbus with diagram? [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is CAN? Explain working principle of it in detail? [9]
b) Which types of networking channels used in PLC? Discuss any one in
brief? [8]

  

[6003]-387 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P309 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-388
T.E. (Electronics/E & TC)
ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304195 C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Container Class in Java? Explain types of Java Swing

Containers. [6]
b) Write a short note on. [6]
ii) Hashing in java.
ii) java. util Package.
c) Distinguish between Array List and Vector in the Java collection
framework. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a Program using swing Components to add two Use text Fields for
inputs and output. Your Program should display the result when the user
presses a button. [10]
b) What are AWT component? Explain some AWT component. [8]

Q3) a) What is database connection? Explain how to connect any java

application with the database using JDBC. [9]
b) What is prepared Statement? Write a code that makes use of prepared
Statement for inserting data. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is JDBC? Explain driver types of JDBS. [9]
b) Give the details of the Executing SQL commands. [8]

Q5) a) Compare between Stub and Skelton? Explain with neat diagram the RMI
Architecture. [9]
b) Develop an RMI application which accepts a string or a number and
checks that string or number is palindrome or not. [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain in detail with necessary steps required to write distributed
application with RMI. [9]
b) Define RMI and explain the architecture of RMI with suitable diagram.
State the goals of RMI. [9]

Q7) a) What is TCP/IP client socket in JAVA? Discuss some methods of TCP/
IP client socket class. [7]
b) Write a simple Java socket programming where client sends a text and
server receives and prints it. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain datagram, Datagram Socket and Datagram packet. [10]
b) Explain in detail Life cycle of a Servlet? [7]

  

[6003]-388 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P310 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-389
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304215B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitbale data, if necessary.

2
Q1) a) Obtain H(Z) if H(s)= s + 1 s + 3 and T = 0.1 Sec using bilinear
( )( )
transformation. [10]
b) Write the Mathematical equation and draw the window shape of
rectangular window, hamming window, and Kaiser windows.
Compare them for bandwidth. [8]
OR
Q2) a) For analog transfer function determine H(z) using impulse invariant
1
technique. Assume T = 1 sec. H(s) = . [10]
( s +1)( s + 2)
b) Write differences between FIR and IIR filter design techniques. [8]

Q3) a) Draw a general ladder structure for any transfer function. Show how the
coefficients of the transfer function are represented for ladder structure.
What is the advantage of ladder structure while realizing a filter? [6]
b) Obtain direct form I and II realisation of a system described by. [12]
Y(n) + 0.81 Y (n–1) + 0.75y (n–2) = X (n) + 0.25 X (n–1).
OR
Q4) a) What is the effect of quantization of FIR filter coefficient? How to
minimize this error? [8]
b) Draw cascade realization of a system having transfer function
2 ( z + 2)
H( z ) =
z ( z − 0.1)( z − 0.5 )( z + 0.4 ) . [10]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw a block diagram of decimator. Explain the working of decimator
with the help of waveforms. Explain the role of antialiasing filter. [8]
b) Implement a two stage decimator satisfying the following specifications:
[10]
Input sampling frequency : 20kHz
M = 100
Pass band = 0 to 40 Hz
Passband ripple : 0.01 dB
Transition band : 40-50 Hz
Stopband ripple : 0.002.
OR
Q6) a) Draw a block diagram of interpolator. Explain the working of an
interpolator with the help of waveforms. Explain the role of anti imaging
filter. [8]
b) What do you understand by Multirate DSP? What is need for multirate
DSP? Explain types of multirate DSP based on sampling rate. [10]

Q7) a) Describe any 5 important features of digital signal processor. [8]

b) List various applications of DSP in speech processing. Explain any one
application in detail by drawing a neat block diagram and appropriate
waveforms. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how DSP can be used to monitor heart signal. Explain using
block diagram and appropriate waveform. [8]
b) Compare a microprocessor and DSP processor. Write any 6 differences.
[8]

  

[6003]-389 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P311 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-390
T.E. (Electronics)
FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304215D)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume the suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following mechanisms associated with optical fibers. [8]
i) Scattering Loss.
ii) Bending losses.
b) Describe the fiber structure to provide. [10]
i) Dispersion shifted single mode fiber.
ii) Dispersion flattened single mode fiber.
iii) NZDSF.
iv) Polarization maintaining fibers.
OR
Q2) a) Explain intramodal and intermodal dispersion in graded index fiber. [8]
b) Explain the term critical bend radius with reference to optical fibers.
Estimate the critical bend radius of curvature at which large bending losses
would occure for a 62.5/125 μm MMSI fiber with core refractive index
of 1.5 & Δ = 3% and operating wavelength of 820 nm. [10]

Q3) a) Describe the common LED structures for optical fiber communication.
Discuss their relative merits and drawbacks. [9]
b) Radiative and non-radiative recombination lifetimes of the minority
carriers in the active region of a DH In GaAsP-LED are 60 ns and 100 ns
respectively. Determine the total carrier recombination lifetime and the
power internally generated within the device when the peak emission
wavelength is 1.55 μm at a drive current of 40 mA. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the structure & the working of APD with the help of suitable
diagram. Illustrate advantages & disadvantages of APD over PIN diode.
[9]
b) Compare the properties of laser diode and LED’s used for optical
communication. Justify usage for laser as light source along with single
mode fibers. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe the concept of SONET/SDH. [9]
b) Explain the following WDM components: [9]
i) Multiplexer.
ii) Demultiplexer.
iii) Optical Isolators and Circulators.
OR
Q6) a) A 2 × 2 biconical tapered fiber coupler has an input optical power level of
P0 = 200 μW. The output powers at the other three ports are P1 = 90
μW, P2 = 85 μW, and P3 = 6.3 nW. Determine Coupling ratio, Excess
loss, Insertion loss and crosstalk in optical fiber [9]
b) Explain the application of fiber bragg grating (FBG) for Multiplexing and
Demultiplexing. Also describe in short Explain the Erbium doped fiber
amplifier. [9]

Q7) a) Explain link power budget with the help of power loss model for
point-to-point link. [9]
b) An analog optical fiber system employs an LED which emits 3dBm mean
optical power into air. However, a coupling loss of 17.5 dB is
encountered when launching into a fiber cable. The fiber cable which
extends for 6 km without repeaters exhibits a loss of 5 dB/km. It is
spliced every 1.5 km with an average loss of 1.1 dB per splice. In
addition there is a connector loss at the receiver of 0.8 dB. The PIN-FET
receiver has a sensitivity of -54 dBm at the operating bandwidth of the
system. Assuming there is no dispersion equalization penalty, Prepare an
optical power budget for the system and establish a system margin. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of rise time budget for optical fiber communication.
[9]
b) Components are choosen for a digital optical fiber link of overall length 7 km
& operating at a 20Mbps using an RZ code. It is decided that an LED
emitting at 0.85 μm with GI fiber to a PIN photodiode is a suitable choice for
the system components giving no dispersion equalization penalty. An LED
which is capable of launching an average of 100 μW of optical power
(including connector loss into a 50 μm core diameter GI fiber is chosen).
The proposed fiber cable has an attenuation of 2.6 dB/km & requires
splicing every km with a loss of 0.5 dB per splice. There is also a connector
loss at the receiver of 1.5 dB. The receiver requires mean incident optical
power of - 41dBm in order to give the necessary BER of 10–10 & it is
predicted that a safety margin of 6 dB will be required. Illustrate the optical
power budget for the system & hence determine its viability. [8]

  
[6003]-390 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3408 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-391
T.E. (Electronics Engineering)
e-MOBILITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304215) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams and waveforms must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain flywheel energy storage system. [5]

b) Compare Sodium based batteries, Lithium based batteries. [5]
c) What are various types of batteries? Explain construction & working of
any one battery. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Compare Li-ion & Li-poly & Zinc Chloride battery. [5]
b) Explain construction & working of Lead Acid Battery. [6]
c) Explain hydraulic energy storage system. [6]

Q3) a) Explain Microprocessor based charger circuit for battery. [6]

b) Explain various battery indication methods. [6]
c) Explain Standard power levels of conductive chargers. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with diagram Principle of inductive charging. [6]
b) What are requirements for a battery charger in EVs. Explain in brief. [5]
c) Explain Soft-switching in power converter for inductive charging. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are various charging infrastructure Explain any one in detail. [6]
b) Explain European EV Plug Standards. [6]
c) Explain with diagram battery swapping station. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with diagram Combined Charging System. [6]
b) Explain DC Fast Charge EV Plug Standards in North America. [6]
c) Explain Move-and-charge zone. [6]

Q7) a) Explain 12C protocol. Give its applications. [6]

b) Explain DNP3, IEC 61850 protocols. [6]
c) What is Modbus protocol? Explain where it is used. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain CAN Bus, LIN Bus protocol. [6]
b) What is Ethernet? Why it is used? Give its advantages & disadvantages.[6]
c) Explain with diagram IEEE 802.15.4 protocol. [6]



[6003]-391 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-312 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-392
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304181)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one question out of Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Inter Symbol Interference? Explain the practical solution to

control ISI. Explain the concept of roll off factor along with its equation.
[8]
b) Explain M-ary FSK transmitter and receiver with suitable block
diagram. [6]
c) Compare M-ary PSK and M-ary FSK. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch the waveforms of MSK for the given bit stream 11001001. [8]
b) Explain digital OFDM system implementation for transmitter and
receiver. [6]
c) Draw signal space representation for 16-QAM i.e. 16-QASK and write
the equation for energy associated with signals in the first quadrant. [3]

Q3) a) Explain in brief : Processing gain, Jamming Margin in DSSS. [4]

b) A BPSK-DSSS system, using coherent detection, is used to transmit
data at 3Kbps No = 10–10 with No = 10–10. Calculate the processing
gain if the system has to work in a hostile jamming environment with
minimum error performance of 10–6. The jamming signal is 10 times
stronger than the received signal. Given erf(3.3) = 0.999998. [6]
c) List the advantages and disadvantages of CDMA. [8]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Compare slow and fast frequency hopping. [8]
b) Explain in detail DSSS - BPSK transmitter and receiver along with
waveforms. [10]

Q5) a) Write a short note on : [9]

i) Source coding theorem
ii) Channel Coding theorem
iii) Information Capacity theorem.
b) A discrete memory less source has five symbols X1, X2, X3, X4 and X5
with probabilities P(X1) = 0.4, P(X2) = 0.19, P(X3) = 0.16, P(X4) = 0.15,
P(X5) = 0.10. Construct the Shannon Fano code and calculate the
code efficiency and redundancy. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Consider the five source symbols of discrete memory less source and
their probabilities as given in the table below. Follow the Huffman’s
algorithm to find the code words for each message. Also find the
average code word length and average information / message i.e.
entropy. [8]
Message M1 M2 M3 M4 M5
Probability 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1
b) What is Mutual Information? Explain the properties of mutual
information. [3]
c) Write short note on frequency hop spread spectrum. [6]

Q7) a) Generator matrix for (7, 4) linear block code is given below : [9]
1 0 0 0 1 1 0
0 1 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0 1 1 1
0 0 0 1 1 0 1
Construct the syndrome table for single bit error patterns. Using
syndromes, find error pattern and code word for each of the following
received vectors :
r1 = 0111101, r2 = 0001010.

[6003]-392 2
 b) Define and also write mathematical expression for the following terms,
[9]
i) Information rate
ii) Mutual Information
iii) Shannon Hartley theorem

Q8) a) Define and Explain following terms, [10]

i) Hamming distance
ii) Hamming weight
iii) Code rate
iv) Constraint length
v) Systematic & nonsystematic codes
b) Write short note on : [8]
i) Turbo Codes
ii) LDPC Codes



[6003]-392 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P313 [6003]-393
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (E&TC Engineering)

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (304182)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of a Calculator is allowed.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Derive the Poisson’s and Laplace’s equation from Gauss’s Law. State
Laplace’s equation in three co-ordinate system [10]
b) Derive an boundary expression for dielectric-dielectric medium [8]

OR
Q2) a) For a parallel plate capacitor, area of plate A=12cm2, spacing between
plate d = 5mm separated by dielectric of r  12 , connected to 40 V
battery find: [8]
i) Capacitance
ii) E
iii) D
iv) Energy stored in capacitor
b) Derive an boundary expression for an interface between two magnetic
medium with permeability 1 and 2 [10]

Q3) a) State and Explain Displacement Current Density and Displacement

Current. Explain Physical Significance of displacement current [8]
b) Write a Short note on Faradays’ Law and Lenz’s law [8]

OR
Q4) a) State and Prove Poynting Theorem [8]
b) Write Maxwell equation for free space in point form and integral form
[8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Snell’s law of refraction. Derive the same. [10]
b) Explain reflection of Uniform Plane wave [8]

OR

Q6) a) Define depth of penetration, Derive the expression for depth of penetra-
tion for good conductor. [8]
b) Define [10]
i) Phase velocity
ii) Group Velocity
iii) Propogation Constant
iv) Intrinsic impendence
v) Wavelength

Q7) a) Explain different distortions of transmission lines? What is mean by

distortion less line and explain the condition of distortion less lines? [8]
b) A lossy dielectric is characterized by r  2.5  r  4 and = 103 per
ohm.m at frequency 10 MHz find [10]
i) attenuatin Constant
ii) Phase constant
iii) Velocity of Propagation
iv) Wavelength and
v) Intrinsic impendence

OR
Q8) a) Derive relation between Primary constant and secondary constant of
transmission line [8]
b) A 50 ohm transmission line is terminated in a load Z L  25  j50 . The
length of transmission line is 3.3 lambada Find the following using smith
chart [10]
i) VSWR
ii) Reflection coefficient
iii) Input impedance
iv) input admittance.


[6003]-393 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-314 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-394
T.E. (E & TC)
MICROCONTROLLERS
(Semester-I) (2019 Pattern) (304184)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 and Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw and explain the block schematic of PIC18F4550 MCU unit. [6]
b) Explain functions of ALU in PIC18F4550 with example. [6]
c) State features of PIC18F4550 [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the criteria for choosing PIC18F184550 Microcontroller. [6]
b) Explain PSW of PIC18F4550 [6]
c) Draw and explain the data memory organization of PIC18F4550 [6]
Q3) a) Draw and explain the Timer 0, 8bit operation in details compare the Timer
0,1,and 2. [9]
b) Write a program for 2.5 KHz and 75% duty cycle PWM generation with
N=4.Fosc=10MHz. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write program to generate delay of 10 ms using timer 0, 16 bit and no
prescaler. [9]
b) Explain in details capture mode of PIC18F4550 [8]

P. T. O
Q5) a) Explain step wise procedure and design methodology of PIC test board.[6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram of LCD with PIC18F4550 and explain function
of RS and EN. [6]
c) Draw port structure with SFRs used in Programming. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw an interfacing diagram of LEDs connected to port B and write an
embedded C program for continuous flashing. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram of 4×4 matrix keyboard and explain the
concept of key detection. [6]
c) Draw home protection system using motion detectors and IR sensors,
display the status on LED and LCD. [6]
Q7) a) State features of SPI bus and compare RS232 and RS 485 [9]
b) State features of EEPROM, draw an interfacing diagram with PIC18F4550.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain use of 12C bus with start, stop and busy condition, compare
12C and SPI bus. [9]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of UART Transmitter. [8]

  

[6003]-394 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P315 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-395
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (304185(A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole.
5) Use of lograrithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Compute the 5-point DFT for the given sequence x [ n ] = {1,0,1,0,1} .[6]

b) State and prove any two important properties of DFT. [6]

c) Compare DFT and FFT on the basis of computational complexity for
N = 64, 256 & 1024. [6]
OR

Q2) a) Determine the sequence y ( n ) = x ( n ) N h ( n ) where x ( n ) = {1,2,3,1}

and h ( n ) = {4,3, 2, 2} . [8]

b) Find the 8 point DFT of sequence x ( n ) = {1, 2,3,4,4,3, 2,1} using

decimation in time radix-2 FFT algorithm. [10]

Q3) a) List out the advantages and disadvantages of digital filters. [7]
b) Find out H(z) using impulse invariance method at 5 Hg sampling frequency
2
from H(s) as given H ( s ) = . [10]
( s + 1)( s + 2 )
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Compare impulse invariance and bilinear transformation methods. [7]
b) The system transfer function of analog filter is given by
s + 0.1
H(s) =
( )
s + 0.1 + 16 . Obtain the system transfer function of digital
2

π
filter using bilinear transformation which is resonant at Wr = . [10]
2

Q5) a) List out the advantages and disadvantage of FIR filters. [6]
b) Explain the Gibb’s phenomenon. [6]
c) Design a linear phase FIR low pass filter of length seven with cut-off
frequency 1 rad/sec using rectangular window. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Find the magnitude and phase response function of seventh order low
pass linear phase FIR filter with cut-off frequency 1rad/sec using Hanning
window. [8]
b) Design an FIR filter with Hamming window for following specification[10]
π π
H d ( w ) = e− j 3w − ≤w≤
4 4
π
=0 < w≤π
4

Q7) a) Write short notes on: [4×2.5=10]

i) Identification of voiced and unvoiced sound
ii) LTI representation of speech signal
iii) Basics of ECG signal
iv) Power line interference
b) Describe the ECG signal with the help of neat sketch and elaborate types
of interference. [7]
OR

Q8) a) List out the R-peak detection methods and explain in detail any one of
the promenent technique. [9]
b) Write short notes on: [8]
i) Spatial and temporal resolution
ii) 2D convolution for feature extraction


[6003]-395 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P316 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 396
T.E. (E&TC Engineering)
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (304185 B)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, and Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss the frequency range of different types of signal generator. [8]
b) Explain the functioning of Rundom Noise generators and explain
parameters of noise. [9]
OR
Q2) a) With the Help of Block diag. Explain the functioning of microwave singnal
generator. [8]
b) Explain the operation of sweep freqn genertor with the help of suitable
block diag. [9]

Q3) a) Describe the function of each block of CRU. [9]

b) Illustrute the Z- modulation and X-Y mode operation? List and explain
the Measurement on oscilloscope? [9]

OR
Q4) a) Give the function of an attenuator in signal generator. [9]
b) What is the main specification, advantages, disadvantages and
application of using DSO? [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a short note on: [9]
i) LCD display.
ii) Plasma display.
iii) OLED display.
b) With suitable diagram. Explain the construction and working of strip chart
recorders. List its applications. [8]
OR
Q6) a) With the help of neat sketch, explain the all functional pins of a LCD
Displays? [9]
b) Explain why recorders are essenticuls? With neat diagram explain X-Y
Plotter. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the concepts of Microwave measurment using network Analyzer.

[9]
b) Describe in detail EMI/ EMC test instruments. Illustrute the OTDR? [9]
OR
Q8) a) With help of neat sketch, describe the all functional blocks microwave
measurments using Network Analyzer? [9]
b) Write a note on spectrum Analyzer. [9]

  

[6003] - 396 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P317 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 397
T.E. (E&TC)
COMPUTER NETWORK
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (304185)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figure to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Draw IPV4 datagram format and Discuss in details. [6]

b) Compare circuit vs packet switching [4]
c) What are the network layer services? Explain in brief Network layer
services. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss the Transition from IPV4 to IPV6. [6]
b) Compare IPV4 and IPV6 network addresses. [4]
c) For a network address 192. 168. 10.0 and subnet Mark 255. 255. 255.
224, Then calculate. [6]
i) Number of subnet and Number of host.
ii) Valid subnet.

Q3) a) What is routing? What are the Types of routing? What are the
characteristics of routing algorithm. [8]
b) Comparision between Intra and Interdomain routing. [4]
c) What is the use of OSPF? Discuss OSPF. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Describe in brief the distance vector routing algorithm with diagram. [8]
b) Discuss direct VS Indirect delivery. [4]
c) Discuss Link state routing algorithm. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss process to process delivery in Transport layer with suitable
diagram. [6]
b) Explain stream control Transmission protocol. [6]
c) Discuss the TCP connection establishment using three way handshaking.
[6]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss the TCP Termination using three-way handshaking in TCP
Protocol. [6]
b) Discuss Leaky Bucket algorithm. [6]
c) Discuss the scheduling Technique to Improve the Quality of Services
(QoS). [6]

Q7) a) Explain how electronic mail system work? Explain basic function in
Electronic mail. [6]
b) Explain how DNS server work. [6]
c) Explain HTML programming and related TAGS in brief. [6]
OR
Q8) Write short notes (Any three): [18]
a) FTP.
b) BOOTP.
c) DHCP.
d) Telnet.

 

[6003] - 397 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3154 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-398
T.E. (E & TC)
CELLULAR NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304192)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer any one question out of Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) List types of handoffs. With neat diagram, describe the significance of
handover in cellular systems with algorithm. [8]

b) Explain in detail with diagram. Cellular Network Architecture. [5]

c) Write a brief note on Cell Geometry in mobile communication. [5]

OR

Q2) a) List out steps in Cellular radio system design and need of frequency
reuse channels. [8]

b) Write a brief note on :

i) Cell splitting [5]

ii) Cell sectoring [5]

Q3) a) With state-transition diagram. explain Tele-traffic System Model with

poisons distribution. [9]

b) List out assumptions, to derive the equation for blocking probability

using Steady State Analysis. [9]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw and explain Tele-traffic Theory system for 100 users with 100
channels. [6]
b) Describe the significance of listing Power losses and Gains of different
intermediate components in the transceiver chain for Link-Budget
Analysis. [6]
c) Classify path loss models of different types of cells. Write only the
expression for median path loss under Hatta model for small to medium
sized city signifying the importance of mobile antenna correction factor.
[6]

Q5) a) With neat diagram, explain in detail Evolved Packet Core architecture
of LTE. [6]
b) Draw LTE-A Radio Protocol Architecture. Explain the significance of
RLC and RRC in the architecture. [6]
c) List our detail specification of LTE. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Classify and explain in brief Wireless Local area Network. [6]
b) Compare LTE and LTE-A. [4]
c) List out three, why there is a need of series of 802.11 standards. Describe
the utility of IEEE80 2.11a and 80 2.11n. [7]

Q7) a) Explain step by step with neat diagram, how performance evaluation
of a Real System is done. [6]
b) Explain following network performance parameters used to manage
service performance : [5]
i) Throughput
ii) Packet loss
iii) Latency
iv) Availability and
v) Reliability
c) What are four mechanisms to improve link robustness of wireless
network. Explain any one in detail. [6]

[6003]-398 2
 OR
Q8) a) Write a brief note on the Layered analysis in wireless networks. [6]
b) What is Network Coding. With neat diagram, explain how network
coding helps in video broadcasting from one device to multiple
receivers. [5]
c) With reference to Scheduler Design, explain following components in
brief : [6]
i) Classifier
ii) Channel Quality
iii) Scheduler



[6003]-398 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P318 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-399
T.E. (E & TC)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304193)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of a Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw and Explain Organizational structure. [5]

b) Write short note on Leadership styles of Project Manager [5]
c) Explain in details the types of conflicts in Project Management [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write short note about team management. [5]
b) Write in short the relationship between the Project Manager and Line
manager. [5]
c) Explain in details the conflict resolution strategies. [8]

Q3) a) Write short note on resource allocation in Project [5]

b) Explain three time estimates in PERT. [5]
c) Draw and explain CPM Model in detail [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on project cost estimate and budget [5]
b) Explain Project scheduling in detail. [5]
c) Draw and explain PERT Model in detail [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write five steps involved in effective risk management process and explain
in short. [5]
b) Write in details of conducting the feasibility study. [5]
c) Explain in details about steps involved in process of project financial
management. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain about Project Management Tool and its benefits [5]
b) Write in details of planning the Project finance. [5]
c) Explain in detail how to manage the project Risk effectively. [7]

Q7) a) Explain in detail 6 stages of the product development stages. [8]

b) Explain in detail characteristic of successful entrepreneurship. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the factors impacting emergence of entrepreneurship. [8]
b) Write in details and explain Patent, Trademark and copyright. [9]



[6003]-399 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P319 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-400
T.E. (E & TC Engineering)
POWER DEVICES & CIRCUITS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304194)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams and waveforms must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) How feedback diodes differ from freewheeling diodes [4]

b) Explain working of single phase full bridge inverter (using MOSFET/ I

GBT) for R -L load with input & output waveforms. [7]

c) Single phase full bridge inverter is operated from 100V dc supply, it has a
resistive load of R = 10  . Find: [6]

i) rms o/p voltages at third & fifth harmonic (V03 & V05)

ii) Distortion factor (DF) of 3rd harmonic component

iii) Total harmonic distortion (THD)

OR

Q2) a) What are PWM techniques in inverter? Explain any one PWM technique
with waveforme. [5]

b) Draw a three phase inverter for balanced star R load? Explain its operation
of 120º mode with gate signals & output waveforms. [12]

[6003]-400 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain with block schematic working of SMPS. [6]

b) A step down chopper is operated from dc supply voltage of 230 V. It has

resistive load with R = 10  . When chopper operates, voltage drop
across chopper is 2V. If duty cycle is 40%, Calculate:

i) Average & rms o/p voltages

ii) Average & rms o/p currents
iii) Chopper efficiency.
c) Explain with diagrams various control techniques in DC chopper operation.
[6]

OR
Q4) a) Explain with circuit diagram operation of step up chopper and derive an
Vs
expression for its o/p voltage : Vo  where D is duty cycle. [8]
(1  D)

b) Explain operation of four quadrant chopper with circuit diagram. [6]

c) A step up chopper is operated from 200 V dc supply and it provides 360
V output. If chopping frequency is 5KHz, calculate ON & Off times of
chopper. [4]

Q5) a) What are different over current protection techniques in power electronics?
Explain any one in detail. [7]

b) Why isolation is required in power electronic circuits? Explain with neat

diagram working of isolation transformer. [6]

c) For a thyristor, Maximum junction temperature is 180º C. The thermal

resistances are jc = 0.16º C/W, cs= 0.08º c/w. for heat sink temperature
of 70º C, calculate total average power loss in thryistor - sink combination.
If heat sink temperature is reduced to 50º C, find new total average power
loss in thryistor - sink combination. [4]

[6003]-400 2
 OR
Q6) a) What is the need of resonant converter? Explain ZVS resonant converter
with circuit & waveforms. [8]
b) Why heatsink is used in power electronic circuits? Draw its thermal
equivalent circuit. [4]
c) What are various EMC stanards? Explain any two. [5]

Q7) a) What is UPS? What are its types? Explain operation of any one UPS with
block schematic. [7]

b) Explain working of electronic ballast with block schematic. [6]

c) Why driver is required for LED lamp? Explain with suitable circuit diagram
working of a LED lamp drive. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain single phase full converter drive for single phase separately excited
dc motor. [6]

b) Explain with neat diagram BLDC drive. [6]

c) Explain various performance parameters of batteries used in battery

operated power systems. [6]

… … …

[6003]-400 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P320 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-401
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304195(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Your answers will be valued as a whole
5) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) With reference to relation between pixels, Explain. [6]

i) 4 connectivity.
ii) 8 Connectivity.
b) Explain Edge detection procedure using Sobel Mask? [6]
c) What is Image thresholding? Explain Local, global and adaptive
thresholding? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Image segmentation using. [6]
i) Region growing.
ii) Region Splitting.
b) Define Image Segmentation? Explain the necessity of Image
segmentation? [6]
c) With the help of suitable masks, explain the following. [6]
i) Point detection.
ii) Line detection.

Q3) a) Explain the need of fidelity criteria in Image compression. Write any two
fidelity measure. [6]
b) Define redundancy? Explain different types of Redundancies in Image?[6]
c) What is lossless compression, Explain in detail? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Generate Huffman code for the following data calculate efficiency of
Huffman code? [6]
Gray level Probability
a1 0.1
a2 0.4
a3 0.06
a4 0.1
a5 0.04
a6 0.3

b) What is DCT? How DCT helps to achieve compression? [6]

c) Draw block diagram of JPEG coder and decoder with detail explanation?
[5]
Q5) a) Explain image restoration process with help of block diagram? [6]
b) Explain any three noise models in short? [6]
c) Explain restoration of image in the presence of noise using spatial
filtering. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on image restoration using Weiner filtering? [6]
b) Explain estimating the degradation function with respect to image
restoration? [6]
c) Compare in detail between image enhancement and image restoration?[6]

Q7) a) Explain the patterns and pattern classes in object recognition in detail?[6]
b) Explain the recognition based on decision theoretic methods? [6]
c) Explain in detail application of image processing as character recognition?
[5]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on image classification? [6]
b) Write short note on following structural methods. [6]
i) Matching shape numbers.
ii) String matching.
c) Explain in detail deep learning using CNN? [5]

  

[6003]-401 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P321 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-402
T.E. (E &TC)
SENSORS IN AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304195 (B)) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat diagram wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Standards Strain Gauge Sensors also state the advantages and
application of the same. [6]
b) With the help of neat circuit diagram explain operation of Metal Strain
Gauge also state the advantages and application of the same. [6]
c) Explain the Basic principle of Bernoulli’s theorem with neat diagram.[5]
OR
Q2) a) With the help of neat diagram explain operation of E8FC-25D with day
to day life application. [6]
b) Explain the Ultrasonic Sensor with neat diagram. [5]
c) With the help of neat circuit diagram explain operation of Semiconductor
Strain Gauge also state the advantages and application of the same.[6]

Q3) a) Explain working principle of hall effect sensor with labeled diagram.
Write application of hall effect sensor. [9]
b) Explain working principle of Gyroscope , state its applications. What is
difference between working of Gyroscope and accelerometer. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain working principle of potentiometric displacement sensors with
diagram. Write its applications. [9]
b) What are Optical encoders. Explain its working principle with diagram
and write its applications. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) List out advantages and disadvantages of RFID Sensor. [8]
b) Enlist properties and specification of Arduino Data Sheet MLX90614
non-contact temperature sensor. [5]
c) Enlist Gas sensors with example. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail about working principle of photo transistor and photo
diode with example. [8]
b) How the Ultrasonic proximity detector works for motion detection. [5]
c) What are the different sensors used for Environmental studies. [4]

Q7) a) What is a data acquisition system? What are different types of data
acquisition systems? Explain any one DAS system. [7]
b) With the help of block diagram explain the IOT Functional blocks. [5]
c) Explain SDI-12 Interface in details using block diagram. [4]
d) Explain various applications of IOT. [2]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the different components of IOT with the help of block
diagram. [6]
b) Explain the IOT based Engine Management system with the help of block
diagram. [6]
c) What are different types of sensors in IOT? [4]
d) State application of DAC. [2]



[6003]-402 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P322 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-403
T.E. (E & TC)
EMBEDDED PROCESSOR
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304195D) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, & Q.3 or Q.4, & Q.5 or Q.6, & Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever ncessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain UART module of LPC2148 in short. [6]

b) Write down the code to transmit the data “Hello” continuously using
serial port. [6]
c) Draw an Interfacing diagram of GSM module with LPC2148 and write
an initialization program to send a message. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw an interfacing diagram of DHT11 with LPC2148 and write an
algorithm to display the temperature on LCD. [6]
b) Enlist the features of on-chip ADC in LPC2148. Explain AD0GDR
register. [6]
c) Draw an interfacing diagram of servomotor with LPC2148 and write
down the code to rotate the motor in clockwise direction. [6]

Q3) a) Explain CMSIS Standard use for Firmware development. [9]

b) Write the features of STM32F4xx. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with diagram ARM STM Bus Architecture. [9]
b) Differentiate between CORTEX A, R, M processors. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Enlist various registers required to configure Serial Communication of
STM32F4xx Microcontroller. Explain any one with suitable example.[6]
b) Write a C program to generate a Ramp Waveform, Square Waveform
using on chip DAC of STM32F4xx controller. [6]
c) Enlist various registers required to configure Timers of STM32F4xx
Microcontroller Explain any one with suitable example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Draw an interfacing diagram and write a C program to blink LED’s
connected to Pin numbers (Port D) PD 12, 13, 14 and 15 using STM
32F4xx Controller. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and draw flowchart to interface
“7 Segment” with STM32F4xx controller and display count digit “1” or
“7” on it. [6]
c) Explain GPIO_ODR and GPIO _ BSRR of STM32F4xx with simple
example. [6]

Q7) a) Draw an interfacing diagram and write a algorithm to interface

accelerometer MPU 6050 using STM32F4xx microcontroller. [9]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and draw a flowchart to interface
Ultrasonic Sensor HC-SR04 using STM32F4xx microcontroller. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write the features of CAN bus? Explain CAN bus frame? [9]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and write algorithm to Control DC Motor
using PWM using STM32F4xx microcontroller. [8]



[6003]-403 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P323 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-404
T.E. (E & TC)
NETWORK SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (304195 (E))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain symmetric key encryption in detail. [6]

b) Elaborate the steps in the various rounds of AES. [6]
c) Discuss steps of RSA algorithm using suitable example. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the steps of Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm. [6]
b) Which basic steps are performed in one round of operation in DES?
Explain in detail. [6]
c) Discuss the idea of algorithm modes, explain any two of them in detail.
[6]

Q3) a) What are biometric authentication techniques? Explain its importance in

today’s digital world. [6]
b) Compare MD5 with SHA. Why is SHA more secure than MD5? [6]
c) Write a note on Knapsack algorithm. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Elaborate the working of hash based message Authentication codes
(HMAC). [6]
b) How the Authentication application Kerberos work? Explain. [6]
c) Discuss X.509 authentication service. [5]

Q5) a) What are the advantages and applications of IP security? [6]

b) Write a short note on S/MIME. Which Cryptographic algorithms are
used in it? [6]
c) Explain authentication header and encapsulation in email security. [6]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the concept of key rings in PGP. [6]
b) What do you mean by Security Association? What are the fields of SAD?
[6]
c) Describe IPsec security services. [6]

Q7) a) Define following with example. [6]

i) Threat
ii) Vulnerability
iii) Risk
b) Discuss SET process in detail. [6]
c) Why is the SSL layer positioned between the application layer and the
transport layer. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Elaborate different types of firewalls. [6]
b) Explain the three aspects of a 3 factor authentication in password
management scheme. [6]
c) Write a short note on: intrusion detection system using Honeypots. [5]

  

[6003]-404 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-324 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-405
T.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (306261)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q. No. 1 or 2, Q. No. 3 or 4, Q. No. 5 or 6, Q. No. 7 or Q. No. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the mathematical instructions in 8051. [8]

b) Differentiate between conditional and unconditional programming.
[10]
OR
Q2) a) How is look-up tables made in 8051 programming? [10]
b) What is Embedded C? [8]

Q3) a) Draw and explain how to interface a matrix keypad to 8051. [8]
b) Draw and explain how to interface a DC motor to 8051. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain how to interface ADC to 8051. [9]
b) Draw and explain how to interface DAC to 8051. [8]

Q5) a) Draw block diagram of AC heater for 8051. [8]

b) What the water sensors are used in a washing machine? [5]
c) What is use of timer in a washing machine? [5]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Draw flowchart of temperature controller using thermocouple for 8051.
[8]
b) Explain line tracing robot with flowchart. [10]

Q7) a) What are RISC controllers? [8]

b) What is Arduino board? [4]
c) Explain characteristics of microcontroller. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on PLDs. [8]
b) Explain types of operating system with example. [9]



[6003]-405 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P325 [6003]-406
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)

INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION-I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (306262)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Comparison Instructions in brief with examples [10]

b) Write Note on: [8]
i) MOVE
ii) Masked MOVE
iii) JUMP
iv) LABEL
OR
Q2) a) Explain Math Instructions in brief with examples [10]
b) Write a ladder logic program to ADD the values of analog tags TAG-1
and TAG-2 and move the value to float soft tag using the push button.
Explain the scenario and assumptions. [8]

Q3) a) Design and explain the flow control loop using the PID with ladder logic.
[9]
b) Enlist the various manufactures of PLC [2]
c) Describe PID tuning [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the PID block [7]
b) Write note on analog modules [5]
c) Explain overview of any one of the following PLC [5]
i) Allen Bradley
ii) Siemens
iii) Schneider

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the need and advantages of HMI [6]
b) Write a note on VFD [6]
c) Enlist differences between SCADA and HMI [6]
OR

Q6) a) Describe the motion control in PLC [10]

b) Describe Drives [8]

Q7) a) Explain SCADA [9]

b) Write Note on: [8]
i) RTU
ii) MTU

OR
Q8) a) Explain the need and benefits of SCADA system [9]
b) Describe Alarm Management [8]



[6003]-406 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P326 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-407
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
MODERN CONTROL THEORY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (Theory) (306263)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Check Controllability and Observability of system whose state space

representation as below;

 −3 1 0   x1   0   x1 
x =  1 −2 1   x2  +  2  u and y = [1 2 − 1]  x2  Use Kalman Test.[10]
      
 1 1 0   x3   2   x3 

 −1 1 
b) Determine stability of system defined by x =  x
 − 1 −4 
Using Lyapunov direct method of stability analysis. Assume symmetric
positive definite matrix Q is identity matrix. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Check controllability of system represented in state space form; [10]

0 1 0   x1  0 
x =  0 0 1   x2  + 0  u
    
 −6 −11 −6   x3  1 
Use Gilbert Test.
 −1 −2 
b) Determine stability of system defined by x =  x
 1 −4 
Using Lyapunov direct method of stability analysis. Assume symmetric
positive definite matrix Q is identity matrix. [8]

P.T.O.
Q3) A regulator system has the plant

0 1 0   x1  0   x1 
x =  0 0 1   x2  + 0  u and y = [1 0 0]  x2 
      
 −6 −11 −6   x3  1   x3 

Design a state-feedback controller which will place the closed-loop poles at

s = −2 + j 3.46, s = −2 − j 3.46, s = −5 [17]
OR
Q4) A regulator system has the plant

0 1 0   x1  0   x1 
x =  0 0 1   x2  + 0  u and y = [1 0 0]  x2 
      
 −6 −11 −6   x3  1   x3 

Design a full order state observer, the observer-error poles are required to be
located at s = −2 + j 3.46, s = −2 − j 3.46, s = −5 [17]

Q5) a) State the different advantage of Digital Control. Discuss any four
advantages in detail. [10]
b) A analog signal is given as follows;
x (t) = 3cos (50π t) + 10sin (300π t)–cos (100π t):
Calculate the Nyquist rate. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss ADC and DAC operation in DTCS with block diagram. [10]
b) Derive necessary transfer function for zero order hold also sketch
frequency response of ZOH. [7]

Q7) a) Solve difference equation for y(k). [10]

y (k) = r(k) – r(k–1) –y(k–1), k ≥ 0
Where
r(k) = 1; when....k is even
r(k) = 0; when....k is odd
y(–1) = r(–1) = 0
[6003]-407 2
 b) Determine the pulse transfer function of system shown in figure below;[8]

OR
Q8) a) Test the system stability of system using jury’s stability method for system
whose characteristic equation is as follows; z3 – 0.2z2 – 0.25z + 0.05 = 0.
[10]
b) Determine Pulse Transfer function for system represented by block
diagram Y (z)/R (z). [8]



[6003]-407 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-327 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-408
T.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
OPERATING SYSTEM
(Semester-I) (2019 Pattern) (306264)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6 and Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Illustrate compaction technique in contiguous memory allocation, enlist

limitations of compaction technique and suggest the suitable technique
used to overcome the limitation. [8]
b) State the significance of virtual memory, enlist the techniques used for
page replacement and illustrate first in first out page replacement technique
with an example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Illustrate contiguous memory allocation in brief, elaborate its limitations
in detail and suggest suitable technique to avoid external fragmentation in
contiguous memory allocation. [8]
b) Enlist page replacement techniques and illustrate least recently used
technique with suitable example. [9]

Q3) a) Suggest the conditions used for prevention of deadlock and elaborate the
same with suitable examples. [9]
b) Specify the necessary conditions for dead lock and illustrate each technique
in detail with suitable example [9]
OR

P. T. O
Q4) a) Suggest suitable technique for deadlock detection and recovery and
elaborate with an suitable examples [9]
b) Elaborate banker's algorithm with suitable example for deadlock avoidance.
[9]

Q5) a) Illustrate efficiency and performance of file system in detail with neat
sketch. [8]
b) Suggest suitable methods to overcome the problem of external
fragmentation in file allocation and illustrate linked based file allocation
approach with suitable example. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Enlist types of directory structure. Illustrate two level directory and tree
structure directory with suitable examples. [8]
b) Specify the limitation of sequential access method. Suggest suitable
methods used to overcome the problem of sequential access method
and elaborate indexed sequential access with example. [9]
Q7) a) Specify the difference between protection and security. Enlist goal of
protection in detail. [9]
b) Illustrate domain of protection access matrix with suitable example in
detail. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Specify need of security and difference between program and system
threats with suitable examples. [9]
b) Enlist problems of security and illusttate any two security tools to overcome
the problem of security in detail. [9]

  

[6003]-408 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P328 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-409
T.E. (Instrumentation & Control)
MECHATRONICS AND ROBOTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (306265A) (Elective - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Represent Mechatronic Design Process with block diagram and explain in
brief: [18]
a) Conceptual Design and Function Specification
b) Design Optimization
c) Life Cycle Optimization
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of concurrent engineering used in mechatronic design
process? How it is different than normal engineering or sequential
engineering approach? Draw suitable block diagram to support your
answer? [6]
b) Explain the concept of real-time interfacing or hardware-in-the-loop used
in modeling and simulation environment in mechatronic design process?[6]
c) Explain in brief how the concept evaluation is carried out in mechanical
design process? Draw suitable block diagram? [6]

Q3) a) Draw appropriate diagrams to represent four basic robot anatomies or

configurations? Which one is the best in terms of repeatability and reach?[6]
b) Draw and Explain the principle of operation of stepper motor? [6]
c) What is the safety measures for Robot? Describe any two guarding
methods used for safety? [6]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw a diagram for cylindrical robot? How many axes are present in it?
Give advantages and disadvantages of this anatomy with respect to lift
capacity and repeatability? [6]
b) Explain the working principle of IR sensor and LDR sensor along with
their diagrams? [6]
c) Give classifications of dc motors? Explain the principle of operation of
permanent magnet dc motor along with its diagram? [6]

Q5) a) What is mean by Direct Kinematics? Explain. [6]

b) Define the terms and also draw related diagrams: [6]
i) cylindrical configuration
ii) and its work volume?
c) How Python Programming is used in Robotics? Explain with suitable
examples? [5]
OR
Q6) a) What is the Inverse Kinematics? Explain. [6]
b) Define the terms Expert Systems and Meta-knowledge used in Artificial
Intelligence? [6]
c) Draw and explain working of the finger type mechanical gripper? [5]

Q7) a) It is decided to implement black line following robot. Describe the

process, selection of components and microcontroller, development of
algorithm and program? [12]
b) Write a short note on kinematic calculations used while development of
Robotic arm-design? [5]
OR
Q8) a) It is decided to implement remote control car as a mini project. Describe
the selection criteria of components, microcontroller and development
of the algorithm and program for it? [12]
b) Write a short note on pick and place robot applications? Give selection
criterion of components such as motor, microcontroller used in it? [5]


[6003]-409 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P329 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 410
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - I) (306265B)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explicate the various logical operations that can be performed on arrays
using Numpy. [9]

b) Discuss on data representation plots in Matplotlib. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Explain basic pandas operation on data frame with suitable examples.[9]

b) Illustrate line, pie, bar chart with suitable examples. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the concept of continuous and discrete data with examples. [8]

b) Discuss on missing value treatments-mean, median and mode methods.[9]

OR

Q4) a) Comment on the advantages and disadvantages of outlier treatment

algorithms using percentile and IQR. [9]

b) Discuss the analysis of multivariate data with suitable example. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the concept of Box plot and Z score with example. [9]

b) Discuss on advantages and applications of Label Encoding. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Demonstrate correlation analysis in categorical to numerical with suitable

example. [9]

b) Discuss about the concept of feature rescaling. [9]

Q7) a) Explain concept of Tableau online. [8]

b) Explain concept of Tableau public. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the different components of Tableau desktop dashboard. [9]

b) Differentiate between tree map and heat map with its advantages,
limitations and applications. [8]

  

[6003] - 410 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P330 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 411
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
POWER ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I ) (306265 C)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Describe a single phase half controlled converter with RL load along with
necessary circuit diagram and waveforms. [9]
b) How four-quadrant operation is achieved in a Type E Chopper? Explain
with neat circuit diagram. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the circuit of 3 phase fully controlled rectifier with RLE load and
explain the working for   60 with necessary waveforms. Derive the
expression for output voltage. [9]
b) What is meant by Pulse Width Modulation? Describe the various PWM
techniques used in Voltage control of Inverters. [8]

Q3) a) Compare electronics P, P1 and PID controllers. [9]

b) Draw neat sketch of analog PD controller using Operational Amplifier
and explain in brief. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Give the circuit diagram and the transfer function for an electronic “PID”
controller. [9]
b) Write mathematical expression of PI and PID controller in a discreate
mode. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Elaborate Configuration of a typical standby UPS system. [8]

b) List various non conventional energy sources. Explain any two sources
in brief. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain with neat diagram operation of battery system. [8]

b) Explain basic principle of induction heating. Draw and discuss

operation of induction heating with neat circuit diagram. [9]

Q7) a) How to choose MPPT solar charge controller for PV battery and
module. [9]

b) Compare On-Grid and Off-Grid solar system . [9]

OR

Q8) a) What is MPPT? Explain working of MPPT. [9]

b) Discuss with neat diagram On-Grid solar power system. [9]

  

[6003] - 441 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P331 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 412
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I ) (306265 D)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) State the significance of the blood flow in human body and how it affect
the dailty routine of human. Describe the Working Principle of any one
type of Electromagnetic Blood Flow meter with neat diagram. [10]
b) Define Blood Pressure? Compare Indirect (Non-Invasive) and Direct
(Invasive) Blood Pressure Measurements. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Define Cardiac Output. Draw and Discuss the working principle of
Plethysmography with neat diagram. [10]
b) State the significance of the heart sounds. Draw and Discuss the working
principle of Phonocardiography with neat diagram. [7]

Q3) a) State the parts of the brain, its lobes and its functions. With neat diagram,
explain the structure of neuron with neat diagram. [10]
b) Explain the 10-20 system of electrode placement with the help of neat
diagram. [8]
OR
Q4) a) List the different waves and its significance from different parts of the
brain. Explain the Neuro Muscular Transmission with the help of neat
diagram. [10]
b) Define myoelectric voltages. Explain the working principle of EEG
Amplifier with the help of neat diagram. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Elaborate the concept of Bone Conduction system with neat diagram.
Explain the working of Evoked response Audiometry system with the
help of neat diagram. [10]

b) With the help of neat diagram, Explain the Anatomy of Eye with the help
of neat diagram. [7]

OR

Q6) a) Describe the merchanism of hearing with the help of neat diagram.
Elaborate on Pure tone Audiometer with the help of block diagram. [10]

b) Describe the Visual Acuity (Errors in Vision) and its remedy. [7]

Q7) a) With the help of neat diagram, explain the O2 and CO2 Transport.
Explain the working of Spirometer with the help of neat diagram. [10]

b) With the help of neat diagram, Explain the working of Oxygen Gas
Analyzer with the help of neat diagram. [8]

OR

Q8) a) State the function of Oxygenator . With the help of neat diagram, Explain
the working of Membrane Type Oxygenators with the help of neat
diagram. [10]

b) With the help of neat diagram, Explain the working of Ventilators with the
help of neat diagram. [8]

  

[6003] - 412 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P332 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-413
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control Engineering)
INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (306268)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat circuit diagram should be drwan whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if neccessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between Arduino board and Raspberry pi board. [8]

b) Enlist various IoT platforms and explain any three of them. [9]

OR

Q2) a) What are the various sensors and actuators used in IOT. [8]

b) What do you mean by IoT platform? Explain any four selection criteria
for IoT platforms. [9]

Q3) a) What is identity management if IoT? Explain user centric indentity

management. [9]

b) What are the four main types of cloud deployment models? Explain any
two in detail. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Enlist different identity management models. Explain local and network
identity management models. [10]

b) Compare traditional software and software as a service. [8]

[6003]-413 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What do you mean by security in IoT? Draw and explain the security
frame work for IoT? [9]

b) What do you mean by privacy in IoT network? Define Bootstrapping.[8]

OR

Q6) a) Explain briefly the broad categories of threats? Which are the well-known
active threats? [8]

b) With reference to IoT security overview, describe the network and

transport layer challenges. which are the different routing attacks? [9]

Q7) a) Enlist components of Home Area Network. Describe the standards

involved in it. [9]

b) What are the enabling technologies in Health care IoT and challenges in
It? [9]

OR

Q8) a) Write short note on Energy management in Smart cities. [9]

b) Briefly explain the characteristics of smart grid. What are the benefits of
it? [9]



[6003]-413 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P333 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-414
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION-II
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (306269)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw the architecture of MODBUS and discuss the hardware, software
details. [9]
b) What do you mean by OPC server? Write its functions. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the OSI-7 layer model architecture and explain each layer used for
Industrial process control in detail. [9]
b) Differentiate between foundation field bus and Profibus. [8]

Q3) a) Explain the importance of data log and trends in DCS. [9]
b) Write note on features and requirements of HMI. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Write note on Integration and optimizaiton of DCS. [10]
b) Explain Alarm management system and Alarm control in DCS. [8]

Q5) a) Develop the AND, OR logic using Function Block Diagram (FBD). What
are advantages of FBD? [10]
b) Write a short note on Artificial Neural Network and its use in DCS. [7]
OR
Q6) a) What is transition in Sequential flow chart? Implement OR logic using
SFC. [10]
b) Describe the IEC 61131 standard for DCS programming language. [7]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain latest features of DCS system with reference to industry 4.0[10]
b) Draw basic flow chart of Pulp and paper process. Illustrate hierarchical
level of DCS used in Pulp and paper plants. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain application of DCS system in Oil and Gas industry. [12]
b) Explain how the DCS system can be configured with Enterprise Resources
Planning (ERP) system. [6]



[6003]-414 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P334 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003] - 415
T.E. ( Instrumentation & Control Engineering)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester -II) (306270)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of non - programmable calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Define Discrete Time Fourier series and explain the need of Discrete time
Fourier series. [5]

b) State the properties of discrete time Fourier series. [8]

c) Write short notes on “Energy Density Spectrum” [5]

OR

(n )
Q2) a) Determine DTFS representation for the signal x(n)  cos [6]
(3)

b) Find the DTFT of following sequences. [6]

i)  (n)
ii) u (n)
iii)  ( n  m)
c) Write short notes on “Power Density Spectrum”. [6]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Compute DFT of the following sequence x(n) = {0,1,2,3} [6]

 n 
b) Compute DFT of the sequence x(n) = cos   where N=4 using
 2 
DIT-FFT algorithm. [6]

c) Explain the advantages of FFT over DFT [5]

OR
Q4) a) Compute the circular convolution of following sequences [9]
x (n)= {1,1,1,1,–1,–1,–1,–1},h (n)= {0,1,2,3,4,3,2,1}

b) Explain Radix-2 Decimation in Time FFT algorithm with Signal flow Graph.
[8]

s  0.1
Q5) a) The system function of the analog filter is given as Ha(s) =
( s  0.1)2  9
Obtain the system function of the IIR digital filter by using impulse
Invariance method. [9]

b) Compare Butterworth approximation and Chebyshev approximation.[5]

c) Define and explain IIR filter. [4]

OR
Q6) a) Explain Frequency transformations in IIR filters. [8]
b) Explain Bilinear Transformation method of IIR filter design. [6]
c) What are the specifications required to design digital IIR filter? [4]

[6003] - 415 2
Q7) a) Define FIR filter. Explain the characteristics of FIR filter. [5]

b) Design a low pass FIR filter using rectangular window with passband
gain of 0dB, cutoff frequency of 200Hz, sampling frequency of 1KHz.
Assume the length of the impulse response as 7. [7]
c) Explain different types of windows used in FIR filter design. [5]

OR
Q8) a) Compare FIR and IIR filters. [7]

b) Check whether following filter has linear phase? h(n) ={5,3,2,3,5} [3]

c) Design a lowpass FIR filter using frequency sampling technique having


cut - off frequency of rad /sample. The filter should have linear phase
2
and length of 17. [7]

… … …

[6003] - 415 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P335 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-416
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
BUILDING AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (306271A) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the components of air handling unit? What is Constant Volume
System? [9]
b) How does the AHU work? What is Variable Air Volume System & Dual
Duct System? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is the FCU? Where the FCU’s are used? [9]
b) What are the components of an AHU? [9]

Q3) a) What are the components of a chiller system? What is the working
principle of chiller? How many types of chilled water systems are there?
[8]
b) What are the main components of water tube boiler? What is the
working principle of water tube boiler? What is the difference between
water tube and fire tube boiler? [9]
OR
Q4) a) How does the chiller work internally? [8]
b) How is the traditional chiller? (Refrigeration cycle) [9]

Q5) a) What is the working principle of fire alarm system? [9]

b) What is SLC? [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) What are the basic components of fire alarm & detection system? [9]
b) What is the difference between conventional and addressable fire alarms?
[9]

Q7) a) How does access control work? [8]

b) What is a card access system? What technology is used in access control
list? [9]
OR
Q8) a) What are the differences between a Network Video Service and a Digital
Video Recorder? [8]
b) What are the key Video Analytics features of a Retail Video
Management Software? [9]



[6003]-416 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P336 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-417
T.E. (Instrumentation Engineering & Control)
MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (306271-B) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) State pros, cons and applications of Naive Bayes algorithm. [10]
b) What is the distance metrics used in KNN? Explain with formulae. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate the concepts of logistic regression, KNN and Naïve Bayes.
[10]
b) Derive Bayes Theorem and Naïve Bayes Theorem. [8]

Q3) a) Explain SVM machine learning algorithm. [9]

b) Explain separable and non-separable data with an application to SVM.[8]
OR
Q4) a) Define Hyperplane, hard margin and soft margin. [9]
b) Explain types of kernels used by SVM. [8]

Q5) a) Explain Decision tree algorithm with example. [10]

b) Describe the methods to avoid the Over fitting in Model. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is mean by hyper parameter? Explain hyper parameter tuning.[10]
b) Describe Ensemble learning. [8]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain applications of K means clustering algorithm. [9]
b) Explain Elbow method. [8]
OR
Q8) a) How to choose the value of “K number of clusters” in K-means
Clustering? [9]
b) Explain Silhouette method. [8]



[6003]-417 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P337 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-418A
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
ELECTRICAL DRIVES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (306271 C) (Elective - IIC)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is a universal motor and how is it different from other types of DC
motors? Discuss with construction diagram and characteristics. [9]
b) What is converter control of DC drives and how to series and separately
excited DC motors operate with single phase and three phase converters?[9]
OR
Q2) a) How does the performance of a DC servomotor compare to other types
of DC motors, and where are they typically used? Discuss with diagram.
[9]
b) What is four-quadrant control and how does it enable bidirectional
operation of DC motors? [9]

Q3) a) How is the speed of synthronous motors controlled, and what are some
common methods used for speed control? [8]
b) What are the different modes and configurations of inverter-fed AC
drives, and how do these impact the operation and performance of the
AC motor? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is adjustable frequency operation in synchronous motors? How
does it impact the performance and control of the motor? What are some
common applications where adjustable frequency operation is
beneficial? [8]

b) What are different modes and configurations of AC voltage controllers.

Discuss some key considerations for selecting a controller for a given
application. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are some common types of electric traction systems. Discuss the
role electrical drives in powering these systems. [9]
b) Discuss the role of electrical drives in refrigeration and air conditioning
systems. Discuss the type of drive used in it with justification. [9]
OR
Q6) a) How do different types of pumps impact the performance of electrical
drives, and what are some key factors to consider when selecting a pump
for a given application? [9]
b) What types of electrical drives are commonly used in cranes and hoists,
and how do these drives impact the lifting capacity and speed of the
system? [9]

Q7) a) How do power electronic systems contribute to the overall sustainability

and environmental impact of electric vehicles, and how can these
systems be designed to minimize their carbon footprint? [8]
b) What are some of the key emerging trends and innovations in power
electronic systems for electric vehicles. How do power electronic
systems impact the cost and affordability of electric vehicles. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the various types of electrical derives used in electric vehicles.
How do these drives help improve the performance of the electric
vehicles? [8]
b) How do power electronic systems impact the cost and affordability of
electric vehicles, and what are some of the key strategies for reducing
the cost of these systems while maintaining high levels of performance
and reliability? [9]



[6003]-418A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P338 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-419
T.E. (Instrumentation and Control)
ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (306271 (D))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, 7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary

Q1) a) Explain the principle of working of Liquid Chromatograph with

suitable block diagram? Give its applications? [8]
b) What are the different types of Chromatography? Enlist them? Draw
the schematic diagram of Gas Chromatography and explain function of
each part? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the working principle of Katharometer or thermal conductivity
meter used as detector in Gas Chromatography? Draw diagram or
circuit of it? [8]
b) Explain in detail various types of columns in HPLC. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the working of flue gas analyzer or exhaust gas analyzer using
block diagram? Which are the gases measured by this technique? [9]
b) Draw and explain the principle of operation of Zirconium oxide based
oxygen analyzer? Draw Zirconia cell in basic form? State the
expression of voltage generated across the cell? [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain the Turbidity analyzer? State the formula for
calculation of turbidity? State conversion formula between ppm and NTU
units? [9]
b) Write a note on pollution monitoring instruments? Include the CO, CO2
and Nox measuring techniques in your note? [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Define Osmosis and reverse osmosis? Draw a block diagram of
household RO water filter? Explain in brief different filters used in it
and their functions? [9]
b) Explain the Principle operation of Mass Spectrometer? Explain the
working of Magnetic deflection mass spectrometers? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Define and explain the process of electro-dialysis? Why it is called ion
exchange method? [9]
b) Explain with sketch quadrupole mass analyzer. [9]

Q7) a) Draw the schematic diagram of scintillation counter and explain how it
detects nuclear radiation? [8]
b) Explain working of Gamma Spectrometry? Draw diagram of it? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain principle of working of GM tube in detail? Draw suitable
diagram of it? Compare it with Proportional Counter (any two points)?[8]
b) Enlist the three types of particles emitted in Radioactive decay?
Compare their properties /characteristics (any three points)? Define the
unit of radioactivity? [9]



[6003]-419 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-339 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-420
T.E. (Mechanical/Mechanical Sandwich)
NUMERICAL AND STATISTICAL METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302041) (End Sem.)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 OR Q.2, Q.3 OR Q.4, Q.5 OR Q.6 and Q.7 OR Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Scientific Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Find double integral of f (x, y) = x2 + y2 + 5 for x = 0 to 2 and y = 0 to

2 taking increment in both x and y as 0.5. Applying Simpson’s 1/3rd
rule. [12]

b) Draw a flow chart for Simpson’s 1 3 rd rule to evaluate integration of

any function. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Find integration of ex cos(x) – 2x in limits 0 to 1 by using 3-point Gauss
Legendre formula with 6 strips. [5]
b) Draw a flow chart for Trapezoidal rule to evaluate integration of any
function. [5]
c) The velocity ‘v’(km/hr) of a vehicle which starts from rest, is given at
fixed intervals of time ‘t’ (min) as follows : [8]
t(min) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
V(km/hr) 10 18 25 29 32 20 11 05 02 00
Estimate approximately the distance covered in 20 minutes. Select
appropriate method.

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Following data refers data refers to the load lifted and corresponding
force applied in a pulley system. If the load lifted and effort required
are related by equation, Effort = A x (Load lifted) +B, where ‘A’ and
‘B’ are constants. Find The Values of A and B. [9]
Load lifted in kN 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
Effort applied in kN 0.750 0.935 1.100 1.200 1.300
b) The following data gives the values of y corresponding to certain values
of x. Find the value of x when y = 167.59789 by applying Lagrange’s
method. [9]
x 1 2 5 7
y 1 12 117 317
OR
Q4) a) Growth of bacteria (N) in a culture after t hours is given in following
table : [9]
t 0 1 2 3 4
N 32 47 65 92 132
Fit a curve of the form N = abt and estimate N when t = 4.5 and t = 7.
b) From the following table of yearly premium for policies maturing at
coming ages, estimate the premiums for policies maturing at the age of
46 years. Use suitable method [9]
Age x: 45 50 55 60 65
Premium y: 2.871 2.404 2.083 1.862 1.712

Q5) a) Fluctuations in the Aggregate of marks obtained by two groups of

students are given below. Find out which of the two shows greater
variability and which is more consistent. [8]
Group A 518 519 530 530 544 542 518 550 527 527 531 550 550 529 528
Group B 825 830 830 819 814 814 844 842 842 826 832 835 835 840 840
b) Illustrate the following statistical diagrams with real life example. [9]
i) Scattered diagram
ii) Histogram
iii) Pie chart
OR
[6003]-420 2
Q6) a) Calculate the first four moments about the mean of the given
distribution, Arithmetic mean, standard deviation. Also find β1 and
β 2. [10]
X 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
f 4 36 60 90 70 40 10
b) Compute Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation between X and Y
for the following data : [7]
X 100 98 78 85 110 93 80
Y 85 90 70 72 95 81 74

Q7) a) Supposing that out of 12 test matches played between India and Pakistan
during last 3 years, 6 are won by India, 4 are won by Pakistan and 2
have ended in a draw. If they agree to play a test series consisting of
three matches, find the probability that India wins the test series on the
basis of past performance. [9]
b) In a distribution of ‘NSM’ marks exactly normal, 7% of students are
under 35 and 89% are under 63. Find the mean and standard deviation
of the distribution. [A1 = 0.43, Z1 = 1.48, A2 = 0.39, Z2 = 1.23]. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Among 64 offsprings of a certain cross between guinea pigs 34 were
red, 10 were black and 20 were black and 20 were white. According
to a genetic model, these numbers should be in the ratio 9:3:4. Are the
data consistent with the model at 5% level? Given (c2,0.05
2
= 5.99) . [9]

b) Let F: R4 → R3 be the linear mapping defined by

F(x, y, z, t) = (x – y + z + t, x + 2z – t, x + y + 3z – 3t). Find a basis and
the dimension of (a) the image of F, (b) the kernel of F. [8]



[6003]-420 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P340 [6003]-421
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (Mechanical /Mechanical Sandwich Engg.)

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302042)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
Q1) a) Explain briefly various regimes in pool boiling with sketch of typical pool
boiling curve. [6]
b) Explain the following Non-dimensional numbers [4]
i) Reynold Number
ii) Grashoff Number
c) Water flows at a velocity of 12 m/s in a straight tube of 60 mm diameter.
The tube surface temperature is maintained at 70 °C and the flowing
water is heated from the inlet temperature of 15 °C to an outlet tempera-
ture of 45 °C. Taking the physical properties of water at the mean bulk
temperature of 30°C as  = 995.7kg/m3, Cp=4.174kJ/kgk, k= 61.718×
10–2 W/mK, v = 0.805 x10-6 m2/s and Pr = 5.42, Use correlation,
Nud= 0.023(Red)0.8(Pr)0.4. Calculate (a) the heat transfer coefficient from
the tube surface to the water, (b) the heat transfer and (c) the length of
tube. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Distinguish between filmwise and dropwise condensation [4]
b) Explain the thermal boundary layer formation for flow over a flat plate
with sketch. [6]
c) A 6 m long and 8 cm diameter horizontal hot water pipe passes through a
large room whose temperature is 20 °C. If the outer surface temperature
of the pipe is 70 °C, determine the rate of heat loss from the pipe by
natural convection. The properties of air at 45 °C are, K = 0.02699
W/mK, Pr = 0.7221, v = 1.749*10–5 m2/sec, Use correlation Nu= [0.6+(A/B)]2
Where, A = 0.387 (Gr. Pr)(1/6) and B=[1+(0.559/Pr)(9/16)](8/27) [8]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain following Laws of Radiation [8]
i) Stefan - Boltzmann Law
ii) Plank’s Law
iii) Kirchoff’s Law
iv) Wein’s Displacement Law
b) The radiation shape factor of the circular surface of a thin hollow
cylinder of 10 cm diameter and 10 cm length is 0.1716. What is the shape
factor of the curved surface of the cylinder with respect to ifself? [4]
c) Two parallel plates have emissivity of 0.8 and 0.5. A radiation shield
having same emissivity on both sides is placed between them. Calculate
the emissivity of the shield in order to reduce the radiation losses form
system to one tenth of that of without shield. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the following terms [8]
i) Gray Body
ii) Monochromatic emissivity
iii) Radiation Intensity
iv) Radiocity
b) A Furnace Cavity which is in the form of cylinder of 75mm diameter and
150 mm length is open at one end to large surrounding that is at 27 °C.
The curved surface -3 and bottom surface-2 are aproximated as black
surfaces and electrically heated The curved surface -3 and bottom
surface -2 are maintained at 1350°C and 1650 °C respectively and outer
surfaces are well insulated. Take view factor-F23 = 0.06. Estimate heat
loss by radiation from opening-1 of the furnace [4]
c) A pipe carrying steam, having an outside diameter of 20cm runs in a large
room and is exposed to air at a temperature of 30 °C. The pipe surface
temperature is 200°C Find the total heat lost per meter length of the pipe
taking the emissivity of the pipe surface as 0.8 and convective heat
transfer coefficient as 7W/m2°C. [5]

[6003]-421 2
Q5) a) State and Explain Fick’s Law of Diffusion [6]
b) A vessel contains a binary mixture of O2 and N2 with partial pressure in
the ratio 0.21 and 0.79 at 15 °C. The total pressure oif the mixture is 1.1
bar. Calculate the following [8]
i) Molar concentrations
ii) Mass densities
iii) Mass fractions and
iv) Molar fraction of each species
c) Write applications of mass transfer [4]
OR

Q6) a) Derive the general mass transfer equation in cartesian coordinates. [6]
b) Hydrogen gas is maintained at pressures of 2.4 bar and 1 bar on opposite
sides of a plastic membrane 0.3mm thick. The binary diffusion
coefficient of hydrogen in the plastic is 8.6×10-8 m2/s and solubility of
hydrogen in the membrane is 0.00145 kg moles / m3-bar. Calculate, under
uniform temperature conditions of 24 °C, the following [8]
i) Molar Concentrations of hydrogen at the opposite faces of the
membrane and
ii) Molar and mass diffussion flux of hydrogen through the membrane.
c) Explain modes of mass transfer [4]

Q7) a) Derive an expression for Logarithmic Mean Temperature Difference

(LMTD) for parallel flow heat exchanger. [6]
b) Draw temperature profile diagrams for parallel flow heat exchanger and
condenser. [4]
c) In a double pipe heat exchanger hot water flows at the rate of 5000kg/h
and gets cooled from 95°C to 65°C. At the same time 50000kg/h of
cooling water at 30°C enters heat exchanger. The flow conditions are
such that overall heat transfer coefficient remains constant at 2270
W/m2K. Determine the heat transfer area required and the effectiveness,
assuming two streams are in parallel flow. Assume for both the streams
Cp=4.2 KJ/kg K. [7]

OR

[6003]-421 3
Q8) a) Derive an expression for effectiveness for parallel flow heat exchanger in
terms of heat capacity ratio (Cmin/Cmax) and Number of Transfer Unit
(NTU) [6]
b) What are the types of heat exchanger? [4]
c) A counter-flow double pipe heat exchanger using superheated steam is
used to heat water at the rate of 10500kg/h. The stem enters the heat
exchanger at 180°C and leaves at 130°C. The inlet and exit temperatures
of water are 30°C and 80°C respectively. If Overall Heat Transfer
Coefficient from steam to water are 30°C and 80°C respectively. If over-
all heat transfer coefficient from steam to water is 814W/m2°C, Calculate
the heat transfer area. What would be the increase in area if the fluid
flows were parallel? [7]



[6003]-421 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P341 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003]-422
T.E. (Mechanical /Mechanical Sandwich)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302043)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) A C-clamp, as shown in Figure, has trapezoidal threads of 12 mm outside

diameter and 2 mm pitch. The coefficient of friction for screw threads is
0.12 and for the collar is 0.25. The mean radius of the collar is 6 mm. If
the force exerted by the operator at the end of the handle is 80 N, find:
i) The length of handle;
ii) The maximum shear stress in the body of the screw and where
does this exist; and
iii) The bearing pressure on the threads. [8]

b) Derive expression for torque required to lower the loads in case of square
threads. [5]
c) What are the different types of screw threads used for power screw?
What are the advantages and limitations of power screw? [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q2) a) A vertical two start square threaded screw of 100 mm mean diameter
and 20 mm pitch supports a vertical load of 18 kN. The nut of the screw
is fitted in the hub of a gear wheel having 80 teeth which meshes with a
pinion of 20 teeth. The mechanical efficiency of the pinion and gear
wheel drive is 90 percent. The axial thrust on the screw is taken by a
collar bearing 250 mm outside diameter and 100 mm inside diameter.
Assuming uniform pressure conditions, find, minimum diameter of pinion
shaft and height of nut, when coefficient of friction for the vertical screw
and nut is 0.15 and that for the collar bearing is 0.20. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft material is 56 MPa and allowable bearing pressure
is 1.4 N/mm2. [8]
b) Explain self-locking and over-hauling property of screw. Prove the
condition for screw to be self-locking. [5]
c) Prove that efficiency of self-locking square threads is less than 50%. [4]

Q3) a) A forged steel bar, 50 mm in diameter, is subjected to a reversed bending

stress of 250 N/mm2. The bar is made of steel 40C8 (Sut=600 N/mm2).
Calculate the life of the bar for a reliability of 90%. Take surface finish
factor 0.44, Size factor 0.85, Reliability factor 0.897. [8]
b) What is modifying factor to account for stress concentration? Explain
Endurance strength modifying factors? [5]
c) Explain with neat sketch the Gerber curve, Soderberg and godman lines?
[5]
OR
Q4) a) A cantilever beam made of steel material with Sut=550 N/mm2, Syt=320
N/mm2 as shown in figure is subjected to load which varies from –F to
3F Take surface finish factor 0.89, Size factor 0.85, Theoretical stress
concentration factor 1.42, notch sensitivity 0.9, factor of safety 2.
Determine miximum value of load F which the cantilever beam can
withstand for infinite life. [8]

[6003]-422 2
 b) Explain modified Goodman diagram. Draw neat labeled sketches of
modified Goodman diagram for axial & Bending stresses. [5]
c) Explain Fatigue Design under Combined Stresses. [5]

Q5) a) A bracket, subjected to a force of 5 kN inclined at an angle of 60º with

the vertical, is shown in figure. The bracket is fastened by means of four
identical bolts to the structure. The bolts are made of plain carbon steel
30C8 (Syt = 400 N/mm2) and the factor of safety is 5 based on maximum
shear stress. Assume maximum shear stress theory and determine the
size of the bolts. [8]

b) Write a note on: Bolts of uniform strength. [5]

c) Explain the procedure for the design of bolts for eccentrically loaded
bolted joints in shear. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Figure shows a welded joint subjected to a load of 20 kN. Find size of
weld if permissible shear stress 80 MPa. [10]

[6003]-422 3
 b) Discuss the procedure for designing Axially Loaded Unsymmetrical
Welded Sections. [5]
c) What are the assumptions made in the design of welded joint? [3]

Q7) a) A helical spring is made from a wire of 6 mm diameter and has outside
diameter of 75 mm. If the permissible shear stress is 350 MPa and
modulus of rigidity 84 kN/mm2, find the axial load which the spring can
carry and the deflection per active turn. [8]
b) What is mean by spring surge and what is its effect? [5]
c) Explain with the neat sketch, nipping of leaf spring. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Design a helical compression spring with following data; Maximum
load=4460 N; Mean coil diameter=85 mm; Maximum shear stress 265
N/mm2; Spring stiffness= 67 kN/m; G=81.5 kN/mm2; std wire diameter:
14.5, 15, 15.5, 16, 16.5, 17 (mm). [8]
b) Derive the expression for the shear stress induced in a helical compression
springs. [5]
c) Explain A.M.Wahl’s factor and state its importance in the design of helical
springs. [4]



[6003]-422 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P343 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-424
T.E. (Mechanical /Automobile)
ADVANCED FORMING AND JOINING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302045-A) (Elective - I) (Theory)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Que. 1 or Que. 2, Que. 3 or Que. 4, Que. 5
or Que. 6, Que. 7 or Que. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain in detail, weld thermal cycles and their effects with sketches.[8]
b) Explain in details concept of Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) with sketches
and Effects of HAZ on the different properties? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail importance of effects of pre and post weld heat treatments
processes? [8]
b) Explain in detail concept of weldability & its assessment; explain the
importance of weldability. [9]

Q3) a) Explain with sketch, Cold pressure welding process with advantages
and limitations. [9]
b) Explain in detail with sketch, Ultrasonic welding process features and
applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail with sketch, Explosive welding process with features
and advantages. [9]
b) Explain in detail with sketch, Forge welding process with advantages
and limitations. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Analyze with the sketch, working of Electroslag welding process and its
applications. [8]

b) Explain with sketch, working principle of Electron beam welding and its
applications. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Analyze with the sketch, working of Laser Beam welding process and its
applications. [8]

b) Explain the role of welding automation in aerospace, nuclear and surface

transport vehicles. [9]

Q7) a) Explain in detail, sustainability and drivers for sustainable development

and sustainable manufacturing. [9]

b) Explain the importance of Safety norms in forming and welding also

explain Socio-economic aspects related to forming and welding. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain one case study on waste recycling and one on material recycling.[9]

b) Explain various Environment protection norms and recycling techniques.[9]



[6003]-424 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P344 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-425
T.E. (Mechanical/Automobile/Mechanical SW)
MACHINING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302045-B) (Elective - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q. 1 or Q. 2, Q. 3 or Q. 4, Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Use of non-programmable electronic calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain centerless grinding machine. [6]

b) Discuss the buffing process with its application. [6]
c) Explain any three types of grinding wheel with sketch and application.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Dressing and Truing of Grinding wheel with sketch. [6]
b) Explain the meaning of Grinding wheel signature: 20-C-60-M-7-V-28.[6]
c) Differentiate between Lapping and Honing. [6]

Q3) a) Explain 3-2-1 Principle of location with neat sketch. [6]

b) Explain with neat sketch Pokayoke concept in jigs and fixture. [6]
c) State the various types of clamping devices used in jigs and fixtures and
explain any one. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on Modular fixtures. [6]
b) Draw and Explain Diamond pin locator. [6]
c) Explain template and box jig with a neat sketch. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain any two process planning activities in brief. [8]
b) Prepare the operation list to produce the following component, [8]

OR
Q6) a) Explain CAPP with advantages. [8]
b) Explain different cost involved in manufacturing. [8]

Q7) a) Explain in brief threading and grooving cycle with sketch. [8]
b) Write a part program for the following diagram, operations - facing,
cleaning cut, reduction of dia. to 16 mm from 25 mm, feeds 200 mm/min,
speed 800 rpm and depth of cut 2 mm per cut. [10]

OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between subroutine and canned cycles in CNC Programming
along with one example of each. [8]
b) Explain the following codes with neat sketch: [10]
G02, G03, G40, G41 and G42



[6003]-425 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P345 [6003]-426
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E.(Mechanical)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302049)
Time:2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain following terms: [6]

i) Accuracy.
ii) Precision.
iii) Recall.
iv) F-1 Score.
b) Explain the procedure to find out the optimum value of K in K-means
clustering? [5]
c) Explain the following terms: [6]
i) Entropy.
ii) Information gain.
OR
Q2) a) Explain the steps in KNN algorithm. [6]
b) What is SVM? How does it work? [5]
c) Explain the evaluation parameters for regression model [6]

Q3) a) Explain the steps involved in development of ML model. [7]

b) Quality Engineer wants to solve a two-class classification problem for
predicting whether a product is defective. The actual number of products
containing no defect are 950 (Truly predicted positives = 900), the actual
number defective products are 150 (Truly predicted negatives = 130).
So, calculate accuracy, precision, recall and fl score. [4]
c) Explain hyperparameter tuning parameters in decision tree. [7]
OR
[6003]-426 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the different cross validation techniques? Explain K-fold cross
validation with neat sketch. [7]
b) A sugar factory produces 3 sizes of sugar from three different nets. Daily
1000 tons of sugar produced from net-1, 3000 tons produced from net-
2 and 2000 tons produced from net-3. The last year season experience
shows that 1.5% of the total sugar produced from net 1 is waste sugar.
the corresponding fractions of waste sugars for the remaining nets are
2.5% and 2% respectively. A certain amount of sugar is taken as a sample
at random and is found to be waste sugar. Find out the probability that it
is produced from. [4]
i) Net 1
ii) Net 2
iii) Net 3
c) What are the different classification algorithms? Explain logistic regression
with neat sketch. [7]
Q5) a) Explain the concept of Reinforcement learning with suitable
example.Define following terms in Reinforcement learning. [8]
i) Agent
ii) State
iii) Environment
iv) Reward
b) Define Markov property. Explain why Markov property is most applicable
in solving Reinforcement learning problems. [6]
c) The transfer function of neuron on one layer of a neural network is
assumed to be of sigmoid from. Evaluate the output of neuron
corresponding to input x = 0.62.How is the nature of sigmoid function?
(Justify the answer with plot). [4]
OR

[6003]-426 2
Q6) a) Explain Convolution Neural Network (CNN) using neat flow diagram.
Explain padding and striding in CNN. [8]
b) Explain Q-learning algorithm with flow diagram. [6]
c) A neuron with 4 inputs has the weights 1,2,3,4 and bias 0. The activation
function is linear, say the function f(x) = 2x. If the inputs are 4,8,5,6
compute the output. Draw a diagram representing the neuron. [4]

Q7) a) How deep learning can be used for Tuning of control algorithm? [6]
b) Explain AI based fault detection. [5]
c) Explain in detail various applications of AI in mechanical engineering.[6]
OR
Q8) a) How AIML can be used in Dynamic system reduction? [6]
b) Explain HMI with suitable examples. [5]
c) Explain applications of AI in process optimization. [6]



[6003]-426 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P346 [Total No. of Pages : 5
[6003]-427
T.E. (Mechanical)
COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (302050)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suiable data if neceessary.

Q1) a) An axial load P=200 kN is applied on a stepped steel bar as shown

Figure 1. A1 = 2000mm2; A2 = 800mm2; E1 = 70 Gpa; E2= 200Gpa.

Formulate:

i) Element stiffness matrix [k1], [k2]

ii) Global stiffness matrix [K]

Determine using elimination approach:

i) Nodal displacement vectors [u1],[u2],[u3]

ii) Element Stresses [σ1], [σ2] [12]

P.T.O.
 b) An axial load of 400 KN is applied at 20 ºC to the rod as shown in Figure
2. The temperature is then raised to 50 ºC. [6]

Determine:

i) Global stiffness matrix

ii) Global load vectors

Property Element 1 Element 2

Material Aluminium Steel

Modulus of Elasticity 70GPa 200GPa

Area 900 mm2 1200mm2

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 2.3×10–6 per ºC 11.7×10–6 per ºC

OR

Q2) a) An axial load P=400 kN is applied on a stepped steel bar as shown

Figure 3. The temperature rise of 30 ºC. Given: [12]

A1= 2400 mm2 A2=1200 mm2

l1=300 mm l2=400 mm

E1=0.7 ×105 N/mm2 E2=2×105N/mm2

and α1=22×10–6/ºC α2=12×10–6/ºC

[6003]-427 2
 Formulate:
i) Element stiffness matrix [k1], [k2]
ii) Global stiffness matrix [K]
iii) Global load vector [F]
Determine:
i) Nodal displacement at node 2 [u2]
ii) Element Stresses [σ1], [σ2]

b) Derive element stiffness matrix for two noded (linear) bar element
connected in series. [6]

Q3) a) A constant strian triangular element is defined by three nodes as shown

in Figure 4. Evaluate the shape functions N1,N2, and N3 at the interior
point P (6,6). [7]

[6003]-427 3
 b) In a triangular element, the nodes 1,2 and 3 have cartesioan coordinates:
(30,40), (14,70), and (80, 140) respectively. The displacement in mm at
nodes 1,2 and 3 are (0.1,0.5), (0.6,0.5) and (0.4, 0.3) respectively. The
point P within the element has cartesian coordinates (77, 96). [10]
For point. P, determine:
i) The natural coordinates
ii) The shape functions
iii) The displacement of point P

OR
Q4) a) What are the steps for interpretation of results during postprocessing in
Computer Aided Engineering (CAE)? Suggest the modifications based
on the interpretation of results during postprocessing in CAE. [10]
b) Write down the tricks for post processing in CAE. [7]

Q5) a) What are the different kinds of geometric non-linearities in CAE project?
Explain with figures. [9]
b) Write down the comparison of linear and non-linear finite element analysis
with reference to following characteristic points. [8]
i) Load-displacement and stress-stain relation
ii) Scalability and reversibility
iii) Computational scheme and solution time
iv) Superposition and user interaction with software
OR
[6003]-427 4
Q6) a) Illustrate the concept of sturctural dynamics and acoustics finite element
analysis used in Noise, Vibration and Harness (NVH) analysis. [8]
b) What is durability, reliability, and fatigue analysis? Explain S-N Curve
with low cycle, high cycle, and infinite fatigue life. [9]

Q7) a) Elaborate the comparison of Explicit and Implicit method for following
criteria: [10]
i) Common software
ii) Stability
iii) Computational speed/cost
iv) Maximum size of computational problem
v) Numerical scheme
vi) Handling nonlinearity
vii) Filtering of frequencies
b) Elaborate the use of finite element analysis in plastic injection of moulding
in order to optimize the mold materials. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Elaborate the comparison between static, dynamic, and fatigue analysis.
[10]
b) Illustrate the applications of Computer Aided Engineering in Computational
Fluid Dynamics in following sectors. [8]
i) Aerospace Engineering
ii) Automobile Engineering



[6003]-427 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P347 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003] - 428
T.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302051)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume suitable/standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Compare Hydrodynamic bearing with hydrostatic bearing? [5]

b) Derive the stribecks equation for basic static capacity of bearings. State
the assumption made. [6]
c) A single row deep groove ball bearing subjected to following work cycle.
If L10h = 12000 hrs. at 95% reliability Find dynamic load carrying
capacity at 90% reliability; and system reliability if such six bearings
are there? [6]
Fr Fa X Y Race Cs Speed %
(kN) (kN) Rotating rpm Time
10 3.0 0.56 2 Inner 1.00 400 40
5.5 1.0 1 0 Outer 1.25 800 30
--- --- --- --- Inner --- 600 30

OR
Q2) a) Explain with neat sketch hydrodynamic bearing. State the advantages,
limitations and applications of the same. [5]

P.T.O.
 b) Derive the Petroff’s equation for hydrodynamic bearing. Also state its
limitation? [6]
c) State the assumptions and write the Reynold’s equation for 2-D flow and
explain the significance of each term in it? [6]

Q3) a) Explain Differential band brake with neat sketch. Find the effort applied
at the end of lever for Differential band brake. [4]

b) What is the condition of self-locking in differential band brake? Why

should it be avoided in speed-control brakes? Explain self-energizing block
brake and self-locking block brake. [6]

c) Draw a figure for is internal expanding shoe brake and write the
assumptions on which its analysis depends? State the observations made
when the vehicle will be travelling in ‘reverse’ for anti - clockwise rotation
of brake drum? [7]
OR
Q4) a) Why is the semi-cone angle of a cone clutch made 12.5º? [4]

b) What are the characteristics for material used for brake lining ? Name the
materials used? [6]
c) Draw neat sketch diagram of centrifugal clutch and explain construction
and working. What are the advantages, disadvantages and applications
of centrifugal clutch? [7]

Q5) a) What is structural formula? Write any three structural formulae for twelve
speed gear box. [4]

b) Differentiate between arithmetic, geometric and Harmonic progressions

in case of design of gear box. [6]

[6003] - 428 2
 c)) Draw structural diagrams for the following structural formulae and iden-
tify the optimum structural formula out of them. [8]

i) 2(1) 3(2)
ii) 2(3)3(1)
iii) 3(2) 2(1)
iv) 3(1) 2(3)

OR
Q6) a) Explain the terms. [5]
i) Range ratio with reference to machine tool gear box design.
ii) Transmission range with reference to machine tool gear box.

b) Explain significance of geometric progression ratio. [5]

c) Read the structure diagram given below and answer the following
questions: [8]
i) What is geometric progression ratio and range ratio of this gear
box?
ii) Write structure formula for this gear box;
iii) What is the speed of input shaft of the gear box?
iv) Draw schematic layout diagram of the gearbox and calculate num-
ber of teeth on each gear by assuming 20 teeth on smallest gear of
each stage.

[6003] - 428 3
Q7) a) Explain any six components of Hybrid Electric Vehicles? [6]

b) Explain Power Split Device with neat sketch? [6]

c) Explain the basic modes of operations used of Hybrid Electric Vehicles?

Define Degree of Hybridization. [6]

OR
Q8) a) Explain the sizing performance for HEV Components? Explain the
optimal sizing in HEV components? [6]

b) What are the advantages and disadvantages of Hybrid Electric Vehicles?

[6]

c) xplain the power Management for HEV system? Draw the flow chart for
sizing methodology of powertrain? [6]

… … …

[6003] - 428 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P348 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-429
T.E. (Mechanical)
COMPOSITE MATERIALS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302052 - A) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Give the advantages and drawbacks of metal matrix composites over
polymer matrix composites. [6]
b) Explain the Squeeze casting process of fabrication of a metal matrix
composite in detail. [6]
c) What is diffusion bonding? Explain the metal matrix composites produced
using diffusion bonding techniques? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe liquid infiltration process with a neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain in detail that metal matrix composites are fabricated using a powder
metallurgy process. [6]
c) Explain the spray forming process of fabrication of a metal matrix
composite in detail. [6]

Q3) a) Find the ultimate transverse tensile strength for a unidirectional glass/
epoxy lamina with a 70% fiber volume fraction. Assume that the fibers
are circular and arranged in a square array. Take, Young’s modulus of
fiber (Ef) is 85 GPa, Young’s modulus of matrix (Em) is 3.4 GPa, Ultimate
strength of fiber (σ f ) ult is 1550 MPa, Ultimate strength of matrix (σm)
ult is 72 MPa. [6]
b) Derive an expression for the volume and weight fraction of composites.[6]
c) Write a short note on large particle composites. [5]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Derive the rule of mixture equation. [6]
b) What is a void fraction? What are the properties it governs? [6]
c) What do you mean by micro-mechanics and macro-mechanics of lamina?
[5]
Q5) a) Describe with the help of a neat sketch the fatigue testing of polymer
matrix composite. [6]
b) What is bond strength or ply adhesion in polymer matrix composite?
Demonstrate its test procedure according to ASTM F 904. [6]
c) Explain any two non-destructive testing for polymer matrix composites.[6]
OR
Q6) a) Discuss common mechanical tests for composites mentioning the purpose
of each test. [6]
b) What is fracture toughness of composite? Sketch different fracture modes
to interpret the fracture failure. [6]
c) List the various international and national test standards developed to test
mechanical properties of a lamina. [6]

Q7) a) State any three advantages and three disadvantages of using glass epoxy
Composite in Aircraft. [6]
b) State any six advanced properties of Composite materials that makes it a
better substitute to steel in an Automobile industry. [6]
c) What is multi-material technology? State any three benefits of multi-material
technology in Automobiles. [5]
OR
Q8) a) State any three advantages and three disadvantages of using Boron-Epoxy
Composite in Aircraft. [6]
b) Name the composite that can make the automobile lightweight? State any
four advantages of the vehicle being light weight? [6]
c) Write any three advantages of Composite material over wood in building
a boat? What will be preferred as a resin for building boat? [5]

  

[6003]-429 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P349 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-430
T.E. (Mechanical)
SURFACE ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (302052 (B))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn, wherever necessary.

Q1) a) What is the difference between diffusivity and diffusion coefficient? [6]
b) State Fick’s law. What are major points for formula of this law? [6]
c) Explain process of Nitriding? Compare it with Carbonitriding? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on Laser Hardening. [6]
b) Why Plasma Nitriding is useful for aeronautical component? [6]
c) Why surface heat treatment is required? List surface heat treatment
methods. Explain drip fed carburizing process in detail. [6]

Q3) a) Describe sol-gel coating technology and list application of it? [5]
b) Differentiate Electrolysis coating and Electroless coating. [6]
c) Classify Metallic and Non-Metallic Coatings in detail. [6]
OR
Q4) a) How nitrides, silicides, and carbides help in corrosion resistance coating?
Explain with example of steel or Stainless steel? [7]
b) What do you mean by “Electroless Coating”? Write advantages, limitations
and applications of the following: [10]
i) Electroless Copper Plating.
ii) Electroless Nickel Plating.
iii) Electroless Gold Plating.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Highlight need of coatings for aerospace and aircrafts. List few applications
of it? [6]
b) Define the following processes. [6]
i) Noble Coatings.
ii) Sacrificial Coatings, list application of these process?
c) List steps in : surface preparation in organic coatings? How it helps for
better coating results? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate in metal, inorganic and organic coatings with respect to
Application, effectiveness, cost, and time. [6]
b) Explain process of cladding; List application of it. [6]
c) Briefly describe any two processes of the following. [6]
i) Need of priming coat.
ii) Coatings for high temperature.
iii) Hard-facing and its applications.

Q7) a) List the different types of Coating Defects. Mention the causes and
remedies of any two. [6]
b) Write a short note on Film Thickness Measurements. [6]
c) Explain in brief the measurement of porosity of surface coating? [5]
OR
Q8) a) List process of measurement of coating thickness? Why thickness
measurement is essential in coating process? [6]
b) What is crawling, wrinkling? How this defect arises, mention steps to
remove these defects? [5]
c) Briefly describe any two processes of the following. [6]
i) Measurement of residual stress and stability.
ii) Destructive Film Thickness Measurements.
iii) Atomic force microscopy.

  

[6003]-430 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P350 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-431
T.E. (Mechanical/S/W)
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER -AIDED ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302061)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if required.
5) Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) A cluster of five springs is shown in the below figure. The assembly is
fixed at points A and D while the forces of 20N and 60N are applied at
points B and C respectively. Using the finite element method, determine
the deflection of each spring and the reaction force at support. [10]

b) Derive the displacement, stress and strain relationship for 1-D element.[7]

OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) The plane truss, shown in the below figure, is subjected to a downward
vertical load at node 2. If the cross-sectional area of both the elements is
30 mm2 and E = 2.1 × 105 N/mm2; Determine: [12]

i) Nodal displacements

ii) Stress in each element

iii) Reaction force at the support

b) Explain the Galerkin approach of weighted residuals used in CAE. [5]

Q3) a) Develop a part program using G and M code to turn mild steel job of
size as shown in below figure. Assume raw material size as φ42 × 80 mm,
cutting tool material as High Speed Steel, cutting speed as 30 m/min and
feed rate as 0.05 mm/rev. [12]

b) Explain DNC machine tools with block diagram. [5]

OR
[6003]-431 2
Q4) a) Write a NC part using G and M code to cut a slot for the component
shown in the below figure by using an end mill of 10mm. Assume suitable
data for machining parameters. [12]

b) Compare absolute and incremental methods of CNC programming. [5]

Q5) a) Define robots and explain the basic architecture of industrial robots. [9]
b) State different types of grippers used in material handling by robots with
one application of each. Explain, with a neat sketch, the vacuum gripper
and its advantages and disadvantages. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain various elements of a flexible manufacturing system with the
help of a neat block diagram. [9]
b) Explain different strategies used in Automation. [9]

Q7) a) How the CAE results are validated and checked for accuracy? Explain in
brief. [7]
b) Explain average and unaverage stresses. [7]
c) Explain the Strain life (S-N) approach for durability analysis. [4]
OR
Q8) a) What are the common mistakes made by CAE Engineers? [7]
b) Explain the Explicit integration scheme for crash analysis. [7]
c) Write a short note on CAE Reports. [4]


[6003]-431 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P351 [6003]- 432
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Mechanical - Sandwich)

PROCESS PLANNING & TOOL SELECTION (Self-Study-I)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302066)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or
Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary and mention it clearly.

Q1) a) Draw the locating system for the steel tube of I.D.  40 mm and O.D.
 60 mm and length 150 mm. [5]
b) What are the rules for mechanical by proper use of Holding Forces. [6]
c) Explain 3-2-1 principle of location for a cube with a neat diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the locating system for a square workpiece having a hole of  40
mm and height 30 mm. Side of square is 60 mm. [  40 mm Hole at
centre of square face] [5]
b) Explain Alternate Location Theory with example of cylindrical work piece.
[6]
c) Explain the causes of workpiece variations. [6]

Q3) a) Explain the steps involved in machine selection method with a neat
flowchart. [6]
b) What are the factors affecting machine selection? Explain. [6]
c) Distinguish between general purpose machines and special purpose
machines? [6]
OR

[6003]-432 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the factors affecting tool selection? Explain in brief. [6]
b) What are the rules to be followed while assigning operation numbers in
process sheet design? [6]
c) Explain the difference between commercial tooling and regular tooling.[6]

Q5) a) Explain purpose of cost estimating? [5]

b) Explain different elements of cost and cost structure. [6]
c) Explain in brief : direct material cost and direct labour cost. [6]

Q6) a) List the various steps of cost estimating. [5]

b) Discuss the various methods of costestimating. [6]
c) What are the various ways of attributing indirect expenses towards the
cost of a product. [6]

Q7) a) What are the advantages and limitations of computer aided process
plainning? [8]
b) Explain in detail the steps involved in variant process planning. List any
four CAPP software packages used in manufacturing industry.  [10]
OR
Q8) Prepare the process sheet for the component as shown in fig. 1. It requires a
batch of 1000 Nos. The process sheet must contain detailed manufacturing
plan with operation sequence, Equipment, tooling, process parameters and
sample calculation of operation time. [18]


[6003]-432 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P352 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-433
T.E. (Mechanical Sandwich)
ADVANCED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING
(Self-Study-II)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (302067)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Use of electronic pocket Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain squeeze casting of metal matrix composites. State it’s advantages
& disadvantages. [8]
b) What is matrix interface? State different interface measurement techniques
for composites. Explain pull out test. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of MMC and Classify MMC with suitable examples.
[9]
b) Briefly explain spray process of MMC. (Construction & working). State
the advantages & limitations. [9]

Q3) a) State the specifications of high-speed extrusion process and explain the
process in detail. [9]
b) Draw a neat sketch of hydroforming process. Explain in detail construction
and working. Name common applications of the process. [8]
OR
Q4) a) State the different metals used in metal spinning operations. Explain the
process in detail along with its applications. [9]
b) Elaborate the process with the applications, advantages and limitations
Magnetic pulse forming process. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Briefly explain the principle and working of Plasma arc welding process
State it’s advantages and limitations. [10]
b) Differentiate between electron beam and laser beam welding. [8]
OR
Q6) a) State the principle of friction stir welding process and explain the
construction and working. [10]
b) Write a short note on Cold metal transfer process and applications. [8]

Q7) a) Briefly explain the principle and working of ultrasonic machining process.
State it’s advantages and limitations. [9]
b) Explain the construction and working of Electrochemical machining
process. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Comment on Material removal rate of various non-conventional machining
processes. Explain the influence of tool material, geometry, di-electric
fluid and process parameters on machining characteristics. [9]
b) Write a short note on micro-machining. [8]



[6003]-433 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-353 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-434
T.Y. B.Tech.(Biotechnology)
ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (315461)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of a calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Which method can be used to separate DNA molecules by size? Why?
[9]
b) Write the working principle of Electrophoresis. Draw a labeled diagram
of the horizontal electrophoresis system. [9]
OR
Q2) Which are the major classes of electrophoresis methods? Explain each
technique in detail. [18]

Q3) a) Explain the process of sedimentation. Write a note on factors affecting

the process. [10]
b) Write a note on : [7]
i) Disc-bowl Centrifuge
ii) Tubular Centrifuge
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on the scale-up of the centrifugation process. [10]
b) Explain the working principle and process of filtration using Rotary
Drum Filters. [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) Explain the instrumentation of the Spectrophotometer with the following
points : [18]
a) Source
b) Wavelength selector
c) Sample holder
d) Detector
OR
Q6) a) What are the two major types of radiation detectors used in
spectrophotometers? Describe the functioning of the following detectors
in short : [9]
i) Photovoltaic cell detector
ii) Photomultiplier Tubes detector
b) What is spectrofluorometry? Describe applications of spectrofluorometer
in detail. [9]

Q7) a) Explain the working principle of Infrared spectroscopy in detail, with

any one example. [10]
b) Give an introduction to Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy
(NMR) and its use in the identification of molecules. [7]
OR
Q8) How many types of Mass Spectrometry techniques are available? Give their
classification. Explain the suitability for biological sample analysis. [17]



[6003]-434 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P354 [6003]-435
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (Biotechnology)
MATERIAL BALANCES AND STOICHIOMETRY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (315462)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Fingures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Heat capacity data for gaseous SO2 is given by the following equation:
[9]
Cp0 = 43.458 + 10.634×10-3T–5.945×105/T2
Calculate the heat needed to raise the temperature of 1 kmol pure sulphur
dioxide from 300K (27°C) to 1000K (727°C).
b) A stream of nitrogen flowing at a rate of 100 kmol/hr is heated from 303K
(30°C) to 373 K (100°C). Calculate the heat that must be transferred. [9]
Cp° for nitrogen = 29.5909–5.141×10-3 T +11.1829 ×10-6 T2– 4.968×
10-9T3
OR
Q2) a) If cooling tower water available at 298 K (25°C) is used for heat duty
calculated is 119647.78 kJ/h at a rate of 1500 kg/h, calculate the outlet
temperature of water (final temperature) assuming specific heat of water
to be 4.187 kJ/(kg.K). [6]
b) State and explain the terms Latent heat and sensible heat. [4]
c) Toluene is to be heated from 290 K (170C) to 350 K (770C) at the rate of
250 g/s. Calculate heat to be supplied to toluene using the heat capacity
data given below: [8]
C = a+bT+cT2+dT3, kJ/(kmol.k)
Component a b×103 c×103 d×106
Toluene 1.8083 812.223 -1512.67 1630.01

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Write a short note on: [8]
i) Limiting Reactant/Component
ii) Excess Reactant
b) In the synthesis of ammonia, fresh feed containing 24.7% nitrogen and
1% inerts is mixed with recycle feed. Mixed feed entering into reactor
resulted in 25% conversion of ammonia. [9]
Calculate
i) The recycle ratio
ii) The purge ratio and
iii) The combined feed ratio
OR
Q4) a) Acetobacter Aceti bacteria convert ethanol to acetic acid under aerobic
condition using the reaction: [5]
C2H5OH+O2 CH2COOH+H2O
What is the maximum amount of C2H5OH required?
b) Considering the reaction define the term Yield and selectivity. [4]
c) In the production of sulphur trioxide, 100 kmole of SO2 and 100 kmole
of O2 are fed to a reactor. If the percent conversion of SO2 is 80,
calculate the composition of product stream on mole basis. [8]
SO2+½ O2SO3

Q5) a) Calculate the change in enthalpy between reactants and products if both
are at 298K (250C) and if 5 mol of ethylene oxide is produced as per the
following reaction: [9]
C2H4 (g) +½ O2 (g)  C2H4O (g)
Data:
Component Hf° kJ/mol at 298.15 K (25°C)
C2H6 (g) 52.50
C2H4O (g) - 52.63

[6003]-435 2
 b) Calculate heat of formation of liquid 1-3 butadiene at 298.15 K (25°C)
using the following data: [9]
Data:
Standard heat of formation of CO2 (g) = - 393. 51 kJ/mol
Standard heat of formation of H2O (1) = - 285.83 KJ/mol
Standard heat of combustion of C4H6 (1) at 298.15K (25°C) = - 2520.11
kJ/mol
OR
Q6) a) Discuss in details about effect of temperature on heat of reaction. [4]
b) Calculate the standard heat of reaction at 298.15 K (25°C) when the
gaseous ammonia is dissolved in water to form 2% by weight ammonia
solution. [7]
Data:
Component Hf°, KJ/mol
NH3 (g) - 49.94
NH4OH (1) - 361.20
H2O (1) - 285.83
c) Calculate the energy required to dissociate 1 kg of sodium bicarbonate at
298.15 K (25°C). The dissociation reaction is: [7]
2 NaHCO3 (S)  Na2CO3 (s) + CO2 (g) + H2O (g)
Data:
Component Hf°, KJ/mol at 298 . 15 K (25°C)
NaHCO3 (s) - 950.81
Na2CO3 (s) - 1130.68
CO2 (g) - 393.51
H2O (g) - 241.82

[6003]-435 3
Q7) a) The gross calorific value of gaseous n-propanol at 298 K (25°C) is 2067.44
kJ/mol. Find its net calorific value using the latent heat of water vapour at
298 K (25°C). [6]
b) Discuss about calorific values of fuels in combustion. [5]
c) Crude oil is analysed to contain 87% carbon, 12.5% hydrogen and 0.5%
sulphur (by weight). Calculate the net calorific value of the crude oil at
298 K (25°C).
Data: Gross calorific value of crude oil at 298 K (25°C) is 45071 KJ/kg oil
Latent heat of water vapour at 298 K (250C)=2442.5 kJ/kg [6]
OR

Q8) a) A sample of fuel oil has C/H ratio 9:33 and contains 1.3% sulphur (weight
basis). The net calorific value of fuel is 3968.5 KJ/kg. Calculate the Gross
calorific using latent heat of water vapour at 298K.
Latent heat of water vapour at 298 K (25°C) = 2442.5 KJ/kg [6]
b) Discuss about air requirement in combustion. [5]
c) Heat of combustion of C2H5OH is - 1368 kJ/mol. 100g of C2H5OH is
completely combusted and heat supplied to water at 298 K to convert it
steam at 373K. Find the mass of water converted into steam. [6]



[6003]-435 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P355 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-436
T.Y.B.Tech. (Biotechnology)
GENETIC ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (315463)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) What are Genomic libraries? How are they prepared and what is their
significance? [9]
b) What is the role of PCR in cloning? What are the important ingredients
of PCR and which are the important steps? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Selection done based on nutrient deficiency - write a note. [9]
b) What are cDNA libraries? What is their significance? [9]

Q3) a) What is competency in bacteria? How is it important? [7]

b) Cloning is gram positive bacteria - Discuss with respect to its
significance,problems and solutions. [10]
OR
Q4) Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a cloning host, touch upon its vector design,
promoter elements and significance and drawbacks. [17]

Q5) a) Write notes on : [9]

i) Electroporation
ii) Transfection
b) Describe Agrobacterium mediated gene transfer. [9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Describe viral vector-based strategy for transformation. [9]
b) What is protoplast transformation? What is its significance? [9]

Q7) Write in brief about

a) Factor VIII [5]
b) Humulin [5]
c) Transgenic plants [7]
OR
Q8) a) What is Bt cotton? How is it produced and what are the steps in its
production? [10]
b) Write a note on Gene Therapy. [7]



[6003]-436 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-356 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-437
T.E. (Biotechnology)
INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (315464)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 OR Q.2, Q.3 OR Q.4, Q.5 OR Q.6 and Q.7 OR Q.8.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is antibody? Describe the structure of antibody in detail with

neat sketch. [6]
b) Write note on B cell activation. [6]
c) Explain in detail about the process of production of monoclonal
antibodies. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail about primary and secondary immune response. [6]
b) Write note on expression of Ig genes. [6]
c) What are antigens? Explain about types of antigens and properties of
antigens. [6]

Q3) a) Describe in detail about complement system mechanism. [9]

b) Write in detail about cell mediated immunity and T-cell receptors (TCR)
[8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail about transplantation immunology. [9]
b) What is MHC? Explain the antigen processing and presentation by
MHC. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write note on allergy test and organ specific autoimmunity. [8]

b) What is hypersensitivity? Explain about delayed type of hypersensitivity.

[10]

OR

Q6) a) Write in detail about immunodeficiency and autoimmune diseases.[10]

b) Write note on anaphylaxix and immediate hypersensitivity. [8]

Q7) a) Write in detail about recombinant DNA vaccines. [8]

b) Describe in detail about Immunoelectrophoresis and ODD. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Describe in detail about agglutination test and fluorescent antibody

test. [8]

b) Explain in detail about ELISA and RID. [9]



[6003]-437 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P357 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-438
T.E. (Biotechnology Engineering)
ENZYME TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (315465A) (Elective - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Illustrate the role played by: [18]

a) Pyridoxal phosphate in transamination reactions.

b) Pyridine nucleotides as electron carriers.

OR

Q2) Answer the following: [18]

a) Write notes on:

i) Coenzyme A ii) Thiamine diphosphate

b) What is the difference between NAD+ coenzyme and flavin coenzymes?

Explain in detail.

Q3) Write a short note on features of competitive, noncompetitive and

uncompetitive type of enzyme inhibition. [17]

OR

Q4) Distinguish between (a) Reversible and Irreversible inhibition (b) Feedback
inhibition and Allosteric inhibition. [17]

P.T.O.
Q5) Explain the Four methods of immobilization of enzymes with its advantages
and disadvantages. [18]

OR

Q6) Answer the following: [18]

a) What is difference between (i) Entrapment and Cross-linking (ii) Adsorption

and Encapsulation.

b) What are the different applications of immobilized enzymes?

Q7) What are the various applications of immobilized enzymes? Explain any one
with suitable example. [17]

OR

Q8) Answer the following: [17]

a) Enlist any four immobilized enzymes used in food industry along with its
function.

b) What is role of immobilized enzyme in chemical industry? Explain with

an example.



[6003]-438 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P358 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-440
T.E. (Biotechnology)
AGRICULTURAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (315465 C) (Elective - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Write an essay on applications of Plant Tissue Culture. [9]

b) What is shoot tip culture? Give a general account of the importance and
principle of shoot tip culture. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Define the following terms - [9]

i) Totipotency ii) Callus Tissue

iii) Clonal Propagation iv) Cybrid

v) Explant vi) Micropropagation

vii) Organogenesis viii) In vitro mutagenesis

ix) Somatic hybridization

b) Describe the secondary metabolite production by PTC. [9]

Q3) a) Define molecular marker. Enlist general characteristics of different types

of molecular markers. [9]

b) Differentiate between structural and functional genomics. [8]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Describe restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) techniques
with its principle and applications. [9]

b) Write short note on molecular marker assisted selection for crop

improvement with example. [8]

Q5) a) Describe the role of Rhizobium bacterium in nodule formation & Nitrogen
fixation. [8]

b) Define Biofertilizers. Explain the role of microbial biofertilizers in

agriculture. [10]

OR

Q6) a) With one example from each category describe the isolation of
agriculturally important (i) microbes as fertilizers (ii) biopesticides
(iii) PGR (iv) Biostimulants (v) Antioxidants. [10]

b) Write short note on Azolla and Anabena symbiotic association. [8]

Q7) a) Briefly describe the role of Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee

(GEAC). [8]

b) Write short notes on: [9]

UPOV Act 1991, PPVFR Act 2001 and patents.

OR

Q8) a) What is the Cartagena protocol on Biosafety? [8]

b) Write general principles of risk assessment. [9]



[6003]-440 2
Total No. of Questions : 5] SEAT No. :
P359 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-441
T.Y. (Biotechnology Engineering)
FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (315471)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 35

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of a Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Describe the process of fermentative production of any one primary metabolites.
[18]
OR
Q2) Describe the process of fermentative production of any one secondary
metabolites. [18]

Q3) Write in detail about the isolation, production, and application of any one
important enzymes. [17]
OR
Q4) Explain any two methods of enzyme immobilization in detail. [17]

Q5) Differentiate between Submerged Liquid Fermentation (SLF) and Soild State
Fermentation (SSF). Explain the advantages of SSF over SLF. [18]

OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the structure and working principles of Plug flow and Fluidized
bed bioreactor. [9]
b) Describe the working principle of stirred tank bioreactor (CSTR) in detail
with the help of a schematic diagram. [9]

Q7) Describe the following concepts:

a) Yield [5]
b) Product Purity [6]
c) Product Recovery [6]
OR

Q8) Explain the concept of Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) in detail. Explain
GMP with the help of case study. [17]



[6003]-441 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P360 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-442
T.E. (Biotechnology)
MASS TRANSFER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (315472)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Give classification of crystallizers and write a short note on Oslo crystallizer.
[9]
b) Write enthalpy balance equations for a crystallizer with no evaporation of
solvent. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain mechanism of crystallization? How crystal formation takes place?
How crystal formation varies based on the rate of cooling? [9]
b) Draw a sketch and write mass balance equations for batch crystallizer.[9]

Q3) a) Draw fractionating columm. Give major units of column and explain in
detail continuous distillation process. [9]
b) Define and explain the concept of distillation using terms equilibrium,
bubble point and relative volatility. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What are types of efficiencies? How overall plate efficiency is calculated?
[8]
b) Write a short note on entrainment and flooding of a distillation column.[9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are azeotropes? Explain in detail positive and negative azeotropes.[9]
b) What is feed plate and feed line? Explain with the help of graph how
thermal conditions of the feed are introduced based on the q-value? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write a detail note on partial condenser and reboilers. [9]
b) What is reflux ratio? Draw and explain diagram showing relationship of
cost versus reflux ratio. [9]

Q7) a) Explain the concept of HETP in absorption by correlating it with distillation

column. [9]
b) Write a material balance equation for simple countercurrent absorption
column and derive equation in terms of L/G ratio. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is absorption and stripping? Explain phenomena with few
applications in industry. [9]
b) Explain in detail concept of Lmin for absorption column. [8]



[6003]-442 2
Total No. of Questions : 8]
SEAT No. :
P361 [6003]-443 [Total No. of Pages : 2
T.E. (Biotechnology)
BIOSEPARATION ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (315473)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Course
Marks Outcmes
Q1) a) Give few applications of adsorption in biotechnology. [9] CO3
b) Write a short note on temperature swing adsorption with one
case study. [9] CO3
OR
Q2) a) Write difference between physical and chemical adsorption.[9] CO3
b) Explain in detail principle and continuous operation of
adsorption process. [9] CO3

Q3) a) What are the types of columns present in gas chromatography?

[9] CO4
b) What are the different types of detectors? Explain FID in detail.
[8] CO4
OR
Q4) a) Explain different peak broadening effects. How Van Deemter
plot co-relates peak broadening effect? [8] CO4
b) A chromatographic separation of a two component samples on
a 50 cm column gave the retention times for the solutes A and B
as 2.5 and 3.1 min with base widths of the two chromatographic
peaks being 0.24 and 0.3 min respectively. Calculate the
parameters: [9] CO4
i) Number of theoretical plates,
ii) Plate height.
iii) Resolution of the two peaks.

Q5) a) What is membrane fouling? How to avoid it? [9] CO5

b) Write short note on: [9] CO5
i) Osmosis and Reverse Osmosis
ii) Ultrafiltration
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Enlist the factors affecting the performance of membranes?
How are they minimized? [9] CO5
b) Draw the diagram of membrane separation process and
explain all components in the diagram. [9] CO5

Q7) a) What is isoelectric point? How isoelectric precipitation is

performed in dairy industries? Why is it important? [9] CO6
b) What are the different types of molecular sieves? Give one
recent application from literature where is it applied. [8] CO6
OR
Q8) a) How supercritical extraction is used in extraction of caffeine?
Write principle and process of supercritical extraction. [9] CO6
b) What is the purpose of using mass spectrometry in
combination with GC and LC? Explain it with one case study
of GC-MS and LC-MS. [8] CO6

  

[6003]-443 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P362 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-445
T.E. (Biotechnology)
FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (315474 B) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain the design principle and application of a freezer. Explain with a
diagram the working of a refrigeration system. [9]
b) How is the design of a typical microwave equipment? Explain with a
diagram. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What are the time and temperature considerations for HTST
pasteurization? [9]
b) Describe the performance parameters of food processing? Comment on
the food processing and its significance. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the microbial production process of any three food ingredients.
[9]
b) How are polysaccharides produced using microbes? Which microbes
are used and what are the products? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write a note on use of solid state fermentation in food processing industry.
[9]
b) How is fermentation technology used in traditional food products made
in the Indian subcontinent? [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different classes of enzymes used in the food processing
industry? Explain the application of any one enzyme along with its
application. [9]
b) Describe in detail the application of enzymes in the starch processing
industry. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Enzymes have been a boon to the food industry. Explain with any three
enzymes. [9]
b) How are enzymes important in the bakery industry? Give all the enzymes
useful in the bakery industry. [9]

Q7) a) What are the anaerobic processes for processing food waste? [10]
b) How is solid waste treated? What are the different methods and which is
the best method for treatment of solid waste? . [7]
OR
Q8) a) With a neat labelled diagram describe any two liquid waste management
methods. [8]
b) How is the activated sludge method of treatment different from the other
anaerobic processes? [9]

  

[6003]-445 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-363 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-447
T.E. (Printing Engineering)
PRINT STATISTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (308281)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) Explain the following : [17]

a) Measures of Accuracy or Centering
b) Measures of Precision or Spread
c) Normal Distribution
OR
Q2) From the given data, arrange the data, prepare frequency distribution table
and draw the Histogram only and comment on the same. [17]
0.912 0.910 0.904 0.905 0.910 0.911
0.914 0.912 0.910 0.913 0.908 0.914
0.907 0.909 0.913 0.912 0.909 0.913
0.902 0.906 0.909 0.907 0.906 0.908
0.915 0.909 0.910 0.911 0.912 0.909
0.910 0.909 0.908 0.910 0.909 0.907
Note l : From G Chart, the recommended number of groups should be 7
for Number of measurements between 30 to 40.
And divide the range of the data by number of groups (7), to find
out the class interval, and round it off to 3rd decimal value to form
the groups

P.T.O.
Q3) Prepare X bar R chart from the given data on graph paper. [18]
Sample No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Measurement 933 911 889 882 903 890 892 908 895 916
Values 897 898 915 913 930 940 912 920 920 890
885 900 905 930 890 895 895 896 922 891
900 905 902 900 890 909 896 894 928 920
879 862 873 871 900 915 902 906 926 915
Note : Round off all the values as per standard rule
Shewhart’s Constants : A2 = 0.577, D3 = 0, D4 = 2.114
OR
Q4) Make two Pareto Charts for the data given in the following table, one for
the number of defectives and one for dollar loss. In each case, include a
cumulative percentage graph as well. [18]
Department Defectives Dollar Loss
A 20 100
B 120 60
C 80 800
D 100 500
E 50 200
F 30 90

Q5) Explain in detail with suitable examples, data dispersion, its measurable
characteristics, standard distribution and its ±3 zones with suitable diagram.
And also explain how standard deviation is more important than range.
[17]
OR
Q6) From the following data, draw appropriate diagrams and also comment on
the same (any two) : [17]
a) Target 22 mm, Tolerance ±2 mm, process mean 23 mm,
LCL 20 mm, UCL 26 mm
b) Target 530, process mu 532, standard deviation 8, LSL 505,
USL 560
c) Design specification 5.5, s = 1.5, mu 6, specification width 8

[6003]-447 2
Q7) Calculate the Process Capability Index for Dot Gain on an Offset Press.
USL : 16 and LSL : 12, d2 = 2.326 [18]
Sample No. Shift 1 Shift 2 Shift 3
1 15 14 15
2 14 14 14
3 13 12 15
4 16 13 14
5 14 11 16
OR
Q8) Explain the various quality control tools. [18]



[6003]-447 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P364 [6003]-448
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Printing Engineering)

OFFSET PRINTING TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (308282)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Black figures to the right iindicae ful marks.
3) Assume sitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary
5) Use of an electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) Explain in detail the splicing mechanism of a web-fed offset press. [18]

OR

Q2) Explain in detail the feeder mechanism of the sheet -fed offest press. [18]

Q3) Describe the purpose, functions, and ingredients of a dampening solution.

[17]

OR

Q4) Describe the various ink metering systems of an offset press. [17]

Q5) Explain the different types of dryers used in the web-offset press. [18]

OR

Q6) Explain the purpose of chill rollers and the desings used in the web-offset
press. [18]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Mention the problems associated with inadequate web tension. [7]

b) Calculate the Rewind Tension with the following specifications. [10]

Tension in the previous zone: 0 lbs.
Nip Roll Velocity: 100 fpm
Rewind velocity: 105 fpm
Elasticity* Cross-sectional Area of the Materia: 500 ibs.
Also calculate the error in tension for a 0.25% error in speed.
OR
Q8) Explain the various tension measuring systems used on a web-fed offest press.
[17]



[6003]-448 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P365 [6003]-449
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Printing)
COLOR SCIENCE AND MEASUREMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (308283)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.No. 2, Q.No 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No 7 or Q.No 8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the 3 basic perceptual attributes of color. [6]

b) Define saturation and explain out of 2 same samples, which attribute will
have show higher degree of difference. [6]

c) Describe the CIE 1931 Yxy System [5]

OR

Q2) a) Describe the Munsell Color model system [6]

b) Draw a neat diagram of a color wheel indicating the different colors [5]

c) Explain which attributes can be derived from tri-stimulus values and how
[6]

Q3) a) Explain difference between tint, shade and tone. [12]

b) Justify effect of light source on the color of an object [6]

OR

Q4) a) State different parts of a Spectrophotometer. Distinguish between a

colorimeter and spectrophotometer [12]
b) Draw a neat diagram only (with proper labels) of spectrum indicating
with optical brightening agents and without optical brightening agents.
[6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write short notes on any 3 [12]
E*ab,
ECMC,
E* 94, and
CIEDE 2000
b) Compare any 2 color difference equations. State their differences [6]
OR

Q6) a) State the significance of measuring color difference with help of

instrument. [5]
b) Solve following using delta Eab equation between Sample 1&2 And
Sample 3 & 4 [6]
Sample 1
L1*56.2
a1*-32.5
b1* 4.9
&
Sample 2
L2*56.0
a2*-45.7
b2*5.7
Sample 3
L3* 60.3
a3* 33.0
b3* 64.3
&
Sample 4
L4*41.0
a4*33.2
b4*25.5
c) Explain standard viewing conditions. [6]
[6003]-449 2
Q7) a) Why do automobiles face the problem of metamerism. [6]
b) How can it be solved? [6]
c) Explain difference between colorant and dye. [6]

OR
Q8) a) Explain the term Colour IndexTm Generic Name (CIGN). Give any 3
examples, how pigments are dscribed using this term. [12]
b) Why are the spectral curves twisted of a metameric pair. [6]

Authority’s Name Sign

Paper Setter Madhura Mahajan
Head Of Department Madhura Mahajan
Exam Department



[6003]-449 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-366 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-450
T.E. (Printing)
INK TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (308284)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between a shear thinning and shear thickening liquids.[6]

b) Factors which affects the rheological behavior of printing inks. [6]
c) Explain in brief the influence of Ink rheology on printing quality. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a stress and strain curve diagram and explain printing ink on the
diagram. [6]
b) Write short note on thixotrophy. [6]
c) Write short note on viscometer. [6]

Q3) a) Explain in brief factors affecting ink drying. [5]

b) Explain in brief the methods of ink drying. [6]
c) Compare UV and IR curing. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on UV ink drying. [5]
b) Write short note on setting of ink. [6]
c) Compare evaporation and absorption drying. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) List down the printing substrates and their ink requirements in terms
of adhesion and gloss and drying methods. [6]
b) Explain in brief the printing inks and their end use. [6]
c) Explain in brief the factors to be considered while formulating printing
inks. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the ink manufacturing process and different methods for
pigment dispersal. [6]
b) Explain in brief the printing process and their ink ingredients and ink
formulation. [6]
c) What is the purpose of ink dispersing agents in ink formulation? [6]

Q7) a) Write short note on analysis of Ink component. [5]

b) Write shrot note on VOC. [6]
c) Write short note on Gloss. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in brief the purpose to check the gloss of ink. [5]
b) Explain in brief the solid contents of innk and the purpose of solid
contents in ink. Explain the method to calculate the % of solid content.
[6]
c) Explain in brief the VOC. [6]



[6003]-450 2
Total No. of Questions : 8]
SEAT No. :
P367 [6003]-451 [Total No. of Pages : 1
T.E. (Printing)
CYBER SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective -II) (308286A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following terms - Ransomware, Adware, Spyware. [6]

b) What is an Operating System? Describe in brief about the Kali Linux OS.
Name a few security tools present in Kali Linux along with their use cases.[12]
OR
Q2) a) Explain CIA and AAA with suitable examples. [9]
b) What security measures can be taken by an individual to stay safe from
android hacking? [9]
Q3) a) What is meant by booting? Differentiate between soft boot and hard
boot. Is it possible to use multiple OS on a single machine? If yes, How?
[9]
b) What are the different methods of password cracking? Explain how is
windows password cracked using “Utilman. exe”. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What security measures can be taken by an individual to stay safe from
android hacking. [8]
b) What is a payload? Explain the process of developing a payload. How is
it used to hack a system? Elaborate with suitable examples. [9]
Q5) a) Define Social? Engineering. Explain the motives behind such attacks. What
does the hacker gain from social engineering? [12]
b) Name and explain any 6 points to identify a phishing email. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is SEToolkit? How can you use this tool to simulate a phishing
attack? [8]
b) Mention any 5 security measures to detect and prevent phishing frauds.[10]
Q7) a) Explain the historical background, Object, Extent, Scope and
Commencement of the information Technology Act. [10]
b) Explain Cyber Terrorism, Cyber bullying, and Cyber warfare. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Define and discuss various IT Act clauses related to cyber crimes. [12]
b) Explain the liability aspect of the Internet Service Provider as per the
Information Technology Act 2000. [5]
  
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P368 [Total No. of Pages : 1
[6003]-452
T.E. (Printing Engineering)
WOOD, GLASS AND METAL BASED PACKAGING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (308286 B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain Glass containers advantages and disadvantages with applications.

[9]
b) Write down Benefits of Glass Packaging with facts. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain evaluation studies on glass containers and advantages of glass
containers. [9]
b) Explain composition of glass containers. [9]

Q3) a) Explain procedure of Annealing Test with applications. [8]

b) Explain procedure of thermal shock test with applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the cause of glass to spoil with advantages and disadvantages.[8]
b) Explain USP test with applications. [9]

Q5) a) Explain characteristics of black plate with diagram. [9]

b) Explain about packaging and marking of metal containers. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write down applications of aluminium foil. [9]
b) Write down advantages and Disadvantages of Metal Based Packaging.[9]

Q7) a) Explain about oil Drums. [8]

b) Explain GI drums. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write down type of closures. [8]
b) Explain recent developments of closures and drums. [9]

  
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P369 [6003]-454
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Printing Engineering)

FLEXO PRINTING TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (308289)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the purpose and effects of Back-exposure. [6]

b) Explain the purpose and effects of Main-exposure. [6]
c) Discuss Environmental concerns in flexo industry. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Why we use developing solution and explain different type of washout
solution. [6]
b) Explain purpose and effects of Drying mechanism of plate. [5]
c) What is Post-exposure and Light Finishing? Why we required these.[6]

Q3) a) How to prepare Digital Flexo Plates. [8]

b) Explain different type of dots generated on flexo plate. [5]
c) What is file format and its type? Discuss in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Define Ablation technique. [6]
b) Explain Digital Workflow in detail. [6]
c) Discuss difference between digital plate and conventional plate. [6]

Q5) a) Explain flexography process with diagram. [6]

b) Explain UV dryer in detail with diagram. [6]
c) Define Central impression narrow web press and its advantages. [5]
OR

[6003]-454 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Discuss on flexography product and application. [6]
b) Define stack narrow web press and its advantages. [5]
c) Explain EB dryer in detail with diagram. [6]

Q7) a) How to select anilox roller in flexography? [6]

b) Explain different method of Anilox cleaning. [6]
c) Explain doctor blade in detail with diagram. [6]
OR
Q8) a) “Anilox is heart of flexography”, If you agree then explain it in detail.[6]
b) Explain anilox cell and Explain different type of anilox cell with diagram?[6]
c) Explain fountain roller and its specification. [6]

  

[6003]-454 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P370 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-455
T.E. (Printing)
COLOR MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (308290)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain types of display technologies. [6]

b) What are 3 C’s of Monitor Profiling? [6]
c) Comment on Monitor Profiling. [5]
OR
Q2) a) How to set monitor for display profiling? [6]
b) Comment on color correction environment for monitor display. [5]
c) How monitor profiling differs from output profiling? [6]

Q3) a) How to construct Printer profile? [6]

b) What are 4 C’s of profiling printer? [6]
c) What are parameters to be considered for printer profiling? [6]
OR
Q4) a) How to ensure consistency of printing output? [6]
b) Can you apply your knowledge to construct profile for given printing
device? [6]
c) What are different rendering intents? [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is device link? [6]
b) What are 4 C’s of proofer profiling? [6]
c) Explain hard proofing procedure. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Make flow chart of activities you require to profile your proofing device.[6]
b) Discuss proofer profiling. [5]
c) Explain advantages of using device link. [6]

Q7) a) Comment on visual color evaluation concept. [6]

b) Explain viewing conditions required for visual color evaluation. [6]
c) Comment on Gray balance. [6]
OR
Q8) a) How do you set conditions for visual evaluation of print? [6]
b) Explain gray balance setting. [6]
c) Comment on Tone reproduction curve. [6]



[6003]-455 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P371 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003]-456
T.E. (Printing Technology)
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (308291)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q. No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) A cup manufacturer has reported average sale to 500 printing presses that
he has to deal with during a month amount to Rs. 36,000/- with a standard
deviation of Rs. 10,000/-. Assuming that the sale in these businesses is
normally distributed, find: [6]
The number of business the sale is over Rs. 40,000.
b) Also find if the percentage of business the fine is likely to range between
Rs. 30,000 and Rs. 40,000. [6]
c) Describe t-test. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Hourly wages of 1000 workmen are normally distributed around a mean
of Rs. 70 and with a standard deviation of Rs. 5. Estimate the number of
wages whose hourly wages will be: [6]
Between Rs. 70 and Rs. 72.
b) Between Rs. 69 and 72. [5]
c) What is Type 1 error and Type II error. [6]

Q3) a) To adjust the contact pressure between plate cylinder and blanket cylinder,
which move towards each other at a fixed axial clearance, the plate or the
blankets are underlaid, a process which results in a 0.05-0.15 mm radial
deformation of the blanket. The changes in the underlay resulted in
variations in tone value increase in the highlight areas and print contrast.
The operator collected data for 6 of its treatments of underlay. [12]

[6003]-456 1 P.T.O.
 Treatment in micron thickness of packing
0.01 0.05 0.075 0.08 0.1 0.2
27 29.3 29.3 29.45 30.11 34.7
26.7 27 28.99 30.33 33.47 31.77
28 28.01 29.02 31.1 31.55 32.98
27.3 25.9 29.1 31 34 33.0
Using the data given below for TVI, test whether the mean tone value
increase due underlay is same for all thicknesses at 0.05 level of
significance.
b) Explain what is level and factors in ANOVA. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A CTP unit manufacturer is experimenting on time required for imaging in
CTP plates. It is of interest for the researcher to study the effects of
following factors: types of laser diodes and the coating type. Each factor
is run at 3 levels. The setup is that of a completely randomized design.
The data are given in table. The time measured is in microseconds. [12]
Factors Coating Type
Laser Power in Watt A B
39.5 47.4
45.7 43.5
60 49.8 39.8
50.2 36.1
63.8 41.2
33.5 44
36.7 41.2
80 42 47.3
38.1 45.3
31.2 42.7
Prepare ANNOVA Table. [4]
b) i) What effect does coating type have on the time to image? [6]
ii) What effect does power have on the time to image?
iii) Do both coating types behave in the same manner in the two types?

[6003]-456 2
Q5) a) Consider a 2^2 factorial with factors A and B and n experimental
observations per factor combination. Prepare a geometric view and in
tabular form of the 2^2. Define Contrast A, B and AB among treatment
totals. [6]
b) Explain what is cause effect diagram. [6]
c) Explain general full factorial in DOE. [5]
OR
Q6) a) In 2^k series consider following factors polymer 1 and polymer 2. Each
run at 2 levels low and high indicating concentration of the polymers.
These experiments are conducted to test additives to inks. Data given is
change in plastic viscosity which is a rheological measure reflecting the
change in thickness of the ink. Various polymers are added to the ink to
increase the viscosity. [11]
Prepare and display treatment combinations in graphical form.
Polymer 1
Polymer 2 Low High
Low 3 3.5 11.3 12.0
High 11.7 12.0 21.7 22.4
Calculate main effect and interaction effect.
b) Write a short note on factorial design. [6]

Q7) A book making machine is set to deliver packets of a given weight, 10 samples
of size 5 each were recorded. Beolow given are relevant data: [18]
Sample no 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Mean x bar 15 17 15 18 17 14 18 15 17 16
Range 7 7 4 9 8 7 12 4 11 5
Calculate the values for the central line and control limits for mean chart and
range chart and them comment on the state of control
OR

[6003]-456 3
Q8) a) 345 530 556 354 590
395 515 479 494 420
563 444 629 440 485
505 604 490 445 605
402 406 730 506 516
472 475 610 586 523
691 520 465 468 545
523 582 570 578 505
461 575 420 605 527
624 440 585 420 384
Construct a frequency distribution table with appropriate class limits and
class boundaries. With reference to G chart divide the measurement scale
into 8 groups. [6]
b) Draw histogram to represent the above frquency distribution. [6]
c) Comment on the results. [6]



[6003]-456 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-372 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-457
T.E. (Printing)
Maintenance Management of Printing Machines
(Elective-II) (2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (308293A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Prepare a Monthly Preventive Maintenance check sheet for dampening

system offset press. [6]
b) What are the Characteristics of Preventive Maintenance? [6]
c) Important Steps for Establishing a CM Program. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Write a Brief Note on Corrective Maintenance for flexo inking unit [6]
b) What are the Elements of Corrective Maintenance? [6]
c) What are the Types Lubricants. [5]
Q3) a) What is Condition Based Monitoring. [6]
b) Explain in detail about Air Leakage testing for Offset Press. [6]
c) How Condition Based Monitoring helps to build data mine. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Describe in Detail the Predictive Maintenance with respect to Air
Compressor used for Gravure Printing Press? [6]
b) Describe in Detail the Predictive Maintenance with respect to compressor
used for Offset Printing Press. [6]
c) Explain any 3 Instruments used for Different Condition Monitoring [6]
P. T. O
Q5) a) What is OEE, Explain with respect to Quality [6]
b) How Need for Effectiveness Maintenance Important. [6]
c) What are the Key Performance Indicators for Gravure Maintenance. [5]
OR
Q6) a) What are the Safety Measures taken during Maintenance. [6]
b) What is significance of 5s in Maintenance Management. [6]
c) What is MTTR and MTBF [5]
Q7) a) What is TPM. Explain with respect to Single color Offset Press. [6]
b) What are the Pillars of TPM. Explain with suitable example. [6]
c) What is Critical Spares. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the Replacement or Repair Decision Making Policy with respect
to LCC Model Technique. [6]
b) What is Kaizen, Explain with suitable example for Offset Printing Machine.
[6]
c) Conclude Replacement or Repair Decision by Calculating Average
Maintenance Cost for a Single Color Flexo Machine & Write a Statement
Considering Below
Mentioned Data for Calculation. [6]

Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Maintenance 1500/- 1700/- 1900/- 2100/- 2300/- 2500/- 2700/- 3000/-
Cost
Resale Value 2000/- 1700/- 1500/- 1300/- 1200/- 1100/- 1000/- 900/-

  

[6003]-457 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-373 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-458
T.E. (Printing Engineering)
Basic Communication System and Electronic
Instrumentation (Elective - II)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (308293 B)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain the RFID communication in detail along with applications. [9]
b) Explain the WiFi signal losses types in detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the Wi-Fi Communication system with modulation techniques
used in it. [9]
b) Explain the DSSS and FHSS techniques used in communication system.
[9]

Q3) Describe static and Dynamic characteristics of measurement system. [17]

OR
Q4) a) Explain the selection criteria for the sensors and transducers. [9]
b) State types of measurements. [8]

P. T. O
Q5) Mention the applications of optical sensors and Transducer in printing industry.
[18]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the working of capacitive sensor. [9]
b) Describe the working of LVDT. [9]

Q7) Describe the working and types of temperature sensors (any 2) . [17]
OR
Q8) Describe in detail any pressure sensor used in printing industry. [17]

  

[6003]-458 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-374 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-459
T.E. (Printing)
ELECTRONICS PUBLISHING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (308293 C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) What are the features of Robust Computing. [10]

b) Draw Graphical representation of Types of Computing. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Frontend and Backend Web Development with its structure[10]
b) Explain Semantic Web and its features [8]

Q3) a) Explain advantages and disadvantages of File Processing system and

database system. [10]
b) Draw the diagram of Database Architecture [7]

OR
Q4) a) Explain various types of Online Media Writing [10]
b) Compare GIF and PNG file formats [7]

P. T. O
Q5) Develop a sitemap for newly started Travel Company. Highlight the homepage
menu and discuss 2 different types of hierarchy you can use for this website
[18]
OR
Q6) Develop a Questionnaire for online Perfume Shopping brand. Define the
objective of the questionnaire and expected result of the questionnaire. [18]

Q7) a) What HTML, XML and CSS. What is Metadata? [10]

b) Write HTML Program to display following table of marks obtained out
of 25
Roll Subject Subject Subject
Number 1 2 3
1001 18 15 19
1002 22 20 18
1003 19 17 16 [7]

OR
Q8) a) What are the roles and responsibilities of Website Administrators in Content
Management System? [10]
b) Draw the workflow dagram of ATM machine to withdraw the cash [7]

  

[6003]-459 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-375 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-460
T.E. (Production)
ENGINEERING METROLOGY & INSTRUMENTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311081(A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Define quality and explain cost of internal and external failure. [8]

b) A manufacturer uses injection moulding machine to produce a plastic

insulation barrier. He inspects 100 barriers daily, picked up randomly
from the production, and determines the number of rejects by visual
inspection the results of daily inspection of 100 barriers for 10 days
are given below. [10]

Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

No. of 5 12 10 11 13 6 8 10 14 11
rejects
Construct a suitable chart to analyse the quality of production. Name
the chart and state whether the process is in control?
OR

Q2) a) What is sampling inspection? Explain in detail single sampling

inspection. [8]

b) A subgroup of 5 items is taken from the manufactured items. After 24

subgroups the values of x and R were found to be å x = 270 and
R = 6.6. The specification limits for the part are 20.5 0.35. Assuming
the process is in control, what conclusion would you draw about the
ability of the process to produce the items within the specified limits? Take
A2 = 0.577, D3 = 0, D4 = 2.115, d2 = 2.326 for subgroup size of 5. [10]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are Quality Assurance tools and techniques? Explain any one.
[9]
b) What is Q.F.D.? Explain house of quality. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on Kaizen and six sigma. [9]
b) What are Technical Specification (T.S.) TS 16949 Standards? [9]

Q5) a) What are the different stages in generalized measuring system? [7]
b) What are the types of Active and Passive transducers? [10]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail the following features of measuring instrument. [10]
i) Hysteresis
ii) Precision
b) Differentiate between active and passive sensors with example. [7]

Q7) a) Explain any one measuring instrument used for - Stress and Strain?
[8]
b) What are the different types of dynamometers? Explain with neat sketch
Prony Brake type dynamometer in Torque measurement. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat sketch LVDT type of transducer for force
measurement. [8]
b) Define Force. Explain in detail Direct and Indirect methods of force
measurement. [9]



[6003]-460 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P376 [6003]-461
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Production)
MATERIAL FORMING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (311082(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve, Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, in necessary.

Q1) a) What are the defects in wire drawing? Describe the causes and remedies
for these flaws. [8]

b) Explain stepped cone and multistage wire drawing machine with their
relative merits an demerits. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Derive the equation of drawing stress for wire drawing [9]

b) Explain stepped cone and multistage wire drawing machine with neat
sketch. [8]

Q3) a) For cold rolling; show that R.L.   o  Wm  Rh Mention the
assumption made [8]

b) Write short note on (any three) [10]

i) Four high rolling mill

ii) Sendzimir Cluster Rolling Mill

iii) Planetary Rolling Mill

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) A steel strip of size, thickness 100mm×width 140mm×length 1000 mm is
rolled in rolls of diameter 600 mm with reduction of 20%. The coefficient
of friction is 0.35 The roll rotate at speed 160 rpm. Determine [12]
i) Arc contact length
ii) Angle of bite
iii) Neutral section thickness
iv) Neutral angle
v) Forward slip and Backward slip
b) State true or false with justification: [6]
i) Friction is essential during rolling process.
ii) Rolling load can be decreased by increasing roll diameter

Q5) a) Explain various difference between forward and backward extrustion with
ram travel vs extrustion pressure diagram. [9]
b) Explain various extrustion defects with their causes and remedies. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain how seamless tubes are produced by extrusion process. [9]
b) An Aluminum billet of 50mm diameter and 1m long is extruded to the
final shape shown in Fig1. Calculate: [8]
i) Extrusion Ratio
ii) CCD
iii) Shear (Shape) Factor
iv) Work done
The flow stress of Aluminum is 60N/ mm2 and coefficient if friction
between billet and container is 0.2.

Fig.1: Extruded Aluminum Secton

[6003]-461 2
Q7) a) Explain with sketch Magnetic Pulse Forming. [6]
b) Explain Confined explosive forming. [6]
c) Write short note on Stretch Forming. [5]
OR

Q8) a) Compare high velocity forming with conventional forming. [6]

b) Discuss various methods of flow forming. [6]
c) Discuss tribiological aspects in micro-forming. [5]



[6003]-461 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P377 [6003]-462
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Production Engineering)

MACHINING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (311083 A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss sources of heat generation in metal cutting with suitable sketches.
[9]
b) What is the meaning of tool life? Discuss various factors affecting the
tool life. [6]
OR
Q2) a) The useful tool life of a HSS tool machining mild steel at 20 m/min is 4
hours. Calculate the tool life when the tool operates at 25 m/min.n=125
[9]
b) Define machinability and discuss various machinability criterias used for
machinability assessment. [9]
Q3) a) With suitable sketches, explain adhesive wear and abrasive wear
mechanisms. [9]
b) Explain effect of cutting parameters on tool life. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Describe in brief wear mechanisms due to fatigue, electrochemical effect,
oxidation effect, and chemical decomposition. [9]
b) For a metal machining, the following information is available: [8]
Tool change time, = 12 min. Tool regrind time, = 7 min.
Machine running cost, = Rs. 9 per hour, Tool depreciation per re-grind,
= 50 paise, n=0.25, C=150. Calculate the optimum cutting speed.

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss types of chip breakers with suitable sketches. [9]
b) Explain design procedure of single point cutting tool for square shank
with suitable sketches. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Which shapes are used for inserts? Draw sketches of various shapes of
inserts and comment on strength, power requirement and vibration
tendency. [9]
b) Design a single point cutting tool to turn a M S bar with a linear cutting
speed of 45 m/min on a lathe equipped with a 12 KW motor. Safe stress
for tool material is 260 MPa and efficiency of machine tool is 70%. [9]

Q7) a) Discuss in detail with suitable sketches the procedure to be followed in

designing a circular form tool by graphical method. [9]
b) Explain guidelines for designing length of body and number of teeth for
reamer with suitable sketch. [8]

OR
Q8) a) The hole size prior to broaching in an alloy steel component is 32.25 mm
with tolerance +0.05 and -0.00mm. The required finish broached size is
32.75 mm with tolerance +0.01 and -0.00. If the length of bore is 60 mm
and the cutting speed is 0.20 m/s. Determine the broaching power for
broaching and design the broach. Assume, s = 0.05 mm, C=50
N/mm2 and B = 1.30, n = 3. [8]
b) Design flat form tool for a given job by graphical method when,
Rake angle = 20°, Relief angle = 28°, Raw material -Aluminium [9]

All dimensions in mm


[6003]-462 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-378 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-463
T.E. (Production Engineering)
KINEMATICS AND DESIGN OF MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311084(A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 OR Q.2, Q.3 OR Q.4, Q.5 OR Q.6 and Q.7 OR Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rules, Mollier charts, electronic pocket
calculator and steam table is allowed.

Q1) a) With suitable sketch explain following terms related to cam and follower
system: [7]
i) Pressure Angle
ii) Pitch Point
iii) Prime circle
b) A cam rotating clockwise at a uniform speed of 100 r.p.m. is required
to give motion to knife-edge follower as below:
i) Follower to move outwards through 25 mm during 120° of cam
rotation,
ii) Follower to dwell for the next 60° of cam rotation,
iii) Follower to return to its starting position during next 90° of cam
rotation, and
iv) Follower to dwell for the rest of the cam rotation.
The minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm and the line of stroke
of the follower passes through the axis of the cam shaft. If the
displacement of the follower takes place with uniform and equal
acceleration and retardation on both the outward and return strokes,
Draw the cam profile.
[10]
OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) Explain the turning moment diagram for four stroke I. C. engine. [7]
b) A machine punching 38 mm holes in 32 mm thick plate requires 7 N-
m of energy per square mm of sheared area, and punches one hole in
every 10 seconds. Calculate the power of motor required. The mean
speed of the flywheel is 25 m/sec. The punch has a stroke of 100 mm.
Find mass of flywheel required, if total fluctuation of speed is not to
exceed 3% of mean speed. Assume that motor supplies energy to
machine at uniform rate. [10]

Q3) a) Explain the factors affecting the endurance limit of mechanical

component. [8]
b) A steel bar having ultimate tensile strength of 600 N/mm is subjected
2

to a completely reversed bending stress of 250 N/mm2. The bar is of

50 mm diameter. Surface finish factor, size factor and reliability factor
are 0.43, 0.85, and 0.897 respectively. Factor of safety is 1.5. Assuming
there is no stress concentration, determine life of bar. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss stress concentration and methods to reduce it. [6]
b) A transmission shaft made of cold drawn steel having ultimate tensile
strength of 630 N/mm 2 and tensile yield strength 360 N/mm2 is
subjected to a fluctuating torque which varies from 600 Nm clockwise
to 400 Nm clockwise. The surface finish factor and size factor are 0.8
and 0.85 respectively. The reliability factor is 0.897. If the factor of
safety is 2, determine diameter of shaft. Use maximum shear stress
theory of failure. [12]

Q5) a) Explain importance and limitations of ‘normal distribution curve’ in

statistical analysis. [7]
b) Tensile test is carried out on 120 specimen of cast iron. It is observed
that the ultimate tensile strength is normally distributed with a mean of
300 MPa and standard deviation of 25 MPa. Determine :
i) The number of specimens having ultimate tensile strength less than
275 MPa
ii) The number of specimens having ultimate tensile strength between
275 MPa and 335 MPa. [10]
The areas belwo standard normal distribution curve from Z = 0 to Z
are as follows.
Z 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Areas 0.3159 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452

[6003]-463 2
 OR
Q6) a) Discuss the causes of variations in dimensions of component. [7]
b) It is observed from the sample of 1000 bearings bushes that the internal
diameters are normally distributed with a mean of 50.015 mm and
standard deviation of 0.08 mm. Dimension of this diameter specified
on the drawing is 50.00 ± 0.1 mm. Calculate the approximate number
of rejected bushes from the sample. [10]
The areas below standard normal distribution curve from Z = 0 to Z
are as follows.
Z 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Areas 0.3159 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452

Q7) a) Explain different types of equations that are used in ‘Johnson’s method
of optimum design.’ [6]
b) A tensile bar of length 450 mm is subjected to constant tensile force of
4000 N. If the factor of safety is 1.5, design bar with the objective of
minimizing the material weight, using optimum material from the list
given below. [12]
Material Mass density Material cost per Yield strength
kg/m3 unit mass, Rs/kg N/mm 2
Plain Carbon steel 7800 28 400
Aluminium alloy 2800 132 150
Titanium alloy 4500 2200 800
OR
Q8) a) What is design for safety? Explain the general principles to be followed
while designing the product for safety. [8]
b) Explain the following terms used in Johnson’s method of optimum
design: [10]
i) Geometrical parameter
ii) Material parameter


[6003]-463 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P379 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-464
T.E. (Production Engineering)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (311085 (A)-I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of Non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Derive relationship between stress-strain in 2D elastic body. What is

meant by plain stress and plain strain condition? [9]

b) Determine the stresses and strains for the 2D CST element using any
approach. [8]

OR

Q2) a) A triangular membrane element of thickness t = 0.1 cm, with the (x, y)
coordinates of nodes indicated beside the node numbers, is shown in
Fig. Take E = 207 GPa and  = 0.3, determine the following: [10]
i) Shape functions of the element, Ni(x, y), Nj (x, y), and Nk (x, y).
ii) Matrix [B] that relates the strains to the nodal displacements.
iii) Elasticity matrix [D].
iv) Element stiffness matrix,

P.T.O.
 b) Illustrate with examples the plane stress, plane strain, and axisymmetric
problems. [7]

Q3) a) In the element shown in Fig., P is the point (6, 5). On this point the load
components in x and y directions are 8 kN and 12 kN respectively.
Determine its nodal equivalent forces. [10]

b) Explain with neat sketch isoparametric, superparametric and

subparametric elements. [7]

OR

Q4) a) Evaluate shape functions N1, N2 and N3. [10]

b) Explain FEA procedure used in solving 2D-quadrilateral element problems

to calculate global and elemental stiffness matrix and stresses? [7]

Q5) a) The fin shown in fig. is insulated on the perimeter. The left end has a
constant temperature of 100°C. A positive heat flux of q = 5000 W/m2
acts on the right end. Let Kxx = 6 W/m°C and cross sectional area
A = 0.1 m2. [10]

[6003]-464 2
 b) Write notes on steps involved in processing step, to solve ID heat transfer
problem using FE Problem. [8]

OR

Q6) a) Derive the element stiffness matrix formulation for 1D steady state heat
conduction problems. [10]
b) Write short notes on boundary conditions that prevail in 1D steady state
heat conduction. [8]

Q7) a) Find the un-damped natural frequencies of longitudinal vibration of the

stepped bar shown in fig. with the following data using consistent mass
matrices: [12]
L1 = L2 = L3 = 0.2 m, A1 = 2, A2 =3, A3 = 0.4 × 10–3 m2, E = 2.1 × 1011
N/m2, and  = 7.8 × 103 Kg/m3.

b) Differentiate between consistent mass matrix and lumped mass matrix.

[6]
OR
Q8) a) Derive consistent mass matrix for bar and beam element by stating shape
functions. [12]
b) Explain Eigen valu problem for un-damped free vibration system. [6]

 

[6003]-464 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P380 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-465
T.E. (Production Engineering)
ADVANCES IN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311085 (A) - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of Non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain why squeeze casting produces parts with better mechanical
properties, dimensional accuracy, and surface finish than do
expendable-mold processes. [6]
b) Describe the differences between expendable and permanent molds. [6]
c) Explain with neat sketch the principle of working, advantages and
applications of evaporative-pattern casting. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Outline of production steps in a typical sand-casting operation. [6]
b) Explain with neat sketch the principle of working, advantages and
applications of vacuum-mold casting. [6]
c) Explain with neat sketch the principle of working, advantages and
applications of continuous casting. [6]

Q3) a) Explain the in brief the significance and uses of estimation of peak
temperature during welding? Write the expression for estimation of peak
temperature during welding. [8]
b) Determine the expression for cooling rate at the weld centreline by
considering relative plate thickness factor. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief the main causes for the development of residual stresses
in welded structures. [8]
b) With neat sketches discuss the defects in the welds their causes and
remedies. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch the principle of working, equipment, mechanism
of material removal, process parameters, performance characterization,
applications of magnetic abrasive finishing process. [8]
b) Explain the constituents of magnetorheological fluids. Explain with cause
and effect diagram of process parameters of magnetorheological
abrasive flow finishing process. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch the effect of duty cycle on percentage decrease
in surface roughness. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch the principle of working, equipment, mechanism
of material removal, process parameters, performance characterization,
applications of magnetorheological abrasive flow finishing process. [9]

Q7) a) What are the different methods of thread manufacturing? Explain anyone
with a neat sketch. [6]
b) Explain various types of broaching machines with neat sketches. [6]
c) Explain the principle of gear shaping. List advantages and limitations of
gear shaping. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Sketch the tool shape of broach and write briefly about its elements. [3]
b) List the various gear grinding methods. Explain in brief the gear grinding
process with neat sketch. [6]
c) Write short note on thread grinding, thread rolling, and thread milling.[9]

  

[6003]-465 2
Total No. of Questions : 8]
SEAT No. :
P381 [6003]-466 [Total No. of Pages : 1
T.E. (Production)
MECHATRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311085 (A)-III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Describe logic gate and its types? [6]

b) Explain Boolean function in logic gates? [6]
c) Discuss the significance of octal and hexadecimal number system. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is sampling in analog to digital conversion? [6]
b) Describe working of Digital to analog convertor. [6]
c) A 5-bit DAC has a current output. For a digital input of 101000, an
output current of 10mA is produced. What will IOUT be for a digital input
of 11101? [6]

Q3) a) Which are the elements of a Process Control System. [6]

b) Write note on Laplace transform. [6]
c) What are Dead Time Responses in Laplace form. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Lag Responses in Laplace Form. [6]
b) Which are the types of Second-Order Response in Laplace transform?[6]
c) Describe Process Dynamics Laplace. [6]
Q5) a) What is a Controller? [6]
b) Which are the different types of Controllers? [6]
c) Describe Proportional Controllers. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Which are the advantages and disadvantages of Proportional Controller? [6]
b) Explain Integral Controllers. [6]
c) State advantages and disadvantages of Integral Controller. [5]
Q7) a) Describe programmable logic controller with sample ladder logic program.[6]
b) Describe five basic programming models of PLC. [6]
c) Explain an SFC program for tank level control using PLC. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the ladder language of PLC programming. [6]
b) State ladder relay instructions of PLC programming. [6]
c) Explain Time instructions with example in PLC. [5]
  
Total No. of Questions : 8]
SEAT No. :
P382 [6003]-467 [Total No. of Pages : 1
T.E. (Production)
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311085 (A)-IV)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of Non-programmable scientific calculators is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain incoming material management. [5]

b) Write short note on stock verification. [6]
c) Explain Warehouse Management System (WMS) in detail. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain functions that the material transport system are designed to
perform. [5]
b) Write short note on Automated Storage/Retrieval. [6]
c) Explain Obsolete, Surplus and Scrap Management. [6]

Q3) a) How to Selecta distribution network design. [6]

b) What are the benefits of supply chain network optimization? [6]
c) Write a short note on uncertainty in network design. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write in detail factors influencing distribution network design. [7]
b) Explain types of distribution strategies with examples. [6]
c) Explain distribution network design in the supply chain. [5]
Q5) a) Discuss the role of cycle inventory in the supply chain. [5]
b) Explain revenue management for multiple customer segments. [6]
c) Explain pricing and revenue management in detail. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the managing of uncertainty in supply chain. [5]
b) What is risk pooling in supply chain management? [6]
c) Explain multiple-item, multiple-location inventory management. [6]
Q7) a) Explain building strategic partnerships and trust in detail. [6]
b) Explain supply chain process restructuring. [6]
c) Write a short note on information technology in the supply chain. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain lack of supply chain coordination in detail. [6]
b) Explain postpone the point of differentiation in detail. [6]
c) Explain agile supply chain. [6]
  
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P383 [6003]-468
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Production Engineering)

PRODUCTION TOOLING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311088 (A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) To design a drawing die for a component as shown in figure no.1, calculate
following values for a sheet of thickness 4 mm and yield strength 320
MPa. [10]
i) Blank size
ii) Percentage reduction
iii) Number of draws required
iv) Cup diameter and height in each draw
v) Die and punch dimensions in each draw
vi) Press capacity required in each draw.

Figure No. 1 All dimensions in mm.

[6003]-468 1 P.T.O.
 b) Calculate developed length of the part as shown if figure no. 2. [8]

OR
Q2) a) Which methods are available to overcome the spring back in bending?
Explain any two methods to overcome the spring back with suitable
sketches. [10]

b) What is the meaning of bend allowance in sheet bending? Explain working

of types of bending dies with suitable sketches. [8]

Q3) a) Discuss various guidelines to be used for selection corner radius, fillet
radius and drafts in forging die design [10]

b) Explain design of trimming die in forging die design with suitable sketch.
[7]
OR
Q4) a) Describe calculation stock size in closed die forging. [10]
b) How inserts are useful in forging die. Explain types of die inserts used in
forging with suitable sketches. [7]

Q5) a) Explain working of cold chamber die casting machine with suitable
sketches. [10]

b) What are the types of dies in die casting? Explain various types of die
casting dies in detail. [8]
OR

[6003]-468 2
Q6) a) Why lubrication is required in die casting? State various rules of die
lubrication. [10]

b) Discuss die casting defects with causes and remedies. [8]

Q7) a) Explain direct sprue gate, side gate and ring gate with suitable sketches.
[10]

b) Describe rotational molding with suitable sketches. [7]

OR
Q8) a) Determine, [10]
i) Shot capacity with Nylon 66.
ii) Number of cavities for a mould by shot capacity method for a
given data.
Material = Nylon 66, Mass of the component = 40g., Swept volume
= 100 cm3, Density = 1.14g/cm3, Constant = 0.85.

b) Explain any three cooling system designs with suitable sketches used in
plastic molding. [7]

  

[6003]-468 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3150 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-469A
T.E. (Production Engineering)
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (311089(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn whereve necessay
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.

Q1) a) Describe the Factors determining Production Planning & Control. [9]
b) Describe functions of PPC. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on: role of PPC in different production systems. [9]
b) Describe in detail Centralized PPC and Decentralized PPC. [8]

Q3) a) Explain procedure for making location decisions. [9]

b) Explain factors influencing layout choices. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Enlist various material handling equipment, explain any two in detail.[9]

b) Describe in short CRAFT input requirements and Procedure adopted

for using CRAFT. [8]

Q5) a) Explain various functions of inventory. [9]

b) ABC corporation has got a demand for particular part at 10,000 units
per year. The cost per unit is Rs.2 and it costs Rs. 36 to place an order
and to process the delivery. The inventory carrying cost is estimated at
9 per cent of average inventory investment. Determine. [9]
i) Economic order quantity.
ii) Optimum number of orders to be placed per annum.
iii) Minimum total cost of inventory per annum.

OR
[6003]- 469A 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) List and explain in detail differents types of costs in inventory system.[9]
b) A company makes bicycles.It produces 480 bicycles a month. It buys
the tires for bicycles from a supplier at cost of Rs.21 per tire. The
company’s inventory carrying cost is estimed to be 17% of cost and the
ordering is Rs. 55 per order.Calculate the EOQ, what is the number of
oders per year? Compute the average inventory. Compute the total cost.[9]

Q7) a) What is Material Requirement Planning (MRP)? How does MRP system
works? [9]
b) What are the wastes considered in Lean Manufacturing? [9]
OR
Q8) a) What are the characteristics of Agile Manufacturing? [9]
b) Explain the role of master production schedule, bill of material and
inventory status file in developing output of material requirement planning.
[9]



[6003]- 469A 2
Total No. of Questions : 8]
SEAT No. :
P385 [6003]-470 [Total No. of Pages : 1
T.E. (Production Engineering)
PROCESS ENGINEERING AND RESOURCE PLANNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311090 (A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed. Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the Geometric Control. [8]

b) What are the causes of work piece Variation? [9]
OR
Q2) a) What do you mean by Equilibrium theories? [8]
b) What are variables influencing work piece control. [9]

Q3) a) What are types of tooling? And which factors are to be considered while
selecting the tooling? [8]
b) Explain the term operation rout sheet design. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What are factors to be considered while selecting the Machine or
equipment? [9]
b) Explain the importance of process picture sheet. [8]

Q5) a) What are the factors affecting process selection. [9]

b) Explain how the capacity planning is important. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in brief-measuring capacity, Dimensions of capacity. [9]
b) What do you mean by OEE. [9]

Q7) a) How the CAPP (Computer Aided Process planning) is useful in Industry.
[9]
b) What is mean by Generative process planning? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Knowledge based process planning. [9]
b) What are advantages of CAPP over manual process planning. [9]

  
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-386 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-471
T.E. (Production)
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (311091A-I) (Elective II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain technology push & process intensive type of product. [10]
b) Sketch Spiral & generic product development process flow. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is the role of reverse engineering in establishing the engg.
Characteristics? Explain with suitable example. [10]
b) Enlist the Voice of customer (VOC's) methods [6]

Q3) a) Draw the Kano model for customer requirement. How time affects the
customer requirements. [10]
b) Discuss concurrent engineering in product development [8]

OR
Q4) a) What are the steps of benchmarking? Explain the competitive performance
benchmarking. [8]
b) Explain in details the product life cycle. [10]

P. T. O
Q5) a) Explain overview of DFM process. [12]
b) Explain how to reduce the cost component? [6]

OR
Q6) a) Short note on Quality Function Deployment. [6]
b) Select one product from following list that you intend design & answer
the questions
Sr.No Name of Product
1. Chair
2. Water bottle
3. Pressure cocker
i) Identify primary function of the product
ii) Develop the correlation matrix for the selected product
iii) Construct the house of quality for the selected product. [12]

Q7) a) Explain the guideline of Design for Assembly (DFA). [12]

b) Explain Design for casting. [6]

OR
Q8) a) Explain Design for Manufacturing guidelines with example. [12]
b) Explain any two components of product life cycle management (PLM)[6]

  

[6003]-471 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-387 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-472
T.E. (Production)
NANO MANUFACTURING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311091A-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right in black indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is the reason for using unconventional or advanced machining?[10]

b) Which non-conventional machining process has highest material removal

rate? [6]

OR

Q2) a) What are the different energy sources used in nonconventional machining
processes? [10]

b) What are the needs of unconventional manufacturing process? [6]

Q3) a) What is the purpose of nano finishing process? [10]

b) What is the need for nano finishing process? [8]

OR

Q4) a) What are the different types of nano finishing process? [10]

b) Why finishing is necessary on metal surface? [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the two fundamental approaches to nanomanufacturing? [12

b) What are the key issues in the synthesis of nanomaterials? [6]

OR

Q6) a) What are the difference between bottom-up fabrication and top-down
fabrication? [6]

b) What are the approaches used in nano fabrication? [12]

Q7) a) What are the different methods of measurement of nano materials? [12]

b) What is importance of Nanometrology? [6]

OR

Q8) a) Which device can be used for nano measurement? [12]

b) What is the role of size in nanomaterials? [6]



[6003]-472 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-388 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-473
T.E. (Production)
STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311091(A)-III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right in black indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What do you understand from relative error, inherent error and round off
error? [9]
b) If x = 3.26426, Find absolute, relative & percentage error if [9]
i) x is truncated to 4 decimal places.
ii) x is rounded off to 4 decimal places
OR
Q2) a) Describe root of an equation also explain types of root for algebraic and
transcendental equations. [9]
b) Find the root of equation x3 – 20x + 20 = 0, by Newton Raphson method.
Take initial guess as 1, up to accuracy 0.001 [9]

Q3) a) Explain various methods of fitting data? [9]

b) Following is the data given for the values of x & y. fit a second degree
polynomial of type ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c are constants. [8]
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 12 4 1 2 7 15 30
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is polynomial regression? And Explain how it is fitted? [9]
b) In some determinations of the values v of CO2 dissolved in a given volume
of water at different temp θ,the following pairs were obtained [8]
θ 0 5 10 15
v 1.80 1.45 1.18 1.00
Obtain by method of least square, a relation of the form v = b + aθ which
best fits to these observations. Also find the value CO2 dissolved in
volume of water at temp. 25°C.

3
Q5) a) Evaluate 0
2x − x 2 .dx, taking 6 intervals by Trapezoidal rule. [9]
π /2
b) Use Simpson’s 3/8 rule to evaluate 
0
sin x + cos xdx =
π /2
 ( sin x + cos x )
1/2
dx (Consider only one strip i.e.3 sub strips). [9]
0

OR
1 sin x
Q6) a)  0 2 + 3sin x
. dx Find the integration using Simpson s 3/8 rule (6 strips).[9]

b) A set of values x and f(x) are given below. Using Lagrange’s interpolation
formula, find f (g) when xg = 9 [9]
x 5 7 11 13 17
Y = f(x) 150 392 1452 2866 5202

Q7) a) What do you understand from optimization? How is it useful for advanced
manufacturing process? [9]
b) Discuss Genetic Algorithm (GA) with advanced manufacturing case study.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Lagrange multipliers and Steepest descent methods? [9]
b) What are classical and multiple optimization? And which is used in practice?
[8]


[6003]-473 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-389 [Total No. of Pages : 5

[6003]-474
T.E. (Production)
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND COSTING
(2019 Pattern) (Elective - II) (Semester - II) (311091(A)-IV)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right in black indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is meant by fixed or permanent working capital? [6]

b) An engineering company is considering its working capital investment for
the next year. Estimated fixed assets and current liabilities for the next
year are O2.60 crore and O2.34 crore, respectively. Sales and profit before
interest and taxes (PBIT) depend on current assets investment particularly
inventories and book debts. The company is examining the following
alternative [6]
working capital policies: (O crore)
Working capital Investment in Estimated Sales EBIT
policy Current Assets
Conservative 4.50 12.30 1.23
Moderate 3.90 11.50 1.15
Aggressive 2.60 10.00 1.00
You are required to calculate the following for each policy
i) rate of return on total assets,
ii) net working capital position,
iii) current ratio, and
iv) current asset to fixed asset ratio.
c) Explain the concept of working capital. Are gross and net concepts of
working capital exclusive? Discuss. [5]
OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) What should be the mix of short and long-term sources in financing
current assets? [6]
b) The current market price of the shares of A Ltd. is O95. The floatation
costs are O5 per share amounts to O4.50 and is expected to grow at a
rate of 7%. You are required to calculate the cost of equity share capital.[6]
c) Is there a difference between the project’s and the firm’s cost of capital?
Explain. [5]

Q3) a) What are the important techniques of costing? Explain in brief. [6]
b) From the following details of stores receipts and issues of materials in a
manufacturing unit, prepare the stores ledger using Base Stock Method
of valuing the issues of LIFO; assume base stock 200 tonnes. [6]
1.1.2021 Purchased 500 tones at O2 per ton
10.1.2021 Purchased 300 tones at O2.10 per ton
15.1.2021 Issued 600 tons
20.1.2021 Purchased 400 tones at O2.20 per ton
25.1.2021 Issued 300 tons
27.1.2021 Purchased 500 tons at O2.10 per ton
31.1.2021 Issued 200 tons
c) Ramesh Ltd. has three production departments A, B and C and six service
departments. The following figures are extracted from the records of the
company : [5]
Production Service Departments
Departments
A O6,000 Stores O2,000
B O10,000 Timekeeping O3,000
C O12,000 Maintenance O1,000
O38,000 Power O2,000
Walfare O1,000
Supervision O2,000
Total O49,000

[6003]-474 2
 The other information available in respect of the production departments:
Production Departments
Particulars
A B C
No. of Employees 40 30 20
No. of Stores Requisition 30 20 10
Horse Power of Machines 500 500 600
Machine Hours 2500 1500 1000
You are required to apportion the costs of various service departments to
production departments.
OR

Q4) a) Discuss the various methods of pricing materials issues to production.[6]

b) Calculate the earnings of workers A and B under Straight Piece Rate
System and Taylor’s Differential Piece Rate System from the following
particulars: [6]
Standard time allowed 50 units per hour.
Normal time rate per hour O100.
Differentials to be applied.
80% of Piece rate below standard.
120% of Piece rate at or above standard.
In a day of 8 hours A produced 300 units and B produced 450 units
c) Following information is made available from the costing records of a
factory : [5]
i) The original cost of the machine : O1,00,000
Estimated life : 10 years
Residual Value : O5,000
Factory operates for 48 hours per week: 52 weeks in a year.
Allow 15% towards machine maintenance down time. 5%
(of productive time assuming unproductive) may be allowed as setting
up time.

[6003]-474 3
 ii) Electricity used by the machine is 10 units per hour at a cost of 50
paise per unit.
iii) Repair and maintenance cost is O500 per month.
iv) Two operators attend the machine during operations along with two
other machines. Their total wages including fringe benefits, amounting
to O5,000 per month is paid.
v) Other overheads attributable to the machine are O10,431 per year.
Using above data, calculate machine hour rate.

Q5) a) Define Standard Costing. What do you understand by Standard Cost

and Standard Costing? [6]
b) Discuss the preliminary steps for determination of Standard Cost. [6]
c) Calculate Material Cost Variance from the following information : [6]
Standard Price of material per kg = O4
Standard Usage of materials = 800 kgs
Actual Usage of materials = 920 kgs
Actual Price of materials per kg = O3
Actual Cost of materials O2,760
Standard cost of material for actual production O3,200
OR
Q6) a) What are the differences between Standard Costing and Estimated
Costing? [6]
b) Explain the different types of Material Cost Variance. [6]
c) From the following particulars, calculate Labour Variance : [6]
Standard hours = 200
Standard rate for actual production = O1 per hour
Actual hour = 190
Actual Rate = O1.25 per hour

[6003]-474 4
Q7) a) What do you understand by Marginal Costing? Define Marginal Costing.
Briefly explain the features of marginal costing. [6]
b) What are the merits and demerits of process costing? [6]
c) From the following information, calculate the amount of profit using
marginal cost technique : [6]
Fixed cost O3,00,000
Variable cost per unit O5
Selling price per unit O10
Output level 1,00,000 units
OR
Q8) a) What is meant by Cost Driver? Explain role of Cost Driver in tracing
costs to products. [6]
b) Write Short notes on : [6]
i) Normal Process Loss.
ii) Abnormal Process Loss.
iii) Abnormal Gain.
c) In Process A, 1,000 units were introduced at a cost of O20,000, the other
expenditure incurred in the process were materials O10,000 and wages
O5,000. 10% is the normal loss during production and possess a scrap
value of O3 each. The output of process A was only 800 units. Find out
the value of Abnormal Loss. [6]



[6003]-474 5
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-390 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-475
T.E. (Production Sandwich)
MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY (Self Study)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311122(A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between Preventive Maintenance and Breakdown

Maintenance. [9]

b) Describe the condition monitoring technique using maintenance

practices. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Explain Spectrometric oil Analysis procedure (SOAP). [9]

b) State and explain the various objectives of maintenance planning. [8]

Q3) a) What is the purpose of 7 quality control tools? How these 7 QC tools
are used to solve problems? [9]

b) What is the main aim of JIT principle? What are the 3 elements of JIT?
How does JIT improve quality? [8]

OR

Q4) a) What are 8 pillars of TPM? Explain each pillar in detail. [9]

b) What is Poka yoke ? How does a Poka yoke improve quality? [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is the MRP II concept? What are the main advantages of MRP II
systems? Differentiate between MRP-I & MRP-II. [9]
b) What do you understand by Diminishing Marginal Utility? Explain it
with example. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail the term Computer Aided Process Planning and the
types of Computer Aided Process Planning. [9]
b) What does capital market mean? How does the company raise funds in
capital market? [9]

Q7) a) What are the Principle factors of estimating cost. Elaborate with example.
[9]
b) What do you mean by Depreciation? List out and explain different
Methods of depreciation. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is the importance of Estimating Weights and volume of materials?
Do we consider volume and weight of scrap while minimizing
manufacturing time? Justify your answer. [9]
b) Write a short note on Time Value of Money. [9]



[6003]-475 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P391 [6003]-476
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (Production Sandwich)

KINEMATICS AND DESIGN OF MACHINES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311084 (A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule and pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.

Q1) a) Define the following terms as applied to cam with neat sketch: [8]
i) Base Circle
ii) Pitch Circle
iii) Pressure angle
iv) Stroke of the follower
b) A single cylinder double acting steam engine develops 150k W at a mean
speed of 80 r.p.m. The coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1 and the
fluctuation of speed is ± 2% of mean speed. If the mean diameter of the
flywheel rim is 2 metre and the hub and spokes provide 5% of the
rotational inertia of the flywheel, find the mass and cross-sectional area
of the flywheel rim. Assume the density of the flywheel material as
7200 kg/m3. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch different types of cams and follower and name it. [6]
b) A punching press is driven by a constant torque electric motor. The
press is provided with a flywheel that rotates at maximum speed of 225
r.p.m. The radius of gyration of the flywheel is 0.5 m. The press punches
720 holes per hour; each punching operation takes 2 seconds and requires
15 kN-m of energy. Find the power of the motor and the minimum mass
of the flywheel if speed of the same is not to fall below 200 r.p.m. [12]

Q3) a) Define the following terms:

i) Notch sensitivity.
ii) Endurance Limit.
iii) Stress Concentration. [6]
[6003]-476 1 P.T.O.
 b) A cantilever beam as shown in Fig. A, is subjected to a load which varies
from-F to 4F. Determine the maximum load that this member can
withstand for infinite life using a factor of safety as 2. The theoretical
stress concentration may be assumed as 1.42 and the notch sensitivity is
0.8. Assume surface factor as 0.85 and the size factor as 0.8. The beam
material has an ultimate tensile strength of 500 MPa, yield strength of 350
MPa. [11]

OR

Q4) a) Explain the Modified Goodman Diagram for fluctuating axial/bending

stresses with neat sketches. [8]
b) A cantilever beam of circular cross-section is fixed at one end and is
subjected. To a force P at the free end, which varies from - 5 KN to+
15KN as shown in figure B. The force is perpendicular to the axis of the
beam. The distance between the free end and the critical section is 200
mm. The beam is made of cold drawn steel with an ultimate tensile strength
of 550 MPa and a yield strength of 350 MPa. The theoretical stress
concentration factor at the stepped end is 1.35 and the notch sensitivity
is 0.85. The surface finish factor for the beam is 0.76 and the size factor
can be taken as 0.85.The expected reliability is 90% and the reliability
factor is 0.897. Assume a factor of safety as 2. Determine the cross-
sectional diameter ‘d’ using Soderberg’s criterion. [9]

Q5) a) What is the significance of the ‘normal distribution curve’ in engineering

statistical analysis? State its limitations. [8]

[6003]-476 2
 b) The bolt diameters are normally distributed with a mean of 10.01 mm
and a standard deviation of 0.015 mm. The tolerance specified by the
designer for the bolt diameter is 10± 0.025 mm. Calculate the percentage
of bolts likely to be rejected.
Z 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Area 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452 0.4554
Z 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3
Area 0.4641 0.4713 0.4772 0.4821 0.4772 0.4821 0.4861 0.4893
Z 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7
Area 0.4918 0.4938 0.4953 0.4965
[Use linear interpolation for values in between.] [10]

OR
Q6) a) Explain the difference between ‘design tolerance’ and ‘natural tolerance’.
[6]

b) A shaft and hole assembly have the following dimensions.

Shaft diameter = 40 ± 0.18 mm.
Hole diameter = 40.2 ± 0.24 mm
Assuming the shaft and hole diameters are normally distributed. Determine
the probability of interference fit between the shaft and the hole.
Z 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
Area 0.3413 0.3643 0.3849 0.4032 0.4192 0.4332 0.4452 .4554
Z 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3
Area 0.4641 0.4713 0.4772 0.4821 0.4772 0.4821 0.4861 0.4893
Z 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7
Area 0.4918 0.4938 0.4953 0.4965
Use linear interpolation for values in between. [12]

Q7) a) What is design for manufacture (DFM)? Explain the general principles to
be followed while designing the parts for manufacture. [8]
[6003]-476 3
 b) Explain desirable, undesirable effects and functional requirement parameter
in optimum design. State various step involved in optimum design for
normal specification. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the guidelines to be followed in the design of casting process.

[8]
b) What is concurrent engineering? What is its significance in the product
design? [9]

  

[6003]-476 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P392 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-477
T.E. (Production Sandwich Engineering)
MATERIAL FORMING AND MOULD DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (311124 A)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and mention it clearly.
5) Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Determine rolling load based on deformed roll radius of CI rolls 600 mm
diameter while rolling copper strip of 800 mm wide & 75 mm thick to
give 30% reduction given that yield stress of copper is 675 N/mm2. Assume
young’s modulus (E)=1.005 MN/mm2 and Poissons ratio (r)=0.35. [9]

b) Calculate the rolling load to reduce steel 600 mm wide and 30mm thick
by 20%. Roll diameter is 800 mm and flow stress of steel is 150 N/mm2.
Assume coefficient of friction as 0.15. What would be rolling load if,
Sliding friction occurs. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Explain rolling geometry and rolling mechanism with neat sketch. [8]

b) Derive an expression for rolling load. [5]

c) Write the derivation of Δ h = μ2 R. [5]

Q3) a) What is chovornov’s rule? Explain its importance in design of casting.[8]

b) Calculate size of cylindrical riser (height & diameter equal) necessary to

feed a steel slab casting 25×25×5 cm with side riser, casting poured
horizontally into mould. For steel take constant a=0.10, b=0.03 & c=1.0.
[5]

P.T.O.
 c) Explain following in case of Die casting. [5]
i) Draft
ii) Parting line shape & location
iii) Die wear
iv) Die lubricants
OR
Q4) a) Explain pressurized & unpressurized gating system. [8]
b) Explain various elements of gating system with neat sketch. [5]
c) Explain various points (aim) to be considered while designing sand casting.
[5]
Q5) a) Explain various forging design factors in detail. [4]
b) Explain following for forging (any two) [8]
i) Flash & Flash gutter
ii) Rotary swaging
iii) Press Forging
c) Explain following. [5]
i) No draft forging
ii) Powder metallurgy forging
OR
Q6) a) Explain how die block dimensions are determined in forging die design.[8]
b) Explain how stock size is determined for forging operation. Explain friction
screw press with neat sketch. [9]

Q7) a) Explain following in case of injection mould [9]

i) Guide pillar & guide bush
ii) Register ring

[6003]-477 2
 b) For injection moulding explain following types of gates with their
advantages & disadvantages. [8]

i) Sprue gate

ii) Rectangular edge gate

OR

Q8) a) Calculate gate dimensions for rectangular gate used in moulding polythene
blocks having length 150 mm, width 130 mm, height 50 mm & thickness
1.3 mm. take density of material as 0.9 gms/cm3 also find runner
dimensions. Assume length of gate as 0.5 mm, length of runner as
50 mm. take material constant (n) as 0.6. [6]

b) Explain sleeve ejection technique for injection moulding with suitable

sketch. [6]

c) For injection moulding explain following (any two) [5]

i) Sprue puller

ii) Cooling systems and heat transfer consideration.

iii) Ejector plate assembly return system.



[6003]-477 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P393 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-478
T.E. (Production Sandwich)
METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311125(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Classify measurement system in detail? Explain with detail. [9]

b) Elaborate constructional features of CMM with neat diagram. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Explain basic concepts of machine vision system. [9]

b) State and explain types of probes with neat sketch. [8]

Q3) a) How Taylors principle is applied to screw thread gauge? [9]

b) What are the various methods used for measuring the gear tooth
thickness? [8]

OR

Q4) a) Name the various stylus probe instruments used for surface finish
measurement. [9]

b) What is meant by “Best size wire” in screw thread measurement? [8]

Q5) a) List any methods employed for measuring torque. [9]

b) State any two principles of force measurement. [9]

OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) How are end standards derived from line standard? Explain. [9]

b) With suitable example, explain the difference between precision and

accuracy. [9]

Q7) a) Discuss frequency distribution in Statistical quality control. [9]

b) Explain details about “X” and “R” chart. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Write a short note on n, np and C chart. [9]

b) Explain double sampling plan with suitable example. [9]

  

[6003]-478 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3657 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-479A
T.E. (Production Sandwich)
(Semester - II) STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL
OPTIMIZATION METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (311088A)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Perform five iterations of the bisection method to obtain the smallest
positive root of the equation f (x) = cos x – xex = 0 [9]
b) Perform Four iterations of Newton Raphson method to obtain the
approximate value of f(x) = x3 – 17 = 0. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Solve following equation using gauss elimination method [8]
10X1 – X2 + 2X3 = 4
X1 + 10X2 – X3 = 3
2X1 + 3X2 + 20X3 = 7
b) Solve following equation using gauss Seidal method upto three
approximations [9]
20X + Y – 2Z = 17
3X + 20X – Z = –18
2X – 3Y + 20Z = 25

Q3) a) Fit a straight line using least square method to the following data. [8]
x 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 10
y 5 5 4 5 4 3 4 3 3

P.T.O.
 b) Evaluate f(3) by Using Lagrange's Interpolation formula from the following
data. [9]
x 0 1 2 5
f(x) 2 3 12 147
OR
Q4) a) State the order of the polynomial which might be suitable for the following
Function. Calculate f(45) usine Newton Forward Difference Method. [9]
x 40 50 60 70 80
y 31 73 124 159 190
b) Using a method of least square fit the curve y = aebx to the following
data : [8]
x 0 1 2 3
y 1.05 2.10 3.85 8.30

Q5) a) Find the value of y at x = 9 by Using Newton Divided Difference Method

formula from the following data : [9]
x 5 7 11 13 17
y 150 392 1452 2366 5202
0.6 2
b) Evaluate 0 ex by using Trapezoidal method and Simpson's 1/3rd rule
corresponding to seven intervals. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Using Newton Backward Difference Method formula. Construct an
interpolating Polynomial of degree 3 for the data : [9]
f(– 0.75) = – 0.0718125
f(–0.5) = – 0.02475
f(– 0.25) = 0.3349375
f(0) = 1.10100
Hence find f(–1/3)

[6003]-479A 2
 b) Use Simpsons 1/3 rd rule and Trapezoidal Method to evaluate
1  x2 
0  1 x3  dx corresponding to Four intervals. [9]

Q7) a) Describe in brief Method of Lagrange multipliers. [9]

b) Explain the Generalized reduced gradient Method. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write in brief steepest descent method suitable example. [9]
b) Brief on : genetic algorithm and simulated annealing. [9]



[6003]-479A 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P395 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-480
T.E. (Production Engineering S/W)
ADVANCED MATERIAL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311126 (A) - I)
Time : 2½ Hour] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain dual phase steel with application and microstructure. [9]
b) Explain High Strength Low alloy with its properties. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Maraging Steel with its microstructure. [9]
b) Discuss Micro alloyed steels with its application. [8]

Q3) a) Classification of Composite material with Advantage and Disadvantage.[9]

b) Explain Natural composite with its application? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Metal matrix composite with its diverse application. [9]
b) What is metal matrix composites? Explain with advantage and
disadvantage. [8]

Q5) a) Explain with neat diagram Autoclave manufacturing process. [9]

b) Draw schematic diagram of Shape memory alloys. Explain with application.
[9]
OR
[6003]-480 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Nanomaterial in comparison with bulk material. [9]
b) Explain the bio metallic alloys like: Ni-Ti, Co-Cr-Mo alloys with application.
[9]

Q7) a) Why to Aluminum is used in the aero plane Industry. [9]

b) Explain Iron base, nickel base and cobalt base super alloys. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain biocompatibility in the biomedical industry. [9]
b) Explain cobalt base super alloys. [9]



[6003]-480 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-396 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003]-481
T.E. (Production Engineering) (Sandwich)
COSTING AND COST CONTROL
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311126 (A) - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of electronic pocket Calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) What is Machine Hour Rate? What are its advantages and disadvantages?
[8]
b) Calculate the machine hour rate from the following:
Rs.
Cost of machine 18,000
Cost of installation 2,000
Scrap value after 10 years 2,000
Rates and rent for a quarter for the shop 600
General lighting 200 p.m.
Shop supervisor’s salary Rs. 6,000 per quarter
Insurance premium for a machine 120 p.a.
Estimated repair 200 p.a.
Power 2 units per hour @ Rs.150 per 100 units
Estimated working hours p.a. 2,000
The machine occupies 1/4th of the total area of the shop. The supervisor
is expected to devote 1/6th of this time for supervising the machine.
General lighting expenses are to be apportioned on the basis of floor
area. [10]
OR
Q2) a) What are the principal factors to be considered when fixing a machine
hour rate? Give a specimen computation. [8]

[6003]-481 1 P.T.O.
 b) The following particulars relate to a processing machine treating a typical
material. You are required to calculate the machine hour rate. [10]
The cost of the machine Rs. 10,000
Estimated life 10 years
Scrap value Rs. 1,000
Working time (50 weeks of 44 hrs. each) 2,200 hrs.
Machine maintenance per annum 200 hrs.
Setting up time estimated @ 5% of total productive time
Electricity is 16 units per hour @ 10 paise per unit.
Chemicals required weekly Rs. 20
Maintenance cost per year Rs. 1,200
Two attendants control the operations of the machine together with 6
other machines, their combined weekly wages are Rs. 140. Departmental
overhead allocated to this machine per annum Rs. 2,000.

Q3) a) Discuss the reasons for overheads being analyzed into fixed and variable
components. [8]
b) The production department of factory furnishes the following information
for the month of March 2015 : [9]
Materials used Rs. 2,50,020
Direct wages Rs.2,08,350
Overheads Rs.1,66,680
Labour hours worked 1,66,680
Hours of machine operation 1,38,900
For an order executed by the department during a particular period, the
relevant information was as under:
Materials used Rs.27,78,000
Direct Wages Rs.14,81,600
Labour hours worked 14,816
Machine hours worked 11,112
Calculate the over head charges chargeable to the job by the following
methods:
i) Direct materials cost percentage rate
ii) Labour hour rate; and
iii) Machine hour rate
OR
[6003]-481 2
Q4) a) Distinguish clearly between direct and indirect materials. Under what
circumstances may direct materials be charged indirectly to the product?
[9]
b) Explain any two methods of secondary distribution of Overheads. [8]

Q5) a) Distinguish between traditional costing system and activity based costing.
[8]
b) The under given data is supplied by Fair deal travel services, From the
following information calculate fare for passenger Km. [9]
The cost of the Bus Rs. 4,50,000
Insurance charges 3% p.a.
Annual tax Rs. 4500
Garage rent Rs.500 p.m.
Annual repairs Rs. 4800
Expected life of the bus 5 yrs
Value of scrap at the end of 5 years Rs.30,000
Route distance 20 km long
Driver’s salary Rs. 550 p.m.
Conductor’s Salary Rs. 500 p.m.
Commission to Driver & conductor (shared equally)10% of the takings
Stationary Rs.250 p.m.
Manager-cum-accountant’s Salary Rs.1,750 p.m.
Diesel and Oil (for 100 kms) 125
The bus will make 3 rounds trips for carrying on the average 40 passenger’s
in each trip. Assume 15% profit on takings. The bus will work on the
average 25 days in a month.
OR

[6003]-481 3
Q6) a) Draw up a job cost-sheet for a simple product, to find out the cost of a
product. [8]
b) What are the benefits of activity based costing? Distinguish between
traditional costing system and activity based costing. [9]

Q7) Write short note on: [18]

a) Value analysis and Value engineering
b) Zero Base Budgeting
OR
Q8) Write short note on: [18]
a) Cost volume profit Analysis
b) Profit volume ratio



[6003]-481 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P397 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-482
T.E. (Production Sandwich)
ADVANCED JOINING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311126 (A)-III)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain Ultrasonic welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and

applications of the process. [10]
b) Explain Roll welding and Hot pressure welding processes in short. Give
its applications. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write short notes on: [10]
i) Adhesive bonding
ii) Brazing and Braze welding
b) Explain Friction welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
applications of the process. [8]

Q3) a) Explain Friction stir welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
applications of the process. [9]
b) Explain laser beam welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
applications of the process. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Electron beam welding stating its advantages, disadvantages, and
applications of the process. [9]
b) Write short notes on: [8]
i) Cold Metal Transfer Joining
ii) Under Water welding

[6003]-482 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe various weld symbol used in welding with sketch in short. [9]
b) Explain various Non-Destructive Testing methods of weldments. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write short notes on: [10]
i) Radio graphs of weldments
ii) Life assessment of weldments
b) Describe in short, Weldability Testing of weldments. [8]

Q7) a) Write short notes on: [8]

i) Weld thermal cycles and their effects
ii) Concept of HAZ
b) What do you understand by weldability? Explain how weldability is
assessed in short. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following weld defects, their causes, and remedies. [9]
i) Lack of penetration
ii) Porosity
iii) Lack of fusion
b) Explain pre and post weld heat treatments in welding? [8]



[6003]-482 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-398 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-483
T.E. (Production Engineering Sandwich)
WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311126 (A)-IV)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What do you understand by cell design? What are the criteria used for
cell design? [9]

b) Differentiate between Hierarchical code and Attribute code structure?[8]

OR

Q2) a) Explain in details the Optiz classification system. [9]

b) What do you understand concept of part family? [8]

Q3) a) How do we measure effectiveness of TPM? Explain PQCDSM in TPM

concept? [9]

b) What are the four steps of Jidoka? What are the four steps of Jidoka?[8]

OR

Q4) a) What are the three core elements of Overall Equipment Efficiency (OEE)?
[9]

b) How does a heijunka board help to reduce the waiting time for a project?
What are the key principles of heijunka? [8]

[6003]-483 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the arrangement of any four of the following components at
workplace [9]
i) Visual Displays
ii) Control Panels
iii) Hand Controls
iv) Multifunction Hand controls
v) Mirror hand arrangements
b) What is 5S methodology? State and explain in details steps in 5S
Methodology. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is visual management? What is the difference between visual displays
and visual controls? What are types of visual displays? [9]
b) Define Throughput Accounting. What are the steps to be followed to
in crease the Throughput? [9]

Q7) a) Define IOT. Discuss IOT barriers. Explain the applications of IOT in
manufacturing. [9]
b) What is meant by smart industry? What are the components of smart
factory? What Technologies are used in a Smart Factory? [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain enablers of Industry 4.0 and barriers of Industry 4.0. [9]
b) What are Cyber-Physical Systems? [9]



[6003]-483 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-399 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-484
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
DESIGN OF ROBOT ELEMENTS
(2019 Pattern) (End Sem.) (Semester - I) (302521)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
4) Assume suitable/standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) The layout of a transmission shaft carrying two pulleys B and C and
supported on bearings A and D is shown in Figure. Power is supplied
to the shaft by means of a vertical belt on the pulley B, which is then
transmitted to the pulley C carrying a horizontal belt. The maximum
tension in the belt on the pulley B is 2.5 kN. The angle of wrap for
both the pulleys is 180° and the coefficient of friction is 0.24. The
shaft is made of plain carbon steel 30C8 (Syt = 400 N/mm2) and the
factor of safety is 3. Determine the shaft diameter on strength basis.
[13]

b) Explain significance of equivalent bending moment and equivalent

twisting moment. [5]

OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) The following data is given for a V-belt drive connecting a 20 kW
motor to a compressor. The centre distance between pulleys is 1 m and
the dimensions of the cross-section of the belt are given in Figure. The
density of the composite belt is 0.97 g/cc and the allowable tension per
belt is 850 N. How many belts are required for this application? [11]

b) Derive equations of flat belt for analysis of tensions in the belt. [7]

Q3) a) What do you mean by integrated end effector attachment. Explain

with neat labelled diagram. [8]

b) Write basic design process of gripper. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Write a note on remote compliance center design with neat labelled
diagram. [9]

b) What do you mean by payload in the design of robots. Explain payload

force analysis with neat diagram and mathematical equations. [8]

[6003]-484 2
Q5) a) A 3 × 3 Gear box is transmitting a power of 10 KW. Choose the best
ray diagram based on minimum summation of shaft diameters made
of same material with permissible shear stress of 36 N/mm2, Use GP
ratio of 1.26 and Lowest speed N1 = 100 RPM. [10]

b) Write a note on general recommendation for developing the gearing

diagram. Explain with suitable example. [8]
OR
Q6) Design a nine-speed gear box having Nmin = 100 rpm and Nmax = 630 rpm.
Assume motor speed 1400 rpm. The design should include structural
diagram, ray diagram, speed chart gearing diagram and number of teeth of
the gear. (Gearing diagram is not essential) [18]

Q7) a) A taper roller bearing has a dynamic load capacity of 26 kN. The
desired life for 90% of the bearings is 8000 h and the speed is 300
rpm. Calculate the equivalent radial load that the bearing can carry.[5]
b) Explain in details equivalent bearing load in rolling contact bearing.
[5]

[6003]-484 3
 c) A single-row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to a 30 second
work cycle that consists of the following two parts: The static and
dynamic load capacities of the ball bearing are 50 and 68 kN
respectively. Calculate the expected life of the bearing in hours. [7]

Refer table for values of X and Y factors as follows :

OR
Q8) a) Derive Petroff’s Equation for sliding contact bearing. [7]
b) The following data is given for a 360° hydrodynamic bearing: radial
load = 3.2 kN, journal speed = 1490 rpm, journal diameter = 50 mm
bearing length= 50mm, radial clearance = 0.05 mm, viscosity of
lubricant = 25 cP. Assuming that the total heat generated in the bearing
is carried by the total oil flow in the bearing, calculate (i) coefficient of
friction; (ii) power lost in friction; (iii) minimum oil film thickness;
(iv) flow requirement in litres/min; and (v) temperature rise. [10]



[6003]-484 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P400 [6003]-485
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Automation and Robotics)

ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302522)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherver necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume suitable, Standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the inverse kinematics of four axis SCARA robot. [9]
b) Derive the equation for two link robot considering inverse kinematics
with geometrical method. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of tool configuration in details. [9]
b) Derive the equation for three link robot considering inverse kinematics
with geometrical method. [9]

Q3) a) Evaluate the concept of work envelop of four axis articulated robot. [9]
b) Explain the joint space trajectory in details. [8]

OR
Q4) a) What is path generation? Explain its types. [9]
b) Explain Cartesian coordinate method. [8]

Q5) a) Explain Lagrange’s Equation in details. [9]

b) What do you mean by kinetic energy concept and potential energy
concept in manipulator dynamics? [9]

OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write the equations for manipulator inertia tensor? Explain in details [9]
b) Explain the dynamic model of a tree axis SCARA robot. [9]

Q7) a) What are the Control considerations in robots? [9]

b) Explain Hardware architecture of robots [8]

OR
Q8) a) What are the Hardware for Joint Controllers? [9]
b) Explain actuators used in robotics. [8]



[6003]-485 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P401 [6003]-486
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (Automation and Robotics)

COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING AND MANUFACTURING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302523)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume Suitable/Standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Evaluate the stiffness matrix for the CST element shown in fig. la.
Coordinates are in mm. Assume Plain stress conditions. Take E= 200
GPa,   0.3, Thickness = 1cm [15]
Nodal displacements are given as:
u1 = l mm; u2 = 0.5 mm; u3 = 2mm; v1 = l mm; v2=0; v3=1mm

b) Distinguish between plain stress and plain strain condition. [3]

OR
Q2) a) For the triangular element fig. 2a defined by nodes 1:(5,5), 2:(20,6), 3:(6,30),
obtain the strain displacement relation matrix B and determine the strains
 x, y, xy. [15]
The displacements at the nodes are:
U1 = 0.2, U2= 0.4, U3 = 0.3 and V1 = - 0.1, V2 = -0.5, V3 = -03.
Assume the units of displacements and the coordinates are the same;
also determine the displacement at point (12, 10).
P.T.O.
 b) Explain pre-processing and post-processing steps in FEA. [3]
Q3) a) Write a manual part program for the component shown in fig. 3a.
Assume the raw product as cast iron and the machining is to achieve the
various dimensions. [12]

b) Explain different CNC machine control systems. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Write a manual part program to machine the contour for the component
shown in fig. 4a. and drill a hole. The thickness of component is 18mm.
Assume suitable data. [12]

[6003]-486 2
 b) Distinguish closed loop NC system with open loop system. [5]

Q5) a) What are the types of manufacturing layout in cellular manufacturing and
explain them briefly. [10]
b) Explain the five phases of six sigma in details. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Briefly explain the different types of lean manufacturing tool with their
significance in industry. [10]
b) What is meant by Just-In-Time? Where is it implemented? [8]

Q7) a) A T-slot is to be cut in C.I. slab as shown in fig. 7a. Estimate the machin-
ing time. Take cutting speed 25 m/min, feed is 0.25 mm/rev. Diameter of
cutter for channel milling is 80 mm Assume suitable data if required with
justification. [10]

[6003]-486 3
 b) Give a procedure for planning for the manufacturing of a component in
machine shop. [7]

OR
Q8) a) The following information is obtained from ABC co. Ltd. in a certain
year: [10]
Sales = Rs 2,00, 000/-
Variable cost = Rs 1,20, 000/-
Fixed cost = Rs 60,000/-
i) Find
1) P/V ratio
2) Breakeven point
3) Margin of safety at this level
ii) Calculate the effect of
1) 20% increase in selling price
2) 10% decrease in selling price
3) 5% decrease in sales volume

b) What are the factors influencing process selection and write down the
process selection parameters. [7]


[6003]-486 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-402 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-487
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
SIGNAL PROCESSING AND CONDITIONING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302524)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable/standard data if necessary.
5) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.

Q1) a) With the help of neat diagrams explain sampling theorem and Aliasing
effect. [8]
b) Explain signal communication and the types of data transmission. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Draw a suitable block diagram and explain the working of a DAQ
system with its components. [8]
b) A 4-bit SAR type ADC has reference voltage of 16 volts. If the ADC
is supplied with an analog input of 11.2 volts, determine the equivalent
digital output with the help of neat circuit diagram. Also draw a graph
of output waveform. [9]

Q3) a) Draw and explain Architecture of PLC. [9]

b) Write at least 9 aspects to be considered while selection of a PLC for
the application. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain Ladder Logic programming for any three logic gates.
[9]
b) Explain a PLC ladder diagram for Bottle filling machine with the help
of neat diagram of this system. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) A mass spring damper system is mounted on and massless cart as
shown in below figure. Derive the transfer function between output y
and input u. [8]

b) Write a short note on Bode Plot, Gain margin and Phase margin with
the help of neat diagram. [9]

OR
Q6) a) Using Suitable diagram explain Unit step response analysis via transient
response specifications. [8]
b) Draw pole zero map for following second order control system. [9]

Q7) a) Explain Proportional (P), Integral (I) and Derivative (D) control actions.
[9]
b) Explain Manual tuning of PID control with variationin different values
of control parameters and plot the respective graphs. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain PD and PID control systems in parallel form. [9]
b) Explain Linear Quadratic Control (LQR) with equations. Also draw a
block diagram for robot application using LQR Controller. [9]


[6003]-487 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P404 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-489
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302525-B) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) State the classification of Integer Programming Problems. [5]

b) The owner of a readymade garment store sells two types of Tshirts - Zee
shirts and button down shirts. He makes a profit of Rs. 3 and Rs. 12 per
shirt on zee shirt and button own shirt resp. He has two tailors A and B, at
his disposal for stitching the shirts. Tailor A and B can devote at the most
7 hrs and 15 hrs per day, resp. Both these shirts are to be stitched by
both the tailors. Tailor A & B spend 2 hrs and 5 hrs resp. In stitching one
Zee shirt and 4 hrs and 3 hrs resp. in stitching button down shirt. How
many shirts of both the types should be stitched in order to maximize the
daily profit? [12]
i) Formulate and solve the problem as an LP.
ii) If the optimal solution is not integer valued use Gomory’s
Technique to derive the optimal integer solution.
OR
Q2) a) What do you mean by Simulation? Explain Monte - Carlo Simulation.[5]
b) Solve the following using Branch and Bound Method: [12]
MaxZ = 3x1 + 5x2
Subject To : 2x1 + 4x2 < 25
x1 < 8
2x2 < 10
x1, x2 > 0, all integers
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the concept of Genetic Algorithm with suitable examples. [6]
b) A firm produces two products A, and B each product must be pro-
cessed through two departments namely 1 and 2. [12]
Department one has 30 hours of production capacity per day and
Department two has 60 hours. Each unit of product A requires 2 hours in
department 1 and 60 in department 2. Each unit product B requires 3
hours in department 1 and 4 hours in department 2 Management has rank
ordered the following goals it would like to achieve in determining the
daily product mix
P1: Minimize the underachievement of joint total production of 10 units
P2: Minimize the underachievement of producing 7 unit of product B
P3: Minimize the underachievement of producing 8 unit of product A
Formulate the problem as a GP model and then solve it by using the
graphical method.
OR
Q4) a) State applications of Particle Swarm Optimization. [4]
b) In 18th century when transportation systems were not developed a family
wanted to travel from their home to reach a friend’s house in other part of
the country. But they has a choice of various routes and haltages in
between from their home to final destination. Cost of travel from each
point to the other points on route, based on relevant factors such as
distance, difficulties, mode of transportation etc are given: [10]
2 3 4 5 6 7
1 7 5 4 2 8 3 9
3 10 7 6
4 4 5 6
8 9
5 6 8 10
6 7 4 8 5
7 3 6 9 4
c) What is the concept of Goal programming? [4]

Q5) a) Explain brief about PROMETHEE? [6]

b) Short note on Weighted Product method (WPM). [6]
c) What is the concept of analytical network process? [5]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Multiple Criteria Decision Making (MCDM)? Also list out its
method. [6]
b) Which is the highest accuracy method in MCDM? Why? [6]
c) Write brief note on TOPSIS. [5]

[6003]-489 2
Q7) Write a short notes on: [18]
a) Artificial Neural Network.
b) Ant Colony Optimization.
c) Fuzzy based optimization.
OR
Q8) a) Write down application of Modern Optimization Techniques. [6]
b) Explain the training or learning process in ANN with diagram. [6]
c) What are the uses and disadvantages of Genetic Algorithm. [6]

  

[6003]-489 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-405 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-490
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310341)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between stored procedure and stored function. [6]

b) What is cursor? Explain types of cursor. [6]
c) Explain DDL, DML, DCL and TCL commands with example. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the any three Set operations with example. [6]
b) Explain any three Aggregate Functions with suitable example. [6]
c) Explain INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE and SELECT queries with suitable
examples. [8]

Q3) a) What is serializability? Explain conflict serializability and view serializability

with example. [8]
b) Explain the need of a concurrency control system? How is it achieved
with timestamp based protocol? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in detail ACID properties of transactions. [8]
b) What is a deadlock? Explain how deadlock detection and prevention is
done. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain two tier and three tier architecture with example. [8]
b) Define a distributed database. Explain advantages and disadvantages of
distributed database. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Enlist different Parallel database architectures. Explain any two in detail.[8]
b) Describe concurrency control in distributed databases. [8]

Q7) a) Explain MapReduce operation in MongoDB with suitable example. [6]

b) Explain concept of indexing in MongoDB. [6]
c) Write the difference between RDBMS and NoSQL. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain any three aggregation functions using MongoDB with suitable
example. [6]
b) List different NoSQL data Models and explain Document based Data
Model. [6]
c) Enlist CRUD operations in MongoDB database with syntax. [6]



[6003]-490 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P406 [6003]-491
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)

ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310342)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4 Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6 Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume sitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain the use of overriding the following methods for an applet [6]
i) init()
ii) Start()
iii) Stop()
iv) destroy()
v) Paint()
b) Explain the following AWT/swing components [6]
i) JTabbedPane
ii) Frame
iii) JCheckBox
c) Write a program to create an applet with some background color and
foreground color with a message. The message string is stored in msg
and is to be displayed in paint () method. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following [6]
i) adapter classes
ii) inner classes.

P.T.O.
 b) Write a program to pass name and salary to an applet and get the tax
calculated. Make use of get Parameter () method. [6]
c) Write a program to create a combo box with names of some countries.
The user can select any one of them from the list and the selected country
name is displayed again in the frame. [6]

Q3) a) Explain the following [6]

i) The FocusEventClass
ii) The InputEventClass
b) Write a program to trap a key which is pressed on the keyboared and
display its name in the Text [6]
area. (Consider F1, F2, F3, Page Up, Page Down Keys).
c) Write a Java program to create a text area and display the mouse event
when the button on the mouse is clicked. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on [6]
i) Event Classes
ii) Event Listeners
b) Write a program which first creates a frame and then closes it on
clicking the close button. [6]
c) Write a Java program that allows you to fill the shapes with some colors.
[6]

Q5) a) Which are the five types of Layout Managers? Explain each one in brief.
[8]
b) Write short notes on [8]
i) The String Tokenizer class
ii) The Formatter class
iii) The Scanner class
iv) The Collection Interface

OR
Q6) a) Write a Graphical User Interface program in Java to create a choice menu
with names of some languages from where the user has to select any one
item. The selected item must also be displayed in the frame. [8]

[6003]-491 2
 b) Write a Java program to create a card layout and display 3 buttons,
Button1, Button2 & Button3 in card Layout. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the following in JDBC (Any five) [10]

i) DSN
ii) ScrollableResultset
iii) CLOB
iv) CallableStatement
v) PreparedStatement
vi) Stored Procedure
vii) BLOB
viii) ODBC

b) Explain the following in relation to JDBC [8]

i) Class.for Name (dname) method
ii) Driver manager.getConnection (“jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:
1521:xe”, “scott”, “tiger”);
iii) ExecuteQuery() method
iv) ExecuteUpdate () method

OR
Q8) a) Write a JDBC program to retrieve data from the table emptab of test
database. [8]
b) Explain in brief the following (Any five) [10]
i) ResultSetMeta Data
ii) Reader
iii) SetFetchSize ()
iv) Type 4 (JDBC driver)
v) execute () method
vi) get Property()
vii) Java.sql. Ref interface
viii) Java.sql. Struct interface


[6003]-491 3
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P407 [6003]-492
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)

DATA COMMUNICATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310343)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherver necessary.
3) Fingures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is alllowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain QPSK with its Transmitter. [8]

b) Explain M-ary FSK in detail with the help of Transmitter and Receiver.
[8]
OR
Q2) a) For a given data (101101), draw the modulated output waveforms for [8]
i) BASK
ii) BFSK
iii) BPSK
iv) QPSK
b) Explain with the help of neat block diagram Explain Binary Frequency
Shift Keying (BFSK) Transmitter and receiver. [8]

Q3) a) Explain differnt Multiple Access Techniques in detail. [9]

b) A PN sequence in generated using feedback shift resisters of length
m =4, Find the generated output sequence if the initial contents of the
shift register are 1000. If the chip rate is 107 chips/sec. Find the following
Parameter [9]
i) Design PN sequence
ii) Chip Duration
iii) Length of PN sequence
iv) Duration of PN Sequence
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) With the help of mathematical expressions and block diagram explain
DS-SS system [9]
b) Write a short note on [9]
i) Pure ALOHA
ii) Slotted ALOHA
iii CSMA

Q5) a) Apply Shannon Fano coding procedure to find the coding efficiency for
the following Message ensemble. X1=1/4, X2=1/8, X3=1/16, X4=1/16,
X5=1/16, X6=1/4, X7=1/16 X8=1/18 Take M=2 [9]
b) Define information rate, Entropy, Mutual information and channel
capacity, Minimum Distance. [9]

OR
Q6) a) An information source produces a sequence of independent symbols
having the following probabilities. S1=1/3, S2=1/27, S3=1/3, S4=1/9,
S5=1/9 S6=1/27, S7=1/27 Construct using Huffman binary encoding
procedure and find its efficiency. [9]
b) State and explain Shannons thorem on channel capacity. [9]

Q7) a) Explain in detail ARQ Stop and Wait & Selective repeat ARQ. [6]
b) Explain the need of Error detection and Error Correction. [6]
c) What is Generator matrix and parity matrix? What is their role? [6]

OR
Q8) The Generator matrix of a particular (6,3) block code is given below. Find all
code vectors of this code [8]
100 011
a) G= 010 101 
 
001 110 
b) Compare Forward error correction and Automatic repeat request [4]
c) Write a short note on Linear block code. [4]


[6003]-492 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-408 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-493
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
MICROCONTROLLER AND APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310344)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw an interfacing diagram of stepper motor with 8051 microcontroller

and write and embedded C code to rotate it in clockwise continuously.
[6]
b) Draw interfacing of relay with 8051 microcontroller also write an
embedded c program to turn on and off with same delay. [6]
c) Draw an interfacing diagram of DAC with 8051 microcontroller and
write an embedded C code to generate sine wave. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Draw an interfacing diagram of opto-isolator with 8051 microcontroller
and write an embedded C code to flash lamp connected to it with
delay of 10 msec. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram of the buzzer connected at port pin P2.0
of 8051 microcontroller and write an embedded C code to turn it ON
and OFF with highest delay generated using timer 0 mode 1. [6]
c) Draw an interfacing diagram of DAC with 8051 microcontroller and
write an embedded C code to generate triangular wave of 5 KHz using
timer 1 in mode 2. [8]

Q3) a) Explain with neat diagram MSP430x5xx microcontroller architecture.

[8]
b) Explain various low power modes of MSP430. [8]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Enlist the features of MSP430x5xx microcontroller. [8]
b) Compare variants of the MSP430 family. [8]
Q5) a) Generate a square wave using Timer 0 of MSP430 microcontroller.[8]

b) Draw an interfacing diagram of 8 LEDs with MSP430 microcontroller

and write an embedded C code to flash the LEDs with Is delay. [8]
OR

Q6) a) Explain various registers used to generate square wave using internal
DAC of MSP430 microcontroller. [8]

b) Write a short note on 12C and UART protocol of MSP430

microcontroller. [8]

Q7) a) Explain with neat block diagram DAS using 8051 microcontroller.[6]

b) Design an environment monitoring system using MSP430

microcontroller, write the algorithm for the same. [6]

c) Design a soil monitoring system for agriculture using MSP430

microcontroller. Draw the flow chart for the same. [6]

OR

Q8) a) Design a water level monitoring system using 8051 microcontroller.

Draw the flow chart for the same. [6]

b) Design a home automation system using MSP430 microcontroller.

Also write an embedded C program for same. [6]

c) Design frequency counter using 8051 microcontroller and display the

result on LCD. [6]



[6003]-493 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P409 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-494
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310345 (A)) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Discuss about the distributed file system. What is the difference between
Peer to Peer file system and distributed file system? [6]
b) With neat sketch explain Routing Overlays in detail. [6]
c) What is Identifiers? Explain the Uniform Resource Identifiers, Uniform
Resource Locator and Uniform Resource Names. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What is the need of Peer to Peer middleware system? Write the
non-functional requirements of Peer to Peer middleware system? [6]
b) With the help of neat diagram explain about the file server architecture.[6]
c) Explain the following in details. [8]
i) File system access model and its sharing semantics.
ii) Peer to Peer middleware systems.

Q3) a) Describe in detail about Cristian’s and Berkley algorithm for

synchronizing clocks. What are the issues resolved by Berkley’s
algorithm? Describe briefly about global states. [8]
b) What is network partition? Write the features of Network Time Protocol.
Explain the different modes of synchronization of Network Time
Protocol servers. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is mutual exclusion? Explain the central server algorithm and ring
based algorithm for mutual exclusion. [8]
b) Explain the Chandy and Lamports snapshot algorithm for determining
the global states of distributed systems. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are thread models? What are the design issues in threads? Explain
the different thread scheduling policies/algorithms. [8]
b) What is process migration? Give the classification of process migration.
Explain non-preemptive and preemptive migration during its execution.[8]
OR
Q6) a) What is task assignment approach? What are the typical assumptions for
the task assignment approach? Explain the task assignment approach
algorithms in detail. [8]
b) What is load balancing? What are the benefits of load balancing? What
are the rules of load balancing operation? Explain Sub-optimal load
balancing algorithm. [8]

Q7) a) What is distributed file system? Explain various components of

distribution file system in its services. [6]
b) What do you mean by Google file system? With the help of neat diagram
explain architecture of Google file system. [6]
c) Explain design overview of Coda distributed file system. Which method
is used for communication in Coda file system? [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain characteristics of distributed file system. State the advantages
and disadvantages of distributed file System. [6]
b) What is Network File System (NFS) of distribution file system? Explain
the need for distributed file systems. How does the network file system
work? [6]
c) Explain in detail NFS protocol and implementation in distributed file
system. [6]

  

[6003]-494 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P410 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-495
T.E. (Electronics & Computer Engg.)
BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310345 (B)) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is cryptography? Explain three characteristics of cryptography.[6]

b) What is Hash function? Explain in detail. Also, explain the features of
Hash functions. [6]
c) Explain symmetric and Asymmetric key cryptography. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the properties of Hash function for an effective cryptographic
tool. Describe any two applications of Hash function. [8]
b) What is Message Authentication Code (MAC)? Describe process of MAC
for authentication. [6]
c) Enlist the popular Hash functions. Describe SHA-1 in detail. [4]

Q3) a) What is ethereum? Write use of solidity, Remix, Ganache and Myether
Wallet in ethereum. [10]
b) Explain working process, features and applications of ethereum. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is Hashing in data structure? Write types of hashing in data
structure. [6]
b) How does Hashing in data structure works? Explain with example. [6]
c) Explain Secure Hash Algorithm Version 3 in detail. [6]

Q5) a) What is Bitcoin? Explain working of bitcoin. [6]

b) Draw and explain Bitcoin block structure. [6]
c) Explain Bitcoin Transaction process in detail. [6]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) What is Merkle Trees in blockchain technology? How it works? Explain
significance of Merkle Tree. [8]
b) Explain the terms Bitcoin Address, Bitcoin Transactions, Bitcoin
Network, Bitcoin Supply and Bitcoin Payments in brief. [10]

Q7) a) What is the role of blockchain in cloud computing? Explain advantages

of integrating blockchain into cloud computing. [5]
b) Explain in detail, how Blockchain and Artificial Intelligence integration
is changing the business process. [5]
c) Compare Blockchain Technology, Cloud computing and Artificial
Intelligence. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain, why the future Internet of Things (IoT) depends on Blockchain
technology. [5]
b) Explain how RPA and Blockchain can function together. Explain
advantages of using RPA in conjunction with Blockchain Technology.[8]
c) Differentiate between Blockchain and Machine Learning. [3]



[6003]-495 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P411 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-496
T.E. (Electronics & Computer)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (310345C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Compare IIR & FIR filters based on the following points. [6]
i) Filter governing mathematical equation.
ii) Memory requirement.
iii) Stability.
iv) Recursiveness.
v) Phase response.
vi) Processing time.
b) Convert analog filter with system function H(s) into digital IIR filter using
10
impulse invariance method H ( s ) = . [7]
s 2 + 7 s + 10
c) Compare Butterworth filter & Chebyshev filter on following points. [5]
i) Frequency response.
ii) Order for given specification.
iii) Transition band.
iv) Phase response.
v) Pole location.
OR

Q2) a) Explain following window functions. [6]

i) Rectangular window.
ii) Hamming window.
b) What is Gibbs phenomenon? How the effect of Gibbs phenomenon is
reduced? [6]
c) What is the meaning of linear phase filters? Prove that FIR filters are
inherently stable. [6]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is finite word length effect and how it affects FIR filter
performance. [8]
b) State the advantage of direct form II realization over direct form I. Hence
implement the following difference equation in direct form I and II.
y (n) = 0.5 x (n) – 0.5 x (n – 2) – 1.3 y (n –1) – 0.36 y (n –2). [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Lattice-Ladder structure of IIR filter. [8]
b) Obtain the direct form - I, direct form - II realization of the system. [9]
y (n) = – 0.1 y (n – 1) + 0.2 y (n – 2) + 3x (n) + 3.6x (n – 1) + 0.6x (n–2)

Q5) a) What is sampling rate conversion? What is multirate DSP? Why is it

required? [6]
b) What is the principle of down sampling? What is importance of Antialiasing
filter? [6]
c) Draw block schematic for interpolation and Decimation. [6]
OR
Q6) a) With the help of neat waveform and diagram explain sampling rate
conversion by non-integer factor. [6]
b) Give the mathematical expressions for sampling rate conversion by
non-integer factor. Can the positions of the decimator and interpolator be
interchanged? Justify your answer. [6]
c) What is the role of anti-aliasing and anti-imaging filters in a Decimator and
interpolator respectively? [6]

Q7) a) Explain speech coding and compression technique. [9]

b) Compare the features of DSP processor and microprocessor with
respect to architecture. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the following related to Digital Signal Processor. [9]
i) Mac Unit
ii) ALU
iii) VLIW Architecture
b) Explain how DSP is useful in Interference cancellation in ECG. [8]

  

[6003]-496 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P412 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-497
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
SENSORS AND APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310345 (D)) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of non-programmable scientific calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain working principle of. [8]

i) Ultrasonic level sensor and.
ii) Float type level sensor.
b) Explain with neat sketch working principal of transit time ultrasonic flow
meter. State advantages and applications of ultrasonic flow meters. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain capacitance probe type of level measurement technique for- [8]
i) Conductive liquid.
ii) Non-conductive liquid.
b) Explain with a neat sketch working principle of rotameter. Can a
rotameter be used in a horizontal pipe line? If not, explain why? [9]

Q3) a) Explain working principle of following proximity sensors- [8]

i) Optical proximity sensors.
ii) Inductive proximity sensors.
b) Explain working principle of Geiger Muller counter used for detection of
nuclear radiation. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the process of charge transfer in CMOS image sensors. [8]
b) Explain with neat sketch working principle of incremental optical encoder.
What is the use of index pulse in incremental encoder? Explain how an
incremental encoder is used to sense direction of rotation of shaft. [9]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain working principle of PZT actuators. State its applications. [9]
b) Explain magneto-transistor and magneto-resistive elements (MRE). [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on surface micromachining for MEMS devices. [9]
b) Explain with neat block diagram the concept of SMART sensor system.
[9]

Q7) a) Draw and explain the symbols of following pneumatic valves. [6]
i) 5 × 2 valve
ii) 4 × 2 valve
iii) 3 × 2 valve
b) Explain how a solenoid is used as an actuator. [6]
c) Draw control valve characteristics and explain the terms. [6]
i) Quick Opening
ii) Linear and
iii) Equal Percentage.
OR
Q8) a) Explain pneumatic lift system using a poppet valves and pneumatic
cylinder. [6]
b) Explain control of single acting cylinder using an appropriate directional
control valve. [6]
c) Explain how actuators are classified. Explain any one type of actuators.[6]

  

[6003]-497 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2804 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-498
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
SENSORS AND VISION SYSTEMS IN ROBOTS
(Semester-II) (2019 Pattern) (302527) (Theory)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume suitable/standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw the structure of human eye and explain any eight parts of eye. [8]
b) Draw and Explain components of general-purpose image processing
system. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain adjacency, Connectivity, Regions and Boundaries using
arrangement of pixels. [8]
b) Draw and Explain Stereo Imaging Model and calculate equation of
disparity. [9]

Q3) a) Explain Gray level transformation and its types with Transformation
Curves. [9]
b) Explain mechanics of Linear Spatial filtering with neat diagram of kernel.
[9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain smoothing (low pass) spatial filter and its two types of kernels.[9]
b) Sketch Laplacian kernels used for image sharpening using second order
derivative equations. [9]

P. T. O
Q5) a) Explain Edge Linking using Hough Transform. [8]
b) Explain the basics of Intensity Thresholding using intensity Histogram.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Expalin Region segmentation using K-means Clustering and its algorithm.
[8]
b) Explain Topological Descriptor using suitable examples. [9]

Q7) a) Write Installation and testing of ROS camera Drivers. [9]

b) Expalin ROS to Open CV - The CV bridge Package. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain open CV image processing library. [9]
b) Explain image processing using MATLAB programming. [9]

  

[6003]-498 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3165 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003] - 499
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN ROBOTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302528)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of non-programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
4) Assume suitable/standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain following feature engineering techniques with suitable example.[8]

i) Imputation.
ii) Scaling.
b) Write a note on different data wrangling techniques employed in the data
pre-processing. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What do you mean by feature scaling? Why is need of scaling in data
pre-processing? When scaling is essential? [7]
b) Refer the following datasheet and write the python code for the
followings: [10]

P.T.O.
 i) Write a python code for the encoding of the feature ‘Species’.
ii) Write a python code for the scaling of data set using
normalization and standardization scaling techniques.

Q3) a) Write a note on following algorithms [8]

i) Random Forest.
ii) Logistic Regression.
b) How to choose right value of K in KNN using elbow method. [5]
c) Explain terminology in the decision tree with neat labeled diagram. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Distinguished between bagging and boosting algorithms. [8]
b) Calculate information gain for the features ‘outlook’, ‘temperature’,
‘humidity’ and ‘windy’. Refer following datasheet. [10]

[6003] - 499 2
Q5) a) Explain Markov decision process and Q-learning. [8]

b) Draw fully connected deep learning network and explain elements of the
deep learning. [5]

c) Explain in detail any two activation functions used in the neural networks.[4]

OR
Q6) a) Write applications of reinforcement learning with suitable examples. [5]

b) Explain key constituents of reinforcement learning with neat labelled sketch.

[7]
c) Distinguish between machine learning and deep learning. [5]

Q7) a) How does the K-means clustering works? [8]

b) Describe in details steps involved in the development of classification

problems. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in details linear SVM and non-linear SVM. [9]

b) Write a note on human machine interaction. [9]



[6003] - 499 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-3166 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-500
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
MODELING AND SIMULATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (302529)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer two questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted
5) Assume suitable/Standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) List out the techniques for increasing model validity and credibility. [10]
b) Explain pseudo random numbers with examples. [7]
OR
Q2) a) List out techniques for identifying data destribution. Explain any one of
them. [9]
b) Use the linear congruential method to generate a sequence of random
numbers with X0 = 27, a= 17, c = 43, and m = 100. Here, the integer
values generated will all be between zero and 99 because of the value of
the modulus. These random integers should appear to be uniformly
distributed the integers zero to 99. Random numbers between zero and 1
can be generated by Ri =Xi/m, i=1,2,..... [8]

Q3) a) Explain output data analysis for a single model. [9]

b) What are the different techniques for generating random variates? Explain
any one of them. [9]
OR

P. T. O
Q4) a) Explain inverse transform technique for exponential distribution with
detailed procedure. [8]
b) What are the different types of simulation with respect to output analysis?
Explain with example. [10]

Q5) a) What is the need of simulation in manufacturing and material handling

systems? Also list out its application in same perspective. [9]
b) Explain conveyor system with its input parameters that should be
considered when designing and implementing them. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain simulation of Job shop with Material Handling System. [10]
b) What are the different types of simulation that can be used in manufacturing
and material handling systems? [7]
Q7) a) Compare simulation software with the programming languages. [6]
b) Explain object oriented simulation package. [6]
c) List out the desirable software features in deatil. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the features needed in programming the discrete-event type
simulation model. [6]
b) Explain the classification of simulation software with example. [6]
c) State advantages and disadvantages of object oriented simulation
approach. [6]

  

[6003]-500 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-413 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-501
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
MACHINING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (302530-A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions from the following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume Suitable/Standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in details Mechanism of tool wear with neat sketch. [8]
b) A tool life 80 minutes is obtained at a speed of 30 m/min and 8 minutes in
60 m/min. Determine the following : [10]
i) Tool life Equation
ii) Cutting speed for 4 minutes of tool life.
OR
Q2) a) What are the modes of tool wear? Write a short note on crater wear and
flank wear. [8]
b) The following cutting speed of tool life observations have been noted in a
machining process. [10]
Cutting Speed (V) 25 m/min 35 m/min
Tool Time (T) 90 minutes 20 minutes
Find
i) ‘n’ and ‘C’
ii) Recommend the cutting speed for desired tool life of 60 minutes.

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain in details requirements of dynamometer. [8]
b) What is lathe tool dynamometer, explain its construction and working
with neat sketch. Write its applications. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is the need of measurement of cutting forces? [8]
b) Write a classification of cutting force dynamometers. Explain any two of
them. [9]

Q5) a) Explain in details Economics of Machining. [7]

b) Suppose a turning operation is to be performed with HSS tooling on mild
steel, with Taylor tool life parameters n = 0.125, C = 70 m/min. Work part
length = 500 mm and diameter = 100 mm. Feed = 0.25 mm/rev. Handling
time per piece = 5.0 min, and tool change time = 2.0 min. Cost of machine
and operator = $30/hr. and tooling cost = $3per cutting edge. [10]
Find :
i) cutting speed for maximum production rate, and
ii) cutting speed for minimum cost
iii) the hourly production rate and cost per piece for the two cutting
speeds computed.
OR
Q6) a) Derive equation for optimum cutting speed and tool life for minimum
cost. [7]
b) A high-speed steel tool is used to turn a steel work part that is 300 mm
long and 80 mm in diameter. The parameters in the Taylor equation are:
n = 0.13 and C = 75 (m/min) for a feed of 0.4 mm/rev. The operator and
machine tool rate = $30/hr, and the tooling cost per cutting edge = $4. It
takes 2 min to load and unload the work part and 3.5 min to change tools.
Determine (a) cutting speed for maximum production rate, (b) cutting
speed for minimum cost, (c) tool life of cutting in (a) and (b), (d) cycle
time and cost per unit of product in (a). [10]

[6003]-501 2
Q7) a) Write a short note on Modern Machining Techniques. [8]

b) Describe in detail Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM) with working

principle, diagram, construction, working, and application. [10]

OR

Q8) a) Differentiate between conventional and non-conventional machining

process. [8]

b) Describe in detail Ultrasonic Machining (USM) with working principle,

diagram, construction, working, and application. [10]



[6003]-501 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-414 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-502
T.E. (Automation and Robotics)
MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302530-B) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer four questions from the following (Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8).
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted
5) Assume Suitable/Standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Planned and unplanned Maintenance? Explain in details. [9]

b) Explain Condition Base Maintenance System. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Vibration Monitoring? What are its causes, identification and
monitoring? [9]
b) Differentiate between Preventive Maintenance, Predictive Maintenance.[9]

Q3) a) Explain the factors involved in effective planning of maintenance work.[9]

b) What are the various methods of scheduling work? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the Short term and Long Term Maintenance Plans. [9]
b) Write a short note on : [8]
i) Annual Overhauls
ii) Renovation
iii) Revamping and
iv) Modernization.
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the methods for Accidents preventions? [9]

b) What do you mean by Job Safety Analysis? Explain in detail. [9]

OR

Q6) a) What is Safety Survey? Write the steps involved in safety survey. [9]

b) What are the Onsite offsite Emergency Plans? Why it is necessary? [9]

Q7) a) Explain the Procedure for Ensuring Safety in. Planning, Building and
Operating Plants. [9]

b) What points are considered in Construction and Commissioning of Plants?

Explain in details. [8]

OR

Q8) a) Why safety measures are required in plant? Classify Safety measures?[9]

b) Demonstrate Personal Safety and Personal Protective Equipment? [8]



[6003]-502 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P415 [6003]-503
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310352)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Software Estimation? What are the Software Estimation

Techniques? [9]
b) What is Functional Point Method? Explain with an example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is Empirical Estimation model? What are the Empirical Estimation
techniques? [9]
b) What is LOC-Based Estimation Method? Explain with an example. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the Software Design Process How to design a Traffic Control
System? [8]
b) What is design engineering in software engineering? What are the three
types of design in software engineering? [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is Software Architecture? Why is Software Architecture Important?
[8]
b) What are Component-Level Design Elements? Explain Component Level
Design for Web Apps. [9]

Q5) a) What is software configuration management? What are the 4 main

functions of software configuration management? [9]

b) What is the RMMM Plan? Explain in detail. [9]

OR
[6003]-503 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain software Configuration Management for any suitable software
system. [9]

b) What is the SCM Repository? Explain in details. [9]

Q7) a) What are the different methods of testing? What are the phases involved
in Software Testing Life Cycle? [9]

b) What are the different levels of testing? What is the difference between
functional and non-functional testing? [8]
OR

Q8) a) What is Verification and Validation in Software Testing? On what basis

the acceptance plan is prepared? [9]

b) What is a test case? Explain Bug Life Cycle or Defect life cycle. [8]

  

[6003]-503 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P416 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-504
T.E. (Electronics & Computer Engineering)
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (310353)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Black figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be draw wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the purpose of flow control and error control in data link layer.[4]
b) Explain the working HDLC protocol with neat diagram. [6]
c) What are the noisey channcls? Explain stop and wait protocol with suitable
diagram. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain frame format of point to point protocol. [4]
b) What are the types of media access control? Explain in detail random
access technique. [6]
c) Explain router with suitable diagram. [6]

Q3) a) Write a short note on Address Resolution protocol (ARP) [6]

b) Explain IPv6 address in detail [6]
c) Explain Internet control message protocol (ICMP) with suitable
architecture diagram. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Transmission Control Protocol with header diagram. [6]
b) Explain in detail link state routing vector with suitable diagram. [6]
c) What is congestion control? List the typical QoS parameters in the transport
layer and explain each one. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with architecture of WWW. [4]
b) What is DNS? Explain Domain Name Space in detail. [6]
c) What are the different commands used in SMTP. Explain Simple Mail
Transfer protocol. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is streaming of Audio/Video. Explain. [4]
b) Write a short note on Email with message format. [6]
c) Explain SNMP with suitable diagram. What is the role of structure
management Information in SNMP explain. [8]

Q7) a) List the different security goals. Explain. [4]

b) Explain public key cryptography (cipher) with suitable diagram. [6]
c) What is Network Monitoring? How to perfrom network monitoring
effectively. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write a short note on network tester. [4]
b) Explain with neat diagram internet access through dial up. [6]
c) What is Protocol Analyzer? Explain the working with neat diagram. [8]



[6003]-504 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P417 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-505
T.E. (E & CE)
EMBEDDED PROCESSOR & APPLICATIONS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310354)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Interface of LPC 2148 with PC using UART. Draw interfacing diagram
and explain it. [9]
b) What are the advantages of using LPC 2148 instead of other processors
in embedded system? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Write down the characteristic features of UART of LPC 2148. [4]
b) Write an embedded C program to transmit character ‘A’ to PC. [6]
c) Draw and explain interfacing of on chip DAC with LPC2148 with
flowchart. [8]

Q3) a) What are the features and advantages of ARM CORTEX M3 in

embedded system. [8]
b) Compare CORTEX A, CORTEX M, CORTEX R processors. [5]
c) Write a note on ARM processor development. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write down the specifications of ARM CORTEX M3. [5]
b) Draw detailed architecture of ARM CORTEX M3. [8]
c) Compare between ARM Cortex-M3 and ARM-7 [5]

Q5) a) Explain programmer model of ARM CORTEX M4 with neat labelled

diagram. [9]
b) Explain an algorithm to send “SPPU” serially via STM32F4xx
controller to Desktop PC on Hyper Terminal. Assume (UART, 9600
Baud Rate). [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write a note on different types of timers of STM32F4xx. [6]
b) Draw an diagram or flowchart to interface Seven segments LED with
STM32F4xx microcontroller. [6]
c) Compare ARM Cortex M3 with ARM Cortex M4. [5]

Q7) a) What is IoT? Enlist the characteristics of IoT. [8]

b) Write a note on Sensors and actuators. [6]
c) Write down the characteristics of Embedded System. [3]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain basic block diagram of Embedded System with IoT.[8]
b) Explain any one of the below with flow/block diagram. [9]
Agriculture automation.
OR
Health monitoring system.

  

[6003]-505 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-3646 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-507
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310355B) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain No SQL database Development Tool: Map Reduce. [6]

b) Differentiate between apache Cassandra and MongoDB. [6]
c) What is MongoDB? Explain key components of MongoDB architecture.[8]
OR
Q2) a) What is a JSON database? Explain data types of JSON. [6]
b) Enlist key features of NoSQL databases. Compare Relational and NoSQL
databases. [6]
c) Explain Key Features of Column-Oriented Database. What are the
advantages and disadvantages of Column-Oriented NoSQL databases?[8]

Q3) a) With the help of diagram explain Hybrid OLAP (HOLAP) Architecture.
State its advantages and disadvantages. [8]
b) What is a data warehouse? What are the benefits of data warehousing?
Compare data warehouse and data lake. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief characteristics and limitations of data warehouse. [8]
b) With the help of diagram explain Star and Snowflake Schema used data
warehouse. [8]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Data Mining? Explain the challenges of implementation in data
mining. [8]
b) List the different mining software. Explain any three software’s in detail
and also write their features. [8]
OR
Q6) a) With suitable diagram explain data mining implementation process. [8]
b) What is KDD-Knowledge Discovery in Databases? Write the advantages
and disadvantages of KDD. [8]

Q7) a) Explain in detail Spatial databases. Compare Spatial and Temporal

databases. [6]
b) What are active databases? Write the features of active databases. [6]
c) What is multimedia database? Explain different types of multimedia
database. Explain content of multimedia database. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain different types of genome data. Explain characteristics of genome
data management. [6]
b) What is a Geographic Information System (GIS)? Write the GIS
applications. [6]
c) What is mobile database? Write advantages and disadvantages of mobile
database. [6]



[6003]-507 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-3409 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-508
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
POWER ELECTRONICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (310355C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the effects of inductive load in full converter? [4]
b) Draw & explain single phase full converter for R-L load with circuit diagram
& waveforms for. [13]
i) Rectifier mode (< 90°)
ii) Operation when ( = 90°)
iii) Inversion mode (> 90°)
Derive an expression for its average o/p voltage
OR
Q2) a) Compare symmetrical & asymmetrical configurations in three phase semi-
converters with R-L load. [6]
b) Draw the circuit diagram of three phase full controlled converter with R
load Draw load current and load voltage waveforms with =60° and
90°. [11]

Q3) a) A step down chopper is operated from dc supply voltage of 200V. It has
resistive load with R=20  When chopper operates, voltage drop across
chopper is 2V. If duty cycle is 50%, calculate: [6]
i) Average & rms o/p voltages
ii) Average & rms o/p currents
iii) Chopper efficiency
P.T.O.
 b) Explain with diagrams various control techniques in DC chopper operation.
[6]
c) Explain with circuit diagram single phase full wave AC voltage controller
for R-load with i/p voltage & o/p voltage & current waveforms. [6]
OR
Q4) a) A step up chopper is operated from 230V dc supply and it provides
500V output. If chopping frequency is 2KHz, calculate ON & Off times
of chopper. [4]
b) Explain with circuit diagram operation of step up chopper and derive an

Vs
expression for its o/p voltage Vo 
1  D  where D is duty cycle. [8]

c) Explain operation of step down chopper with R-L load for continuous &
discontinuous current mode. [6]

Q5) a) Single phase full bridge inverter is operated from 120V dc supply, it has a
resistive load of R = 20 . Find:
i) rms o/p voltages at third & fifth harmonic (VO3 & VO5)
ii) Distortion factor (DF) of 3rd harmonic component
iii) Total harmonic distortion (THD) [6]
b) Give classification of inverters? Explain role of feedback diodes in
inverters. [4]
c) Explain working of single phase full bridge inverter for R load with input
& output waveforms. [7]
OR

Q6) a) Draw a three phase inverter for balanced star R load? Explain its operation
of 180° mode with gate signals & output waveforms. [11]
b) Explain three phase PWM inverters for three phase variable frequency
drives. [6]

[6003]-508 2
Q7) a) Explain with block diagram HVDC transmission system. [6]

b) Explain various battery charging models for EVs. [6]

c) Explain with diagram working principle of induction heating. [6]

OR

Q8) a) What are various types of electric Vehicles? Explain any one with block
diagram. [6]

b) Explain operation of On-line & Off-line UPS with block schematic. [12]



[6003]-508 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3167 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-509
T.E. (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
PLC AND AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (310355 D)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Functions and applications of timers in PLC. [8]

b) Draw a ladder diagram for a two-motor system having the following
conditions: The start Push button starts Motor 1 ; 10 seconds later Motor
2 will start. The stop Push button stops Motor 1 : 15 seconds later
Motor 2 stops. [10]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Functions and applications of Counters in PLC? [8]
b) Draw a ladder diagram for following statement: Motor 1 (M1) starts as
soon as start switch is ON; after 10 Seconds M1 goes off and Motor 2
(M2) starts. After 5 seconds M2 goes OFF and M3 starts. After 10
Seconds M3 goes off, M1 starts, and the cycle is repeated. When stop
switch is ON, all Motors are stop. [10]

Q3) a) Explain Consideration of operating environment for PLC while PLC

Installation? [9]
b) Explain electrical noise, leaky inputs and outputs for PLC installation
and maintenance? [9]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What the factors to be considered for PLC maintenance? Explain ladder
logic program for PLC maintenance? [9]
b) Explain Troubleshooting [9]
i) Processor module
ii) Input & Output malfunctions

Q5) a) Explain Proportional, Derivative and Integral control in detail. [9]

b) Explain functions of RTU and MTU in SCADA? [8]

OR

Q6) a) Write a short note on SCADA? [9]

b) Write a short note on Human Machine Interface (HMI)? [8]

Q7) a) Write a short on CAN and MODBUS? [8]

b) Write a short note on two-axis, three axis robot control with PLC? [9]

OR

Q8) a) Write a short note on PROFIBUS-PA/DP with suitable diagram? [8]

b) Write short note on [9]
i) Fieldbus
ii) EtherNet/IP Protocol
iii) ControlNet

 

[6003]-509 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-418 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-510
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
MACHINE DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (317541)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of drawing instruments, electronic pocket calculators are allowed.
4) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) A square threaded screw having 50 mm nominal diameter and 10 mm pitch

is used for lifting a load of 20 KN through distance of 170 mm. Find the
work done in lifting the load and the efficiency of the screw when:
i) the load rotates with the screw; and
ii) the load rests on the loose head which does not rotate with the screw.
The external and internal diameters of the bearing surface of the loose
head are 60mm and 10mm respectively, while the coefficient of friction
for the bearing surface is 0.08. [10]
b) Discuss efficiency of Power Screw. [4]
c) Explain the differential screw with neat sketch. [4]
OR
Q2) a) In a machine tool application, the tool holder is pulled by means of an
operating nut mounted on a screw. The tool holders travels at a speed of
5m/min. The screw has a single start square thread of 48 mm nominal
diameter and 8 mm pitch. The operating nut exerts a force of 500 N to
drive the tool holder. The mean radius of friction collar is 40 mm. If the
coefficient of friction for thread and collar surface is 0.15, calculate :[10]
i) the power required to drive the screw
ii) the efficiency of the mechanism.
b) Derive the formula for torque required to raised the load by a square
threaded power screw. [4]
c) Explain the self-locking and over-hauling screw. [4]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) A cantilever beam of circular cross section, made of alloy steel 30Ni4Cr1
(Sut = 1500N/mm2), is fixed at one end and subjected to a completely
reversed force of 1000N at the free end. The force is perpendicular to the
axis of beam. The distance between fixed and free end of the cantilever
beam is 400 mm. The theoretical stress concentration factor and notch
sensitivity are 1.33 and 0.85 respectively. The surface finish factor and
size factor are 0.79 and 0.85 respectively. The temperature factor and
reliability factor are 0.975 and 0.868 respectively. The desired life of
beam is 50000 cycles. If the required factor of safety is 1.5, determine
the diameter of beam. [10]
b) Explain the modified Goodman’s diagram for axial and bending fluctuating
stresses. [4]
c) Write short note on : [4]
i) Stress Concentration
ii) Endurance strength
OR
Q4) a) A circular bar, made of steel, is subjected to an axial load which varies
from -300 KN to 700 KN. The endurance limit is 265 MPa, while tensile
yield strength is 350MPa. The stress concentration factor is 1.8. If the
required factor of safety is 2.0, determine the diameter of rod. [10]
b) List and explain the factors affecting the endurance strength. [4]
c) What are the causes of stress concentration? [4]

Q5) a) A bracket, fixed to a vertical column by means of four identical bolts, is

subjected to an eccentric load of 25 KN as shown in fig.1. If the permissible
shear stress for the bolt is 60N/mm2, determine the size of the bolt. [7]

[6003]-510 2
 b) What is meant by preloading of bolts? State the advantages and
Applications. [5]
c) Give a welding symbol system standardized by the American Welding
Society. [5]
OR
Q6) a) A steel bracket is fixed to the vertical support by three bolts of size M20,
two at the top and one at the bottom, as shown in fig. 2. If the permissible
tensile stress for the bolt is 60N/mm2, determine the maximum load that
can be supported by bracket at 350 mm from the vertical support. [7]

b) Explain Turn Buckle, also state two applications of it. [5]

c) State advantages and limitations of welded Joints. [5]

Q7) a) It is required to design a helical compression spring of circular wire,

subjected to an axial load, which varies from 2.5 KN. to 3.5KN. For this
range of load the deflection of spring should be limited to 5 mm. The
spring index is 5 and the spring has square and ground ends. For spring
wire material, Sut = 1050 MPa. and G = 81370 MPa. If permissible shear
stress for the spring wire is 0.5 Sut, calculate : [7]
i) the wire diameter and mean coil diameter
ii) the required spring rate
iii) the number of active coils and total number of coils
iv) the solid length of spring
v) the free length of spring
b) Write the difference between Helical tension spring and Helical
compression spring. [5]
c) Explain leaf spring with neat sketch. [5]
OR

[6003]-510 3
Q8) a) A load of 1KN. Is dropped axially on a closed coiled helical
compression spring from a height of 250 mm. The spring has 20
active coils. The wire diameter is 20mm while spring index is 8. If
the modulus of rigidity for the spring material is 0.84 × /105 MPa,
determine : [7]
i) the deflection of spring and
ii) the stress induced in the spring
b) Explain different types of stresses induced in the helical spring. [5]
c) Explain with a neat sketch nipping of leaf springs. [5]



[6003]-510 4
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P419 [6003]-511
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (317542)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4 Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No. 7 or
Q.No. 8
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of drawing instruments, electronic pocket calculators are allowed.
4) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Index 69 division by compound indexing method [10]

b) Explain single point cutting tool geometry with figure [4]
c) Explain with neat sketch orthogonal and oblique cutting method [4]
OR
Q2) a) In an orthogonal cutting process following data were observed: Chip
length of 80 mm was obtained with an uncut chip length of 200 mm and
the rake angle used was 20° and depth of cut was 0.5mm. The horizontal
and vertical components of cutting force were 2000 N and 200 N respec-
tively. Determine: [10]
i) Shear Plane angle
ii) Chip thickness
iii) Frictional angle
iv) Resultant cutting force.
Draw Merchant’s Circle
b) Explain the relation between shear velocity, cutting velocity and chip flow
velocity [4]
c) Explain with neat sketch whitworth quick return mechanism of shaper
machine [4]
P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain with a neat sketch of oxy-acetylene gas welding. Describe the
types of flame with neat sketch [8]
b) What is adhesive bonding? What are its types? what are its application?
[5]
c) What is the soldering process? Why flux is used in soldering [5]
OR

Q4) a) Explain with a neat sketch of the Arc welding process. Also give the
advantages, limitations and application of Arc welding [10]
b) Describe the types of bond between the added material and base metal
[4]
c) What precaution are necessary in handling oxy acetylene cylinder [4]

Q5) a) Explain the construction and working principle of EDM with neat sketch
[7]
b) What are the application of ultrasonic machining? Why can very hard
material be cut better by ultrasonic machining than soft ones? [5]
c) What is FDM in 3D printing? What are the advantages of fused
deposition modeling [5]

OR
Q6) a) What is the principle behind Electrical Discharge Machining? Discuss
briefly the process indicating voltage, current and temperature [7]
b) Give a schematic diagram of laser beam machining. Explain interaction of
laser beam with workpiece. [5]
c) Explain selective laser sintering process. Give its advantages and
limitations [5]
[6003]-511 2
Q7) a) Explain diffusion process in I C. Fabrication with neat sketch [7]
b) Explain digital integrated circuit with neat sketch. [5]
c) What is electric packaging? How are electronic components packaged?
[5]
OR

Q8) a) Explain the basic fabrication process of the integrated circuit [7]
b) Which material is used for PCB fabrication? Give applications of PCB?
[5]
c) Short note on: [5]
i) Processing sequence steps in ICs
ii) Trends in ICs



[6003]-511 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P420 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-512
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
CONTROL SYSTEM
Manufacturing Processes
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (317543)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of drawing instruments, electronic pocket calculators are allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Using Routh Hurwitz stability criterion, determine the range of K for
stability for Q  s   s 4  2s 3   4  K  s 2  9s  25  0 . [6]
b) Explain the significance of auxilliary equation. [6]
c) Describe the various rules to sketch the root locus. [6]

OR

Q2) a) State and explain Routh Hurwitz stability criterion. [6]

b) Comment on the stability of a system using Roth’s stability criteria whose
characteristic equation is : s 4  2 s 3  4 s 2  6 s  8  0. How many poles of
systems lie in right half of S plane. [6]
c) State the advantages of root locus. [6]

Q3) a) What are the limitations for frequency domain approach [4]
100
b) For the system with closed loop transfer function G  s   ,
s  10 s  100
2

determine resonant peak, resonant frequency, damping factor, and

undamped natural frequency. [6]
c) What is a polar plot? Explain with examples. [8]

OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the advantages of frequency domain approach. [4]
36
b) For the system with closed loop transfer function G  s   ,
s  6 s  36
2

determine resonant peak, resonant frequency, damping factor, and

undamped natural frequency. [6]
c) Explain steps to sketch Nyquist plot. [8]

Q5) a) Define and explain : [8]

i) gain margin
ii) phase margin
iii) gain cross over frequency
iv) phase crossover frequency
b) Explain the procedure to obtain gain margin and phase margin from the
Bode plot. [8]
OR

Q6) a) Discuss the nature of bode plot of : [8]

i) pole at origin
ii) simple pole
iii) Simple zero
iv) Quadratic pole

b) Explain steps to sketch Bode plot. [8]

Q7) a) What is derviative control mode. State its characteristics. [6]

b) Explain concept of industrial automation. [6]
c) What is a PID controller? Explain in detail. [6]

OR

Q8) a) What is integral control mode? State its characteristics. [6]

b) Explain PD control mode state its characteristics. [6]
c) Explain applications of IoT. [6]

 
[6003]-512 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-421 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-513
T.E. (Mechatronics)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (317544)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Obtain DTFT of Unit Impulse,  (n). [6]

b) Obtain DTFT & sketch the magnitude spectrum for
x(n) = u(n) – u (n – 4). [6]
c) State & prove circular convolution property of Fourier Transform.[6]
OR
Q2) a) Find Fourier transform of [6]
n 2
1
i)   u  n  2
3
n
1
ii)   u  n  4
4

b) State & Prove time shifting and frequency shifting property of DTFT.[6]
c) Obtain DTFT of Rectangular pulse x (n) = A; 0 < n < L - 1 = 0 [6]

Q3) a) Define DFT & State and explain properties of DFT. [5]
b) Find N=5 point DFT for x(n)={1,0,1,0,1}. [5]
c) A 8-point sequence x(n) is given by {1,2,3,2,1,5,2,1} Find the DFT
of the sequence using DIF-FFT. [8]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Explain the relationship between DTFT and DFT. [5]
b) State & prove circular time shift & circular frequency shift property of
Fourier Transform. [5]
c) Find Linear & circular convolution of following sequences [8]
x1(n) = {4, – 2,2,1}, x2(n) = {1,2,3}

Q5) a) Explain with diagrams ideal frequency selective filters. [5]

b) Comparison between Butterworth & Chebyshev filter. [4]
c) Design a digital low pass Butterworth filter using bilinear transformation
for the following specifications: fc = 1KHZ, Fs = 8KHZ, Ap = 2dB,
As = 15dB. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Compare Impulse invariant method & Bilinear transformation method.
[5]
b) Draw basic structure of direct form for IIR system [4]
2
c) For the analog transfer function H ( s)  determine
( s  1)( s  2)
H(z)using impulse invariance method Assume T = 1 sec. [8]

Q7) a) Discuss interference cancellation in ECG using DSP. [5]

b) Compare IIR & FIR filters. [6]
c) Design linear phase FIR low pass filter using Hanning Window for
the frequency characteristic of the filter given as, [6]
n n
H d ( )  e  j 3 ; For      0;
4 4 otherwise.

OR
Q8) a) Explain Gibbs Phenomenon. [5]
b) Draw basic structure of direct form for FIR system. [6]
c) Explain the design technique of FIR filter with rectangular window.[6]


[6003]-513 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P422 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-514
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
MICROCONTROLLER
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (317545)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Use of Calculator is allowed.
5) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Write a detailed note on Time delay programming in C. [6]

b) Write Significance of GATE pin in 8051. [6]
c) Explain with the help of diagrams the structure of TCON and TMOD
Register. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write in short about 8051 Programming in C and Data types using in C
Programming of 8051. [6]
b) Explain various timer modes for 8051. [6]
c) Explain the modes of operation of the timer /counter 8051 [6]

Q3) a) Write a note on Programming of External hardware interrupts in C. [5]

b) Draw an interfacing diagram of ADC 0809 with 8051. [5]
c) Write an 8051 C program to switch “ON” OR “OFF” A LED connected
on P 1.3. Complement the LED whenever the switch is connected on P
3.2 is pressed. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Write a detailed note on the interrupt structure and priorities of the 8051
microcontroller. [5]
b) Explain different types of SFR’s associated with Interrupt. [5]
c) Write an Assembly program to switch “ON” OR “OFF” A LED
connected on P 1.3 when external interrupt INTO is activated. [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write a note on serial communication in 8051. [5]
b) Discuss the modes of operation of the serial port of the 8051
microcontroller. [5]

c) Describe the SCON and SBUF - SFR’s in 8051 . The serial port is full
duplex, which means that it can transmit and receive simultaneously. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Write short notes on: SCON Register of 8051. [5]
b) Explain interfacing diagram for measurement of electrical measurement
with the help of 8051. [5]
c) Write a note on Measurement of Voltage and current with the help of
8051. [7]

Q7) a) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of Stepper Motor with 8051
microcontroller. [10]
b) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of Single key with 8051
microcontroller. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of LED with 8051
microcontroller. [10]
b) Draw and explain the interfacing diagram of the LCD with the 8051
microcontroller. [8]

  

[6003]-514 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-3155 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-515
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317547)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of drawing instruments, electronic pocket calculators are allowed.
4) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw ladder diagram for math operations ADD, SUB. [9]
b) Draw ladder diagram for math operations MUL, DIV. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Draw ladder diagram for comparison operations Equal, not equal to. [9]
b) Draw ladder diagram for comparison operations less than, greater than.[9]

Q3) a) Explain analog signal processing. [9]

b) Explain analog output application using any one example. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is PID tuning? Explain typical PID functions [9]
b) What are different manufacturers of PLCs. Explain their revolution in
detail. [9]

Q5) a) Explain working of HMI with sketch. [8]

b) Write Need Of HMI. Also explain Advantages of HMI. [9]
OOR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain Selection criterion of drives. [8]
b) Explain need of drives. Also explain types of drives. [9]

Q7) a) Give definition of SCADA system and explain features of SCADA. [8]
b) Explain Comparison of different SCADA packages. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain need of SCADA system with applications and benefits. [8]
b) Comparison of PLCs Vs RTUs. [9]



[6003]-515 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3168 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003] - 516
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317548)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Use of drawing instruments, electronic pocket calculators are allowed.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw the Construction of following Flow control Components: [6]

i) Shuttle valve.
ii) Pressure reducing valve.
iii) Sequence valve.
b) Explain with a neat sketch the types of Pressure Intensifiers. [6]
c) Discuss the classification of Accumulator. Explain its functioning. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the Construction of following Flow control Components: [6]
i) Directional control valves.
ii) Unloading valves.
iii) Check valve.
b) Explain with neat sketches spring loaded and gas charged accumulators.
Explain their advantages and disadvantages. [6]
c) Explain Meter in and Meter out circuits. [6]

Q3) a) Sketch and explain the general layout of Pneumatic Systems. [6]
b) Write a short note on “Lubricators, Mufflers and dryers” for a pneumatic
system. [6]
c) What is FRL unit? What is its function? [5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are the major components of Pneumatic systems? [6]
b) What are the factors for selection of Air compressor for Pneumatic
system. [6]

c) State the classification of pneumatic actuators. [5]

Q5) a) Draw Pneumatic Circuits using a quick exhaust valve and explain it. [6]

b) Draw the Circuit for - Operating SAC using 3/2 DCV and explain it.[6]

c) Explain Throttling-in Circuit for DAC [6]

OR
Q6) a) Draw the circuit for Controlling speed of the Pneumatic double acting
cylinder and explain it. [6]

b) Draw the circuit for - operating only One SAC using a 4/2 DCV and
explain it. [6]
c) Draw the circuit for - Operating SAC and DAC in Sequence and explain
it. [6]

Q7) a) Explain the selection criterion of PLC in detail [6]

b) Explain the function of electrical control solenoid valves. [6]

c) Explain the use of PLC for industrial process control. [5]
OR

Q8) a) Explain basic structure of programmable Logic Controller (PLC) in

automation. [6]

b) What is Dominant OFF and Dominant ON circuit. [6]

c) What is ladder logic diagram in PLC. Explain its functions. [5]


[6003] - 516 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P3169 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003] - 517
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317549)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) Statement [10]

a) In a plane stress condition of a CST element shown in figure. Determine
element stiffness matrix and nodal.

b) How to verify and validate results in FEA post-processing? [8]

OR

P.T.O.
Q2) a) The nodal coordinate of triangular element are shown in the figure. At the
interior point ‘P’ thex-co ordinate is 3.3.
N1 = 0.3. Determine N2, N3 and the y - coordinate of point P [10]

b) What are the steps for interpretation of results during post processing in Finite
element analysis? [8]

Q3) a) For the element shown in fig., assemble Jacobian Matrix and strain
displacement matrix for the Gaussian point (0.7,0.5). [10]

b) Explain the terms isoparametric, subparametric and superparametric elements.[7]

OR

[6003] - 517 2
Q4) a) The iso parametric shape functions for CST element as shown in fig. are
given as N1 = , N2 =  and N3 = 1-  . Evaluate the shape functions
of interior point P. If temperature of node 1,2 and 3 are 25o, 30o, 50o
respectively, evaluate the temperature at the interior Point P. [10]

b) Differentiate between p-refinement and h-refinement. [7]

Q5) a) A brick wall has a thickness of 0.6m and thermal conductivity of

0.8 W/m0 K. The inner surface of wall is at 28°C and outer surface is
exposed to cold air at - 10°C. The heat transfer coefficient at outer
surface is 40 W/m2. Using two elements for finite element formulation,
determine the steady state temperature distribution within the wall and
heat flux through the wall. [10]

b) Explain steps involved in the processing to solve for 1D heat transfer

problem using Finite Element Problem. [7]

OR
Q6) A metallic fin with thermal conductivity W/m° K, 1 cm radius and 5 cm long
extends from a plate having temperature as 1400C. Determine the temperature
distribution along the fin, if heat is transferred to ambient air at 200C with heat
transfer coefficient of 5 W/m2K. Take two elements along the fin. [17]

[6003] - 517 3
Q7) a) For the stepped bar shown in fig., determine the first two natural frequencies
in terms of rad/s for un-damped free vibration. Let A1 = A3 = 5cm2,
A2 = 10cm2, E = 210 GPa and density = 7860 kg/m3. use consistent mass
matrices for each element. [10]

b) Enlist and explain different types of Dynamic Analysis. [8]

OR
Q8) a) Estimate the natural frequencies of axial vibrations of bar shown in fig.
using consistent mass matrices. The bar is having uniform cross-section
as A =50* 10-6 m2. Length = 1.5m, modulus of elasticity = 2* 1011 N/m2
and density = 7800 kg/m3. Model the bar using two elements. [10]

b) Differentiate between Lumped mass system and consistent mass system.

[8]

… … …

[6003] - 517 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3628 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-518
T.E. (Mechatronics Engineering)
EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317550)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 .
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in detail with block schematic of compare mode of CCP

module. [6]
b) Explain PWM generation with example. [6]
c) Create a 2KHz PWM frequency with 10% duty cycle on CCPI pin.
Assume XTAL =10 MHz. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Capture mode of PIC 18FXX in detail. [6]
b) Draw an interfacing diagram and write an algorithm for DC Motor
speed control using PIC18XXX. [6]
c) Create a 1KHz PWM frequency with 25% duty cycle on CCP1 pin.
Assume XTAL = 10 MHz, N = 16. [6]

Q3) a) Draw and Explain Interrupt Structure of PlC 18FXXX. [9]

b) Write a program using Timer 0 and Timer 1 interrupts to generate
square wave on PINS RBI and RB7, while data is been transferred
from PORT C to PORT D. [9]
OR
Q4) a) What is peripheral Interrupt, ISR Explain in detail with example. [9]
b) Explain External Interrupt INT 0 and its programing in PlC 18FXX. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw and explain the interfacing of LCD port D and Port E OF
PIC18XXL microcontroller without BUSY FLAG. [9]
b) Design a PIC 18 based data acquisition system for Temperature
Measurement using LM 35. Write a program to display temperature
on LCD. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Design a frequency counter for counting number of pulses and display
same on LCD. [9]
b) Draw a neat interfacing diagram to display “SPPU” on 4th position in
the line one and “UNIVERSITY” at 5th position on second line, write
an embedded C Program. [8]

Q7) a) Compare RS 232 and RS 485 in detail. [8]

b) Explain the use of BRG register for calculation of Baud rate with
UART block Diagram. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain MSSP structure of PIC 18FXX. [9]
b) Explain the SPI mode of MSSP structure used for serial
communication. [8]



[6003]-518 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-3647 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-519
T.E. (Mechatronics)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317551)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is a criterion for splitting, such as Gini index or entropy, and how is
it used to determine the best split in a decision tree? [6]
b) What is KNN and how does it differ from K-means? [6]
c) Compare Bayes algorithm and decision frees? [5]
OR
Q2) a) What is pruning in the context of decision trees and how does it help to
avoid overfitting? [6]
b) How does an SVM classify new data points and what is the role of the
“margin”? [5]
c) Differentiate between Classification & Regression. [6]

Q3) a) What is the process of hyperparameter tuning and how can it be used to
optimize the performance of a model? [8]
b) What is data pre-processing and what are some common techniques
used to clean, transform, or normalize data? [6]
c) How do you interpret the elements of a confusion matrix, such as true
positives, false positives, true negatives and false negatives? [4]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is the difference between training data and testing data in a machine
learning dataset, and why is it important to separate them? [8]
b) What are some common performance metrics that are used to evaluate
the performance of a machine learning model? List and explain any four.
[10]
Q5) a) What are some common types of agents in reinforced learning, such as
Q-learning, SARSA, or actor-critic meethods, and how do they differ in
terms of their value-based or policy-based approaches? [8]
b) What is an Artificial Neural Network and how does it differ from traditional
machine learning algorithms. [6]
c) What are some common types of layers in CNN? Explain any one. [4]
OOR
Q6) a) How can activation functions affect the training process of a neural
network, and what are some techniques for dealing with vanishing or
exploding gradients? [8]
b) How can reinforcement learning be used to optimize control strategies
for mechanical systems, such as robots, cranes, or manufacturing
processes? [6]
c) What is Q-learning and how does it work. [4]

Q7) a) What are some applications of AI and ML in virtual and augmented reality
systems, and how do they improve the user experience and interaction?[8]
b) What is Predictive Maintenance and how can AIML be used to improve
its effectiveness in industrial settings? [6]
c) What are some applications of AI and ML in Fault diagnosis. [3]
OR
Q8) a) What is image-based part classification and how can AIML techniques
be used to classify parts based on their visual features. [8]
b) What is process optimization and how can AI and ML be used to optimize
industrial processes, such as manufacturing, chemical processing, or
logistics? [6]
c) What is control tuning, and how can AI and ML be used to automate and
optimize the process? [3]



[6003]-519 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-423 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-520
T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS IN ROBOTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311501(A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) All questions are compulsory i.e. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6. & Q.7
or Q.8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Compare synchronous and asynchronous communication. [8]

b) Explain wireless sensor network in detail. Enlist the applications. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Write short note on : [8]
i) Embedded system in robotics
ii) USB
b) Explain zig-bee in detail. Enlist its applications. [9]

Q3) a) Write a short note on : [8]

i) Functions
ii) System Software
b) Define data types. Explain all in detail. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Explain SFR in detail. [8]
b) Explain serial communication and its types. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is RTOS? Explain need of RTOS with example. [9]
b) Define kernel. Explain architecture of kernel. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Define operating system. Explain RTOS services in contrast with traditional
OS. [9]
b) Explain pre-emptive scheduling and round-robin scheduling algorithms
in RTOS. [9]

Q7) a) Write a short note on : [8]

i) LINUX Fundamentals
ii) Pieces of Linux (any 4)

b) Write any five commands from Linux with description. [10]

OR
Q8) a) What is intertask communication? Describe intertask communication
in RTOS. [8]
b) Write a short note on : [10]
i) Kernel module
ii) Advantages and Disadvantages of Linux



[6003]-520 2
Total No. of Questions:8] SEAT No. :
P424 [6003]-521
[Total No. of Pages :4

T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engg.)

HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (311502 (A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 & Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Neat Diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Draw a simple sketch and ISO symbol of a pressure relief valve, and
explain its working. State its importance in hydraulic systems. [8]
b) Draw ISO symbols for the following Hydraulic and Pneumatic
Components: [9]
i) 4×2 pneumatically Pilot operated spring offset DCV
ii) Spring loaded accumulator
iii) Quick Exhaust Valve
OR
Q2) a) Draw neat sketch and explain the following with their applications in
circuit [8]
i) Three Way, Three Position Direction Control Valve
ii) Four Way, Three Position Direction Control Valve (Closed Centre).
b) Explain shuttle valve with a neat sketch. State its application with a typical
circuit. [9]

Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch, meter-out speed control methods in hydrulics
System and also mention 3 differences between meter-in & meter-out
circuit? [9]

P.T.O.
 b) Analyse the circuit [9]

OR
Q4) a) Explain with neat sketch bleed off circuit. [9]
b) Analyse the circuit: [9]

Q5) a) Draw a typical symbol of FRL unit and explain the working principle
oflubricator. [9]
b) Draw circuit for [9]
i) Pneumatic motor actuation circuit
ii) Pneumatic circuit equivalent to AND gate.
OR
[6003]-521 2
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch working of “AND” valve and with the help of
circuit diagram explain any one typical application of it. [9]
b) Explain with neat sketch typical compressed air generation and
distribution system. [9]

Q7) a) Explain the complete operation of the system shown in fig. [8]

b) Explain in short: [9]

i) How does a limit switch differ from a push-button switch
ii) What is an electrical relay? How does it works.
OR
Q8) a) What is a programmable logic controller? State the main function of each
of the following elements of a PLC: [8]
i) CPU
ii) Programmer/monitor
iii) I/O module

[6003]-521 3
 b) Draw the PLC Ladder logic Diagram for the given figure. [9]



[6003]-521 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P425 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-522
T.E. (Robotics and Automation)
ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311503 (A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw flowchart and explain the steps of pattern search algorithm for
solving inverse kinematics problems. [6]

b) For the robot shown in Figure, use inverse kinematics to obtain the joint
parameters 1 , d1 and d2 to bring the robot end effector to the position
(37.9, 45.2, 46). Consider a1 = 30 cm, a2 = 15 cm, a 3 = 40 cm,
a4 = 10 cm. [12]

OR

Q2) a) What is inverse kinematics problem? Explain various approaches to solve

inverse kinematics problem. [6]

b) In a genetic algorithm, calculate the value of z  3 x12 .x2  5 x2  10 if the

coded values of x1 and x2 are 10011 and 00101 respectively. Consider
3  x1  6 and 1  x2  5. [6]

c) What is the gradient of a function? What is its significance? [6]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the principle of working of electromagnetic grippers. What are
advantages and disadvantages of using these grippers? [8]
b) A mechanical gripper having two fingers is used to hold the part weighing
5 kg. The coefficient of friction between the fingers and the part surface
is 0.25. The g factor to be used in force calculations should be 3.0.
Compute the required gripper force. [6]
c) What are the limitations of friction based grippers? [4]

OR

Q4) a) A vacuum gripper is used to hold a part having mass 100 kg. Determine
the number of suction cups required if the applied pressure is 0.9 bar,
Coefficient of friction between part and cup surface is 0.35 and the
diameter of each vacuum cup is 80 mm. [6]
b) Write short note on: Mechanical grippers. [6]
c) Explain the principal of working of acoustic sensor to measure the distance
of the object from the gripper. [6]

Q5) a) Determine the angular position, angular velocity, and angular acceleration
of a robot arm with revolute joint at t =4 seconds if it rotates from 20° to
65° in 10 seconds. [9]
b) Explain Lagrangian formulation for manipulator dynamics. [8]

OR

Q6) a) What is forward robot dynamics? What are input and output parameters
for forward dynamics? [5]
b) Following data operates for a 2 DOF planer robot: [8]
• Length of link 1=0.5 m
• Length of link 2=0.3 m
• Mass of link 1=1.5 kg
• Mass of link 2=1.2 kg
• Angular position of link 1=30°
• Angular position of link 1=65°
If the links are of rectangular cross section with negligible width and
height, determine the inertia tensor of link 1 in the base co-ordinate system.

[6003]-522 2
 c) Explain the Recursive Newton-Euler algorithm to derive manipulators
dynamic equations of motion. [4]

Q7) a) Explain clearly the terms ‘static balancing’ and ‘dynamic balancing’.
State the necessary conditions to achieve them. [7]
b) Define the following terms: [10]
i) Swaying Couple
ii) Hammer blow
iii) Tractive force
iv) Primary balancing
v) Secondary balancing
OR

Q8) a) How the different masses rotating in different planes are balanced? [8]
b) Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 100 kg, 200 kg,160 kg and 170 kg
respectively. The corresponding radii of ratation are 0.25 m, 0.16 m,
0.30 m and 0.32 m respectively and the angles between successive masses
are 30°, 45° and 125°. Find the position and magnitude of the balance
mass required, if its radius of rotation is 0.2 m. [9]

 

[6003]-522 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-426 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-523
T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
SENSOR TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311504(A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) All questions are compulsory. Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7
or Q.8.
2) Assume Suitable data if necessary.
3) Use of electronic pocket Calculator is allowed.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following terms : [8]

i) Bimetal strips
ii) Gas thermometers

b) Explain resistance-temperature detectors (RTD) with respect to

sensitivity, response time, construction, and signal conditioning. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following terms : [8]
i) Thermocouple
ii) Thermoelectric effect
b) Define temperature and explain following terms : [9]
i) Thermal energy
ii) Absolute and relative temperature

Q3) a) With neat sketch, explain the working of piezoresistive accelerometer.

[8]
b) Compare point type and continuous type level sensors. [9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) With neat sketch, explain the working of piezoelectric Accelerometer.[8]
b) Explain how Accelerometer used as shock sensing element with suitable
example. [9]
Q5) a) With the help of neat diagram explain quartz sensors also state the
advantages and application of the same. [9]
b) What are the different types of strain Gauges explain any two with
neat diagram also state the advantages and application of the same.[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain working of load cell with suitable diagram also state the
advantages and application of the same. [9]
b) Explain different applicable standards for strain Gauge circuits. [9]

Q7) a) Write a short note on : [9]

i) Photo sensors
ii) Bio sensors
b) Draw the suitable diagram and explain the operation of phototransistor
also state the advantages and application of the same. [9]
OR

Q8) a) Explain in detail : [9]

i) Position and motion sensors
ii) Thermal detectors
b) Explain nanotechnology in detail how nanotechnology plays important
role in sensor technology. [9]



[6003]-523 2
Total No. of Questions : 5] SEAT No. :
P427 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-524
T.E. (Robotics & Automation)
STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I) (311505 (A) - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of calculators is allowed.

Q1) a) Round off the number 865250 and 37.46235 to four significant figures
and compute find absolute, relative and percentage errors. [8]

b) Find the positive root of f (x)=2x3–3x–6=0 by Newton-Raphson method

correct to five decimal places. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Using Bisection Method determine a real root of the equation [8]
f (x) = 8x3–2x–1=0

b) Explain in short: [9]

i) Round off Error
ii) Truncation Error
iii) Absolute Error

Q3) a) Certain experimental values of x & y are given below: [9]

(0, –1), (2, 5), (5, 12), (7, 20), if the straight line y = a0+a1× is fitted to
the above data, Find the approximate values of a0 and a1.
b) The table gives the distance in nautical miles of the visible horizon for the
given heights in feet above the earth’s surface: [9]

P.T.O.
 x = height 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
y = distance 10.63 13.03 15.04 16.81 18.42 19.00 21.27

Find the values of y when x = 160 ft.

OR

Q4) a) The function y = sin x is tabulated below: [9]

x y = sin x
0 0

 /4 0.70711

 /2 1.0

b) Find the cubic polynomial which takes the following values: [9]
x: 0 1 2 3
F(x): 1 2 1 10
Evaluate f (4).

Q5) a) Given dy/dx = y–x where y (0) = 2. Find y (0.1) and y (0.2) correct to four
decimal places. [9]
b) Evaluate - correct to three decimal places. Using Trapezoidal rule with
1
1
h = 0.5, 0.25 and 0. 125. I   1  x dx. [9]
0

OR

Q6) a) Evaluate - correct to three decimal places. Using Simpson’s 1/3rd rule.
1
1
With h = 0.5, 0.25 and 0. 125. I   1  x dx . [9]
0

[6003]-524 2
 b) Given dy/dx = 1+y2, where y = 0 when x = 0, find y (0.2), y (0.4) and
y (0.6). [9]

Q7) a) How is an inequality constrained optimization problem converted into an

unconstrained problem for use in GAs? What are the basic operations
used in GAs? [8]

b) Steel plates are available in thicknesses (in inches) of [9]

1 1 3 1 5 3 7 1 9 5 11 3 13 7 15 1
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
32 16 32 8 32 16 32 4 32 16 32 8 32 16 32 2
from a manufacturer. If the thickness of the steel plate, to be used in the
construction of a pressure vessel, is considered as a discrete design
variable, determine the size of the binary string to be used to select a
thickness from the available values.

OR

Q8) a) Find the minimum of the following function using simulated annealing:[8]
f  x   500  20 x1  26 x2  4 x1 x2  4 x12  3x22

b) What is the physical basis of SA? Can you consider SA as a

zeroth-order search method? [9]

 

[6003]-524 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-428 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-525
T.E. (Robotics & Automation)
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective-I) (311505 (A)-II)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) What is meant by Banded and Skyline Matrix methods and how these
are used for reduction in memory required to simulation in FEA? [6]
b) Explain the concept of Plane Stress and Plane Strain in Finite Element
Method. [4]
c) The triangular element has nodal coordinates (10, 10), (40, 20) and
(30, 50) for nodes 1, 2 and 3 respectively for a point ‘p’ inside triangle.
Determine the x and y coordinates if shape functions N1 and N2 are 0.15
and 0.25 respectively. [8]

OR

Q2) a) What are the characteristics of shape function? [4]

b) Write short note on CST element and LST element. [4]
c) For the triangular element shown in fig, the nodal values of displacement
in x and y directions respectively are u1 = 2.0, u2 = 3.0, u3 = 5.0 and
v1=1.0, v2=2.0, v3=3.0. Find out for plane stress conditions [10]
i) Displacement of point P,
ii) Strain-displacement relationship

P.T.O.
 iii) Element stress
iv) strains

Q3) Write short notes on: [9]

a) i) Uniqueness of mapping of isoparametric elements.
ii) Jacobian matrix.
iii) Gaussian quadrature integration technique.

b) The coordinates and function values at the three nodes of a triangular

linear element are given below. Calculate the function value at (20, 6).
Node 1 Coordinates (13, 1) Function value 190
Node 2 Coordinates (25, 6) Function value 160
Node 3 Coordinates (13, 13) Function value 185. [8]

OR

Q4) a) What are the Condition for Axisymmetric Problem? [4]

b) Explain the terms isoparametric, subparametric and superparametric
elements. [5]
c) Triangular elements are used for stress analysis of a plate subjected to
plane load. The components of displacement along x and y axes at the
nodes i, j and k of an element are found to the (–0.001, 0.01),
(–0.002, 0.01) and (–0.002, 0.02) cm respectively. If the (x, y) coordinates

[6003]-525 2
 of the nodes i, j and k are (20, 20) (40, 20) and (40, 40) in cm respectively.
find
i) The distribution of the two displacement components inside the
element and

ii) Components of displacement of the point (xp, yp) = (30, 25) cm.[8]

Q5) a) Derive FEA stiffness matrix for pin fin heat transfer problem. [7]

b) A metallic fin with thermal conductivity 360 W/m°C, 0.1 cm thick and 10
cm long extends from a plane wall whose temperature is 235°C. Determine
the temperature distirbution and amount of heat transferred from the fin
to the air at 20°C with heat transfer coefficient of 9 W/m2°C. Take the
width of the fin to be 1m. [10]

OR

Q6) a) Derive elements stiffness matrix formulation for one dimensional steady
state Heat Conduction problems. [7]

b) A composite wall consists of three materials as shown in fig. the outer

temperature is T0=20°C. Convection heat transfer takes place on the
inner surface of the wall T = 800°C and h = 25W/m2 °C. Determine the
temperature distribution in the wall. [10]

Q7) a) What is meant by Eigen Values and Eigen Vector? How it is related to
Modal analysis of structures? [8]

[6003]-525 3
 b) Find the natural frequencies of longitudinal vibrations of the same steppe
shaft of areas A = 12000 mm2 and 2A = 2500 mm2 and of equal length
(L=1m), when it is constrained at one end, as shown below: [10]

OR

Q8) a) List difference between consistent and lumped mass matrix technique
for modal analysis of structure. [8]

b) Find the natural frequency of longitudinal vibration using consistent and

lumped mass matrix method, with one element of bar as shown in figure.
Take E = 2 × 1011 N/m2, p = 7800 kg/m3, L = 1m [10]

 

[6003]-525 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P429 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-526
T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS AND MATERIAL HANDLING
SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (311505 (A) - III) (Elective - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculators is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Define precision. How are robots classified based on geometry? [9]
b) Explain CNC machine tool loading in detail. [9]

OR

Q2) a) What are the characteristics of an industrial robot? Explain the anatomy
of a robot manipulator in detail? [9]

b) What is a robotic joint? List the various types of joints used in robots.
Distinguish between prismatic and revolute joints. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the working principle of an end effector with the help of a sketch
and give its important applications. [8]

b) How are the robot end effectors classified? Explain the different end
effectors used on robots. [9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Discuss the various factors to be considered in selecting a gripper. [5]
b) The data for mechanical gripper shown in fig is: [12]
Lead of the screw : 3 mm
Required Speed of the gripper : 8 m/min
Mass of the gripper : 300 N
Gripper force calculated : 2000 N
Efficiency of mechanism : 100%
Coefficient of friction between gripper surface and work surface : 0.14
Calculate the motor power required.

Q5) a) Write a short note on Spot welding Robots used in automobile Industry.
[8]
b) Write a short note on Spray painting Robot used in manufacturing
Industry. [9]
OR

Q6) a) Explain Coating, Deburring, cleaning operations and explain the robots
used to for these operations. [8]
b) Write in brief about Robotic vision systems. [9]

Q7) Write a short note on: [18]

a) Climbing Robots.
b) Mechine mounted Robots.
OR

Q8) Write a short note on: [18]

a) Interfacing Robots with computers
b) Lee’s Algorithm for obstacle avoidance
 
[6003]-526 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P430 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-527
T.E. (Robotics and Automation) (Semester - I)
INTELLIGENT MANUFACTURING SYSTEM
(311505-A) (2019 Pattern)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of Calculator is allowed.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) For following component, use genetic algorithm to maximize strip

utilization for blanking operation. In Fig. all dimensions are in mm. Strip
length is 1200 mm. Consider pitch and orientation of blank as variables.
Assume suitable bounds for the variables. [12]

b) Explain applications of neural networks in manufacturing automation.[6]

OR

Q2) a) Discuss the procedure to set up an optimization model for cooling system
in injection moulding process. [9]

b) Explain with suitable example the significance of hidden layer in neural

networks. [9]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) A group technology cell has three machines and is used to process the
family of four parts. The Table below lists production quantities (Q),
production time (T) and machine fraction for each family member ( f ).
Assume non-operation times are all same at 30 min. per machine. [10]
Machine 1 Machine 2 Machine 3
Part Q T f T f T f
1 1 3.0 0.2 4.5 0.3 2.25 0.15
2 1 2.0 0.2 4.0 0.4 3.0 0.3
3 1 5.0 0.25 4.0 0.2 3.0 0.15
4 1 4.0 0.3 1.333 0.1 2.667 0.2
Determine:
• Average hourly production rate for the cell
• Utilization of each machine and average utilization of cell
• Manufacturing lead time
b) With suitable example explain ‘Bond Energy Algorithm’ applied to group
technology. [7]
OR

Q4) a) Apply row and column masking algorithm for grouping of the parts (J)
and machines (M) from the following part machine incidence matrix. [8]

J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8

M1 1 1 1

M2 1 1 1

M3 1 1 1 1

M4 1 1 1 1

M5 1 1 1

b) Explain various coding and classification schemes in group technology.[9]

[6003]-527 2
Q5) a) Explain with suitable example how a Lee’s algorithm is used for obstacle
avoidance in robot path planning. [9]

b) A single link robot with rotary joint is moving smoothly following a cubic
polynomial: θ(t) = 15 + 20t2 – 9t3 where, θ(t) is angular displacement at
any time t (in sec). Determine for this link the initial position, final position
and time in which it will move from initial position to final position. [8]

OR

Q6) a) Explain the role of artificial intelligence in robot path planning. [9]

b) Write note on: Collisions free motion planning for robot manipulator.[8]

Q7) a) Explain with suitable example, an application of Adaptive boosting

algorithm to flexible manufacturing system. [9]

b) Explain algorithms for automatic process planning of operation. [9]

OR

Q8) Write short notes on : [18]

a) Intelligent Tool Management system in FMS.

b) Route optimization algorithm for AS/RS.

c) Building blocks of FMS.



[6003]-527 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P431 [6003]-528
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Robotics & Automation)

ROBOT PROGRAMMING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311508 (A))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule in Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Differentiate between the command structure of VAL-I and VAL-II

language in Robot Programming. [8]
b) Explain various program instructions used in VAL-II. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Develop a program using VAL II robot programming language for a
PUMA 560 robot when setting output signal at 5th port of controller it
unloads a cylindrical part of 10mm diameter, from Machine l positioned
at point P1 with coordinates(100, 200, 0)mm and orientation(0, 90, 0)º
and load the part on Machine2 positioned at P2 with coordinates
(100, 200, 50)mm and orientation (0, 90, 0)º. The speed of robot motion
is 40 in./s. However, because of safety precautions, the speed is reduced
to 10 in./s while moving to a machine for an unloading or loading
operation. [9]
b) Explain the following instruction in VAL-II with example: [8]
i) LISTL
ii) PCABORT
iii) RENAME
iv) DISABLE

Q3) a) Develop a program using RAPID robot programming language using

RAPID procedure for pick and place operation from point
P1(500, 500, 50)mm to P2(-500, 500, 50)mm such that it starts from
home position and ends at home position. While executing the program
the orientation of end effector remains same as (0, 90, 0)º. [9]
b) Define Motion Command. Explain at least four Move Motion Commands
used in RAPID language. Explain with examples for each Motion
Command. [9]
OR
[6003]-528 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the Position Instructions and Input/Signal Instructions in RAPID
with the help of examples of programs. [9]
b) Define Data types. Explain any four data type used in RAPID with the
help of examples of programs. [9]

Q5) a) Explain the following instruction in AML with example: [9]

i) ACCEL
ii) WAITMOVE
iii) SETTLE
iv) QGOAL
v) DEFIO
vi) ENDMONITOR
b) Explain the following code & output when executed in AML: [9]
i) MONITOR (LED, 2, 0, 0, 1.5, ‘passed’);
MOVE (ARM, fgoal, LED);
ii) ATTN: SUBR;
MOTPARMS: NEW STOPMOVE;
WAITMOVE;
BREAK (EOL, ‘ATTENTION REQUESTED’);
APPLY (‘AMOVE’, MOTPARMS);
END;
iii) DMOVE (<4, 5, 6>, <30, -60, 90>);
iv) SPEED (0.8)
OR
Q6) a) Define Sensor Instruction. Explain any four sensor instructions with
examples used in AML. [9]
b) Define Motion Control. Explain any four motion controls with examples
used in AML. [9]

Q7) a) Define the concept of singularities. Explain the methods of detecting

possible collision of robots and what are the features added to avoid it.
[9]
b) Write a short note on “Robot Economics”. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail about “Robot cycle time analysis”. [9]
b) Explain the “repeatability measurement of robot”. [8]

  

[6003]-528 2
Total No. of Questions : 08] SEAT No. :
P-1413 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-529
T.E. (Robotics and Automation)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR ROBOTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311509-A)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Determine the minimum path length for following graph using greedy
search method. [9]

b) Using a simulated annealing algorithm to solve minimization problem,

function value of 20 is updated to new value of 30 at temperature 55°C.
What is the probability of accepting the new solution? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Ant colony optimization is used to solve a travelling salesmen problem
with 5 stations. The distance matrix is given below. Considering starting
station as A, what is the % probability that an ant will choose the path
1 to 3? Assume initial pheromone deposition level as 1. [10]

P.T.O.
 1 2 3 4 5
1 0 14 16 19 12
2 14 0 15 13 10
3 16 15 0 11 17
4 19 13 11 0 21
5 12 10 17 21 0

b) Explain the steps of real coded genetic algorithm. [7]

Q3) a) For the image and template shown in Figure, determine the correlation
factor for translation (1, 1) using normalized cross correlation method.[10]

b) Determine the centroid of the grayscale image shown in Fig. below. [7]

OR

[6003]-529 2
Q4) a) Determine the gradient of intensity of a pixel having intensity 2 in the
image given below. Use Prewitt operator. [8]

5 8 4

6 2 3

4 6 1

b) For a certain binary image, following data operates. Determine the

compression ratio using run length encoding. [9]

Run Bit Value Length

1 1 12

2 0 18

3 1 7

4 0 17

5 1 10

Q5) a) Explain the application of any one metaheuristics algorithm for robot
motion planning. [10]

b) Write note on visibility graph method for robot path planning. [8]

OOR

Q6) a) Explain route optimization for AS/RS systems. [8]

b) With suitable examples explain the bug 0 and bug 1 strategies for obstacle
avoidance in mobile robot navigation. [10]

Q7) a) Use A* algorithm to determine the shortest path for an automated guided
vehicle while moving from work station at (4, 6) to workstation at (1, 1)
shown in Fig. below. The obstacles are in the form of tool storage racks
at locations (3, 3), (1, 4) and (4, 2). [9]

[6003]-529 3
 (1,1) (2,1) (3,1) (4,1)

(1,2) (2,2) (3,2) (4,2)

(1,3) (2,3) (3,3) (4,3)

(1,4) (2,4) (3,4) (4,4)

(1,5) (2,5) (3,5) (4,5)

(1,6) (2,6) (3,6) (4,6)

b) Write note on: Real time scheduling in flexible environment. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain with suitable example techniques for automatic tool path
generation. [9]

b) Write note on: Applications of artificial intelligent techniques in flexible

manufacturing systems. [9]



[6003]-529 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2805 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-530
T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (311510 (A))

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figure to the right indicates full marks.
3) Neat Diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) What are the basic components of the NC system and explain the function
of each component? [9]
b) Describe various G and M codes used in CNC machines. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Prepare part programming of following component [9]

All dimensions in mm.

b) Discuss the several word functions in Numerical Control systems. Discuss

the advantages of DNC over NC/CNC [9]

Q3) a) Explain with block diagram the main elements of CIM system. [9]
b) Explain about computer aided process planning (CAPP) [8]

OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is computer aided inspection (CAI) and how can we control quality
with the help of CAI? [9]
b) What is a material requirement planning? Explain the various inputs to
the MRP system? [8]

Q5) a) What are the different types of material handling equipment? [9]
b) What are the components of the AS/RS system? [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain the working principle of a robot with the help of a neat sketch.
Also describe the components. [9]
b) What are different types of AGV Explain with their principle of working.[9]

Q7) a) What are the different types of tool strategies? Explain Each. [9]
b) Explain the term Tool Monitoring and fault Detection. [8]

OR

Q8) a) What do you know about tool Management? Write note on tool Room
Service and Tool Allocation. [9]
b) Draw and explain block diagram offered detection in vibration. [8]

 

[6003]-530 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P1414 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-531
T.E. (Robotics & Automation Engineering)
MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (311511 (A) - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of Logarithmic Table, Slide rule is Electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) What are piezo-resistive sensors? Explain the different piezo-resistive

sensor materials. [8]
b) Briefly explain the applications of comb drive devices with respect to:[9]
i) Inertia Sensors
ii) Actuators
OR
Q2) a) Explain with a neat sketch of thermal resistors and thermal bimorph. Also,
Explain the applications for each. [8]
b) Explain in brief with a neat sketch of parallel plate capacitors and
comb drive devices along with their application. [9]

Q3) a) Write in brief one case study of MEMS in magnetic actuators. [9]
b) Write in brief one case study in piezoelectric sensors and actuators from
a fabrication point of view. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Briefly explain the applications of parallel plate capacitors with respect
to: [9]
i) Pressure Sensors
ii) Tactile Sensors
b) Explain with a neat sketch of magnetic actuators and micro-magnetic
components. [9]

[6003]-531 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Briefly explain PMMA and applications related to flow sensors. [8]
b) Breifly explain SU-8 and the application of polymers related to pressure
sensors. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are polymers? Explain in brief LCP and PDMS with their
applications. [8]
b) Briefly explain polyimide and the application of polymers related to tactile
sensors. [9]

Q7) a) With a neat sketch explain Wireless cameras and Voice transmissions.[9]
b) Briefly explain the overview, history and application of Ultrasonic Distance
ranging sensors. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Briefly explain the Blood pressure sensor and an Acceleration sensor
with respect to overview, hisory and applications. [9]
b) Briefly explain the overview, history, and application of Zigbee and Gyros.
[9]



[6003]-531 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1415 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-532
T.E. (Robotics and Automation Engineering)
HUMANOID ROBOTS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (311511(A)-II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Give significance of angular momentum and the inertia tensor in humanoid
robotics [8]
b) How can the dynamic equations of motion be derived for a humanoid
robot in 3D analysis? Explain the steps involved in the derivation process.
A humanoid robot has two feet with contact points at (0,0) and (0.2,0) in
a 2D plane. The robot's center of mass is located at (0.1,0.1). Calculate
the net torque around the center of mass and determine if the robot is in
balance. [10]
OR
Q2) a) What is the Zero Moment Point (ZMP) in humanoid robotics and why is
it important in measuring stability? [8]
b) What is the significance of 2D analysis in humanoid robotics and how
does in contribute to understanding robot behaiour?
A humanoid robot has a mass of 10kg. The inertia tensor of the robot's
body is given as follows: lxx=2kgm2, lyy=3kgm2, lzz=1kg*m2 Calculate
the total moment of inertia for the robot's body. [10]
Q3) a) How does the field of humanoid robotics contribute to the study and
understanding of neuroscience? [8]
b) How can foveal vision be implemented in humanoid robots? What is
cognitive human robotics and how does it integrate congnitive abilities in
to robot systems? [9]
OR
P. T. O
Q4) a) Explain foveal vision and it's important for humanoid robots. [8]
b) How can humanoid robots be used to emulate neuro-mechanisms and
contribute to our understanding of brain function? [9]
Q5) a) What is multi-fingered grasping, and why is it important in robotics?
Discuss some applications of multi-fingered grasping in robotics. [8]
b) What is multi-arm object manipulation control? State the advantages of
using multiple robot arms for object manipulation [9]
OR
Q6) a) What are the challenges in achieving effective multi-fingered grasping in
robotics? [8]
b) What are the challenges in controlling multiple robot arms for object
manipulation? Explain the significance of cooperation between multiple
humanoids in robotics. [9]

Q7) Write short note on: [18]

a) Search and rescue humanoid robots
b) Humanoids in sports
c) Concept of AI
OR
Q8) Write short note on: [18]
a) A.I. in Robotics
b) Service robots
c) Social Robotics

  

[6003]-532 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-1416 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-533
T.E. (Robotics and Automation)
MODELING AND SIMULATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (Elective-II) (311511 A)-III
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Describe data collection phase of input modeling for simulation. [6]
b) How a histogram works to display data? [6]
c) Which methods are used for testing assumptions? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Describe Identification of the input data distribution of input modeling
for simulation. [6]
b) Describe Random Number Generation. [6]
c) What is a Histogram? [5]
Q3) a) Explain generating continuous random variates like Weibull. [6]
b) What is terminating simulation with regard to output analysis? [6]
c) Explain generating continuous random variates like Uniform. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Explain generating continuous random variates like Normal [6]
b) What is non-terminating simulation with regard to output analysis? [6]
c) What is random variate generation? [5]
P. T. O
Q5) a) Write short note on reentrant manufacturing system. [6]
b) How to Reduce Downtime in Manufacturing? [6]
c) Which are sources of randomness in manufacturing system? [6]
OR
Q6) a) Illustrate how simulation can be used to improve the performance of a
munufacturing system. [6]
b) Which steps to be followed to do the simulation case study of
manufacturing system? [6]
c) Which are the important elements of automated material handling system?
[6]
Q7) a) Which are the features to be considered while selecting simulation
software? [6]
b) What is SLAM? Which are applications of it? [6]
c) Describe ARENA simulation software package. [6]

OR
Q8) a) Which features needed in programming most discrete-event simulation
models? [6]
b) What are the advantages of using a simulation package rather than a general-
purpose programming language? [6]
c) Describe classification of simulation software. [6]

  

[6003]-533 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P432 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-535
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (317521)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if neccessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between circuit switching, Packet switching, message

Switching. [7]

b) Write short note on network address translation. [10]

OR

Q2) a) Explain the concept of class full and class less addressing. [7]

b) Compare routing protocols RIP, OSPS, BGP. [6]

c) Explain the concept of connection less and connection oriented protocol

with example. [4]

Q3) a) Write short note on sockets and sockets programming. [10]

b) Explain different elements of transport protocol. [8]

OR

Q4) a) Explain RTP protocol in detail. [8]

b) Explain TCP handles error control and flow control. [10]

[6003]-535 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Write short note on DNS. [7]
b) Explain simple mail transfer protocol. [10]

OR
Q6) a) Explain POP Protocol. [8]
b) Explain various FTP commands. [9]

Q7) a) Explain static and dynamic channel allocation. [9]

b) Differentiate between Pure ALOHA and Slotted ALOHA. [9]

OR
Q8) a) Explain Binary Exponential Back off Algorithm. [10]
b) Compare CSMA and WDMA. [8]



[6003]-535 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P433 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-536
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
WEB TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310252)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following [8]

i) XML namespace
ii) HTTP session
b) What is servlet? Explain the session management technique in servlet.[9]

OR

Q2) a) Write a simple servlet program to display hello World. [9]

b) Explain DTD : Schema, elements, attributes. [8]

Q3) a) Write advantages of JSP over servlet and explain life cyle of JSP. [8]
b) Explain the strut architecture with neat diagram and also explain the
benefits of struts. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Write a JSP program to demonstrate use of JSP Action tags. [8]
b) Write the benefits of web services and explain SOAP, REST and UDDI.
[9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the following with respects to Php [9]
i) Session tracking
ii) Function
iii) Arrays.
b) How does connectivity with mySQL work in Php. Explain with example.
[9]
OR

Q6) a) Write a program to explain control statements in Php. [9]

b) Explain the concepts of classes and pattern matching in Ruby. [9]

Q7) a) Explain scolar types and their operations in Ruby. [9]

b) What is module? Differentiate classes and module [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain rails with request and response in rail application. [9]
b) What is EJB? Explain types of EJB. [9]

 

[6003]-536 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-434 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-537
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310253)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt four questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the issues that need to be addressed for solving CSP
efficiently? Explain the Solutions to them. [9]
b) Explain heuristic function that can be used in cutting off search in
detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Alpha-Beta Tree search and cutoff procedure in detail with
an.example. [9]
b) Define constraints in CSPs. Explain any two types of Constrains in
detail. [5]
c) What are the limitations of Game search algorithms? [4]

Q3) a) What are the various approaches to knowledge representation? Explain

in detail. [9]
b) Detail the algorithm for deciding entailment in proposition logic. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate propositional logic with First order logic. List the Inference
rules along with suitable examples for first order logic. [8]
b) Explain Knowledge representation structures and compare them. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Unification algorithm with suitable example. [9]
b) What is knowledge engineering? Explain ontology of situation calculus.
[9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the forward chaining process and efficient forward chaining
with example. State its usage. [8]
b) What are the reasoning patterns in Propositional logic? Explain them
in detail. [7]
c) Write a note on: categories and objects. [3]

Q7) a) Explain time, schedules and resources in temporal domain with an

example. [9]
b) Discuss Al and its ethical concerns. Explain Limitations of Al. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Analyze various planning approaches in detail. [9]
b) Explain Al Architecture with a suitable diagram. [8]



[6003]-537 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P435 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-538
T.E. (AI & DS)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND SECURITY
(317522(A)) (Elective - I) (2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q. No. 3 or Q. No. 4, Q. No. 5 or Q. No. 6,
Q. No. 7 or Q. No. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is the difference between Complier and Cross Compiler? [6]
b) Enlist the IDE’s available for embedded system development. [6]
c) Explain the firmware embedding process for OS based embedded
products. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the different types of preprocessor directives available in
embedded C? Explain them in detail. [6]
b) With example, explain how the functions of port 0 pins can be selected.[6]
c) What is the difference between In-System Programming (ISP) and In
Application Programming IAP)? [6]

Q3) a) What is Process Life Cycle? [6]

b) Explain the concept of Multithreading. What are the advantages of
Multithreading? [6]
c) Explain the different states of a task under MicroC/OS-II Kernel. [6]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Discuss the Preemptive scheduling algorithm. [6]

b) What is Semaphore? Explain the different types of Semaphore. [6]

c) Compare between Thread & Process. [6]

Q5) a) What is an embedded Linux? What are the advantages of it? [7]

b) Explain the Linux Kernel Architecture. [10]

OR

Q6) a) What are the characteristics of Device Driver? [7]

b) Explain the architecture of Embedded Linux System. [10]

Q7) a) Which are the security threats of the embedded system? [5]

b) What are the effects of an attack on Embedded System? [6]

c) Explain the counter measures to be used for prevention of attacks on

Embedded System. [6]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the different types of attack. [5]

b) What are the challenges in security of an Embedded System? [6]

c) What are the Security requirements of an Embedded System? [6]



[6003]-538 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-436 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-540
T.E. (AI & DS) (Semester - I)
PATTERN RECOGNITION
(317522 (B)) (2019 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q. 1 or Q. 2 , Q. 3 or Q. 4 , Q. 5 or Q. 6, Q. 7 or Q. 8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Discuss the Elements of Formal Grammars. [9]

b) Explain the Chomsky Normal form with suitable example. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Give an Abstract View of Parsing Problem. [9]

b) Describe Blocks Word Description String Generation example as Pattern

Description. [8]

Q3) a) Differentiate between Homomorphism and Isomorphism. [9]

b) Draw and Explain Grammatical Interface Model and its objectives. [8]

OR

Q4) a) Describe Clique finding algorithm with suitable example. [8]

b) Explain the Design and Selection of Similarity Measures. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe Characteristics of Neural Computing Applications. [9]

b) Explain CAM & other Neural Memory Structure. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Describe with neat diagram Artificial Neuron Activation and Output
Characteristics. [9]

b) Explain the different reasons to adopt a Neural Computational

Architecture. [9]

Q7) a) Draw & Explain structure of a Multiple Layer Feedforward Network.[9]

b) Explain Summary of the Back Propagation learning Procedure with suitable

diagram. [9]

OR

Q8) a) How the character classification is done with Pattern Associator? [9]

b) Draw & explain how to train the feedforward network using Generalized
delta Rule? [9]



[6003]-540 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-437 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-541
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science) (Semester - I)
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACE
(310245 (B)) (2019 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or 0.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumption whenever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain what is mean by Human err in detail. [6]

b) Elaborate Graphical User Interface in detail. [6]
c) Explain web user interface in detail. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain usability Engineering with suitable example. [6]
b) Write down about interactive design and prototyping using suitable
example. [6]
c) Write short note on: [6]
i) Popularity of Graphics
ii) Concept of Direct Manipulation

Q3) a) Explain analytic methods and model-based analysis. [6]

b) Elaborate universal design principles in detail. [6]
c) Explain cognitive walkthrough in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Elaborate GOMS model. [6]
b) Elaborate evaluation Framework using following point: [6]
i) Paradigms and Techniques
ii) DECIDE: A Framework to Guide Evaluation
c) Discuss the concept of designing of diversity. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is mean by ubiquitous computing? Which are the applications of it?
Explain with suitable example. [6]

b) Compare data integrity and data immunity. [6]

c) Which are the social aspects of search? Explain. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Discuss about handling missing data using suitable example. [6]

b) What is the significance of machine learning in HCI? Describe. [6]

c) Explain sensor-based and context-aware interaction. [6]

Q7) a) Explain Mobile Navigation, Content and Control Idioms using appropriate.
Example. [6]

b) Discuss Drawers used in HCI system. Explain item-level drawers. [6]

c) Describe the “Inter-app Integration”. [5]

OR

Q8) a) What is use of “multi-touch gestures”? Explain various multi-touch gestures

used in mobile device. [6]

b) Describe Tap-to-Reveal and Direct Manipulation. [6]

c) Explain “Welcome and Help Screens”. [5]



[6003]-541 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P438 [6003]-542
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)

DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317529)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Data Analytics life cycle with the help of diagram. [10]
b) List different phases in data analytics life cycle and explain Model Building
phase in detail. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are different phases in data analytics life cycle? Explain
Operationalize phase in detail. [10]
b) Explain Model building phase with its challenges. [8]

Q3) a) Explain association rules with example. [4]

b) Explain Python Libraries for Data Processing, Modeling and Data
Visualization. [10]
c) Explain predictive, Descriptive, and Prescriptive data analysis. And also
mention their difference. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short notes on Global Innovation Social Network and Analysis.
[5]
b) Explain the use of logistic function in logistic regression in detail. List
and explain the Types of Logistic regression. [10]
c) Wirte short notes on ASM. [3]

[6003]-542 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is clustering? With suitable example explain the steps involved in
k-means algorithm. [7]
b) Discuss Holdout method and Random Sampling methods. [6]
c) Wirte short note on [4]
i) Confusion matrix
ii) AVC- ROC curve
OR
Q6) a) What do you mean by text analysis? Why text analysis need to be done?
Explain the following text analysis steps with suitable examples [11]
i) Part of speech (POS) tagging
ii) Lemmatization
iii) Stemming
b) Wirte short note on [6]
i) Time series Analysis
ii) TF- IDF.

Q7) a) What is data visualization? What are the different methods of data
visualization explain in detail. [6]
b) Explain in detail the Hadoop Ecosystem with suitable diagram. [11]

OR

Q8) a) Describe the Data visualization tool “Tableau”. Explain its applications
in brief. [6]
b) With a suitable example explain and draw a Box plot and explain its
usages. [6]
c) With a suitable example explain Histogram and explain its usages. [5]

  

[6003]-542 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P439 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-543
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
CYBER SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (317530)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Draw neat figures wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Describe the Deffie-Hellman Key Exchange in detail. [6]

b) Identify and explain the authentication methods. [6]
c) Distinguish between Kerberos and X.509 authentication service. [5]
OR
Q2) a) What is Digital Signature Standard? Explain the DSS approach. [6]
b) Explain the RSA algorithm in detail with the help of diagram. [6]
c) Explain Message Digest algorithm in detail. [5]

Q3) a) Explore Secure Socket Layer Handshake protocol in detail. [6]

b) What is VPN? Explain types of VPN. [6]
c) Describe IPSec Protocol with its components and Security Services. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Distinguish between PGP and S/MIME. [6]
b) Explain ISAKMP protocol of IPSec. [6]
c) Identify Threats to web Security and figure out how any of two among
listed are countered by particular feature of SSL. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Differentiate packet filtering router and stateful Inspection firewall. [6]
b) What is trusted system? Explain in brief. [6]
c) List limitations of Firewall. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Illustrate Screened subnet firewall Architecture. [6]
b) List and Explain types of intrusion detection system (IDS) [6]
c) Identify and explore any two-password management practice. [5]

Q7) a) Identify and explore the different types of Cyber stalker attacks. [6]
b) Illustrate life cycle of cyber forensics? [6]
c) List VoIP hacking types and explore any 3? What are the counter measures
for it. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Who are cyber criminals? What are types of cyber crimes. [6]
b) What is Botnet? How to protect from botnet? [6]
c) Explain the terms: [6]
i) Virus
ii) Phishing
iii) Spoofing
iv) Phone phishing
v) Internet pharming
vi) Cyber Forensic



[6003]-543 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P440 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-544
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORK
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317531)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is the Hopfield neural network? What is a state transition diagram
for Hopfield Neural Network? Explain how to derive it in Hopfield model.
[8]
b) Explain the concept of associative learning in artificial neural networks.
How is it related to pattern recognition? [6]
c) Explain the architecture of Boltzmann machine. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the Boltzmann machine and Boltzmann learning law. What are
the limitations of the Boltzmann learning? [8]
b) Write a short note on [10]
i) Stochastic Network
ii) Simulated Annealing

Q3) a) Draw and explain Competitive learning Network. [7]

b) Describe the self-organization map (SOM) algorithm and explain how it
can be used for feature mapping. [6]
c) Explain how ART can be used for character recognition task. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain briefly ART network. What are the features of ART network?[7]
b) Describe the components of a competitive learning neural network and
explain how they contribute to the network function. [6]
c) What is vector quantization? How it is used for pattern clustering? [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the role of pooling layer in Convolution neural network. [8]
b) Explain the concept of transfer learning and its importance in deep
learning. [6]
c) Explain Padding in neural network. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Residual network in Convolution neural network. [8]
b) Explain the concept of SoftMax regression and its significance in CNN
models. [10]

Q7) a) Explain how ANN can be used for the recognition of printed characters.
[7]
b) Describe the Neocognitron model and its significance in the recognition
of handwritten characters. [6]
c) Explain example of pattern recognition in everyday life. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss the application of ANN in pattern classification and recognition
of Olympic game symbols. [7]
b) Explain texture classification and segmentation in ANN. [6]
c) Discuss the application of ANN in the recognition of consonant vowel
(CV) segments. [4]

  

[6003]-544 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-441 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-546
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317532(A)) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are Danavit Hartenberg parameter used for? How do we define DH
parameter? [6]

b) What are the difference between forward and reverse Dynamic? [6]

c) What is Euler Lagrange equation of motion? Explain? [6]

OR
Q2) a) What are the difference between forward and reverse Kinematics? [6]

b) What is Newton Euler equation of motion, Explain? [6]

c) What is Jacobian in robotics? Explain? [6]

Q3) a) What are the different types of Grippers? Explain mechanical grippers
with specification. [6]

b) Enlist what are the various process tools which can be used as a end
effectors. Explain any one in detail. [6]

c) Explain Types of Power system in Robotics? [6]

OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Compare pneumatic & hydraulic grippers. [6]

b) Which devices can be used as end effectors? How to achieve end effector
interface. [6]

c) Explain Types of Motion conversion in robotics? [6]

Q5) a) Explain, how do we integrate sensors and actuators? [6]

b) What are the functions of adaptive control? Explain? [6]

c) What are the types of PID control? Explain? [5]

OR

Q6) a) How Artificial Intelligence used in robotics, Explain? [6]

b) Explain Open loop and close loop with example? [6]

c) What is the architecture of Microcontroller in Embedded system. [5]

Q7) a) Classify different languages/methods used for robotics programming.

Explain the structure of VAL language command along with example.[6]

b) Explain any three basic commands in VAL-II with example. [5]

c) Explain motion control, hand control, program control commands used

in robotic programming with example. [5]
OR

Q8) a) Explain anyone of the following robotic application using VAL program.[6]
i) Pick and place applications
ii) Palletizing application using VAL

b) Using VAL-II programming language explain simple pick and place

application. [5]

c) Explain WAIT, SIGNAL and DELAY command used in robotics for

communication using simple application. [5]



[6003]-546 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-442 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-547
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Data Science)
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING (Elective - II)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (317532(B))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Combinatory Categorial Grammar. [8]

b) List and Explain grammar rules for English. [9]

OR
Q2) a) Explain partial parsing with example. [8]

b) Discuss Advanced Methods in Transition-Based Parsing. [9]

Q3) a) Explain Word Sense Induction. [8]

b) Explain Features-based Algorithm for Semantic Role Labeling. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Explain Connotation Frames. [8]

b) Explain defining emotions with Plutchik wheel of emotion. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain need of Machine Translation (MT) with suitable example. Which
are the problems of Machine Translation? [9]

b) Write short note on :

i) Knowledge based MT System [5]
ii) Encoder-decoder architecture [4]

OR

Q6) a) Explain Machine Translation (MT) approaches with suitable example.

Describe Direct Machine Translation in detail. [9]

b) Write short note on :

i) Statistical Machine Translation (SMT). [5]
ii) Neural Machine Translation. [4]

Q7) a) Elaborate Information retrieval- Vector space Model in detail. [9]

b) Write short note on : [9]

i) Categorization.
ii) Summarization.
iii) Sentiment Analysis.

OR

Q8) a) Discuss Information Extraction using Sequence Labelling in detail. [9]

b) Write short note on : [9]

i) Named Entity Recognition.
ii) Analyzing text with NLTK.
iii) Chatbot using Dialogflow.



[6003]-547 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-443 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-548
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (318541)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Travelling salesman problem? Explain with example travelling

salesman problem using Dynamic Programming. [8]
b) Write an algorithm for Warshal’s and Floyd’s Algorithm. State it’s time
complexity. [6]
c) Solve the following instance of the 0/1 knapsack problem by Dynamic
Programming, Capacity W = 6 [4]
Item 1 2 3
Weight 2 3 4
Profit 1 2 5
OR
Q2) a) Explain Dynamic Programming method. State Principle of optimality.[8]
b) Explain optimal binary search tree with example. State difference between
binary search tree and optimal binary search tree. Write the cost function
for OBST. [10]

Q3) a) Write an algorithm for Knapsack problem using backtracking method.[7]

b) Write an algorithm to find Sum of subset using backtracking. Explain
with example. [6]
c) Discuss graph coloring using backtracking with the help of example. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write an algorithm to find Hamiltonian path using backtracking method.[7]
b) Explain the following terms : [6]
i) State space tree
ii) Live node
iii) E-node
iv) Dead node
v) Implicit Constraints
vi) Solution State
c) Draw state space tree for 4-Queen’s problem. [4]

Q5) a) Write an algorithm for FIFO Branch and Bound. [8]

b) Explain following term : [6]
i) Branch and Bound
ii) LC Search
iii) FIFO Search
c) Difference between backtracking and branch & bound. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Write an algorithm for LC Branch and Bound. [8]
b) Find the solution of the following Travelling salesman problem using branch
and bound method. [10]
¥ 20 30 10 11
15 ¥ 16 4 2
3 5 ¥ 2 4
19 6 18 ¥ 3
16 4 7 16 ¥

[6003]-548 2
Q7) a) Prove that Clique Decision problem is NP-complete. [7]
b) Explain Vertex Cover Problem in detail. [6]
c) Explain Pointer Doubling Algorithm. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain : NP-Hard, NP-Complete, Decision Problem, Polynomial Time
algorithm and Deterministic-nondeterministic Algorithm. [7]
b) Explain in detail Parallel Computing. [6]
c) Differentiate between NP complete and NP Hard. [4]



[6003]-548 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P444 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-549
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
IOT WITH ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (318542)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right full indicate marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if neccessary.

Q1) a) State and explain key advantages of IP suite of Internet of things. [8]

b) Advantages and disadvantages of IEEE 802. 15.4 protocol. [6]

c) Describe building blocks of constrained node networks. [4]

OR

Q2) a) What is SCADA software system? Explain working of SCADA software

system. [8]

b) Differentiate between IPV6 and IPV4 protocol. [6]

c) Explain level 6 IOT system. [4]

Q3) a) List and explain any three IOT frameworks. [7]

b) Write short note on Data Lake? [6]

c) Explain Data integration platforms. [4]

OR

Q4) a) Describe authentication and authorization in detail. [7]

b) State and describe unstructured data storage challenges. [6]

c) Explain Cisco frameworks. [4]

[6003]-549 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain everything as a service cloud service model (XAAS). [8]

b) Short note on data in motion. [6]

c) List advantages and disadvantages of unstructured data. [4]

OR

Q6) a) What are tools used in data analytics. [8]

b) Explain data categorization for storage. [6]

c) Explain key features of clouds to support IOT. [4]

Q7) a) State and describe different types of industrial automation. [7]

b) Explain Amazon web service for IOT and its features. [6]

c) Short note on IOT cloud platforms. [4]

OR
Q8) a) Explain working of commercial building automation using IOT. [7]

b) What is the smart grids? Discuss how smart cities are adopting smart
grid technology. [6]

c) State and explain IOT data analytics application. [4]



[6003]-549 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P445 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-550
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
WEB TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (318543)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain redux architecture in detail. [8]

b) What are hooks? Explain different types of hooks. [6]
c) Explain angular lifecycle. [4]

OR

Q2) a) What is data binding? What are the different types of data binding? [8]
b) Explain mvc in web framework. State its advantages and disadvantages.
[6]
c) What is typescript? Explain variables in TS. [4]

Q3) a) What is Middleware in Express.js? What are the different types of

Middleware? [7]
b) What is the difference between Express.js and Node.js? [6]
c) What are NoSQL databases? What are the different types of NoSQL
databases? [4]

OR
Q4) a) How many types of API functions are available in Node.js? Explain with
example. [7]
b) What are the key differences between Angular.js and Node.js? [6]
c) What is Mongoose ODM? Explain its advantages. [4]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain any four form components in JQuery Mobile. [8]
b) Explain any six JQuery methods to create animation effects. [6]
c) Explain the following widgets in JQuery mobile: [4]
i) FlipSwitch widget.
ii) Footer widget

OR

Q6) a) Explain list in JQuery Mobile. How to divide list in JQuery mobile? [8]
b) Explain multipage template JQuery mobile. [6]
c) List all the roles in JQuery mobile. [4]

Q7) a) What is amazon VPC? Name all the components of amazon VPC and
explain any four components of amazon VPC. [7]
b) What is AWS storage service? List of the main storage services available
on the AWS Cloud. [6]
c) What is ELB? How does it work? [4]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the steps to deploy a web application an amazon EC2. [7]
b) What is PUTTY? How to connect EC2 instance with PUTTY? [6]
c) What are the important AWS Cloud Services? [4]

 

[6003]-550 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-446 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-551
T.E. (AI & ML)
MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR IT
INDUSTRY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (318544)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Write characteristics of Entrepreneurship and function of Entrepreneur.

[6]
b) Write about barriers to entrepreneurship. [6]
c) Discuss the role of Entrepreneurs in economical development of
country. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain stages of entrepreneurial process in detail. [6]
b) Explain the types of Entrepreneurship in detail. [6]
c) Define Entrepreneur. What are characteristic of an entrepreneur? [6]

Q3) a) What are the steps involved in formulation of project report. [6]
b) With a brief explanation, explain CPM and PERT. [6]
c) Explain the guidelines by planning commission for project report [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is ERP? Explain importance of ERP. [6]
b) What is a project? Explain the required criteria in selecting a project.[6]
c) Explain steps involve in report writing? [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain about trademarks in IPR. [6]
b) List the characteristics of small scale industries. [6]
c) Explain steps involved in establishing micro and small enterprise. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain characteristics of small and micro industries. [6]
b) Explain trademark, copy rights and patents. [6]
c) Write short note on-i) MSME-DI 2)DIC 3) NISIC. [6]

Q7) a) What intellectual property rights in detail. [6]

b) Explain Advantages and Disadvantages of IPR. [6]
c) Explain Criticisms and Politics of Intellectual Property Rights. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Economic analysis of Intellectual Property Rights. [6]
b) Explain 1)WIPO 2)WTO [6]
c) Discuss Need for Private Rights versus Public Interests. [5]



[6003]-551 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P447 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-552
T.E. (Semester - I)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING
Robotics
(318545 (A)) (2019 Pattern) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are homogeneous coordinates and how are they used in robotics?[6]
b) What are some common matrix operators used in robotics and how do
they relate to transformation matrices? [6]
c) Explain Denavit-Hartenberg matrix with its uses. [6]
OR
Q2) a) How can the forward solution be used to determine the position and
orientation of a manipulator’s end effector? [6]
b) What is the inverse or back solution and how is it used to control a
manipulator’s motion? [6]
c) What are techniques for obtaining the inverse solution? [6]

Q3) a) What are the different types of grippers used in robotics? [6]
b) Write short note on force analysis for mechanical hydraulic systems?[6]
c) What are the different types of end effectors? [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are tactile sensors? Explain their application. [6]
b) Write short note on proximity and range sensors. [5]
c) What are some miscellaneous sensors and sensor-based systems used in
robotics and what are their applications? [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are some important hardware considerations when designing a
computer system for a robot? [6]
b) What are some of the computational elements used in robotic applications?
[6]
c) What are some important real-time considerations for robotic systems,
and how are they addressed in computer design? [6]
OR
Q6) a) How is path planning used to optimize the movement of a robot? [6]
b) What are some of the different programming languages used in robotics
and what are their advantages and disadvantages? [6]
c) How is artificial intelligence used in robot programming, and what are
some of its applications in robotics? [6]

Q7) a) What are some common applications of robotics in material transfer and
machine loading/unloading? [6]
b) How is robotics used in processing operations such as welding and
coating? [6]
c) What are some of the different assembly and inspection tasks that robots
are used for and what are some of their benefits and drawbacks? [5]
OR
Q8) a) What are some of the social and labor issues associated with the use of
robotics? [6]
b) What are some of the characteristics of future robot tasks? [5]
c) What are some of the potential applications of robotics in hazardous and
non-manufacturing environments? [6]


[6003]-552 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P448 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-553
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
PATTERN RECOGNITION
(318545 (B)) (2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Gaussian mixture models. [8]

b) What is the difference between maximum likelihood and Bayes method.[6]
c) Prove that the bayes classifier is equivalent to the minimum distance
classifier,assuming that the feature vector is Gaussian. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Nearest neighbor algorithm with example. [8]
b) Explain Bayes Decision rule.Explain how it can be used for two class
classification. [6]
c) What is maximum entropy estimation. [4]

Q3) a) Explain stochastic approximation of LMS algorithm. [7]

b) Explain least means square algorithm in detail. [6]
c) Explain decision hyperplane. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the perceptron learning algorithm in detail. [7]
b) Explain sum of error estimate. [6]
c) Explain any Linear discriminant based algorithm. [4]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe the architecture and learning algorithm of back propagation
network. [8]
b) Explain K-means clustering algorithm. [6]
c) Draw the model of single artificial neuron. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain two layer perceptron with algorithm. [8]
b) Define the criterion functions used in clustering. [6]
c) Explain the proximity measures. [4]

Q7) a) Explain following normal density fuction with formula [7]

i) Univariant normal density.
ii) Multivariant normal density
b) Explain expectation maximization with the help of algorithm. [6]
c) Explain linear discriminant function in detail. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Write a note on first order Hidden markov model.How the Hidden markov
model different from markov model. [7]
b) Define Classifier.Explain different types of classifiers. [6]
c) Explain Bayesian parameter estimation. [4]



[6003]-553 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-449 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-554
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
INFORMATION SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (318545C) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in detail key management with suitable example. [6]

b) Explain in detail Chinese reminder theorem. [6]

c) Write a note on Diffie-Hellman key exchange. [6]

OR
Q2) a) Which are the different types of Cryptography. Explain Public Key
Cryptography in detail. [6]

b) Explain E1 Gamal algorithm in detail. [6]

c) Write a note on Elliptic Curve Cryptography. [6]

Q3) a) Explain Hash Functions Based on Cipher Block Chaining in detail. [6]

b) Explain in Web Security issues. [6]

c) Write a short note on IP Security: IPSec. [5]

P.T.O.
 OR

Q4) a) Write a note on Message Authentication functions. [6]

b) Explain Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) in detail. [6]

c) Explain MD4 in detail. [5]

Q5) a) What are types of Firewall, and also explain Intrusion prevention system:
Network based in detail. [6]

b) Explain the concepts of trusted system & Trusted computing. [6]

c) What do you mean by Multilevel Security. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Explain in detail Security for role based access control. [6]

b) Write a note on Host based and network based Honeypot. [6]

c) What do you mean by Flooding attacks. [6]

Q7) a) Explain in detail Indian IT Act. [6]

b) Explain Cyber stalking in detail. [6]

c) State & explain Information Security related to cybercrime. [5]

OR

Q8) a) State the classification of Cybercrimes. Write a note on cybercrime. [6]

b) Write a note on The Indian IT Act-Challenges. [6]

c) Write a note on Proxy servers. [5]



[6003]-554 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-450 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-555
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (318545D) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Define the following tool with report to BI. [8]

i) Power BI

ii) Tableau

b) Explain what is business report? And its business reporting systems. [6]

c) State four perspective of BSC. [4]

OR

Q2) a) Define following term with report to BI. [8]

i) Key performance indicator

ii) Balanced scored cards

b) Explain with neat diagram types of charts and graphs with their
specifications. [6]

c) What is the Roll of performance measurement dashboard in BI. [4]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) State and explain with diagram, structure of mathematical models for
decision support system? [7]
b) Differentiate in-between descriptive analytics vs. predictive analytics vs.
prescriptive analytics. [6]
c) Define the term certainty, uncertainty and risk for decision support system.
[4]
OR
Q4) a) Role of “What if analysis” and “Sensitivity analysis” in business
intelligence. [7]
b) Explain multi-criteria decision making with pair wise comparisons. [6]
c) How mathematical programming optimization obtain in BI. [4]

Q5) a) Explain in detail the role of visual and business analytics in BI. [8]
b) Describe ERP and business Intelligence. [6]
c) State any four application of BI in banking. [4]
OR
Q6) a) State and explain business intelligence applications in fraud detection and
retail industry. [8]
b) Describe how different forms of Business Analytics are supported in
practice. [6]
c) Explain the concepts of Business Intelligence in Telecommunications.[4]

Q7) a) State and explain the critical success factors for implementing BI strategy.
[7]
b) State location based analytics for organization. [6]
c) Explain emerging technologies in BI. [4]
OR
Q8) a) State and explain predicting the future with the help of data analysis. [7]
b) Describe different types of advanced visualization reports. [6]
c) Explain impact of analysis in organization. [4]


[6003]-555 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P451 [6003]-556
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and MachineLearning)

MACHINE INTELLIGENCE FOR DATA SCIENCE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (318552)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the assumptions of linear regression? [6]

b) How do you interpret linear regression coefficients. [6]
c) What is difference between logistic regression and linear regression?[6]
OR
Q2) a) What is maximum likelihood estimation, and how does it relate to logistic
regression? [6]
b) How do you evaluate the performance of a logistic regression model,
and what metrics are used? [6]
c) How do you visualize the relationship between predictors and response
in logistic regression. [6]

Q3) a) How does SVM work, and what are its strengths and limitations. [6]
b) What are ensemble methods, and how can they improve classification
accuracy? [6]
c) What is bagging, and how does it reduce model variance? [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is boosting, and how does it reduce model bias? [6]
b) What is random forest, and how does it use bagging and random feature
selection? [5]
c) What metrics are used to evaluate calssification models? [6]

[6003]-556 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is a decision tree, and how does it partition the feature space? [6]
b) What is entropy, and how is it used to construct decision trees? [6]
c) What is random forest, and how does it combine multiple decision trees
to improve accuracy? [6]

OR
Q6) a) What is boosting, and how does it iteratively adjust weights to improve
accuracy? [6]
b) What is XGBoost, and how does it improve on gradient boosting
algorithms? [6]
c) How do you evaluate decision tree or ensemble model performance, and
what metrics are used? [6]

Q7) a) What is clustering, and how is it used in unsupervised learning? [6]

b) What is k-means clustering, and how does it assign data points to clusters?
[6]
c) What is DBSCAN, and how does it identify clusters of varying shapes
and densities? [5]
OR

Q8) a) What is hierarchical clustering, and how does it create a dendrogram to

visualize cluster relationships? [6]
b) What is agglomerative clustering, and how does it combine small clusters
into larger ones? [5]
c) What is divisive clustering, and how does it split larger clusters into
smaller ones? [6]

  

[6003]-556 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P452 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-557
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
DATA MINING AND WAREHOUSING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (318553)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the k-means and DBSCAN clustering techniques with examples.
[8]
b) Explain the concept of data, information, and knowledge in the context
of BI. [6]
c) Explain the role of a data warehouse in BI systems. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Describe the design and implementation aspect of OLTP in the context
of data mining and warehousing. [8]
b) Define Business Intelligence (BI) and its components. [6]
c) What are the business applications of BI? [4]

Q3) a) Explain the need for data warehousing in decision support systems.
Discuss the characteristics of a data warehouse. [7]
b) Explain the three-tier data warehouse architecture. [6]
c) What are the trends in data warehousing? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Compare and contrast operational databases and data warehouses.
Describe the components of a data warehouse. [7]
b) What is a data mart? Discuss its role in data warehousing. [6]
c) Describe the conceptual modeling of a data warehouse. [4]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the ETL process in data warehousing and its significance. [8]
b) Write short note on data reduction strategies. [6]
c) Describe applications of Data warehouse. [4]
OR
Q6) a) What are the techniques for discretization and concept hierarchy generation
for numerical and categorical data in data warehousing? [8]
b) Describe the role of metadata in data warehousing. [6]
c) Give an overview of the data life cycle and its stages. [4]

Q7) a) Describe the different schemas used for representing multidimensional

databases, including stars, snowflakes, and fact constellations. [7]
b) What are OLAP operations in the multidimensional data model? [6]
c) What is the difference between a fact table and a dimension table in a
multidimensional database? [4]
OR
Q8) a) Compare and contrast the different types of OLAP tools, including
ROLAP, MOLAP, and HOLAP. [7]
b) Define the concept hierarchies in the context of a multidimensional data
model. [6]
c) Discuss the need for OLAP. [4]



[6003]-557 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P453 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-558
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
ARTIFICAL NEURAL NETWORKS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (318554)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the architecture of a multilayer perception (MLP). How it differs

from a single-layer perception? [6]
b) Explain in detail Error Back Propagation Algorithm. [6]
c) Explain stochastic Gradient Descent with example. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write Applications of Feed forward Neural Networks. [6]
b) Explain how multilayer perception can be used in image classification
tasks. [8]
c) Explain Sigmoid Neurons with example. [4]

Q3) a) Describe the architecture of a recurrent neural network (RNN). What are
some advantages and limitations of RNNs in sequence modeling tasks?[7]
b) What are Hopfield networks and Boltzmann machines, and what are some
applications of these models? [10]
OR
Q4) a) What is the Simulated Annealing. Write an algorithm for it. How it is
useful in ANN. [7]
b) Explain Pattern Storage Networks. [10]

Q5) a) Explain the components of competitive learning and how they are used to
classify input patterns. Example with example. [8]
b) Explain Semantic Networks in competitive learning. [6]
c) Write an applications of Self-Organizing Maps. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Feature Mapping Network and its role in pattern recognition.[10]
b) Explain application of Adaptive Resonance Theory. [8]
P.T.O.
Q7) a) Describe the architecture of Deep Learning Networks, including input
layer, hidden layers and output layer. Explain with example. [7]
b) Explain with diagram Long short-term memory (LSTM) Networks. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the challenges faced in training Deep Learning Networks,
including overfitting vanishing gradients, and exploding gradients. [8]
b) Explain convolutional networks (CNN). State it’s application with
examples. [9]

  

[6003]-558 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-454 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-559
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (318555(A)) (Elective - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Write a note on Interoperability in Smart Automation. [6]

b) Explain in detail CPS-based manufacturing and Industries. [6]

c) Explain Networking of IIoT in detail. [6]

OR
Q2) a) What is Enhancing Resiliency in Production Facilities? [6]

b) How Integration of Knowledge is done in CMS? [6]

c) Write a note on Communication in IIoT. [6]

Q3) a) What is Cyber Physical System Intelligence? [6]

b) What are the advantages of using AI and Data Analytics in Manufacturing?

[6]

c) How is CPS used in machine tools? [5]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) How can Machine Learning be applied in condition monitoring? [6]

b) What are the challenges in implementing AI and Data Analytics in

Manufacturing? [6]

c) What is Big Data, and how is it used in IIoT? [5]

Q5) a) How do workers and CPS interact with each other? [6]

b) What strategies can be used to support user intervention in CPS? [6]

c) Write a note on Advance Manufacturing. [6]

OR

Q6) a) How can IIoT improve Human-Machine Interaction in the manufacturing

sector? [6]

b) How does Innovation Ecosystems support Human-Machine Interaction?

[6]

c) What are the challenges of evaluating the workforce in IIoT? [6]

Q7) a) What are the different applications of IIoT? Explain any one in detail.[6]

b) How does Smart Metering work, and what are its benefits? [6]

c) What is City Automation, and what are its advantages? [5]

OR

Q8) a) What are the real-life examples of IIoT in the Manufacturing sector, and
how have they benefited the industry? [6]

b) Write a note on e-Health Body Area Networks. [6]

c) Explain Home Automation in detail. [5]



[6003]-559 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-455 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-560
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
BRAIN COMPUTER INTERFACE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (318555(B))
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the Spike sorting Method? [6]

b) Write short note on Independent Component Analysis (ICA) [6]

c) What is Phase synchronization and coherence? [6]

OR
Q2) a) Write short note on frequency domain analysis. [6]

b) What is the Time domain analysis in BCI? Give example. [6]

c) Explain spatial filtering-principal component analysis (PCA) with example.

[6]

Q3) a) Explain Binary classification in detail. [6]

b) Explain Ensemble classification in detail. [6]

c) Explain Support vector machines (SVM). [5]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Graph theoretical functional connectivity analysis. [6]

b) Determine Linear Regression and its applications. [5]

c) Explain Perceptron’s. [6]

Q5) a) What is Peak-to-valley amplitudes in the onset and offset FVEPs? [6]

b) Discuss in brief Determination of gazed target. [6]

c) Explain Availability of transient VEPs. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Explain Machine learning approach in BCI. [6]

b) What is the Usability of Transient VEPs in BCIs- VEPs? [6]

c) What are transient VEPs? Explain with an example. [6]

Q7) a) What are decoding and tracking arm (hand) position? [6]

b) What is controlling prosthetic devices such as orthotic hands [6]

c) What is the difference between Cursor and robotic control. [5]

OR

Q8) a) What is Noninvasive BCIs: P300 Mind Speller? [6]

b) What is Emotion detection? Give applications. [5]

c) Write short note on Ethics of Brain Computer Interfacing. [6]



[6003]-560 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-456 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-561
T.E. (Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning) (Semester - II)
AI FOR CYBER SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (318555C) (Elective - II)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain different machine learning (ML) algorithms for botnet detection.
[8]
b) Explain how to classify network attacks. [6]
c) Explain different approaches used to identify botnet topology. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain, different network anomaly detection techniques. [8]
b) Explain how to detect botnet topology and explain its types. [6]
c) Explain Random forest and SVM algorithm. [4]

Q3) a) Explain Fraud Prevention with Cloud AI Solutions and its benefits.[7]
b) Explain user authentication with keystroke recognition. [6]
c) Explain how to protect sensitive information and assets. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain leverage machine learning (ML) algorithms for fraud detection.
[7]
b) Explain key elements of account reputation scoring. [6]
c) Explain Biometric authentication with facial recognition. [4]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain th attacks against deep neural networks (DNNs) via model
substitution. [8]
b) Explain the main libraries and tools for developing adversarial examples.
[6]
c) Explain the fundamental concept of GAN. [4]
OR
Q6) a) What is intrusion detection systems. Explain GAN attacks used against
IDS. [8]
b) Explain the steps involved in model substitution. [6]
c) Explain how to defend against adversarial attacks using facial
recognition. [4]

Q7) a) What is cross validation. Explain its technique used for bias-variance
trade-offs. [7]
b) Explain how ROC curve is used to visualize the performance of binary
classifier. [6]
c) Explain how to manage algorithms’ overfitting. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the steps to be followed in preparation of raw data in Feature
engineering. [7]
b) Explain how to split sample data into training and test sets. [6]
c) Explain bias-variance trade-offs with cross validation. [4]



[6003]-561 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3627 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-562
T.E. (AIML Engineering)
VIDEO ANALYTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (Elective - II) (318555D)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Define Bayesian classifier? What are the different types of Bayesian
classifiers? [6]
b) Write about Deep learning networks. [6]
c) Explain Neural networks. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain different types of deep neural networks. [6]
b) Explain fuzzy pattern classifier. [6]
c) Explain briefly a HMM based classifier. [6]

Q3) a) What is human action recognition using AI? [6]

b) With a brief explanation, explain human behavioral analysis. [6]
c) Explain Video analytics for security with example? [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is crowd analysis? Explain methods of crowd analysis. [6]
b) What is a perimeter security? Explain. [6]
c) Discuss prediction of crowd congestion. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Video analytics for Business Intelligence. [6]
b) What is driver assistance? Explain Lane departure warning (LDW).
[6]
c) Explain Customer behavior analysis with example. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Traffic rule violation detection. [6]
b) Explain purpose and methods of route planning. [6]
c) Write short note on Traffic Monitoring and Assistance. [6]

Q7) a) What is Video Analysis Action Recognition? Explain applications of

video action recognition [6]
b) Explain scene understanding in deep learning. [6]
c) What is meant by video rendering? Explain purpose of rendering a
video. [5]
OR
Q8) a) What is meant by video rendering? Explain the process of rendering.
[6]
b) Explain the application of scene understanding. [6]
c) Discuss Video Analysis Action Recognition. [5]



[6003]-562 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3151 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-563
T.E. (Honours in Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning)
COMPUTATIONAL STATISTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310301)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Consider the Confusion Matrix given below. Calculate Accuracy, Recall
and Precision. [9]
Predicted class CAT Not CAT
Actual class
CAT 150 10
Not CAT 20 100
b) State and explain in depth the typical analysis procedure used in statistical
analysis. [9]
OR
Q2) a) What is T state? When to use T test? Describe different types of T test in
detail. [10]
b) What is Sensitivity? Explain Types of Statistical Tests in depth. [8]

Q3) a) What are different feature scaling techniques? Explain Normalization and
Standardization in depth. [9]
b) Differentiate between bias and variance. [4]
c) Elaborate the K fold validation method in depth. [4]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Differentiate between overfitting and Underfitting. State and explain
different methods to avoid overfitting. [9]

b) What is regularization? Explain the LASSO (Least Absolute Shrinkage

and Selection Operator). Regularization Method. [8]

Q5) a) Explain in depth under-sampling and over re-sampling. [6]

b) Define Outliers or Anomaly detection. What are different types of Anomaly?

Explain different methods to detect Anomaly. [12]

OR

Q6) a) Describe Recursive Feature Elimination with example. [6]

b) What is Dimensionality reduction? How PCA reduces dimensionality?[8]

c) How does the Variance Thresholding is used for Robust Features

Selection. [4]

Q7) a) Differentiate between linear and logistic regression. [8]

b) Explain the Gradient Descent method. State and explain the difference
between Batch and Stochastic gradient descent. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Describe the Monte Carlo Method in depth with its limitation. State the
different real time applications of Monte Carlo Method. [9]

b) What is Multilinear Regression? Explain with Multilinear Regression model

in details. [8]



[6003]-563 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-457 [Total No. of Pages : 1

[6003]-564
T.E. ( Honour in Cyber Security)
INFORMATION AND CYBER SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (310401)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2 , Q3 or Q4,Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
5) Use of Scientific Calculator is permitted.

Q1) a) Explain RSA algorithm step by step in detail with example. [9]
b) What is Chinese remainder theorem? What is it implication in
cryptography? Explain with example. [9]

OR
Q2) a) Explain Diffie Hallman in detail. Solve if p=7, q=17 using Diffie Hellman
algorithm, select a=6, b=4. [9]
b) Explain operation of MD5 Message digest algorithm. [9]

Q3) a) What are the challenges in Social Engineering? Explain cyber stalking.[8]
b) Describe different categories of cybercrime with example. [9]

OR
Q4) a) List the steps for risk identification and assessment in risk management
for Information Security. [8]
b) What are the objectives and pros and cons of Quantitative and Qualitative
risk Assessment? [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What services are provided by IPSec? Give difference between Transport
mode and Tunnel mode. [9]

b) What protocols comprise SSL with neat diagram? What is the difference
between SSL connection and SSL session? [9]

OR

Q6) a) What problem was Kerberos designed to address? Explain its working.
[9]

b) Define firewall and explain following details about firewall. [9]

i) Roels of firewall

ii) Design goal of firewall

iii) Different types of firewall

iv) Limitation of firewall

Q7) a) Define, list and explain different types of viruses. [8]

b) Explain Password Cracking and types of Password Cracking. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain Intrusion detection system with its types limitations and
challenges. [8]

b) What is DoS and DDoS attack? Explain with suitable example. [9]



[6003]-564 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-458 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-565
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In Data Science
DATA SCIENCE AND VISUALIZATION
(2019 Pattern) (310501)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Sate and explain how Naive bays Theorem is used to solve classification
problems. [6]
b) What is the difference between regression and classification? Explain
with example. [6]
c) Write a note on (Any 3) [6]
i) Partitioning Clustering
ii) Density-Based Clustering
iii) Distribution Model-Based Clustering.
iv) Hierarchical Clustering
OR
Q2) a) What is clustering? Explain K-means clustering algorithm. [6]
b) Explain how simple linear regression is used for house prize prediction.
(Assume the suitable dataset). [6]
c) Briefly explain evaluation of association rules. [6]

Q3) a) Write a note on the following. [9]

i) Gini Index
ii) Information gain
iii) Entropy
b) What is a neuron? Explain the architecture of artificial neurons. [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) What is a decision tree? What are the advantages and disadvantages of a
decision tree? [9]

b) What is a feedforward neural network? Explain with suitable example.[8]

Q5) a) What are the challenges related to data visualization. [6]

b) Explain dashboard design principles. [6]

c) What are the advance data visualization techniques? Explain any 2. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Write a note on ‘Display media for dashboard’. [9]

b) Explain where and how bar-graphs, Scatterplots and histograms can be

used to visualize the data. [9]

Q7) a) Explain entity-relationship (ER) Data modelling. [6]

b) List the disadvantages of multi-dimensional data model? [6]

c) Discuss the challenges of clustering High-dimensional data. [5]

OR

Q8) a) What are the key steps in data modelling process? Enlist and explain.[6]

b) Explain multidimensional data model with one example. [6]

c) What do you mean by Principal Component Analysis? Explain with

example. [5]



[6003]-565 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-459 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-566
T.E.
(Honors in Internet of Things)
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (310601)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7, or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if nesessary.
4) Use of Non-Programming scientific Calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) What are the active and passive types of sensors? Discuss and provide
suitable examples. [6]
b) Draw and describe the components of Respberry Pi development board.
[6]
c) What is the need of interfacing of sensors with development boards?
How is it done? [5]

OR
Q2) a) List and explain various features of the Arduino board in detail. [6]
b) What are the analog digital types of sensors? Discuss and provide suitable
example. [6]
c) Explain the working of pressure sensor with neat block diagram. [5]

Q3) a) What is the need of Integrated Development Platform for application

development? Explain with suitable example. [6]
b) Describe any one open-source IDE for ES application development.[6]
c) List the phases of SDLC. Explain SDLC requirements in detail. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What are the limitations of IDEs for ES applications? Discuss
disadvantages of open source IDEs for ES applications. [5]

P.T.O.
 b) Explain Design, Components and Coding requirements of embedded
systems applications? [6]

c) What are the testing and deployment requirements of embedded systems

applications? [6]

Q5) a) Define Internet of Things (IoT). Enlist and explain its characteristics.[6]

b) With the help of neat diagram, explain techinical building blocks of IOT.
[6]

c) Write a brief note on communication models of IOT and Communication

APIs. [6]

OR

Q6) a) Draw and distinguish between physical design and logical design of IoT.
[6]

b) Enlist and explain issues and challenges of IOT. [6]

c) Explain IoT functional blocks in detail. [6]

Q7) a) Explain the usability of MQTT protocol for IoT applications. Comment
on the QoS supported in MQTT. [6]

b) Define Radio-Frequency Identification. Explain the role of Radio-

Frequency Identification in Internet of Things. [6]

c) List different IoT enabling technologies which play a key-role and explain
any one of them. [6]

OR

Q8) a) What is CoAP? How it is suitable for IoT applications? Discuss in detail.
[6]

b) Write a short note on AMQP protocol for IoT. [6]

c) Write a short note on “Zigbee” protocol. [6]



[6003]-566 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-460 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-567
T.E. (Honors)
VIRTUAL REALITY (310701)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks :70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
Q1) a) Explain in detail different geometric models? [9]
b) What are axis angle representations of rotations? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Implications for VR. [9]
b) What is Orthographic projection and Perspective projection. [8]

Q3) a) What is Visual Perception? How to improve frame rates in Visual

Perception. [6]
b) Explain perception of motion in detail. [6]
c) What is Rasterization? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the structure of the Human Eye? [6]
b) Explain Ray Tracing and Ray Casting. [12]

Q5) a) Explain the difference between tracking 2D and 3D orientation? [9]

b) Explain Mismatched obstacles in VR. [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain motion in Real and virtual world. [9]

b) What is tracking? Explain 3D tracking system. [8]

Q7) a) Write short on Auditory perception. [9]

b) Explain with diagrams the physiology of human hearing. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain Locomotion and Manipulation for the interaction mechanism of

virtual reality. [9]

b) Explain Auditory rendering in detail. [9]



[6003-]567 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-461 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-568
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
(Honors in Systems Engineering)
FOUNDATIONS OF SYSTEMS AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302041MJ)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks :70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7, or Q.8.
2) Assume suitable data, if nesessary.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

Q1) a) Describe Systems Science and demonstrate the interconnectedness

among Systems Thinking, the General Systems Approach, and their
application in Engineered Systems. [9]

b) Enumerate the various stages comprising the life cycle of a system,

accompanied by an illustrative diagram. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Provide concise explanations on systems complexity and the concept of

emergence within the field of System Engineering. [9]

b) Demonstrate the interconnection between the System of Internet (SOI),

enabling systems, and the remaining systems present within the operational
environment. [9]

Q3) a) Elaborate on the process of defining architecture, accompanied by an

IPO diagram for visual representation. [9]

b) Enlist and provide an explanation of the different types of system

architecture. [8]

OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write short notes on Architectural views. [8]

b) Briefly describe the development and traceability of architecture. [9]

Q5) a) Define MBSE (Model-Based systems Engineering) and illustrate the

progression of MBSE over time. [9]

b) Elaborate on the significance of System Modeling Language (SysML)

and showcase its practical application in system modeling. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Illustrate the fundamental structure of SysML using a clear diagram while
providing an accompanying explanation. [9]

b) Provide concise explanations on the topics of modeling, simulation, and

trade-off analysis. [9]

Q7) a) Illustrate the application of simulation modeling within the Systems

Engineering (SE) lifecycle. [8]

b) Provide brief explanations on the foundations of quantitative modeling.

[9]

OR

Q8) a) Elaborate on the significance of modeling in the process of decision-

making. [8]

b) Provide concise explanations on System Dyanamics Modeling. [9]



[6003]-568 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-462 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-569
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In Energy Management In Utility Systems
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
(2019 Pattern) (302021MJ)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain briefly schemes of BEE under energy conservation act-2001.

[10]
b) What do you understand by designated consumers? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC). [10]
b) How sustainable development is possible with energy efficiency
programs? [8]

Q3) a) Explain ten steps methodology to carryout detailed energy audit. [10]
b) Define ‘Energy management’ and state the objectives of energy
management. [7]
OR
Q4) a) List the different instruments used for energy audit along with their
applications. [10]
b) What is need of Energy Audit? What are different types of Energy
Audit? [7]

Q5) a) Write a note on Risk and sensitivity analysis. Discuss factors considered
for sensitivity analysis. [10]
b) Explain simple payback period. What are the limitations of it? [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Annual savings after replacement of boiler for three years is
Rs. 5,00,000, Rs. 5,50,000, Rs. 6,50,000. Total project cost is Rs
13.5 lakh. Considering cost of capital as 10%, what is the net present
value of the proposal. [10]

b) Explain ‘Internal Rate of Return’ method of financial analysis with its

advantages and disadvantages. [8]

Q7) a) Discuss Kyoto Protocol and role of developing countries in the

implementation of protocol. [10]

b) Write short note on Carbon credits. [7]

OR

Q8) a) Explain in detail about Ozone Layer depletion process and its various
effects. [10]

b) Discuss environmental impacts due to conventional energy use. [7]



[6003]-569 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-463 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-570
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In Electric Vehicles
E-VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (302021MJ)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Write a short note on li-ion battery with its working principal? [4]
b) What are the different chemistries of li-ion batteries? Make its
comparative analysis on basis of power, energy and lifespan? [8]
c) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of li-ion batteries. [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are the Lithium ion battery charging precautions? [4]
b) What is battery cell balancing? Explain the Issues and remedies for
battery balancing. [8]
c) What are the effects of overcharging and termination voltage accuracy
on pack capacity of li-ion battery? Explain with suitable graph. [8]

Q3) a) Compare lead acid and li-ion batteries on basis of following parameters.
[8]
i) access and expensive
ii) energy efficiency
iii) temperature performance
iv) weight
v) life cycle
vi) energy density
vii) power density
viii) self discharge rate
b) Explain lead acid batteries with advantages, disadvantages and
applications. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Nickel-Metal Hydride Batteries with advantages, disadvantages
and applications. [8]
b) Explain Li-ion supercapaciter with advantages, disadvantages and
applications. [8]

Q5) a) What do you mean by drive system in electric vehicles? Explain with
its significance for manufacturers and drivers. [8]
b) Write in short different types of motors used in electric vehicle?
Differentiate between AC motors and DC motors. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What are the factors to be considered while Selection and sizing of the
motor? [8]
b) Explain different types of drives used in electric vehicle with neat
sketches. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the significance of implementation of lOT in electric vehicle

on basis of Intelligent transportation applications? [10]
b) Write a short note on Recycling Technology of Waste Batteries? [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Significance of IOT for modes of fast and efficient charging
in electric vehicles. [8]
b) Write a short note on Charging algorithms for fast and efficient
charging? [10]



[6003]-570 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-464 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-571
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In 3D Printing
ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (302011MJ)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw suitable Neat diagrams, whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain with neat sketch working principle and process parameters of
Stereolithography (SLA) additive manufacturing technology. [10]
b) List out benefits and drawbacks of Digital Light Processing (DLP).[8]
OR
Q2) a) Sketch and explain Continuous Liquid Interface Production (CLIP)
additive manufacturing technology. [10]
b) Write the advantages, disadvantages and applications of light-based
photo curing technologies. [8]

Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch process mechanism and parameters of Electron-
Beam Melting (EBM) process. [10]
b) Enlist materials used in laser based melting additive manufacturing
technologies and state their applications in various industries. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with neat sketch process mechanism and parameters of Selective
Laser Sintering (SLS) process. [10]
b) What are the advantageous and limitations of Direct Metal Laser
Sintering (DMLS). [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with neat sketch working principle and steps in manufacturing
of parts using binder-jetting process. [10]
b) Differentiate between Directed Energy Deposition and Powder Bed
Fusion technologies. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain with neat sketch working, materials used and applications of
Electron Beam-based Directed Energy Deposition process. [10]

b) Write a short note on Multi-Jet Modeling 3D printing with its

advantageous and disadvantages. [8]

Q7) a) What are the applications of additive manufacturing technology in

aerospace and automotive industry? [10]

b) Explain the biomedical applications of additive manufacturing

technology. [7]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the applications of additive manufacturing technology in

fashion and jewellery industry. [10]

b) Explain the applications of additive manufacturing technology in

Construction, Architectural sector. [7]



[6003]-571 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-465 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-572
T.E. (Honors)
ROBOTICS
Principles of Robotics - I
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304181HR)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Draw sketches where required.

Q1) a) Explain with neat sketch mechanical grippers. [6]

b) State the factors in selection & Design of grippers. [6]
c) Classify grippers based on various criteria. [6]
OR
Q2) a) State and explain various tools used as end effectors. [6]
b) Explain with neat sketch tactile sensor gripper. [6]
c) Explain with neat sketch vaccum grippers. [6]

Q3) a) Explain with neat sketch LVDT sensor. [6]

b) Explain with neat sketch Piezo electric sensor. [5]
c) Explain with neat sketch construction of range sensors. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with neat sketch force sensors. [5]
b) Explain working principles of capacitive densors. [6]
c) Explain with neat sketch touch sensors. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Enlist steps in forward kinematic analysis. [6]
b) Explain with neat sketch D.H. parameter. [6]
c) Define joint coordinates of a robot. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on Jacobian transformation with one example. [6]

b) Compare, illustrate & explain direct & inverse dynamics applicable to

Robotics alongwith its applications. [6]

c) A 2-DOF planar R-R- manipulator has L1 = 120mm, & L2 = 75mm.

Determine joint angles using geometric approach. So that face end is
located at (100,70). [6]

Q7) a) Explain various image processing techniques in robotics. [6]

b) State & explain economic aspects in robotics. [5]

c) What are the application of robots in industry. [6]

OR

Q8) a) What is robot safety. Explain 5 groups of humans that are at direct
injury from robot. [8]

b) Write notes on : any (2) [9]

i) Agriculture

ii) Home sector

iii) Research & exploration



[6003]-572 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-466 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-573
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In Block Chain Technology
INTRODUCTION TO BLOCK CHAIN
(2019 Pattern) (304181HBCT)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the four core components of block chain? Explain in detail.
[9]

b) Explain any one case study of block chain technology in detail. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Explain the different types of block chain structures. In detail. [9]

b) What is permission and permissionless blockchain? Explain

permissionless block chain in detail. [9]

Q3) a) What are the major components in hyper ledger fabric? List and explain.
[9]

b) Explain any one prominent application of blockchain in detail. [9]

OR

Q4) a) What is a bitcoin? Explain the bitcoin mechanism in blockchain. [9]

b) Explain the “smart contract” w.r.to hyper ledger in detail. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is multichain in blockchain? Explain how it works. [9]
b) Explain following w.r.to blockchain technology. [8]
i) Ripple
ii) Stellar
OR
Q6) a) What is API in blockchain? Explain in detail. [9]

b) What are the two basic types of transactions in R3 corda? Explain.[8]

Q7) a) What is the importance of blockchain in election and voting system?

Explain in detail. [9]

b) Explain the supply chain management system w.r.to blockchain

technolgy. [8]

OR

Q8) a) How the Blockchain is used in land Records? Explain in detail. [9]

b) What is “Royalty Reward Program” in Blockchain technology? List

its benefits. [8]



[6003]-573 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-467 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-574
T.E. (Semester - I)
Honors In Metro Construction
SURVEYING IN METRO CONSTRUCTION
(2019 Pattern) (301301)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be draw wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and clearly state.
5) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.

Q1) a) Explain Steps involved in Preliminary surveys. [7]

b) Explain in brief the modern surveying techniques adopted for difficult
terrain. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in brief Criteria’s for selection of Good Alignment for metro.[7]
b) Explain Photogrammetry in modern surveying with its advantages.[7]

Q3) a) Explain the requirements of good track for metro. [7]

b) Explain in brief stresses acting on rails of metro. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Explain in brief the term Track Modulus and its types. [7]
b) Explain in brief photo-elastic Method. [7]

Q5) a) Explain the term Architectural design in Metro station. [7]

b) Explain the functions of Main Building Areas for different Types of
Metro Stations. [7]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the construction types of Metro station. [7]
b) Explain the criteria are for selection of Site for a Metro Railway Station.
[7]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain various methods for ‘Tunnel ventilation’ [7]

b) Explain maintenance of permanent way is important? [7]

OR

Q8) a) Enlist advantages and disadvantages of tunnels. [7]

b) Why drainage is necessary in tunnel? Discuss various drainage systems

for Tunnel. [7]

Q9) a) Enlist the various factors controlling the alignment of metro track.
Explain any two in detail. [7]

b) Write short note on ‘Safety Precautions in tunneling’. [7]

OR

Q10)a) Explain the objectives in station planning of Metro Stations? [7]

b) Explain different types of gradient used in metro construction. [7]



[6003]-574 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-468 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-575
T.E. (Civil)
Honors In “Architecture And Town Planning”
Urban Housing And Infrastructure Planning
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301401)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagram must be draw wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if required.

Q1) a) Describe the housing demand model. [6]

b) Explain in detail objectives and function of housing board HUDCO.[6]
c) What is the need of Housing Policies to fulfill demand of housing.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Elaborate the role of Cooperative Housing sectors. [6]
b) Explain the strategy of Rural Housing Finance. [6]
c) What are the advantages of Housing Finance Institutions (HFIs)? Write
down the name of any four HFIs in India. [5]

Q3) a) Enlist types of urban infrastructure and explain any one in detail. [6]
b) Write a note on “Financial aspect for water supply system”. [6]
c) Which factors affect while planning of urban infrastructure. [5]
OR
Q4) a) How urban infrastructure change overall scenario of land as well as
community. [6]
b) What are the norms and financial strategy follow while planning of
infrastructure activity. [6]
c) Write a short note on area allocation for any two infrastructure activity
as per URDPFI. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the different components of storm water drainage system. [6]
b) How to design water and drainage network to urban area. [6]
c) What is the significance of urban services. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain in detail Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan. [6]
b) Which are the techniques used to generate cost recovery from
infrastructure. [6]
c) Which are the components and appropriate technology required for
planning of road network activity. [6]

Q7) a) Which factors to be considered while planning of city network scenario.

[6]

b) Write a note on “National Urban Sanitation Policy-2008”. [6]

c) Explain in detail policies and norms of any one infrastructural network.

[6]

OR

Q8) a) Write a note on “National Water Policy-2012”. [6]

b) How infrastructure city network scenario affect on land use pattern of

city. [6]

c) Enlist different categories of green space and its norms as per URDPFI
guidelines. [6]



[6003]-575 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-469 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-576
T.E. (Printing Engineering)
(Honor’s in Advanced Packaging Technology)
INTERNET OF THINGS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (308211)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if required.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
Q1) a) Define sensors and Explain the working of any two types of sensors
used in IOT application. [9]

b) Explain the LED interfacing using Arduino Board. [9]

OR

Q2) a) Define Actuator and Explain the working of any two types of actuator
used in IOT application. [9]

b) Explain the servo-motor interfacing using Arduino Board [9]

Q3) a) Explain the Wi-Fi Communication system and explain the FHSS and
DSSS technique used in WiFi. [8]

b) Explain the pinouts of ESP8266 [9]

OR

Q4) a) Explain what is web-server and mention the steps to be taken for posting
the sensor data to the web-server. [8]

b) Explain the features and advantages of ESP 8266. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) Describe the types and cloud services in detail for IOT applications [18]

OR

Q6) Describe the issues and challenges in IOT. [18]

Q7) Describe in detail about the industrial IOT and its applications. [17]

OR

Q8) Explain implementation of IOT in Printing industry. [17]



[6003]-576 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P470 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003] - 577
T.E. (Computer Engineering) (Honors)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310303)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain Unification algorithm with suitable example. [9]

b) What is knowledge representation in propositional logic. Compare

propositional logic and predicate logic. [8]

OR

Q2) a) Represent the following sentences into formulas in predicate logic, [9]

i) John likes all kinds of food.

ii) Apples are food.

iii) Chicken are food.

iv) Anything anyone eats and isn’t killed by is food.

v) Bill eats peanuts and is still alive.

vi) Sue eats. everything Bill eats.

b) Explain various operators used in propositional logic for knowledge base

building. [8]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) What is Artificial Neural Network? Give two applications of artificial
neural networks in detail. [6]

b) Explain how Decision Trees are used in Learning. [6]

c) Explain how Support Vector Machines are used for classification with
suitable example. [6]

OR

Q4) a) Explain [6]

i) Supervised learning.

ii) Unsupervised Learning.

b) Explain the architecture of Artificial Neural Network. [6]

c) With the help of an architecture diagram explain multilayer feed forward

artificial neural network. [6]

Q5) a) Illustrate Mini-Max search for the tic-tac-toe game. [9]

b) Solve given two player search tree using Alpha-beta pruning. [8]

OR

[6003] - 577 2
Q6) a) Write a note on [9]

i) Types of Games in AI.

ii) State-of-the-art Game Programs.

b) Solve the given game tree using min max algorithm. [8]

Q7) a) Represent the architecture of an expert system. label the various

components in the diagram and explain. [9]

b) What is NLP. Explain all five phases of NLP. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the applications of Natural Language Processing. [9]

b) Explain forward chaining and backward chaining for a simple example.[9]

  

[6003] - 577 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P471 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-578
T.E. (Honors)
CYBER SECURITY
Enterprise Architecture and Components
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310403)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt question Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the following. [9]

i) Business performance presentation services
ii) Embedded analytics
iii) Infrastructure security component
b) List the components of information architecture. Explain information
architecture in details along with its goals. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Describe component relationship diagram for enterprise information
architecture (EIA) using various techniques from domains of enterprise
application integration (EAI) and enterprise information integration (EII).
[9]
b) Describe internal and external components of information delivery
channels. [9]

Q3) a) What is operational model? Explain various types of operational model

level. [9]
b) Discuss context of operational model design techniques. [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is service quality of MDM? Explain service quality in detail. [9]

b) Explain standards used for operational model relationship diagram in brief.

[8]

[6003]-578 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe non-functional requirements and indicates their relevance in the
metadata context. [9]
b) Explain metadata management component model with diagram. [9]
OR
Q6) a) What is metadata management? Describe metadata usage maturity levels.
[9]
b) Describe subcomponents of the MDM services component. [9]

Q7) a) Describe enterprise security architecture in detail. [9]

b) Explain the TOGAF lifecycle and how TOGAF framework can be used
to create the projects. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain SABSA lifecycle with example. [9]
b) Describe the principles of COBIT. [8]



[6003]-578 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3662 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-579
T.E. (Computer Engineering) (Semester - II)
HONORS IN DATA SCIENCE
Statistics & Machine Learning
(2019 Pattern) (310503/310262)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of Scientific Calculator is permitted.

Q1) a) Write a short notes on : [9]

i) Partial derivative
ii) Multivariate calculus
b) What is the significance of chain rule in calculus? Explain chain rule with
suitable Example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain what it means for a function to be continuous and differentiable?
[9]
b) What is the difference between Eigen value and Eigen vector? How do
you find the Eigen value of a Eigen vector? [9]

Q3) a) List and Explain different types of machine learning. Explain any one
model of machine learning? [9]
b) Difference between supervised and unsupervised learning? [8]
OR
Q4) a) What is machine learning? What are the Issues in Machine Learning?[9]
b) Draw and Explain Reinforcement Learning. Explain how does it work?
[8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are the different Types of Regression model? Explain any one
regression type in brief with suitable example? [9]
b) Explain cost function and gradient descent terms with respect to linear
Regression algorithm? What is the significance of Initialization of weights?
[9]
OR
Q6) a) What is the role of cross-validation in evaluating a regression model? [9]
b) Explain the process of training a regression model using a dataset? [9]

Q7) a) What is Decision tree? What is the difference between a classification

tree and a regression tree? [8]
b) Explain with example hypothesis space search in decision tree learning?
[9]
OR
Q8) a) What are the different types of Naive Bayes models, such as Gaussian,
Multinomial, and Bernoulli? [8]
b) What are advantages and disadvantages of NBmodel. What are various
Applications of NBmodel? [9]



[6003]-579 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P472 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-580
T.E. (Computer Engineering) (Honors)
INTERNET OF THINGS
Internet of Things Architectures, Protocols and Systems Programming
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310603)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of Non-Programmable scientific calculators is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain the difference between TCP and UDP Protocols? [6]
b) Explain HTTP and CoAP in detail. [6]
c) What are the responsibilities of transport layer in IoT? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain DCCP and SCTP protocol in detail. [6]
b) Explain MQTT protocol architecture. [6]
c) Explain transport layer security protocol? [5]

Q3) a) Explain IoT vulnerabilities and security challenges. [6]

b) What are the misuse cases in IoT security? Explain. [6]
c) Explain IoT Architecture with its layers? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Describe IoT security model. [6]
b) Explain key elements in IoT security. [6]
c) Explain the attacks in different layer of IoT. [6]

[6003]-580 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Describe the components of Arduino. [6]
b) Describe the role of Web/Cloud Services for IoT development. [6]
c) Explain the use of APIs. [5]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the components of Raspberry Pi. [6]
b) Explain essential features of web APIs. [6]
c) Describe the components of Intel Galileo. [5]

Q7) a) Describe the role of IoT for Home Automation. [6]

b) Describe the role of IoT for Agriculture applications. [6]
c) Describe the role of IoT for Health and Lifestyle. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Describe role of IoT for Smart Cities development. [6]
b) Describe the role of IoT for Industry. [6]
c) Describe the role of IoT for Telecom/5G. [6]



[6003]-580 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P473 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-581
T.E. (Computer Engineering) (Honors)
VIRTUAL REALITY AUGMENTED REALITY
Augmented Reality
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310703)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain in detail role of Computer Vision in Augmented Reality. [9]

b) Explain outdoor tracking in details. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain natural feature tracking by detection in augmented reality. [9]
b) How pose estimation from Homography is done in marker tracking.
Explain. [8]

Q3) a) Explain marker based tracking in details? [6]

b) What are different types of markers? [6]
c) What is scene generator? [6]
OR
Q4) a) Write note on: (Any 2) [6]
i) Template markers
ii) 2D barcode markers
iii) Imperceptible markers
b) When to use marker-based tracking. Explain. [6]
c) How to select a marker type. Explain with respect to system requirement
[6]
[6003]-581 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain with diagram monitor based augmented reality display. [9]
b) Explain different components of augmented reality. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Compare optical see-through and video see-through head mounted display.
[9]
b) Explain virtual retinal systems. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the working of SLAM technique. [9]

b) What is mixed reality? Explain the different application of mixed reality.[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the difference between computer vision and mixed reality. [9]
b) Explain parallel tracking and mapping (PTAM) in detail. [9]



[6003]-581 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P474 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-582
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering) (Honors)
SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Model Based Systems Engineering
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302043 MJ)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) List and explain the Behavioral features of a block. [9]

b) Differentiate between Diagram and Model with Example. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Write short notes on SysML diagrams. [9]
b) Describe the structural features of a block. [9]

Q3) a) Write short notes on MBSE Methodology. [9]

b) Explain the OOSEM approach with neat sketch. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Write down the difference between Modeling tool and diagramming tool.
[9]
b) Write short notes on Requirements Interchange Format (ReqIF). [8]

Q5) a) Describe Process properties and problems associated with process. [9]
b) Explain in brief process library and process stakeholders. [9]
OR

[6003]-582 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain V-model with an example. [9]
b) Explain the frame work context view in brief. [9]

Q7) a) Explain the Typical properties of a requirement. [8]

b) List and explain the main views of Approach to Context- based
Requirements Engineering (ACRE) that are needed according to the
framework with a neat sketch. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Write short notes on Requirement Validation. [8]
b) Write short notes on the model-based requirements engineering ontology
with a neat sketch. [9]



[6003]-582 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P 475 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-583
T.E. (Mechanical) (Honors)
ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN UTILITY SYSTEM
Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302023 MJ)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right of each question indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary and mention the same clearly.

Q1) a) Explain working of mechanical float type trap with neat schematic diagram.
[10]
b) What are the advantages of condensate system in process industry? [8]
OR
Q2) a) Write in detail about “flash steam recovery” from steam condensate.[10]
b) Explain why steam is used as a heat transfer medium. [8]

Q3) a) What is refractory? Discuss properties of the refractory used in furnace.

[10]
b) Discuss factors on which furnace wall losses depends. [7]
OR
Q4) a) List applications of furnaces. Explain typical furnace with neat diagram.
[10]
b) What is the role of insulation in furnace? Explain any five important
properties of Ceramic Fibers used in furnaces. [7]

Q5) a) Explain the concept of cogeneration. Compare “Topping Cycle” and

“Bottoming Cycle” with one example each and schematic diagram. [10]
b) List down all the Important Technical Parameters for Cogeneration plant.
[8]
OR

[6003]-583 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain steam turbine and gas turbine cogeneration system with schematic
diagram. [10]
b) Differentiate “Back Pressure Turbine” and “Extraction Condensing
Turbine with suitable sketches. [8]

Q7) a) Explain the role of economizer in steam generation with schematic diagram.
[10]
b) What are the direct and indirect benefits of waste heat recovery? [7]
OR
Q8) a) Discuss waste heat recovery boilers? Explain the need and benefits?[10]
b) What is a “heat pipe”? How does it work? [7]



[6003]-583 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P 476 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-584
T.E. (Mechanical/ Automobile) (Honors)
ELECTRIC VEHICLES
E-Vehicle System Design
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302033 MJ)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or Q.No.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Draw the neat sketch wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain electronic breaking system with its features and benefits in electric
vehicles? [4]
b) Explain in short steal wheel and alloy wheels and Differentiate between
steal wheel and alloy wheels on basis of, [8]
i) Cost and durability
ii) Environmental working conditions
iii) Area of applications
iv) Effect on suspension system
c) Explain the need for Capacitor Banks or Ultra Capacitors in regenerative
breaking on electric vehicles. [8]
OR
Q2) a) List out verious defects in tires? [4]
b) Elaborate the factors affecting on following while design the vehicles?[8]
i) Driver
ii) Environment
iii) Load
iv) Type of Vehicle
c) What do you mean by traction motor? Explain its significance with neat
sketch in electric vehicles? [8]

[6003]-584 1 P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the following terms (any two) [8]
i) The open differential
ii) Torsen Differential
iii) Active differential
iv) Welded/Spool Differential
b) Explain the significance of transmission component system design in detail?
Explain the role of case, a drive part and a shift control device in
transmission system? [8]
OR
Q4) a) Classify different types of transmission system used in automobiles?
Explain hybrid electric vehicle transmission in detail? [8]
b) Explain the Influence of effective case depth on bending fatigue strength
and shot peening strengthening and residual compressive stress on tooth
surface? [8]

Q5) a) What do you mean by battery layout? Explain lead acid battery layout
with neat sketch? [8]
b) Explain Constructional details of cell design related to Batteries? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the process of degradation modeling and analysis? [8]
b) Explain Battery Compartment Design for Crashworthiness and Cooling?
[8]

Q7) a) Explain Ergonomics based Roll-cage/Frame design with neat sketches?

[10]
b) Explain Structural Design aspect of Roll-cage/Body-Frame? [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the importance and process involved in Impact/Crash Analysis?
[8]
b) What do you mean by vehicle dynamics? Explain the components of
vehicle dynamics with? [10]



[6003]-584 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P 477 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-585
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering) (Honors)
3D PRINTING
Design for Additive Manufacturing
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302013 MJ)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain distortion control methods in AM? Write a short note on

Composition and phase transformation in process monitoring and control
of Additive manufacturing. [9]
b) What are limitations of Additive Manufacturing? How the defects in the
Additive Manufacturing can be rectified? [9]
OR

Q2) a) What is form fit function? Why they are important? Explain with the help
of suitable example. [8]
b) Explain any two defects and its rectification in 3d printing. [6]

c) Write a short note on residual stresses in additive manufacturing. [4]

Q3) a) Write a short note on [9]

i) Support Material
ii) Sanding
iii) Hot isostatic processing
b) Write Classification and types of Slicing. Explain any one Slicing strategy
in detail. [8]
OR
[6003]-585 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) What are different types of post processing methods for additive
manufacturing? Explain support removal techniques with its advantages
and disadvantages. [7]
b) Explain Path Sequencing Strategy in detail. [6]
c) Explain 3D slicing classification with suitable diagram. [4]

Q5) a) What are various AM CAD Data/file formats for Engineering and Non-
Engineering Applications? What are the issues faced during 3D model
Creation. [9]
b) What are various Infill Structure techniques? How selection of Infill
Structure technique affects Printed components? [9]
OR
Q6) a) Write a short note on [8]
i) Finite Element Analysis (FEA)
ii) Computation Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
b) Explain any three-file format used in 3D printing. [6]
c) Explain CAD specific and material specific ISO standards. [4]

Q7) a) Write a short note on Scanned Geometry Refinement. How repairing is

done of scanned geometry? [8]
b) How scanning is done in Reverse Engineering? What are 3D scanners?
Write classification of Scanners. [9]
OR
Q8) a) What is reverse engineering? Describe application of reverse engineering
in various fields. [8]
b) Write a short note on “NURBS”. [5]
c) Explain any two measuring devices in reverse engineering. [4]



[6003]-585 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-478 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-586
T.E. (E & TC)
HONORS IN ROBOTICS
Robot Programming & Simulation
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304183)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
Q1) a) Explain in detail robot language structure. Using VAL language, explain
the structure of the program for a typical pick and place operation. [6]
b) Explain any four VAL programming commands with example. [6]
c) With schematic diagram, explain the robotic applications in welding
industry. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the four statements of VAL robot programming language. List
the commands used in VAL programming and describe its functions.[6]
b) Explain Wait, DELAY, SIGNAL commands with suitable examples. [6]
c) List the commands used in VAL II programming and describe its
functions. [6]

Q3) a) List and explain program control statement in AML [6]

b) Explain manual and automatic mode of operation of industrial robot. [6]
c) Explain the various Move master commands with example. [5]
OR

P. T. O
Q4) a) List and explain the sensor commands used in AML language with example.
[6]
b) Describe the elements and function used in AML robotic language. [5]
c) Which syntax move master command language uses? List and explain
different types of commands. [6]

Q5) a) What is robotic process automation? Explain with an example. [6]

b) Describe use of Computer vision, Augmented Reality & Virtual Reality in
robotics. [6]
c) Discuss how collision detection works in robotics. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Write in brief about robot work planning. [6]
b) Why is repeatability of robot is important explain in detail? [6]
c) Describe in brief about robot studio online software. [6]
Q7) a) Explain basic steps in simulation with example. [6]
b) Write in brief about Monte Carlo method of simulation. [6]
c) Distinguish between hybrid and Analog model. [5]

OR
Q8) a) Write classification of simulation software [6]
b) Write in brief about cobweb models continuous models. [6]
c) Write in brief about distributed lag models. [5]

  

[6003]-586 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-479 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-587
T.E. (Electronics&Telecommunication)
(Honors)
Decentralize & Blockchain Technologies
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304183)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2 Q.3 or Q.4 Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

Q1) a) What is consensus algorithm? Explain any one type of consensus algorithm
in detail. [6]
b) With the help of a neat sketch, define the Proof of Elapsed Time (PoET).
[6]
c) Explain terms i) Proof of Activity ii) Proof of Burn. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Describe scaling process in Ethereum. [6]
b) Explain the terms i) Ethereum Clients ii) Ethereum Wallets [6]
c) What is the Difference Between Bitcoin and Ethereum Blockchain? [6]

Q3) a) What is Proof of stake? Narrate with example. [6]

b) What are hash functions and Hash puzzles? [6]
c) What are Blocks in a Blockchain? Enlist the disadvantages of Proof of
work. [6]
OR

P. T. O
Q4) a) What Are the Real-World Use Cases of Ethereum? [6]
b) Write short note on Smart Contract. [6]
c) How are Ethereum keys generated? [6]

Q5) a) Express the selection process of Block-chain technology in detail. [8]

b) What are the most important opportunities for deploying blockchain
technology in business? Explain one in detail. [9]

OR
Q6) a) What are the factors to consider when choosing Blockchains? Explain
two factors in detail. [8]
b) What is the goal of blockchain? How does blockchain help in decision
making? [9]
Q7) a) Explain how blockchain used in Medical record management system?
[8]
b) Why do we need Block-chain? Explain private Block-chain Network in
detail. [9]

OR
Q8) a) How does IoT work with block-chain? Enlist Benefits of IoT and block-
chain. [8]
b) Write short note on future of Block-chain, along with one application.
[9]

  

[6003]-587 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-480 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-588
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
HONORS IN METRO CONSTRUCTION
Planning & Quantity Estimation for Metro Construction
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary and clearly state.
5) Use of cell phone is prohibited in the examination hall.
6) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain the objectives of Land Acquisition Act 2013? [7]

b) Define the Procedure for land acquisition? [7]
OR
Q2) a) Explain 3G and 3H in land acquisition? [7]
b) Explain the types of Land acquisition? [7]

Q3) a) Prepare detailed estimate of Elevated section (viaduct). [7]

b) Explain the steps involved in construction of Underground section by
Cut and Cover. [7]
OR
Q4) a) Prepare detailed estimate of Underground station (Civil work). [7]
b) Explain the steps involved in construction of Elevated station (E&M work
including lift and escalator). [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Which factors are influencing the investment decision? [7]
b) Enlist capital budgeting techniques and explain any 2 in brief. [7]
OOR
Q6) a) Define the concept of cost of capital. State how you would determine the
weighted average cost of capital of firm. [7]
b) Explain the Risk identification techniques? [7]

Q7) a) Explain the Financial Support for PPPs in Infrastructure. [7]

b) Explain types of contract documents used for construction. [7]
OR
Q8) a) Describe types of Construction Contract Specifications. [7]
b) Explain cost of capital and its implications in budgeting decisions. [7]

Q9) a) Explain Impact of LARR Act, 2013 on infrastructure projects. [7]

b) Define Changes proposed in the Right to Fair Compensation and
Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement
(Amendment) Bill, 2015? [7]
OR
Q10)a) Explain the rules for land acquisition? [7]
b) Explain the benefits of land acquisition? [7]



[6003]-588 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-481 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-589
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
Honors: Sustainable Architecture And Landscape Design
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301403)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.No.1 or Q.No.2, Q.No.3 or Q.No.4, Q.No.5 or Q.No.6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicates full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain in detail any three benefits of Eco city. [6]

b) Elaborate in detail various phases of development of water bodies. [6]
c) What is green building? What concepts make green building, a sustainable
building? [5]
OR
Q2) a) Write down the advantages of green belt and enlist the various factors
which influence the design of green belt. [6]
b) Write a note “smart city”. [6]
c) Write a note on green residential cluster. [5]

Q3) a) Write a note on : Environmental factors in landscaping. [6]

b) What is behavioral science in landscape design? Explain in detail. [6]
c) Write a note on “Landscape suitability analysis”. [5]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Enlist various principles of landscape planning and explain any two in
detail. [6]
b) Explain any two types of subsurface drainage systems with neat sketch.[6]
c) Write a note on “landscape assessment”. [5]

Q5) a) Draw a typical cross section of green roof. Also explain the function of
each component. [7]
b) Which are the main factors affecting landscaping? Explain in detail. [6]
c) Write a note of “Impact of landscape on environment”. [5]
OOR
Q6) a) What are different purposes and concerns of landscape? [6]
b) Explain in detail the process of landscape planning. [6]
c) Mention the components of landscape architecture and explain any one.[6]

Q7) a) Elaborate the concept of industrialized areas as landscape and treatment

to be offered. [6]
b) In what way landscape is developed in urban area? [6]
c) Write a note on following : [6]
Landscape treatment for water logged areas.
OR
Q8) a) Elaborate the means of improving landscape of existing road. [6]
b) In what way landscape is developed in rural area? [6]
c) Write a note on following: [6]
i) Landscape treatment for coastal area.
ii) Landscape treatment for desert area.



[6003]-589 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-3170 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-590
T.E. (Printing)
HONORS : SMART PACKAGING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (308213)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q. No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q. No. 3 ar Q. No. 4, Q. No. 5 or Q. No. 6,
Q. No. 7 or Q. No. 8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) State the basic concepts of active and intelligent packaging. [7]
b) What is interactive packaging? [10]
OR
Q2) a) What are advantages of smart packaging? [6]
b) What is smart packaging? Describe in detail active packaging? [11]

Q3) a) Name five RFID application in daily life and describe the principle
and functioning of anyone. [12]
b) Name the three radio frequency bands which are used for RFID
communication and frequencies used. [6]
OR
Q4) a) State the classification of RFID tags based on frequency, power source
and chip. [6]
b) State the different types of RFID tags available in the market. Briefly
explain the utility of each type. [12]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the working principle of operation of NFC. Name the different
modes of operations of NFC systems. [11]
b) Briefly explain any three NFC applications. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Name the different modes of operations of NFC systems. [7]
b) Name the different types of NFC tags. What are the advantages of
NFC as compared to RFID systems? [10]

Q7) a) Give examples use of intelligent packaging in pharma packaging.

[12]
b) Describe any implementation stage of smart packaging in a pharma
packaging industry. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Give an over view of smart packaging in the food industry. [6]
b) Describe the stages of implementation for smart packaging for food
packaging. [12]



[6003]-590 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2806 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-601
T.E. (Civil)
HYDROLOGY AND WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (301001)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn whenever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) In a basin a 10 hrs storm rainfall gives the following depths. [5]
Rainfall (hr) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Depth of
Water (cm) 2.0 2.75 6.5 4.0 9.5 5.0 8.2 10.0 5 1.5
The surface run off resulting from the above storm is equivalent to 22.5
cm of depth over the basin. Calculate average infiltration index for the
basin.
b) Explain the different factors affecting evaporation of water from reservoir.
[5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Application of Hydrology. [5]
b) State deltas for gram, maize, sugarcane, rice and cotton also explain
methods to imporve duty. [5]

Q3) a) Determine the capacity of reservoir from the following. Data. The CCA is
80,000 hectares. Assume canal and reservoir losses as 5% and 10% respe.
[5]
Crop Baseperiod (days) Duty (hect/cumecs) Intensityofirrigation %
Rice 120 1800 25
Wheat 150 2000 30
Sugarcane 320 2500 20
b) Derive the formula to calculate discharge of a well in a confined aquifer.[5]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) a) List various methods of assessing canal revenue. Explain volumetric basis
method with merits & demerit. [5]
b) What is duty? State factors affecting & explain methods of improving
duty. [5]
Q5) a) Define unit hydrograph. State factors affecting the unit hydrograph. Explain
the components with the help of sketch. [8]
b) Given below are the observed flow from a storm of 6 hr duration on a
stream with a drainage area of 316 sq. km. Assume a constant base flow
of 17 cumecs. derive and plot a 6 hr duration unit hydrograph. [8]
Time (h) 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
Ordinate of 6 h
UH (m3/s) 17 113.2 254.5 198 150 113.2 87.7 67.9
48 54 60 66 72
53.8 42.5 31.1 22.64 17
OR
Q6) a) What is S curve hydrography? Explain its components and construction
with neat sketch. [8]
b) State various methods to estimate flood and explain Rational method in
detail. [8]
Q7) a) Explain types of reservoirs and explain the points considered for selecting
the site for a reservoir and state the investigations rquired for construction
of reservoir. [8]
b) Explain the different steps involved in calculating the useful life of reservoir.
[8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain how will you fix the capacity of the reservoir using annual inflow
and Outflow. [8]
b) Explain fixation of reservoir capacity using elevation capacity curve and
dependable yield. [8]
Q9) a) What is water logging? Explain tile drain formule and also state formula
for spacing of tile drain. [8]
b) Explain different irrigation acts? [4]
c) Explain different methods of reclamation of water logged land. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Write a short note on ancient system of water distribution which still exist
in North Maharashtra. [9]
b) Explain Global Water partnership (GWP). [9]


[6003]-601 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P-2807 [Total No. Of Pages : 3

[6003]-602
T.E. (Civil)
INFRASTRUCTURE ENGINEERING AND
CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (301002)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10 and Q11 or Q12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.
Q1) What are the key factors to consider when evaluating the feasibility of
infrastructure projects? [6]
OR
Q2) How does the Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) system differ from traditional public
transportation systems? [6]

Q3) a) Discuss the importance of alignment in railway tracks and the ractors that
influence it [4]
b) What are rail joints and what are the types commonly used in railway
tracks? [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the concept of cant deficiency and cant excess in relation to
railway curves. [4]
b) Differentiate between regular track maintenance and periodic track
maintenance. [4]

P. T. O
Q5) a) Explain the Well Point system and its role in dewatering techniques. [4]
b) Describe the process of electro osmosis and its application in dewatering.

[4]
OR
Q6) a) Describe the construction methods used for diaphragm walls [4]
b) How does mechanization improve construction site safety? [4]

Q7) a) Name Four types of tunnels commonly used in engineering projects.

Explain any two with neat sketch. [6]
b) Briefly describe the New Austrian Tunneling Method (NATM). [6]
c) Define mucking in tunneling and explain its significance. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Describe the concept of trenchless tunneling. [6]
b) What safety measures should be taken during tunneling operations? [6]
c) Differentiate between pre-drainage and permanent drainage in tunneling.[4]

Q9) a) What are the key considerations when designing a marine railway? [6]
b) Discuss the methods of construction for breakwater. [6]
c) What is the purpose of docks and harbors? [4]
OR
Q10)a) Describe the construction process of a quay wall. [6]
b) Compare the functions of wharves and jetties in port operations. [6]
c) What factors should be considered when selecting a site for a harbor?[4]

[6003]-602 2
Q11)a) Describe the working principle of a power shovel and its application in
construction. [6]
b) Describe the working principle of a clamshell and its typical applications.

[6]
c) What is the purpose of a dragline in construction projects? [4]
OR
Q12)a) Explain the difference between a crawler and a wheel-mounted excavator.

[6]
b) How can dumpers be classified based on their hauling capacity? [6]
c) What safety precautions should be taken when operating construction
equipment? [4]

  

[6003]-602 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-2808 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-603
T.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301003)

Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of IS 456-2000 and non-programmable calculator is allowed.
4) If necessary, assume suitable data and indicate clearly.
5) Take Fe 410 grade of steel.
6) Take ultimate stress in bolt, f = 400 N/mm2.

Q1) a) State and explain modes of failure in tension members. [4]

b) Design a single angle discontinuous strut which carries factored load
of 100 kN. Unsupported length of member is 3 m. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Differentiate between lacing and battening of built-up columns. [4]
b) Determine the tensile strength of the member of roof truss 2 ISA 90 ×
90 × 12 mm connected to the 12 mm thick gusset plate using fillet
weld. Length of weld on one side is 410mm and on opposite side is
175 mm. [6]

Q3) a) A 6 m long column is restrained in translation at both ends and

restrained against rotation at one end. If ISHB 400 @ 77.4 kg/m is
used, calculate design compressive strength of column. [5]
b) A column of 6 m length has to support factored load of 800 kN. The
column is effectively held in position at one end and restrained against
rotation at other end. Design column section using I-section. [5]
OR
Q4) Design a slab base for a column consisting of ISHB 400 @ 77.4 kg/m
carrying axial factored load of 1100 kN. Use M20 grade of concrete. [10]
P.T.O.
Q5) A simply supported beam of span 4 m, carries udl of 60 kN/m including
self-weight. Design the beam if compression flange is laterally restrained
throughout the span. Apply usual check. [16]
OR
Q6) A simply supported beam of effective span 5 m carries factored udl 50 kN/m.
The section is laterally unsupported throughout the span. Design the beam
using I-section and apply usual checks. [16]

Q7) a) Explain types of beam to beam and beam to column connections

with suitable sketches. [5]
b) Design a bolted framed connection for the factored beam end reaction
120 kN. The beam section is ISMB 250 @ 37.3 kg/m connected to
the flange of the column section ISHB 200 @ 37.3kg/m. [12]
OR
Q8) A simply supported welded plate girder of an effective span of 20 m
subjected to working udl of 60 kN/m throughout the span. Assume
compression flange laterally supported throughout the span and design
economical cross section for the plate girder along with welded connections.
[17]

Q9) Design a gantry girder for following conditions- [17]

Span for gantry girder = 6.5 m
Span for crane girder = 16 m
Crane capacity = 250 kN
Weight of crane girder = 280 kN
Weight of trolley = 50 kN
Approach distance = 1 m
Wheel spacing = 3.5 m
Weight of rails can be assume as 0.3 kN/m
OR

[6003]-603 2
Q10) Design members L0-L1 and L0-U1, for the truss as shown in figure which is
to be used for an industrial building situated at Mumbai and is covered
with GI sheets. Assume Pz = 1000 kN/m2. [17]



[6003]-603 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2809 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-604
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - II
(2015 Pattern) (301004) (Semester - I)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Use of non-programmable caculator is allowed.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Analyse the contineous beam by slope deflection method. Draw BMD.
[10]

b) Analyse the contineous beam by moment distribution method. Draw

BMD. [10]

OR
Q2) a) Analyse the contineous beam by Flexibility matrix method. [10]

P.T.O.
 b) Analyse the frame by moment distribution method. Draw BMD. [10]

Q3) Analyse the contineous beam by stiffness matrix method. Draw SFD &
BMD. [16]

OR
Q4) Analyse the frame by stiffness matrix method. Take EI constant for Draw
BMD. [16]
Beams

[6003]-604 2
Q5) a) A cantilever beam of span 'L' carries a point load 'W' kN at the free
end. Determine the deflection at free end. Take 5 nodes. [6]
b) Analyse the frame by portal method. Draw SFD & BMD. [12]

OR
Q6) a) A simply supported beam of span 6m carries uniformly distributed
load of 100 kN/m on entire span. Determine maximum deflection using
Finite difference method. Take 5 nodes. [6]
b) Analyse the frame shown for Q5b) using cantilever method. Draw
SFD & BMD. [12]
Q7) a) Explain plain stress and plain strain problem. [8]
b) Explain following terms : [8]
i) QST
ii) Axisymmetric element
iii) Shape funciton
iv) Nodes
OR
Q8) a) Explain concept of Pascals Triangle and derive equation for minimum
potential energy. [8]
b) Explain convergence criteria of FEM. [8]


[6003]-604 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2810 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-605
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
FLUID MECHANICS - II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (301005)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) With a neat sketch write a note on Von-Karman’s vortex trail. [6]
b) Draw and discuss the specific energy curve. [6]
c) For most economical rectangular channel section, prove that [6]
i) Depth of flow is half the base width
ii) Hydraulic radius is half the depth of flow
OR
Q2) a) Derive the condition for maximum discharge in a rectangular flow for
given value of specific energy. [6]
b) A rectangular channel has a width of 8 m and the discharge through it
is 19 m3/s at a section where depth of flow is 1.5 m. Find the specific
energy of flowing water, critical velocity, minimum specific energy
and the type of flow. [6]
c) Obtain an expression for time of emptying a hemispherical tank. [6]

Q3) a) Derive the equation for the force by jet of water on an inclined stationary
plate. [8]
b) A jet of water having velocity of 20 m/s strikes a curved plate which is
moving with a velocity of 10 m/s. The jet makes an angle of 20° with
the direction of motion of vane at inlet and leaves at an angle of 130°
to the direction of motion of vane at the outlet. Calculate : [10]
i) Vane angles so that water enters and leaves the vane without shock.
ii) Work done per second per unit weight of water striking the vane
per second.

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) With a neat sketch of centrifugal pump, describe the various
components, heads and efficiencies in centrifugal pump. [8]
b) For a head of 15m and speed of impeller 800 rpm, a centrifugal pump
discharges 400 lit/sec. The inner and outer diameter of impeller are
200 and 400 mm respectively. The vanes are bent at 40° to the tangent
at exit. The flow area remains 0.06m2 from inlet to outlet. Calculate :
[10]
i) Manometeric efficiency of pump
ii) Vane angle at inlet

Q5) a) Classify the hydroelectric power plants based on various criteria. [7]
b) For a pelton wheel, the head provided is 26m, the bucket speed is
8m/s and discharge is 0.5m3/s. if the bucket deflects through an angle
of 160°, calculate the workdone by the jet per second on the runner
and hydraulic efficiency. Assume coeff. of velocity = 0.98. [10]
OR
Q6) a) Classify the turbines based on various criteria. [7]
b) Define a hydropower plant. Discuss in detail the classification of
hydropower plants. [2 + 8]

Q7) a) With usual notations, derive the dynamic equation of Gradually Varied
flow. [7]
b) What are various methods to find the length of flow profile? Explain
any one of them in detail. [2 + 8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain in detail various types of water surface profiles. [7]
b) A rectangular channel 6m wide conveys a discharge of 14 m3/s. It has
bed slope of 1 in 2000. If depth at a section is 2.6m, determine how far
u/s or d/s of the section the depth would be within 10% of normal
depth? Take 2 steps and assume n = 0.025. [10]



[6003]-605 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2811 [6003]-606
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Civil)
ADVANCED SURVEYING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301007)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No. 1 or Q. No. 2, Q.No. 3 or Q.No. 4, Q.No. 5 or Q.No. 6, Q.No.7 or
Q.No.8, Q.No.9 or Q.No.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) The triangulation stations A and B 110 km apart are having elevations
422 m and 704 m respectively. The intervening peak C, 74 km from A
has altitude of 477 m. Ascertain if A and B are intervisible. If necessary
find the minimum height of scaffolding required at B, so that the line of
sight has at least 3 m clearance anywhere along the patch. [6]
b) Explain the how the soundings are located by (i) two angles from the
shore and (ii) intersecting ranges. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the sources of errors in SBPS positioning. [6]
b) Explain how a shore line survey is conducted in hydrographic surveying.
[4]
Q3) a) Define Remote Sensing and explain its classification. [6]
b) What do you mean by sounding? Explain how soundings are reduced
and plotted. [4]
OR
Q4) a) What is GIS? Enlist and explain the functions of GIS. [6]
b) State different methods of locating soundings used in hydrographic
surveying. Explain any one in detail. [4]
Q5) a) Explain laws of weight. [5]
b) Define: i) True value, ii) Most probable value and most probable error,
iii) independent and conditioned quantity, and iv) weight. [8]

[6003]-606 1 P.T.O.
 c) The angles of a spherical triangle PQR were observed as follows: [5]
P = 87º 14' 39” weight = 4
Q = 39º 40' 48” weight = 3
R = 53º 4' 55” weight = 2
Find the values of the adjusted spherical angles, if the spherical excess is
known to be 9”.
OR

Q6) a) Explain the process of adjustment in case of geodetic quadrilateral with

no station at the intersection of diagonals. [5]
b) A surveyor carried out levelling operations of a closed traverse. [8]
ABCDA starting from A and found that,
B was 6.71 m above A
C was 5.59 m above B
D was 3.48 m above C
D was 13.72 m above A
The accuracy of all the four levelling operations is assumed to be equal.
Determine the probable heights of B, C and D by the method of correlates.
c) What do you mean by spherical excess? Explain the procedure of
determining the sides of spherical triangle. [5]

Q7) a) Explain different elements used for visual interpretation of a photograph.[5]

b) Define: [5]
i) Isocentre
ii) Exposure Station
iii) Flying height and
iv) Tilt and tip
c) The scale of an aerial photograph is 1 cm = 160 m & the size of the
photograph is 20 cm x 20 cm. If the longitudinal overlap is 65% and side
overlap is 35%, determine the number of photographs required to cover
an area of 232 sq. Km. [6]
OR
Q8) a) What are the different types of aerial photograph? Compare a map with
aerial photograph. [5]
b) Explain the procedure of determining the difference in elevation by
differential parallax. [5]
c) Derive an expression for the scale of a vertical photograph.Explain how
the ground coordinates and the distances can be obtained from a vertical
photograph. [6]

[6003]-606 2
Q9) a) Explain the effect of curvature and refraction in Geodetic levelling. Derive
an expression for the combined angular correction due to curvature and
refraction. [8]
b) Explain the procedure of marking the alignment of the tunnel on the
surface of the ground and transferring the alignment underground. [8]
OR

Q10)a) Find the difference of elevation of two points A and B and the reduced
level of B from the following data: [8]
Horizontal distance between A to B = 6125.654 m
Angle of depression from A to B = 1º 34'32”
Height of signal at B = 4.265 m
Height of instrument at A = 1.465 m
b) Describe the procedure for determining centre line length of bridge and
procedure for location of bridge piers while setting out a bridge. [8]



[6003]-606 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2812 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-607
T.E. (Civil)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING
ECONOMICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301008)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Principles of Management. [5]

b) Explain Certified Project Management Professionals (PMP). [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain in detail the features of PMBOOK in point of view of construction
industry. [5]
b) Prepare the Work Breckdown Structure (WBS) for Bunglow. [5]

Q3) a) Write down the different Measures and Precautions takes on Site to prevent
accidents. [5]
b) Draw the network diagram and make out critical path. [5]
Activity Duration
1-2 3
1-3 3
1-4 6
2-4 5
2-5 7
3-4 3
4-5 5
P.T.O.
 OR

Q4) a) What do you mean by ABC analysis and EOQ. [5]

b) Explain Critical path and type of Floats in detail. [5]

Q5) a) Frame the CPM network for the data given in the table below and Also
find: [10]
i) Critical Path and Normal Duration of the project.
ii) Calculate the normal cost and optimum cost. Assume the total cost
of the project Rs. 11,000/- and initial cost Rs. 300/- per day.
Calculate the optimum duration.
Activity Events Duration (Days) Slope of
Preceeding Succeeding Normal Crash Cost curve
in Rs./Day
A 10 30 7 3 100
B 10 20 9 7 60
C 30 50 4 1 150
D 20 50 5 3 250
E 20 40 3 1 20
F 50 60 6 4 332
G 40 60 2 1 1000

b) Explain Resource Allocation, write steps in resource smoothening and

leveling. [8]

OR

Q6) a) What do you know about EVA? How economic health of any project
analyzed by using it? [6]

b) Enlist the Project Management Software use in Construction Industry.

Explain about MS Project / Primavera. [6]

c) What do you mean by Resource optimization? Explain in detail. [6]

[6003]-607 2
Q7) a) Draw Supply Curve and Demand Curve for any material and explain it in
brief. [6]

b) Explain Equity Shares and Debenture Capital concept in detail. [6]

c) Elaborate law of substitution. [4]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the Simple and Compound Interest with example. [6]

b) What are the factors affecting on Price Determination? [6]

c) Explain the Law of Demand and Elasticity of Demand. [4]

Q9) a) Role of Project Management Consultants in Pre-tender and Post-tender

process. [8]

b) Cost of a project is Rs. 50,000/- has a cash flow of Rs. 22,000/- for a
period of 5 Years. What is the NPV if the firm expect 14% per annum?
Also state whether the project is feasible or not. [8]

OR

Q10) a) Write a short note on : [8]

i) Pay Back Period
ii) NPV

b) A project cost Rs. 1,00,000. Its estimated life is 6 Years with an average
annual cash flow of Rs. 40,000/-. Calculate IPR for the same. [8]



[6003]-607 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2813 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-608
T.E. (Civil Engineering)
FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301009)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of calculator is allowed in the examination.
5) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Seismic refraction method with neat sketch. [6]

b) Write a note on ‘floating foundations’. [7]
c) Discuss the different causes of differential settlement. [7]
OR
Q2) a) Define disturbed sample & undisturbed sample. State the factors
affecting the sample disturbance. [6]
b) State Terzaghi’s equation of bearing capacity for strip footing with
meaning of each term & assumptions. [7]
c) Write a note on laboratory consolidation test. [7]

Q3) a) Discuss the advantages of bored piles. [5]

b) Explain in detail load carrying capacity of pile by pile load test. [6]
c) A group of 9 piles with 3 piles in a row was driven in to soft clay
extending from ground level to great depth. The diameter and length of
piles were 0.3 m and 7m respectively. The cohesion of clay is 80 kN/
m2. If the piles were spaced at 1m centre to centre, compute the
allowable load on the pile group on the basis of shear failure criteria
for a factor of safety of 2.5. Neglect bearing at the tip of piles. Take
m = 0.6 for shear mobilization around each pile. [7]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Explain the components of well foundations with neat sketch. [5]
b) Write a note on pneumatic caisson with neat sketch. [6]
c) Differentiate between open caisson and pneumatic caisson [7]

Q5) a) Write a note on vibro flotation technique of soil improvement with

neat sketch. [5]
b) Explain the different engineering problems associated with black cotton
soil. [5]
c) Explain : [6]
i) Cantilever sheet pile
ii) Anchored sheet pile
OR
Q6) a) Write a note on ‘under reamed pile’. [5]
b) Discuss the preloading technique with neat sketch. [5]
c) Discuss any three types of cofferdams with neat sketch. [6]

Q7) a) Explain different liquefaction hazard mitigation methods. [5]

b) Discuss the use of geosynthetcs in road pavements. [5]
c) Explain the use of geosynthetics for dam construction and slope
stabilization. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain with neat sketch mechanism of reinforced soil. [5]
b) Write the difference between Magnitude & Intensity of earthquake.
[5]
c) Differentiate between P wave and S wave. [6]



[6003]-608 2
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P-2814 [Total No. of Pages : 5

[6003]-609
T.E. (Civil)
STRUCTURAL DESIGN - II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301010)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.1O and Q.11
or Q.12.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) IS 456-2000 and non programmable calculator are allowed in the
examination.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
5) Mere reproduction from IS Code as answer, will not be given full credit.
6) If necessary assume suitable data and indicate clearly.

Q1) Draw and explain stress-strain curves for concrete as per LSM. [5]
OR
Q2) Enlist various design philosophies/methods for design of RCC structures.
Compare working stress method with limit state method. [5]

Q3) A beam of size 230mm × 412mm effective depth is simply supported over a
span of 5m. The reinforcement consists of 4 bars of 16mm diameter at tension
face. Find intensity of uniformly distributed load (including self-weight) that
can be carried by beam. Use M25 & Fe415. [7]
OR
Q4) A rectangular, singly reinforced beam, 300mm wide and 465mm effective depth
is used as a simply supported beam over an effective span of 4m. The
reinforcement consists of 4 bars of 16mm diameter at tension face. Find the
safe concentrated load (at midspan) in addition to its self weight. Use WSM
with M25 concrete and Fe 415 steel. [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) Design cantilever slab using LSM approach for an effective span of
1.8m carrying live load of 3.0 kN/m2 and floor finish of 1.5 kN/m2. Use M25 &
Fe 500. Assume moderate exposure condition. Draw the details of the
reinforcement. [8]

OR

Q6) A RC slab is to be provided for a passage measuring 3.4m × 7.5m with

230mm wide beams around all edges. Design the suitable slab assuming LL 4
kN/m2 and FF 1.5 kN/m2. Use M25 and Fe500. Assume moderate exposure
condition. Show details of the reinforcement. [8]

Q7) Design the second flight (midlanding level to first floor level) of a dog [16]

legged staircase of public building with the following data:

a) Floor to floor height = 3.3m

b) Rise = 150mm; Tread = 300mm; Width of flight = 1.2m

c) Width of mid level landing = 1.2 m

d) Width of floor level landing =1 .6m

e) Width of supporting beams = 300mm

f) Supporting beams are provided at the outer edges of both landings

Material = M25, Fe 500

g) Draw details of reinforcement. Use LSM approach.

OR

Q8) Design a simply supported two way slab of effective spans 3.6m × 5.6m
effective carrying L.L. of 3 kN/m2 and F.F of 1.5 kN/m2. Two adjacent edges
of the slab are continuous. Use M20 and Fe415 for mild exposure condition.
Draw the details of the reinforcement. [16]

[6003]-609 2
Q9) Continuous RC beam ABCD of rectangular section is simply supported at A
and D and continuous over support B and C. Span AB = 4.5m, BC =4.0m
and CD = 6.0m. The beam carries working dead load of 22 kN/m (including
its self-weight) and working live load of 12 kN/m. The beam supports 120mm
slab on one side. Calculate design moment for all spans and supports after
20% redistribution of moments. Design all spans and supports sections for
flexure only. Draw the reinforcement details. Material- Concrete of grade M30,
Fe 500 reinforcement. [16]

OR

Q10)Design a continuous beam ABCD for flexure and shear using IS Code method.
AB=BC=CD=4.8m. The beam carries dead load of 22 kN/m (including its
self-weight) and live load of 12 kN/m. Take material M25 and Fe 500. Show
the reinforcement detail in longitudinal section and cross-section at continuous
supports and at mid spans. Use LSM. [16]

Q11)a) Explain different parameters of interaction curves for the design of column.
[5]

b) Design a uni-axial short column by limit state method with material M25
and Fe 500 to carry a working load of 900 kN, working moment of 80
kNm about major axis bisecting the depth of colunm. The unsupported
length of column is 3.8m. The column is fixed at both the ends. Show
detailed design calculations and reinforcement details. [13]

OR

Q12)Design a short axially loaded column and its isolated footing for carrying a
working axial load of 1200 kN. The effective length of column is 3.2 m. Use
M25 grade of concrete and Fe 415 grade of steel. SBC of soil is 300 kN/m2.
[18]

[6003]-609 3
[6003]-609 4
 
[6003]-609 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2815 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-610
T.E. (Civil)
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (301011)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt any 7 question.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the causes of air pollution. List five chronic health effect of air
pollution. [5]
b) Give note on followings : [2+3]
i) Stable Atmosphere.
ii) Plume Behavior

Q2) a) What is water demand? List different water demand explain domestic
water demand. [4]
b) The population of 5 decades from 1930 to 1970 are given below in table.
Find out the population after one, two and three decades beyond the last
known decade, by using geometric increase method. [6]
Year 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970
Population 25000 28000 34000 42000 47000

Q3) a) Determine the surface area for settling tank for 0.5 m3/sec. flow using
design overflow rate as 35 m3/m2/day. Also find the depth of tank if
detention time is 95 min. Assume L/B = 4:1 and length of tank should not
exceeds 100m. [6]
b) Enlist the types of Aerators. And explain gravity type aerator. [4]

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain the following terms : [5]
i) Coagulation.
ii) Sedimentation.
iii) Flocculation.
b) With neat sketch explain the components of Rapid s and Filter and the
step-by-step procedure of back washing. [5]

Q5) a) What is meant by Coagulation? Explain any one coagulant along with
chemical reactions. [3]
b) Discuss the followings : [3]
i) Detention Period.
ii) Surface Loading.
c) Explain how plain sedimentation is differing than sedimentation with
coagulation. [4]

Q6) a) What are different factor affecting generation of solid waste. [5]
b) Discuss in detail about Limes soda process and Ion exchange process.[5]

Q7) a) Explain in detail about Chlorine Ammonia treatment and state its demerits.
[5]
b) Explain about followings : [5]
i) Sources of Fluorides.
ii) Electrodialysis.

Q8) a) Discuss the followings: [5]

i) Break Point Chlorination.
ii) Methods of disinfection.
b) With suitable sketch explain about Solar distillation technique. [5]

[6003]-610 2
Q9) a) Tabulate the comparison of Continuous and intermittent system of water
supply. [5]
b) Explain any three methods of Rainwater harvesting. [5]

Q10) a) Discuss the following. [2+2+2]

i) Pressure in distribution system.
ii) Radial system of water distribution.
iii) Water leakage detection techniques.
b) Discuss the points on which total capacity of reservoir is depends.[4]



[6003]-610 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2816 [6003]-626
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Computer)
DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310250)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

Q1) a) What are algorithms ? Explain algorithm as technology. [6]

b) Explain the importance of tail recursion with suitable example. [6]
c) Write short note on (any two) [8]
a) Tabu search
b) Stimulated Annealing
c) Evolutionary computing
OR
Q2) a) Explain the concept of principle of Mathematical induction & prove the
correctness of an algorithm to find factorial of a number. [6]
b) State & explain stepwise refinement with a suitable example. [6]
c) Draw & explain architecture of Artificial Neural Network. Explain the
importance of weight, bias & target output. [8]
Q3) a) Explain asymptotic notations Big-O, Omega, Theta with example of each.
[9]
b) Whether Travelling Salesman Problem is NP Hard problem or Not? Justify
[7]
OR
Q4) a) What is Greedy algorithm strategy ? Explain Greedy approach for finding
shortest path in weighted graph. [8]
b) Explain deterministic & non-deterministic algotithm with example. [8]

[6003]-626 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Tractable & non-tractable problems with example. [8]
b) Explain amortized analysis.Find the amortized cost with respect to stack
operations. [8]
OR
Q6) a) What is Embedded system? Explain embedded sorting algorithm. [8]
b) State & explain fibonacci Heap in detail. Enlist its applications. [8]

Q7) a) Explain Naive string matching algorithm with its best, average & worst
case complexity. [9]
b) Explain multithreaded merge sort algorithm [9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain Rabin-karp string matching algorithm with example. [10]
b) Explain Distributed Breadth first search algorithm. [8]



[6003]-626 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2817 [Total No. Of Pages : 2

[6003]-627
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
Systems Programming and Operating System
(Semester-II) (2015 Pattern) (310251) (SP&OS)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, and Q9, or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Which data structures are used by two pass assembler? Explain with
example. [6]
b) What is a macro? Compare macro with function. [4]
OR
Q2) a) What is the need of DLL? Explain with example [4]
b) What is LEX? Explain its working. [6]

Q3) a) Which data structures are used by two pass macro preprocessor? Explain
with example. [5]
b) Show two variants of specifying an intermediate code in assembler,
Comare them. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain compile and Go loader scheme with example. [5]
b) What is a compiler? Explain any two phases of compiler with suitable
diagram. [5]

P. T. O
Q5) a) Draw and explain process state transition diagram. [6]
b) Differentiate between process and thread. [6]
c) Explain Bankers Algorithm with an example. [6]

OR
Q6) a) What is process control block? Draw its structure and explain. [6]
b) Explain the concept of context switching with the help of neat diagram.
[6]
c) What is a deadlock? State and explain the conditions for deadlock to
occur. [6]
Q7) a) Explain segmentation with suitable example in brief. [6]
b) Explain contiguous memory allocation with suitable example. [6]
c) What is thrashing? Explain in brief. [4]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between internal and external fragmentation. [6]
b) Explain demand paging with suitable diagram. [6]
c) Write a short note on swapping. [4]

Q9) a) What is file system? Explain file system implementation in brief. [6]
b) What is two level directory structure? Explain with suitable diagram. [6]
c) Describe any one disk scheduling policy with an example. [4]
OR
Q10)a) What are the file access methods? Explain them in detail. [6]
b) What is tree structured directory? Explain with suitable diagram. [6]
c) Write a note on free space management. [4]

  

[6003]-627 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2818 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-628
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
EMBEDDED SYSTEM & INTERNET OF THINGS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310252)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer any five questions Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and
Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Assume Suitable data wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Draw neat & labelled diagram wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Define IoT. What are the features of IoT system? [5]
b) What is Embedded system? Explain the block diagram of ES. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the network layer protocol for IoT systems. [5]
b) Explain Rate monatomic scheduling algorithm. [5]

Q3) a) Draw and explain block diagram of an IoT device. [5]

b) Explain the IoT Level-4 with suitable diagram. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain the IoT Level-5 with suitable diagram. [3]
b) Discuss about the Four pillars of IOT with diagram. [4]
c) Explain the steps involved in the IoT system design methodology. [3]

Q5) a) Explain the Sensor Standards for Interoperability. [6]

b) Explain the Zigbee architecture with suitable diagram. [6]
c) Write a short note on 5A and 3I characteristics of IoT. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the KNX Protocol. [6]
b) What are the different key elements of M2M architecture? [4]
c) Why the security is important in IoT? Explain key elements of it. [6]

Q7) a) Write short note on WoT and Business Intelligence. [6]

b) Explain unified multitier WOT Architecture in details. [6]
c) Explain mobile cloud computing. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain SCADA Middleware Standards in brief. [6]
b) Draw and explain RFID architecture. [6]
c) Explain Cloud Middleware Architecture. [5]

Q9) a) Design Air Pollution Monitoring(APM), what are the different components
required? Draw deployment design for this system. [6]
b) Write short note on : [6]
i) Amazon Kinesis
ii) Xively Cloud for IoT
c) Write the AutoBahn installation and setup steps. [5]
OR
Q10) a) Describe the use of Amazon EC2 for IoT. [5]
b) Explain in brief Model, Template and View in Django architecture.[6]
c) Design Smart Irrigation System (SIS) based on followings [6]
i) Define process specification for SIS IoT system
ii) Domain model of SIS IoT system
iii) Information model of SIS IoT system
iv) Controller service of SIS IoT system



[6003]-628 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-2819 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-629
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
SOFTWARE MODELLING AND DESING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310253)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Define software design and give its importance. [5]

b) Define component. Compare component and deployment diagram.[5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain 4+1 View Architecture of UML. [5]
b) Draw Use Case diagram for Online Shoppe system. [5]

Q3) a) Explain join, fork and swimlane concept with activity diagram. [5]
b) Define interface. Explain required and provided interface with example.
[5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with an example the difference between aggregation and
composition. [5]
b) Define interface. Explain required and provided interface with example.
[5]

Q5) a) Explain Client Server architecture in detail. [8]

b) Explain real time architecture with a suitable example. [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain object oriented architecture with a suitable example. [8]
b) Explain broker pattern for service oriented architecture. [8]

Q7) a) What is the use of design pattern in modern software development?

Explain categories of design pattern. [8]
b) What is singleton pattern? Explain with suitable example. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain factory method with its intent, motivation and implementation
with suitable example. [8]
b) Explain iterator design pattern with suitable example. [8]

Q9) a) What is integration testing? Explain its type in detail. [6]

b) What is performance testing? List few tools of performance testing.[6]
c) Explain difference between verification & validation. [6]
OR
Q10)a) What is Cyclomatic Complexity? Explain with example. [6]
b) Define test case? What is the importance test case? Give example. [6]
c) Explain acceptance testing in detail. [6]



[6003]-629 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2820 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-630
T.E. (Computer Engineering)
WEB TECHNOLOGY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (310254)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7 or 8, Q.9 or 10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What do you mean by CSS? What are the different ways to create CSS?[5]
b) Explain different data types available in JavaScript with Example. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Write at least any five Differences between HTML and HTML5. [5]
b) What is JavaScript? How to create array and read elements in array in
JavaScript. [5]

Q3) a) Discuss Servlet Lifecycle in detail. [5]

b) Explain JSP scripting elements with examples. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss use of DOM in JavaScript with suitable example. [5]
b) What is the use of JSP Directives. Discuss different types of directives in
detail. [5]

Q5) a) List and describe various features of PHP. [4]

b) Write Short note on WML. [4]
c) What is Associate arrays in PHP? Explain it with simple PHP code. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) List and Explain steps involved in connecting to MySQL with PHP. [8]
b) What is AJAX? Explain working of AJAX with the help of diagram. [8]

Q7) a) Draw and explain neat diagram which depicts MVC to the struts
architecture. [8]
b) Discuss Different steps to create strut application in brief. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write sample Angular JS application which can demonstrate use of
different types of expressions. [8]
b) Write short note on NodeJS. [4]
c) Discuss actions in struts in brief. [4]

Q9) a) Draw and explain each tier of three tiers architecture using EJB. [8]
b) Discuss. JNDI Lookup with an Example. [6]
c) Write Short note on Content Management System. [4]
OR
Q10)a) What are the web services? Discuss SOAP and REST in detail. [10]
b) What is use of EJB? Discuss Different types of EJB in detail. [8]



[6003]-630 2
[6003]-630 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2821 [6003]-632
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Electrical)
ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLER AND ITS APPLICATIONS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (303141)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain status register in detail with help of example. [6]

b) Blink LEDs connected to RBI and RB4 using assembly language
instructions. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Write an assembly language program to transfer 25H into first ten locations
of Bank0. [6]
b) Explain following instruction with suitable example. [4]
i) BZ again
ii) CLRF f,a
Q3) a) Write a C program to generate delay of 5 milisecs. Using Timer0. Assume
crystal frequency of 10MHz. [6]
b) Explain Integer and charater data types in detail. [4]
OR
Q4) a) Explain T0CON register in detail. [6]
b) Write Assemble language program to perform addition of BCD numbers
stored at 20H and 21H and store result to location 45H. [4]

Q5) a) Explain CCP1CON register in detail and also give its count, to have
capture mode for every 16th rising edge. [8]
b) Explain speed control of DC Motor using PWM mode of CCP1. [8]
OR
[6003]-632 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write a C program to generate 2KHz PWM frequency at 25% duty cycle
on CCP1 pin. [8]
b) Discuss working of capture mode in detail with help of block diagram.[8]

Q7) a) Explain the process of receiving data serially with baud rate of 9600.[8]
b) Explain TXSTA register in detail also Explain the role of SPBRG and
calculate the count for 9600 baud rate for crystal frequency of 10MHz.
[9]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the steps of timer interrupt programming. [8]
b) Write C program to transmit character “NO” continuously at a baud rate
of 9600 and crystal frequency of 10MHz. [9]

Q9) a) Explain ADCON0 and ADCON1 register in details. [8]

b) Draw the interfacing diagram of opto-isolator and also explain its
interfacing procedure. [9]
OR

Q10)a) Explain temperature measurement using LM35 and give the algorithm to
transfer the result to 26H and 27H, lower byte to 26H and higher byte to
27H. [8]
b) Explain interfacing of DAC with PIC 18f458 with the help of algorithm.[9]



[6003]-632 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2822 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-634
T.E. (Electrical)
POWER ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (303143)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7 or 8, Q.9 or 10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) With neat constructional diagram explain working of GTO. [4]

b) What is time ratio control in dc choppers? Explain the use of TRC for
controlling the output voltage in choppers. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the following ratings of the thyristor. [4]
i) Latching current
ii) Holding current
b) Compare MOSFET and IGBT. [6]

Q3) a) Explain R-C triggering circuit of thyristor. [4]

b) A single phase full converter connected to 230V, 50Hz source is feeding
a load R=10 in series with a large inductance that make the load current
ripple free. For firing angle of 45°, calculate rectification efficiency, FF
and RF. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Draw and explain turn off characteristic of thyristor. [4]
b) A single phase full converter with large inductance is fed by 230 V supply.
Find average output voltage and reduction in output voltage due to overlap
if =20° and  = 3°. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is two stage ac voltage regulator? Draw neat diagram and explain its
operation with output waveform for RL load. [8]
b) Explain working of three phase full converter with a firing angle of 30° &
obtain expression for phase voltage & Line voltage. [8]
OR
Q6) a) With neat diagram explain four mode operation of a TRIAC. [8]
b) Draw and explain three phase semi converter feeding RL load with output
wave forms. [8]

Q7) a) Explain with circuit diagram and waveforms, operation of single phase
current source inverter. [8]
b) Explain single pulse width modulation used in PWM inverters. How
harmonics are eliminated by adjusting width of pulse. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain working of single phase full bridge voltage source inverter. Draw
all waveforms. [8]
b) Explain Sinusoidal Pulse width modulation with necessary waveforms.[8]

Q9) a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source inverter in 180°
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) List different harmonic elimination techniques used in inverter. Explain
any two methods in detail. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain working of three phase six step voltage source inverter in 120°
mode of operation. For star connected load draw output voltage
waveforms. Show devices conducting in each step. [10]
b) Draw neat diagram and explain flying capacitor multilevel inverter. [8]



[6003]-634 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2823 [6003]-636
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Electrical Engineering)

POWER SYSTEM - II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (303146)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Prove that active power at receiving end is given by [7]

VS VR A 2
PR  cos(    )  VR cos(    )
B B

where VR  VR 0,VS  VS  , A  A  and B  B 

b) What do you mean by “Right of Way” in transmission system? Compare

this term in EHVAC and HVDC transmission system. [3]
OR
Q2) a) Show that per unit impedance of transformer on both sides are same. [7]
b) State true or false with justification: [3]
“When HV transmission line is loaded with lagging load, the voltage
regulation is negative.”

Q3) a) What are the advantages of EHVAC system? [7]

b) What is surge impedance loading? Elaborate its significance of surge
impedance loading [3]
OR

[6003]-636 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain Ybus using bus incidence matrix. [7]
b) Justify: “If 50% line capacitive series line compensation is connected in
a transmission line, power transfer capability is increased twice compared
to uncompensated line” [3]

Q5) a) The generating station at koyna power plant is rated at 11kV with short
circuit capacity of 1000MVA. The generating station at Radhanagar is
also rated at 11kV with short circuit capacity of 670MVA. If these two
generating stations are connected with interconnector of reactance j 0.4,
calculate possible short circuit MVA at each station. Take 1000MVA as
base (Hint: Short circuit MVA = Base MVA/reactance in pu, Take base
MVA = 1000MVA and base kV = 11kV) [9]
b) When and unloaded alternator is shorted at its terminal, draw oscillograph
waveform of fault current and discuss about transient, sub transient and
steady state period. [8]
OR
Q6) a) In case of three phase fault at the terminal of an unloaded alternator,
prove that xd  xd  xd and I "f  I 'f  I f with mathematical relation and
diagram. (where If is fault current) [9]
b) State whether following statements are true or false with justification [8]
i) In case of three phase fault at the terminal of an unloaded alternator,
the sub transient state current is less than transient & steady state
current.
ii) In case of three phase fault at the terminal of an unloaded alternator,
the sub transient time constant is greater than transient and steady
state time constant.
Q7) a) The potential difference to the neutral of a three phase, four wire systems
are-36V, j48V and 64V respectively. The currents in corresponding line
wires are (-1 + j2) Amp, (-1 + j5) Amp and (-j3) Amp. Calculate negative
sequence power. [9]
b) Derive the equation of fault current in LL fault [8]

OR

[6003]-636 2
Q8) a) Derive the equation of three phase power using symmetrical component.[9]
b) In case of LLG fault, show that fault current [8]
3Ea1Z 2
If 
Z1Z 2  Z 2 Z 0  Z 0 Z1

Q9) a) Compare HVDC and EHVAC transmission system. [8]

b) Write short note on “Constant current control in HVDC lines”. [8]
OR

Q10)a) Write short note on: [8]

i) Monopolar HVDC link
ii) Back to back HVDC link
b) Draw the complete single line diagram of HVDC system showing all
components and elaborate any three components in detail. [8]



[6003]-636 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2824 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-637
T.E. (Electrical)
CONTROL SYSTEM - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (303147)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Use of non programmable calculator is allowed.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) State and Explain Masons Gain formula. [4]

b) State and explain all time domain specifications of second order system.[6]

c) Sketch the complete root locus for open loop transfer

K
function. G (S) HS = s s  4 s  10 Determine, K marginal and
  
frequency of oscillations. Comment on stability. [10]

OR

Q2) a) Clearly differentiate between open loop and closed loop control system.[6]

b) A unity feedback system is characterized by an open loop transfer function

K
G S 
s  s  10  Determine the gain K so that the system will have a
damping ratio of 0.5. For this value of K, determine settling time, peak
overshoot and peak time for a unit step input. [8]

c) Discuss steady state error for type’ 0’, type’ 1’ and type ‘2’ system. [6]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Sketch and explain polar plots type ‘0’, ‘1’ and ‘2’ systems. [6]
b) Sketch polar plot for system with open loop transfer function as
10
G  S 
s  s  1 s + 4 
Obtain gain margin and phase margin. [10]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Nyquist stability criterion. [6]
1
b) For Unity feedback system G  S  plot Nyquist diagram.
s  s  2  s + 3
Find GM and PM. [10]

Q5) a) Explain all frequency domain specifications. [6]

b) Sketch the bode plot and determine i) Gain cross-over frequency ii) Phase
cross- over frequency iii) Gain Margin iv) Phase Margin. for the transfer
10
function G  S  . [12]
s 1  0.4 s 1  0.1s 
OR
Q6) a) Explain procedure to draw bode plot. [6]
b) Sketch bode plot for system with open loop transfer function as
10
G S 
s 1  0.1s 1  0.001s  Comment on stability. [12]

Q7) a) Explain P, PI, PID controller with neat diagrams. [8]

b) Obtain the tuning of PID controller for a unity feedback system with
1
open loop transfer function as G(S)  using
 s  1 5s  1 0.2s  1
Ziegler Nichols method. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Write note on PID Controller tuning methods. [8]
b) Define and explain Lag and Lead compensator. [8]


[6003]-637 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2825 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-638
T.E. (Electrical)
UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGEY
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (303148)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever required.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Use of logarithmic tables, slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam table is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicates full marks.

Q1) a) State the advantages of electric heating. [4]

b) A 30 Kilo Watt, 3-phase, 400 V resistance oven is to employ Ni-Cr strip
of 0.3 mm thickness. The heating elements are connected in delta, if the
temperature of wire to be 1100°C and that of charge is 700°C. Determine
length and width of wire. Take radiation efficiency 0.5, emissivity as 0.9
and specific resistance as 1.03*10–6 m. [6]
OR
Q2) a) State faraday’s lows of electro deposition and explain the need for it.[4]
b) What are the types of welding? Explain spot welding with neat diagram.[6]

Q3) a) Explain sodium vapour lamp construction & working with neat diagram.[4]
b) Describe the construction and working of core type induction furnace.[6]
OR
Q4) a) Define following term, [4]
i) Illumination
ii) Depreciation factor
iii) Candle power
iv) Reflection
b) A room size of 15×6 meter is to be illuminated by 20 number of 200 Watt
each lamp. The MSCP of each lamp is 250. Take depreciation & utilization
factor as 1.2 & 0.6 respectively. Find average illumination produced on
the floor. [6]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Draw the block diagram of electric locomotive and state the function of
each component. [8]
b) Explain the functions of following equipment in traction substation. [8]
i) Circuit Breaker
ii) Interrupter
OR
Q6) a) State and explain advantages of electric traction. [8]
b) Explain composite system for track electrification. [8]

Q7) a) Derive the expression for simplified quadrilateral speed time curve. [8]
b) An electric train uniformly accelerated at 6 km/hr/sec for 21 second on a
level track, braked at 6km/hr/second. The free running period for the
train is 10 minutes and stop time of 5 minutes. Draw speed time curve
and calculate distance between stations, average speed and scheduled
speed. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Define following terms and state it’s unit [8]
i) Specific energy consumption
ii) Tractive effort
iii) Coefficient of adhesion
iv) Dead weight
b) Derive the expression for simplified trapezoidal speed time curve.[8]

Q9) a) What is a transition explain shunt & bridge transition in detail. [6]
b) Explain suitability of D.C series motor for traction service. [4]
c) Two motors rated 1500 Volt have armature resistance of 0.2 Ohm each
and take a current of 500A during starting. The starting time is 20 second.
Find [8]
i) Time duration of series and parallel operation
ii) Energy loss in controller of one motor
iii) Motor output
iv) Energy loss in armature of one motor
v) Total energy input
vi) Starting efficiency
OR

[6003]-638 2
Q10) a) What are the desirable characteristics of motor used in traction? Explain.[6]
b) Draw and explain block diagram of route relay interlock. [6]
c) Explain following systems of colour light signalling, [6]
i) Two aspect colour light signalling
ii) Three aspect colour light signalling
iii) Four aspect colour light signalling



[6003]-638 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2826 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-639
T.E. (Electrical)
DESIGN OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (303149)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 .
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain the various types of windings used in a transformer

(any two) [6]
b) Explain the procedure to calculate the no load current in case of a
three phase transformer. [6]
c) Explain the various methods of cooling employed in a transformer.
(any four) [8]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the various modes of heat dissipation. [6]
b) Explain the specifications of three phase transformers as per IS 2026
(Part 1). [6]
c) Derive the Output equation of a three phase transformer with usual
notations. [8]

Q3) a) Derive the Output equation for three phase induction motor with usual
notations. [8]
b) Explain the constructional features of induction motor. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Define specific magnetic loading. Explain the factors to be considered
for choice of specific magnetic loading. [8]
b) Explain the design of any two types of AC windings. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Derive the equation for end ring current for the rotor of squirrel cage
induction motor. [8]
b) Discuss the various constraints in the selection of suitable combination
of stator and rotor slots. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain the unbalanced magnetic pull and the various factors
responsible for unbalanced magnetic pull. [8]
b) A 11.2 KW, 415 v, 3 phase, 6 pole, 50 Hz, star connected squirrel cage
induction motor has the following data number of stator slots = 54,
number of rotor slots = 63, number of conductors per slot = 16,
efficiency = 0.87, power factor = 0.82, current density = 6A/mm2.
Find bar current, end ring current area of bar, area of end ring. Assume
Rotor mmf as 85% of Stator mmf. Assume any other details if required.
[8]

Q7) a) Explain the effects of ducts on calculation of magnetizing current. [6]

b) Define and explain the continuous rating of electrical machine. [6]
c) A 75 KW, 3300 V, 50 Hz, 8 pole, three phase, star connected
Induction motor has magnetizing current equal to 35% of full load
current. Find the stator turns per phase if the mmf required for flux
density at 60° from the interpolar axis is 500 A. Assume the stator
winding factor as 0.955. Efficiency = 0.94, power factor = 0.86. [6]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the procedure to calculate the no-load current for a three phase
induction motor. [6]
b) Write a short note on effect of saturation on the performance of three
phase induction motor. [6]
c) Explain the different types of leakage flux in an induction motor (any
three). [6]



[6003]-659 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2827 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-640
T.E. (Electrical Engineering)
ENERGY AUDIT & MANAGEMENT
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (303150)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) Give salient features of Energy conservation Act.2003 [6]

OR
Q2) What are the short term and long term energy policies? [6]

Q3) What is necessity of energy policy? Discuss the format of energy policy. [7]
OR
Q4) With suitable example discuss force field analysis. What will the benefits of it?
[7]

Q5) Discuss implementation of demand side management for Commercial con-

sumers. What are the benefits of it for consumers? [7]
OR
Q6) Explain with suitable examples the role of tariff in energy management. [7]

Q7) a) What is data analysis? What are different ways to analyse data? What are
the benefits of data analysis? [9]

[6003]-640 1 P.T.O.
 b) In a steel rolling mill monthly production related energy consumption was
2.3 times the production and non-production related energy consump-
tion was 20,500 kWh per month. In the month of June a series of energy
conservation measures were implemented. Use CUMSUM technique to
develop a table and calculate energy savings for the subsequent 6 months
period from the data given below. Also plot CuSuM graph. [9]

Month Production (kg) Actual Energy

Consumption (kWh)

Sept. 66,000 1,48,000

Oct. 70,000 1,53,000

Nov. 75,000 1,58,000

Dec. 78,000 1,64,000

Jan. 62,000 1,35,000

Feb. 73,000 1,55,000

OR

Q8) a) Discuss preliminary Audit. Also discuss phase III of audit. [9]

b) Discuss least square method for data analysis. Also explain standard
format for energy audit report. [9]

Q9) a) Explain selection criteria of DG sets. Also enlist common energy

conservation tips in DGs. [8]

b) Energy saving opportunities in boiler and auxiliaries. [8]

OR

Q10)a) Discuss energy conservation measures in pumping systems. [8]

b) Explain the method for adequacy assessment for illumination system.

What inferences can be drawn after assessment? [8]

[6003]-640 2
Q11)a) The energy manager of company wants to replace 50 HP induction motor
with energy efficient motor for energy saving. On the basis on following
data calculate payback period for replacement of old motor with energy
efficient motor. Take cost of Electricity is Rs. 7/K Wh. The demand
charges Rs. 410/k VA per month. [8]
Description Old motor Energy efficiency
Motors
Rating of machine 50HP 50 HP
Loading percentage 85% 85%
Operating hours per annum 6500 6500
Efficiency near full load 89% 93.5%
Power factor near full load 0.85 log 0.89 log
Capital cost — Rs. 3,50,000
Scrap value Rs.50,000/- —
b) Explain financial appraisal criteria. [8]
OR
Q12)a) Calculate net present value for an investment of Rs. 5,00,000 for retrofit.
The energy saving realised for five are Rs. 1,00,000, Rs. 75,000
Rs. 1,25,000, Rs. 2,00,000, and Rs. 2,50,000/- with discounting factor is
11% judge the economic feasibility of the project. [8]
b) Explain with suitable example break even analysis. How it is different
from others? [8]



[6003]-640 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2828 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-651
T.E. (E & TC)
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester -I) (304181)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, and Q.7 or Q8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) The Bandwidth of TV video plus audio signal is 4.5 MHZ. If the signal
is connected to PCM bit stream with 1024 quantization levels,determine
the number of bits/sec generated by the PCM system. Assume that the
signal is sampled at the rate of 20% above nyquist rate. [8]
b) Classify & Explain random processes [6]
c) Draw & Explain multiplexing hierarchies [6]
OR
Q2) a) Draw the spectrum & waveform of following line code of given sequence
101100 [8]
i) Polar RZ
ii) Polar NRZ
iii) Split phase manchester
iv) AMI
b) Compare PCM,DPCM,DM [6]
c) Show that the RP x(+) = A cos (wct + θ) is wss here θ uniformly
distributed in the range of (−π,π) [6]

Q3) a) Explain integrate & Dump Receiver in details. [8]

b) A received signal have amplitude ± 2 for a time T, signal is corrupted by
white Gaussion noise having PSD 10-10 W/Hz. If signal is processed by
matched filter receiver what should be minimum time T during which
signal must be sustained so that probability of error is not exceeding
φ (3.69) =10−4 draw the o/p of matched filter also [8]
OR

[6003]-651 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Write a Note on [8]
i) LRT
ii) Gram Schmidt Orthogonalization.
b) Derive equation of SNR of matched filter in presence of AWGN. [8]

Q5) a) Draw and explain the transmitter and receiver diagram of BPSK with
appropriate mathematical equations also draw signal space diagram and
PSD of the same. [8]
b) Binary data is transmitted using BPSK at a rate of 2Mbps over transmission
link having bandwidth of 2 MHz, find signal power required at the receiver
in put so that Pe is not more than 10-4.Given noise PSD No/z =10-10
Watts/Hertz and φ (3.71)=10-4 Compare BPSK and BFSK. [6]
c) Compare BPSK & BFSK [4]
OR
Q6) a) With neat block diagram discuss pass band transmission model and enlist
various pass band modulation schemes. [8]
b) Discuss BFSK transmitter & receiver along with wave forms. [6]
c) Explain signal space diagram of QAM in details. [4]

Q7) a) Design 3 bit PN sequence & hence verify the proparties [6]
b) Explain DSSS with neat block diagram & state its advantages [6]
c) Draw & explain block diagram of FHSS [4]
OR
Q8) a) The information bit duration in DS- BPSK spread spectrum communication
system 4ms while chipping rate is 1 MHz.Assuming an average error
probability of 10-5 for proper detection of message signal. Calculate the
jamming margin .
Given φ (4.25)= 10-5, φ (3.25)=10-6 [6]
b) Define following. [6]
i) Processing gain
ii) Jamming Margin
iii) Probability of error
c) Compare slow FHSS and Fast FHSS wrt Frequency spectrums. [4]



[6003]-651 2
[6003]-651 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-3159 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-652
T.E. (E&TC)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304182)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Attempt Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) State the advantages of DSP over ASP. [6]

b) Compute DFT of the following sequence [4]
x(n) = {2 1 3 4}
OR
Q2) a) With the help of suitable diagram explain the sampling and reconstruction
of the time domain signal. [6]
b) Compute the DCT of the following sequence [4]
x(n) = [0 1 2 3]

Q3) a) Find linear convolution using overlap add method for following sequence
X(n) = {1, 2, -1, 2, 3, -2, -3, -1, 1, 1, 2, -1} h(n) = {1, 2, 3} [6]
b) Determine causal signal x(n) if its Z transform X(Z) is given by
1 + 3 Z -1
X (Z) = [4]
1 + 3Z -1 + 2Z -2
OR
Q4) a) Compute N = 8 point FFT of the following sequence [6]
x(n) = [1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 3, 2, 1]
b) Show that the computational complexity is reduced in FFT as compared
to DFT. [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Design second order Butterworth filter with cut off frequency of 1 kHz
and sampling frequency of 10 4 samples/sec. by using bilinear
transformation method. [9]
b) Obtain direct form I and II, Cascade and parallel realization of system
3 1 1
described by, y (n) - y (n -1) + y (n - 2) = x(n) + x(n -1) [8]
4 8 2

OR
Q6) a) Convert analog filter with transfer function [9]

2
H  S 
S 1 S 2 
into digital IIR filter using Impulse invariance technique. Use Sampling
frequency as 5Hz.
b) With the help of suitable diagram show the mapping between analog and
digital frequencies Explain in detail the “Frequency Warping Effect”. [8]

Q7) a) Design linear phase FIR low pass filter of length 7 with cutoff frequency
1rad/sec.Using rectangular window. [9]
b) Obtain linear phase realization of [8]

Z 1 Z 2
H z 1   Z 3
4 4
OR
Q8) a) Why FIR filters are called as inherently stable filters? With the help of
suitable diagram. Explain Gibb’s phenomenon. [8]
b) The desired response of low pass filter is given as [9]
Hd(ejw) = e–j3w for –3/4 < =  < = 3/4
0 for 3/4 < =  < = 
Determine Hd(ejw) for M = 7 using hamming window

[6003]-652 2
Q9) a) Explain in detail the interference cancellation in ECG signal using DSP.[8]
b) Write a short note on: (4 marks each) [8]
i) “Compact disc recording system”
ii) “Speech coding and compression”
OR
Q10)a) With the help of block diagram explain vibration signature analysis for
defective gear teeth. [8]
b) Write a short note on [8]
i) “Speech Noise reduction”
ii) “Two band digital crossover”



[6003]-652 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2829 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-653
T.E. (Electronics and Telecommunication)
ELECTROMAGNETICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304183)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of calculator packet calculator and smith chart is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Derive the expression for electric field intensity E at a point P due
touniform charge distribution along an infinite straight line with uniform
line charge density L. [8]
b) Determine electric flux density at (4, 0, 3) if there is a point charge 5
mC at (4, 0, 0) and line charge 5 mC/m along the z-axis. [8]
c) Derive the expression for capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Derive the boundary condition at an interface between two magnetic
media. [8]
b) State and prove Gauss Theorem. [6]
c) Derive expression for capacitance of spherical plate capacitor. [6]

Q3) a) State and prove Poynting theorem. Also explain significance of each
term in it. [8]
b) Derive the boundary condition at an interface between conductor and
free space. [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) State and explain Maxwell’s equations for time varying field in point
form and integral form for free space. [8]
b) Explain the terms in detail : [8]
i) Retarded potential
ii) Displacement current density

Q5) a) Derive relationship Z0 and  in terms of primary constants. [8]

b) A transmission line has a characteristic impedance of 300  and
terminated in a load (150 + j 150). Find following using Smith
chart. [8]
i) VSWR
ii) Reflection Coefficient
iii) Input impedance at distance 0.1 from the load
OR
Q6) a) State and explain the primary constants and secondary constants of
transmission line. [8]
b) Explain the reflection coefficient and standing wave ration for
transmission line. Derive the relation between standing wave ratio and
reflection coefficient. [8]

Q7) a) Derive from Maxwell’s equations the wave equation in vector form
for Electric Field Intensity in free space. [8]
b) A 10 GHz plane wave travelling in free space as an amplitude
Ex =10 V/m. Find V, , ,  and amplitude of H. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Define and explain depth of penetration. Derive expression for depth
of penetration for a good conductor. [10]
b) Define polarization of uniform plane waves? Explain the types of same.
[8]


[6003]-653 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2830 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-654
T.E. (E & TC)
MICROCONTROLLERS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (304184)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain register banks available in 8051? [6]

b) Draw and explain port structure of 8051 microcontroller. [6]
c) Explain the following instructions of 8051 with suitable example. [8]
i) ADD A, R1
ii) DIV AB
iii) DA A
iv) MVI R2, #12H
OR
Q2) a) Explain PSW register of 8051 with suitable example. [6]
b) LEDs are interfaced to PORT P1 of 8051. Write a program to generate
the delay using timer 1 without interrupt, for flashing the LEDs
continuously. [6]
c) Draw the Interface diagram to interface 16 × 2 LCD with 8051. Write
an ASM program to display message “Welcome” on it. (8 bit mode)
[8]

Q3) a) State peripheral features of PICl8F4xxx with its significance. [8]

b) Which are the various oscillator options present in PIC microcontroller?
Enlist and illustrate any four of them with neat diagrams. [8]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Develop an embedded C program to generate a square wave of 1KHz
with Timer 0 on pin PORTD.2 (Assume 50% Duty cycle, no prescaler
and XTAL = 10MHz) Compute the value to be loaded in the Timer
register. [8]
b) Write an embedded C program to blink the LEDs interfaced to PORTC
using common anode Configuration. Write the delay () function using
Timer 0 in 16 bit mode. [8]

Q5) a) Interface LED and button with PIC 18FXX microcontroller, illustrate
the interfacing diagram, develop a C code such that when button is
pressed LED should turn ON and when button is released LED should
turn OFF. [8]
b) Explain CCP1CON register. Find PR2 register value for 20% duty
cycle, 1KHz PWM frequency. Set bit pattern of CCP1CON register
accordingly. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Draw and explain block diagram of CCP module of PIC18F4xxx.
[8]
b) Write a program to create a 1KHz PWM frequency with 40% duty
cycle on CCP1 pin of PIC18FXX. Crystal frequency of 10MHz, N=16.
[8]

Q7) a) Enlist pins used of PIC18FXX used for 12C MSSP module. Explain
12C master mode. [8]
b) A temperature of Furnace is monitored with LM35 connected to RA0
pin of PIC18FXX and display it on LCD connected to PORTD. Draw
an interface diagram and embedded C program for same. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain TXSTA register. Give the significance of TXIF in
serial transmission. [8]
b) Give the importance of SPBRG register. Compute the SPBRG value
in Hex for following baud rate with Fosc = 4MHz. [10]
i) 2400
ii) 9600
Write the formula used.


[6003]-654 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2831 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-657
T.E. (E & TC) (Semester - II)
POWER ELECTRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (304186)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of Calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain Dynamic characteristics of SCR for Ton & Toff using. Suitable
waveform. [7]
b) How Voltage & current capacity of SCR string will enhance. [3]
c) Draw & explain about 180 degree mode of 3 phase inverter for balanced
star R load. [10]
OR
Q2) a) For an SCR, gate cathode characteristics is given by V(q) = 1+10 I(q)
gate source voltage is rectangular pulse of 12v with 18 sec duration
for an average power dissipation of 0.4 Wand a peak gate drive power
of 6 w compute: The resistance to be connected in series with the SCR
gate, The triggering frequency, The duty cycle of triggering pulse. [7]
b) Draw and explain about the construction and VI characteristics of IGBT
[6]
c) Compare Single phase full converter & Semi converter with RL load
with waveform. [7]

Q3) a) Compare Step down & Step up chopper state their applications. [8]
b) A dc chopper is fed from 120 V dc. Its load voltage consists of
rectangular pulses of duration 2 m sec in an overall cycle time of 5
msec. Calculate the average output voltage and ripple factor [8]

P.T.O.
 OR
Q4) a) Explain working of SMPS, what are its advantages over linear power
supply. [8]
b) A single-phase half-wave ac voltage controller using one SCR in
antiparallel with a diode feeds 1 kW, 200 V heater. For a firing angle
of 60°, calculate the load power and input power factor. [8]

Q5) a) What is SLR half bridge DC-DC Converter, explain through ckt &
wave form. [8]
b) Explain the need & objectives of UPS, Draw block diagram. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain about Stepper motor drives with power and driver circuit. [8]
b) Explain the advantages of Electronic ballast over conventional ballst,
state it operation. [8]

Q7) a) What are speed control techniques of DC Motor? Explain single phase
separately exited DC motor power circuit. [10]
b) Draw & Explain about the thermal equivalent of Power device, Explain
need of heat sink. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Draw & Explain about the working of Snubber circuit. [8]
b) Explain the working of rechargeable LED lamp or panel with driver
circuit and battery specifications. [10]



[6003]-657 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2832 [6003]-658
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (E & TC)

INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND COMMUNICATION
NETWORKS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304187)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of logarithmic tables slide rule, Mollier charts, electronic pocket calculator
and steam tables is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Golay Code and Interleaved code in detail. [7]

b) Explain Shannon-Fano coding in detail. [7]
c) Define and give example. [6]
i) Hamming weight
ii) Hamming distance
iii) Code rate
OR
Q2) a) What do you mean by Channel Capacity? Explain Channel coding
theorem in detail. [7]
b) Define entropy and explain its properties in detail. [7]
c) A discrete memory less source has 4 symbols x1, x2, x3, x4 with
probabilities.0.3, 0.2, 0.4 and 0.1 respectively. Construct Huffman code,
calculate code efficiency and redundancy. [6]

Q3) a) Design (15,11) Rs code. Find code for message polynomial (x + 1). Use
primitive polynomial P(x) = x4+x+1. [10]
b) Define following terms related to convolutional codes with example. [8]
i) Constraint length
ii) Code rate
iii) Dfree (free length)
iv) Generating function
OR

[6003]-658 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain decoding of BCH codes and decoding of RS codes in detail.[10]

b) For systematic rate 1/2 convolutional encoder with constraint length 2.

parity bit is generated by mod-2 sum p = x + 1. [8]

i) Draw the encoder

ii) Draw state diagram, trellis diagram

iii) Find out the output for message (1 0 1)

Q5) a) Draw & explain TCP/IP model. Explain functionality of each layer. [8]

b) Compare coaxial cable, optical fiber and twisted pair cable. [8]

OR

Q6) a) Explain network design issues in detail. [8]

b) Define network. Explain different types of network topologies. [8]

Q7) a) What is ARQ? Explain three types of ARQ in detail. [8]

b) Give functions/services of DLL. Compare it with physical layer. [8]

OR

Q8) a) Explain different types of stations and data transfer modes of HDLC.[8]

b) What is framing? Explain different types of framing methods. [8]



[6003]-658 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-2833 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-659
T.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication)
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (304188)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 .
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.

Q1) a) State the functions and characteristics of Management. [6]

b) Draw and explain Ishikawa diagram with the help of example. [6]
c) Explain the techniques of capital Budgeting. [8]
OR
Q2) a) Discuss briefly different levels of management. [6]
b) Explain the 5S quality management standards. [6]
c) Explain payback method of capital budgeting. [8]

Q3) a) State the objectives and benefits of training. [8]

b) Write note on investment in training program. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain human resource information system. [8]
b) What is human resource planning and state its objectives. [8]

Q5) a) Define entrepreneurship and state its characteristics. [8]

b) What is business plan? What are the benefits of preparing business
plan? [8]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Write note on Women Entrepreneurship. [8]
b) State different government policies for business. [8]

Q7) a) What is marketing? Explain the need of marketing. [10]

b) State the factors affecting consumer behavior. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Briefly explain any two methods of pricing. [10]
b) Define customer relationship management. State its benefits and
limitations. [8]



[6003]-659 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-2834 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-660
T.E. (E&TC)
ADVANCED PROCESSORS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (306189)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6 and Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Write embedded C program to flash LED connected at PORT 0.0 of

LPC 2148. Draw necessary interfacing diagram. [10]
b) Draw interfacing diagram of 4 × 4 keyboard matrix with LPC 2148 using
Port  & PORT 1. [6]
c) List features of LPC 2148. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Interface 16 × 2 LCD with LPC2148. Draw flow chart to display "HELLO"
On 1st line and "WORLD" on 2nd line of display. [10]
b) Describe interrupt structure of LPC 2148. [6]
c) Explain SPSR register. [4]

Q3) a) Explain GSM and GPS module interfacing using neat diagram. [8]
b) Write an embedded C program to generate triangular wave with DAC
using LPC2148. [8]
OR
Q4) a) Draw flow chart to display the sensed temperature by ADC on LCD
using LPC 2148. Draw interfacing diagram. [8]
b) Describe SD card. Write steps to initialize SDCard. [8]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) List features of TMS 320C67X processor. Write note on FIR, FFT of
DSP processor. [8]
b) Describe data paths in C67X processor. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Differentiate between VLIW and SIMD architecture. [8]
b) Describe registers of C67X processor. [8]

Q7) a) Explain concept of pipeline operation in C67X processor. [8]

b) Describe interrupt structure of C67X processor. [10]
OR
Q8) a) Write note on internal memory of C67X processor. [8]
b) Explain with examples addressing modes of C67X processor. [10]



[6003]-660 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P2835 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-661
T.E. (Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING & OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (304190)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Use of electronic pocket calculator is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain different assembly language statements with examples. [7]

b) Enlist the different loading schemes and explain in brief compile and go
loader. [7]
c) Consider the following process where the arrival and burst time as shown
below calculate average waiting time and turnaround time using FCFS
algorithm. [6]
Process Burst time Arrival time
P1 6 0
P2 4 1
P3 7 3
P4 2 5
OR
Q2) a) In the analysis of a source program explain the significance and main
functions of Lexical Analysis, Syntax Analysis and Semantic Analysis.[7]
b) What is loader? Explain the significance and main functions of loader in
system software. [7]

P.T.O.
 c) Consider the following process where the arrival and burst time as shown
below. If the quantum slice time is 2 calculate average waiting time and
turnaround time using round Robin algorithm. [6]
Burst time Arrival time
P1 05 0
P2 04 1
P3 02 2
P4 01 4

Q3) a) Write short note on Inter-Process Communication. [6]

b) State and Explain the conditions for deadlock. [6]
c) Write short note on Semaphore. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain producer consumer problem with solution. [7]
b) Explain Race condition with suitable example while handling two or more
processes. [6]
c) Explain Ostrich algorithm. [4]

Q5) a) Consider the following page reference string. [5]

2,3,2,1,5,2,4,5,3,2,5,2
Number of page frames=3
Calculate page fault and page hit ratio using FIFO page replacement
algorithm.
b) List the design issues of paging system and explain any two. [6]
c) Explain segmentation and its advantages. [6]
OR
Q6) a) What is paging? Explain concept of paging with TLB.
Consider the following page reference string.
1,2,3,1,4,5,6,2,1,3,2,7,6,3,4,1,2,6 [6]
b) Number of page frames=6
Calculate page fault and page hit ratio using LRU page replacement
algorithm. [5]

[6003]-661 2
 c) What are types of memory fragmentation? Differentiate them on following
points. [6]

i) Definition

ii) Occurrence

iii) Solution

Q7) a) Write a note on: [6]

i) Directory structure in OS

ii) File management system in OS

b) Explain DMA Concept in detail. [6]

c) Calculate average seek length with the help of FCFS disk scheduling
algorithm for the following track sequence, 90, 58, 55, 39, 18, 150 current
location of head is 55. [4]

OR

Q8) a) Write a short note on RAID disc. [6]

b) Enlist the various file operations. Explain access rights in file sharing.[6]

c) Explain file attributes. [4]



[6003]-661 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-3146 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-662
T.E. (IT)
THEORY OF COMPUTATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314441)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Design a Mealy m/c for increment the given binary number by 1. [6]
b) Give the differentiate between CFG and CFL. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Describe English language for following RE : [4]
i) (a*ab*ab*) + b* ii) a* + b* c
b) Design a DFA for Language over the alphabet å = {0,1} , end with 00.[6]

Q3) a) Show that P = Q, where P = (1 + 011)*, Q = € +1* (011)* (1* (011)*)*.[4]

b) For the following CFG. Find regular expression and FA that define the
same.
Language : S  0B |1C, C  0B|0, B  1C|0 [6]
OR
Q4) a) Give RE and FA for [5]
L = L1 Ç L2 å = {0,1} where L1 = All the string of even length
L2 = All the ending with 'aa'
b) Show that the context free languages are closed under union, concatenation
and kleen star. [5]

Q5) a) Design a PDA accepting by empty store / stack of the following language:[9]
{an bn cm dm | m, n > = 1}
b) Let L = {am b2n | n, m > = 1} Construct i) CFG grammar accepting L,
ii) a PDA accepting L by empty state. [8]
OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Construct a PDA equivalent to the following CFG : [9]
S  aAA, A  aS | bS| a.
b) Design a PDA accepting by empty store / stack of the following language:
{am bn | m > n > = 1}. [7]

Q7) a) Design a TM to recognize the language even no. 0's and 1's. [9]
b) Give the short note on following : [8]
i) Type of TM
ii) Halting problem of TM
OR
Q8) a) Construct a TM that can accept language å = {0,1} ,
L = WCWR | (W is in (a+b)*) [9]
b) Give the short not on following : [8]
i) Church's Turing hypothesis
ii) UTM

Q9) a) Explain with an Example of Turing Reducibility? [8]

b) If L is Recursive language over å , show that [8]
L(L is define as å-L is also recursive.
OR
Q10)a) Explain the complexity class P, NP and differential between NP Complete
and NP Hard. [8]
b) Show that PCP over å >= 2 is solve. [8]



[6003]-662 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-2836 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-668
T.E. (Information Technology)
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (314451)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Solve Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) With syntax and example explain EQU and LTORG statements of
assembly language. [4]
b) With neat diagram explain compile and go (assemble and go) loader
scheme. What are the advantages and disadvantages of its? [6]
OR
Q2) a) What is language Processor? Explain two main activities of language
Processing. [4]
b) Explain parameter passing methods used in macro definition. [6]

Q3) a) What is forward reference? Explain with suitable example. [2]

b) Define Macro, Macro definition. [2]
c) Obtain output of all phases of compiler for the following input string :
[6]
p = e* 10 + c
OR
Q4) a) List out main functions of PASS I and Pass II of Two Pass Assembler.
[2]
b) Explain the significance of transfer vector. [2]
c) Convert the following RE to DFA using direct method. [6]
(a | b)* aa | (a/b)* bb

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Construct Predictive Parser for the following Grammar and show the
working of parser for the input string id1 + id2 * id3. [10]
EE+T|T
TT*F|F
F  (E) | id
b) Write a short note on YACC and YACC specification. [4]
c) What is Operator Precedent Grammar? Write Operator precedent
grammar for arithmetic expression also construct operator precedence
Relation table for it. [4]
OR
Q6) a) Consider following grammar [10]
EE+E | E*E | E/E | (E) | id
Perform Shift Reduce Parser for the string id1 + id2 * id3. Also explain
Shift-Reduce conflict & Reduce-Reduce conflict occurred during
parsing of string.
b) Write a note on Predictive Parser ( LL1 Parser). [4]
c) What is bottom-up parsing? Compare SLR and CLR parsers. [4]

Q7) a) For the statement given below generate the Intermediate Code in the
form of : [4]
i) Triple ii) Quadruple
A = -P *(-Q + R)
b) Consider the following grammar. [6]
EE+T|T
TT*F|F
F  id
Design dependency graph for the expression : 4*7+3
c) Generate three address code for [6]
for (i=0; i<=5; i++)
x=y+z
[6003]-668 2
 OR
Q8) a) Explain Storage Allocation Strategies with example. [8]
b) Convert the following production rules into semantic rules and show
the annotated parse tree for the input int a, b, c; [8]
S  T L;
T  int
T  float
T  char
L  L1, id
L  id

Q9) a) With examples explain at least four machine independent code

optimization techniques. [8]
b) Discuss the factors affecting target code generation. [8]
OR
Q10)a) Explain machine dependent code optimization techniques with suitable
example. [8]
b) Discuss run time storage management of a code generator. [8]



[6003]-668 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2837 [6003]-669
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Information Technology)

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (314452)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Contraposition with example. [5]

b) Enumerate Control abstraction of Binary Search Algorithm. [5]

OR
Q2) a) Explain Asymtotic Analysis of Algorithms. [5]
b) Differentiate Prim’s and Kruskal’s Algorithm. [5]

Q3) a) Construct Bellman Ford Algorithm. [5]

b) What is Principle of Optimality? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Discuss Minimum Spanning Tree. [5]
b) Solve the recurrence equation T (n) = T (n/2) + n [5]
Q5) a) Give Control abstraction of Knapsack Problem. What do you mean by
feasible solution and optimal feasible solution? Explain. [9]
b) What do you mean by Backtracking? What are implicit Rules for
implementation of the same? Give outline of Backtracking Algorithm.
[2+2+4]
OR
Q6) a) Solve by using sum of subset technique for inputs = {3,4,5,2} and
sum = 9. Show all steps. [9]
b) Explain chromatic number reference to Graph coloring technique with
example. [8]

[6003]-669 1 P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain FIFO Branch and Bound. [5]

b) Find the shortest path for following TSP given distance in adjacency
matrix using branch and bound technique. [12]

Nodes/Cities 1 2 3 4 5

1  20 30 10 11

2 15  30 10 11

3 3 5  2 4

4 19 6 18  3

5 16 4 7 16 
OR

Q8) a) Distinguish between FIFO branch and bound and LC branch and bound
with the help of an example. [9]

b) List the advantages and disadvantages of branch and bound method. [8]

Q9) a) What is 3-SAT Problem? Explain. [6]

b) Differentiate P, NP, NP-Complete and NP-Hard Problems with suitable

diagram and examples. [10]

OR

Q10)a) What is Max-Clique Problem? Discuss steps to find max-clique. [8]

b) Discuss Parallel Algorithms. [8]



[6003]-669 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-2838 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-670
T.E. (Information Technology) (Semester - II)
CLOUD COMPUTING
(2015 Pattern) (314453)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat Diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain advantages and disadvantages of Cloud Computing. [5]

b) What are different Cloud Delivery Models? Compare it with diagrams.
[5]
OR
Q2) a) Compare private cloud verses public cloud. [4]
b) Write Short Notes On : [6]
i) Multitenant Technology
ii) Web Technology

Q3) a) Define Hypervisor. Explain and Differentiate its Types. [5]

b) Draw and explain XEN architecture. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write short note on: Open Cloud Consortium [OCC]. [4]
b) Explain three types of virtualization. [6]

Q5) a) Explain virtualization attack in detail with suitable examples. [8]

b) List and describe three different threat agents. [8]
OR
Q6) a) How are security policies and mechanisms used to counter threats?[8]
b) Explain the concept and use of hardened virtual server image. [8]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Explain architecture of NASA’s Nebula Cloud. [8]
b) Explain the concept of cloudlet. How is it different from cloud? [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the concept of cloud mashup with a suitable diagram. [8]
b) Explain architecture of Facebook platform. [8]

Q9) a) What is a Docker? Explain docker deployment workflow. [9]

b) Describe key issues related to energy efficiency in cloud computing.[9]
OR
Q10)Write short notes on :
a) Jungle computing [6]
b) Autonomic cloud engine [6]
c) Multimedia Cloud [6]


[6003]-670 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2839 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-682
T.E. (Mechanical)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS - I
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302041)
Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 and Q.9 or Q.10 from the
following.
2) Draw neat labeled diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of non programmable electronic calculator is permitted.
5) Assume suitable/standard data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the three basic types of standards used in a design office. [4]
b) A transmission shaft of cold drawn steel (Sut = 500 N/mm2 and
Syt = 300 N/mm2) is subjected to a fluctuating torque which varies from
– 100 N-m to + 400 N-m. The factor of safety is 2 and the expected
reliability is 90%. Neglecting the effect of stress concentration, determine
the diameter of the shaft. Assume the distortion energy theory of failure.
Take Ka = 0.79, Kb = 0.85. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Write a short note on Modified Goodman diagram. [4]
b) State the theory of elastic failure on which ASME code is based. [6]

Q3) a) What is difference between splines and keys? [4]

b) Design a rectangular key for a shaft of 50 mm diameter. Take shear stress
42 MPa. Compressive stress is 70 MPa. For key and shaft materials.[6]
OR
Q4) a) A forged steel bar, 50 mm in diameter, is subjected to a reversed bending
stress of 250 N/mm2. The bar is made of steel 40C8 (Sut = 600 N/mm2).
Calculate the life of the bar for a reliability of 90%. Take Ka = 0.44,
Kb = 0.85, Kc = 0.89 [6]
b) Explain briefly the various phases involved in the process of design of
machine Elements? [4]
P.T.O.
Q5) a) Prove that Efficiency of self locking square threads is less than 50%? [6]
b) A C-clamp, as shown in Fig., has trapezoidal threads of 12 mm outside
diameter and 2 mm pitch, The coefficient of friction for screw threads is
0.12 and for the collar is 0.25. The mean radius of the collar is 6 mm. If
the force exerted by the operator at the end of the handle is 80 N, find:
i) The length of handle;
ii) The maximum shear stress in the body of the screw and where does
this exist; and
iii) The bearing pressure on the threads.
[10]

OR
Q6) a) Discuss the various types of power threads. Give at-least two practical
applications for each type. Discuss their relative advantages and
disadvantages. [8]
b) A power screw having double start square threads of 25 mm nominal
diameter and 5 mm pitch is acted upon by an axial load of 10 kN. The
outer and inner diameters of screw collar are 50 mm and 20 mm
respectively. The coefficient of thread friction and collar friction may be
assumed as 0.2 and 0.15 respectively. The screw rotates at 12 r.p.m.
Assuming uniform wear condition at the collar and allowable thread bearing
pressure of 5.8 N/mm2, find:
i) The torque required to rotate the screw;
ii) The stress in the screw and Nut; and
iii) The number of threads of nut in engagement with screw. [8]

[6003]-682 2
Q7) a) Write a short note on ‘bolts of uniform strength’. [8]
b) An off-set column is fixed to a steel column is as shown in figure by
means of four bolts. The bracket is subjected to an inclined pull of 10
kN. Determine the diameter of bolts by assuming allowable tensile stress
in bolt to be 150 N/mm2. [10]

OR
Q8) a) State the advantages and disadvantages of welded joints. Also explain
types of welded joints. [8]
b) A bracket, as shown in Fig., carries a load of 10 kN. Find the size of the
weld if the allowable shear stress is not to exceed 80 MPa. [10]

Q9) a) Draw a neat sketch of a multi leaf spring and show its essential parts.[6]
b) A helical compression spring made of oil tempered carbon steel, is
subjected to a load which varies from 400 N to 1000 N. The spring index
is 6 and the design factor of safety is 1.25. If the yield stress in shear is
770 MPa and endurance stress in shear is 350 MPa, find : i) Size of the
spring wire, ii) Diameters of the spring, iii) Number of turns of the spring
and iv) Free length of the spring. The compression of the spring at the
maximum load is 30 mm. take G = 80 kN/mm2. [10]
OR

[6003]-682 3
Q10) a) Explain Nipping of Leaf spring. [6]
b) A safety valve of 60 mm diameter is to blow off at a pressure of
1.2 N/mm2. It is held on its seat by a close coiled helical spring. The
maximum lift of the valve is 10 mm. Design a suitable compression spring
of spring index 5 and providing an initial compression of 35 mm. The
maximum shear stress in the material of the wire is limited to 500 MPa.
Take G = 80 kN/mm2. Calculate: i) Diameter of the spring wire, ii) Mean
coil diameter, iii) Number of active turns and iv) Pitch of the coil. [10]



[6003]-682 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2840 [6003]-683
[Total No. of Pages : 3

T.E. (Mechanical /Automobile)

HEAT TRANSFER
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302042)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right of each question indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary and mention the same clearly.
5) Use of steam tables, Mollier chart and calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) State and explain Fourier’s law of heat conduction. [5]

b) Define fin efficiency. Identify the important parameters responsible for
increase in fin efficiency. [5]
OR
Q2) a) Explain difference between fin efficiency and fin effectiveness. [5]
b) A horizontal steel pipe having a diameter of 5 cm is maintained at a
temperature of 50ºC in a large room where the air and wall temperature
are at 20ºC. The surface emissivity of the steel may be taken as 0.8 and
the convection heat transfer coefficient as 25 W/m2K. Calculate the total
heat lost by the pipe per unit length. [5]

Q3) a) Explain the significance of Biot Number and Fourier Number. [5]
b) Write three dimensional heat conduction equation in cylindrical
coordinates and reduce it in one dimensional form. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Fins are more effective, when provided on surface for which film heat
transfer coefficient is smaller. Explain [5]
b) A stainless steel rod of outer diameter 3 cm originally at a temperature of
500ºC is suddenly immersed in a liquid at 100ºC for which the convective
heat transfer coefficient is 100 W/m 2 K.For stainless steel
k = 40 W/mK,  = 7800 kg/m3, c=460 J/kgK, Determine the time required
for the rod to reach a temperature of 150ºC. [5]

[6003]-683 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the velocity and thermal boundary layer and its significance. [8]
b) Water is flowing at the rate of 50 kg/min through a tube of inner diameter
2.5cm. The inner surface of tube is maintained at 100ºC. If the temperature
of water increases from 25ºC to 55ºC, find length of tube required.
Nu = 0.023 Re0.8 pr0.4, Properties of water:  = 977.8 kg/m3, k = 0.6672
W/mºC,  = 405 × 10º Ns/m2, Cp = 4.187kJ/kg ºC. [8]
OR
Q6) a) i) Differentiate between forced convection and natural convection.[8]
ii) Give the characteristic dimension for following cases in Natural
convection.
1) Vertical cylinder
2) Horizontal cylinder
3) horizontal plate
4) Sphere
b) A horizontal flat circular metallic plate is kept on its flat surface on a
terrace ground in sunlight. Radius of plate = 2 m. It attains a steady state
temperature of 77ºC. The ambient temperature is 27ºC. Calculate the
rate at which solar heat energy is received by the plate by means of
convection only. Also calculate the rate of heat transfer per unit area of
the plate.
Take characteristic length of plate = Surface area / Perimeter
For horizontal plate with hot surface up,
Nu = 0.13 (Gr Pr)1/3 for Gr Pr < 2 × 108.
Nu = 0.16 (Gr Pr)1/3 for Gr Pr > 2 × 108.
Use the following properties of air:
k = 0.0282 W/mK,; v = 18.23 × 10-6 m2/s, Pr = 0.7025
Q7) a) Define and explain the solid angle in detail with sketch. [8]
b) Find out heat transfer rate due to radiation between two infinitely long
parallel planes. One plane has emissivity of 0.4 and is maintained at
200ºC. Other plane has emissivity of 0.2 and is maintained at 30ºC. If a
radiation shield (  = 0.5) is introduced between the two planes, find
percentage reduction in heat transfer rate and steady state temperature of
the shield. [8]
OR
[6003]-683 2
Q8) a) Explain how electrical network can be applied to solve the radiation heat
transfer problems. [8]
b) A pipe carrying steam having an outside diameter of 20 cm runs in a
large room and is exposed to air at a temperature of 30ºC. The pipe
surface temperature is 400ºC. Calculate loss of heat to the surroundings
per meter length of pipe,due to thermal radiation. The emissivity of pipe
surface is 0.8. What would be loss of heat due to radiation, if the pipe is
enclosed in a 40 cm diameter brick conduit of emissivity 0.91? Find
percentage change in heat transfer. [8]

Q9) a) Explain different regimes in pool boiling curve with neat sketch. [8]
b) Two fluids ‘A’ and ‘B’ exchange heat in a counter flow heat exchanger.
Fluid ‘A’ enters at 420ºC and has a mass flow rate of 1 kg/s. fluid ‘B’
enters at 20ºC and has a mass flow rate of 1 kg/s. The effectiveness of
heat exchanger is 75%. Determine Heat transfer rate and The exit
temperature of fluid ‘B’. Specific heat of fluid ‘A’ is 1 kJ/kgK and that
of the fluid ‘B’ is 4kJ/kgK. [10]
OR
Q10)a) Derive an expression for LMTD for parallel flow heat exchanger. [8]
b) A chemical having a specific heat of 3.3 kJ/kg K flowing at the rate
20,000 kg/h enters a parallel flow heat exchanger at 120ºC. The flow rate
of cooling water is 50,000 kg/h with an inlet temperature of 20ºC.2 The
heat transfer area is 10 m2 and overall heat transfer coefficient is
1200 W/m2ºC. Taking specific heat of water as 4.186 kJ/kg K, find[10]
i) Effectiveness of the heat exchanger.
ii) Outlet temperature of water and chemical.



[6003]-683 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2841 [Total No. of Pages : 4
[6003]-684
T.E. (Mechanical/Automobile Engg.)
THEORY OF MACHINES-II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302043)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8. Q.9 or Q10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicates full marks.
4) Use of calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) A pinion having 30 teeth drives a gear having 80 teeth. The profile of
gears is involute with 20º pressure angle, 10 mm module & 10 mm
addendum. Find the length of path of contract, arc of contact and contact
ratio. [6]

b) Define: [4]
i) Module
ii) Circular pitch
iii) Pressure angle
iv) Normal pressure angle
OR
Q2) a) A pair of parallel helical gears consist of a 25 teeth pinion meshing with
45 teeth gear. The helix angle is 25º & normal pressure angle is 20º. The
normal module is 3mm. calculate: [6]
i) Transverse module.
ii) Transverse pressure angle.
iii) Axial pitch
iv) Pitch circle diameter of pinion & Gear
b) Define the term lead angle of worm & explain the significance. [4]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) In an epicyclic gear of the’ Sun & Planet’ type shown in fig. 1 the PCD of
the internally toothed ring is to be 224mm & module 4mm. When the ring
D is stationary, the spider A which carries the three planet wheels C of
equal size, is to make one revolution in the same sense as the sun wheel B
for every five revolutions of the driving spindle carrying the sun wheel B.
Determine suitable numbers of teeth for all wheels. [8]

b) Write any four types of special Bevel Gears. [2]

OR
Q4) In epicyclic gear train as shown in fig.2 the driving gear A rotating in clockwise
direction has 14teeth & fixed annular gear C has 100 teeh. The ratio of gear in
gears E & D is 98:41. If 1.85kW is supplied to the geat A roatating at
1200 rpm. Find: [10]
a) The Speed and direction of rotation of gear E.
b) The fixing torque required at C, assuming 100% efficiency throughout &
that all teeth have the same pitch.

Fig.2

[6003]-684 2
Q5) a) Derive an expression for displacement, velocity, acceleration & jerk 2-3
polynomial advanced cam & also sketch the curves. [10]
b) An eccentric plate circular cam of 160 mm diameter and eccentricity
40mm provides motion to a spring loaded follower of mass 2 kg whose
axis is perpendicular to the axis of the cam & passes through its center.
The spring has stiffness of 25 N/mm. it is found that at certain speed, the
follower ceases contact with cam when it is rotated through 110º from its
lower position. Determine this speed. If the initial compression of spring
is 32mm, determine also the limiting speed of the cam to avoid jump.
Ignore weight of follower. [6]
OR
Q6) The following data relate to a cam profile in which the follower is a flat faced
follower moving with SHM during ascent & with uniform acceleration and
retardation, acceleration being 2/3rd of retardation during descents. Minimum
radius of cam=25 mm,lift=30mm, angle of ascent=120º. Angle of descent
100º, Angle of dwell between ascent & descent=80º. Speed of cam= 200 rpm.
Draw the profile of cam & determine max. velocity &acceleration of the follower
during outstroke & return stroke. [16]

Q7) a) Determine the chebyshev spacing for function y = x1.5 for the range
0 ≤ x ≤ 3 where three precision points are required. For these positions
points. determine θ2,θ3 &Φ2,Φ3 if Δθ=40º & ΔΦ=90º. [10]
b) A function varies from 0 to 8. Find the chebyshev spacing for four
precision positions. [6]
OR

Q8) a) Design a four bar mechanism with input link coupler link & output link
angles θ & Φ for 3 successive positions are given below: [10]
Position 1 2 3
θ 40º 55º 70º
Φ 50º 60º 75º
If the grounded link 30 mm, using Frudenstein’s equation, find out length of
other links to satisfy the given position conditions. Also draw the synthesized
mechanism in its first position & comment on the mechanism obtained.
b) Derive an equation to evaluate kinematic coefficients for Synthesizing the
four bar mechanism by using algebraic method. [6]

[6003]-684 3
Q9) a) A ship propelled by a turbine rotor which has a mass of 5 tons of speed
of 2100 rpm. The rotor has radius of gyration of 0.5m & rotates in
clockwise direction when viewed from stern. Find the gyroscopic effects
in following conditions.
i) The ship sails at speed of 30 km/hr & steers to left in a curve having
60m radius.
ii) The ship pitches 6º above & 6º below the horizontal position. The
bow is descending with its maximum velocity. The motion due to
pitching is SHM & the periodic time is 20 sec.
iii) The ship rolls & at a certain instant it has an angular velocity of 0.03
rad/s clockwise when viewed from stern.
Determine also the maximum angular acceleration during pitching. Explain
how the direction of motion due to gyroscopic effect is determined in
each case. [14]
b) Write any 4 advantages of Stepless Drive. [4]
OR
Q10)a) A pair of locomotive driving wheels with the axle, have a MI. of 180 kg-m2.
The diameter of wheel treads is 1.8m & distance between wheel centers is
1.5m. When the locomotive is travelling on a level track at 95 km/h defective
ballasting causes one wheel to fall 6mm & to rise again in total time of
0.1 sec. If the displacement of wheel takes place with SHM. Find: [10]
i) The gyroscopic couple set
ii) The reaction between the wheel & rail due to this couple
b) Draw & explain in detail working principle of any one type of CVT. [8]



[6003]-684 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2842 [Total No. of Pages : 4

[6003]-685
T.E. (Mechanical Engineering)
TURBO MACHINES
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - I) (302044)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Use of non-Programmable Scientific Calculator is allowed.
3) Draw neat and suitable figure; wherever necessary.
4) Figure to right indicate full marks.
5) Use of steam table, Drawing sheet is permitted.

Q1) a) A 75 mm diameter of jet of water having a velocity of 30 m/s strikes a flat

plate, the normal of which is inclined at 45° to the axis of the jet. Find the
normal force exerted by jet on the plate, work done and efficiency of the
system? [6]
b) State the major components of a Turbomachine with their functions? [4]
OR
Q2) a) A jet of water moving with a velocity of 40 m/s strikes a curved vane,
which is moving with a velocity of 20 m/s. The jet makes an angle of 30°
with the direction of vane at inlet and leaves at an angle of 90° to the
direction of vane at outlet. Determine vane angle at inlet and outlet so that
water enters and leaves the vane without shock? [6]
b) Write a note on the losses in the turbomachines in details? [4]

Q3) a) Two jets strike the buckets of a Pelton wheel, which generates shaft power
of 15450 kW. The diameter of each jet is given as 200 mm. If the net head
on the turbine is 400 m, Find the overall efficiency of the turbine. Take
Cv = 1.0. [6]
b) Define the term: Degree of reaction and explain the meaning of pure reaction
and 50°/breaction turbines. [4]
OR
P.T.O.
Q4) The following particulars refer to a stage if Parson’s turbine comprising one
ring of fixed blade and one blade of moving blades; Mean diameter of the
blade ring = 70 cm, RPM=3000, steam velocity at exit from blade = 160 m/s,
blade outlet angle = 20°, steam flow through blades = 7 kg/s. Draw the velocity
diagram and find following : [10]
i) Blade inlet angle,
ii) Tangential force on the ring of a moving blade,
iii) Power developed in a stage.

Q5) a) Derive an expression for diagram efficiency of single stage Impulse

Turbine. Obtain the Condition for Maximum efficiency & its value. [8]
b) In a single stage impulse turbine the mean diameter of the blade ring is
1 m and the rotational speed is 3000 rpm. The steam is issued from the
nozzle at 300 m/sec and nozzle angle is 20°. The blades are equiangular.
If the friction loss in the blade channel is 19% of the kinetic energy
corresponds to relative velocity at the inlet to the blades. What is the
power developed in the blading when the axial thrust on the blades is 98
N. Solve the problem graphically or analytically. [8]
OR
Q6) a) Enumerate the energy losses in steam turbine. [6]
b) Steam issues from the nozzles of an angle of 20° at a velocity of 440 m/s,
the friction factor is 0.9, for a single stage turbine designed for a maximum
efficiency determine:
i) Blade velocity
ii) Moving blade angles for equiangular blades
iii) Blade efficiency
iv) Stage efficiency if the nozzle efficiency is 93% & power developed
for mass flow rate of 3 kg/s. [10]

Q7) a) Define the maximum suction lift. State the expression to calculate it. What
factors affect its values? [6]
b) Following data relates to centrifugal pump: Eye and rim diameter = 10 cm
and 20 cm respectively, outer width = 1.25 cm, vane angle at outer
rim = 25°, speed = 3000 rpm, constant flow velocity = 3 m/s, manometric
efficiency = 78% and overall efficiency = 72%. Determine: [10]

[6003]-685 2
 i) Inlet vane angle
ii) Discharge
iii) Manometric head and
iv) Shaft Power
v) Mechanical efficiency
OR

Q8) a) Derive an expression for rise in pressure through impeller of a centrifugal

pump. [6]
b) A centrifugal pump running at 900 rpm has an impeller diameter of 500mm
and eye diameter of 300 mm. The blade angle at outlet is 35° with the
tangent. Determine assuming zero whirl at inlet, the inlet blade angle,
absolute velocity at outlet and its direction and the manometric head. The
flow velocity is constant at 3m/s. [10]

Q9) a) Explain slip and Pre-whirl, Surging and choking in rotary compressor.[8]
b) A centrifugal compressor running at 9000 rpm delivers 600 m3/min of
free air. The air is compressed from 1 bar and 20°C and delivered at 4
bar. The isentropic efficiency is 82%.The blades are radial at outlet and
constant flow velocity is 62 m/s. The outer dia. of the impeller is twice
the inner dia. and slip factor may be taken as 0.9. The blade area coefficient
of 0.9 may be assumed at inlet. Calculate: [10]
i) Temperature of air at outlet of impeller
ii) Power required driving the compressor
iii) Impeller diameters at inlet and outlet
iv) Impeller blade angle at inlet
v) Diffuser blade angle at inlet
vi) Breadth of impeller at inlet
OR

[6003]-685 3
Q10)a) Compare axial flow compressors and Centrifugal compressor on the
following points: [8]
i) Isentropic efficiency
ii) Pressure ratio per stage
iii) Range of operation within surging and chocking limits
iv) Effect of performance when working with contaminated fluids
v) Multi-staging limits
vi) Starting Torque
vii) Delivery Pressure
viii) Frontal area
b) Explain pressure coefficient, flow coefficient and work input factor for
axial flow compressors? [10]



[6003]-685 4
Total No. of Questions : 9] SEAT No. :
P2843 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-686
T.E. (Mechanical/Automobile)
METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-I) (302045)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Neat diagrams must be drawn whenever necessary.
2) Solve Q.No.1 or 2, Q.No.3 or 4, Q.No,5 or 6, Q.No.7 or 8. & Q.No.9.
3) Assume suitable data if necessary.
4) Use of non- programmable calculator is allowed.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) Explain hole and shaft basis system with neat sketch. [5]
b) Design Go and NOGO limit plug gauge for checking a hole having size
50 (+0.06,-0.00). Assume gauge maker’s tolerance equal to 10% of work
talerance and wear allowance equal to 10 % of gauge maker’s tolerance.[5]
OR
Q2) Differentiate between (any two) [10]
a) Accuracy & Precision.
b) Line and End standards.
c) Systematic and random Error.

Q3) a) Write short note on Machine vision system. [5]

b) List the various types of comparators and explain any one. [5]

OR
Q4) a) Define surface finish and explain various surface characteristics. [5]

b) Explain automatic inspection system. [5]

Q5) a) Explain 7QC Tools. [7]

b) Explain Juran’s trilogy approach with diagram. [9]

OR

[6003]-686 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain the concept of cost of quality& value of quality. [8]
b) Define quality circle and list the objectives of quality circle. [8]

Q7) a) What are advantages of sampling inspection over 100% inspection? Explain
the difference between single sampling and double sampling plan. [8]
b) Discuss six sigma with suitable normal distribution curve. [8]
OR
Q8) a) A batch of 100 test specimens made of grey cast iron are tested on UTM,
to determine the ultimate tensile strength of material. The results are
tabulated as follows. [8]
Ultimate tensile Frequency
Strength of material
270 4
290 32
310 50
330 12
350 2
Calculate :
i) Mean
ii) Variance
iii) Std. deviation
b) What are the various elements of quality audit? [8]

Q9) Write note on (any 3) [18]

a) Poka yoke
b) DMAIC
c) QFD
d) TQM
e) 5S
f) JIT


[6003]-686 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-2844 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-687
T.E. (Mechanical)
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302049)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or 2, Q.3 or 4, Q.5 or 6, Q.7or 8, Q. 9 or 10.
2) Draw neat diagrams wherever necessary.
3) Use of scientific calculator, psychrometric chart is allowed.
4) Assume suitable data wherever necessary.
5) Figures to the right indicate full marks.

Q1) a) With a neat sketch explain the working of Ice plant. [4]

b) State desirable properties of refrigerants. [6]

OR
Q2) a) What is the significance of environment friendly refrigerant? [4]

b) A simple saturated vapour compression refrigeration system has a

condensing temperature of 50°C and evaporating temperature of 0°C.
The refrigeration capacity is 7 TR. The liquid leaving the condenser is
saturated liquid and compression is isentropic. Determine:
i) The mass of refrigerant in kg/s
ii) Compressor power in kW
iii) Heat rejected from the system and
iv) COP of the system

Take enthalpy at the end of isentropic compression as 210 kJ/kg &

Properties of Refrigerant is listed in the following table: [6]
TºC P bar hf kJ/kg hg kJ/kg Sfg kJ/kgK Sfg kJ/kgK
50 12.199 84.868 206.298 0.3034 0.6792
0 3.086 36.022 187.397 0.1418 0.6960

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain the concept of Carnot COP? [4]

b) Explain refrigeration system with flash gas removal. [6]

OR

Q4) a) Explain Multi evaporator vapour compression refrigeration system. [4]

b) State various applications of cryogenics. [6]

Q5) a) Explain the ASHRAE comfort chart showing the comfort zone for winter
and summer season. [6]

b) Explain the significance of various psychometric processes by drawing it

on psychomotor chart. [10]

OR

Q6) a) Define RSHF, GSHF & ESHF. [6]

b) Explain different methods of duct deign. [10]

Q7) a) Explain the working of Automatic Expansion Valve with a neat sketch.[8]

b) Explain the working of different components used in air conditioning

system. [8]

OR

Q8) a) Explain the working of Thermostatic Expansion Valve with a neat sketch.
[8]

b) Explain the concept of All-Air system with neat sketch. Also state the
application of same. [8]

[6003]-687 2
Q9) a) Explain the concept of Humidity and Smoke sensors. [8]

b) What are the different pressure losses in the duct. Explain. [10]

OR

Q10) a) Classify the ducts on the basis of pressure and velocity of air in the duct.
Also state any four factors which should be considered during design of
duct. [8]

b) Classify fans used in air conditioning system. Explain any one fan in
detail. [10]



[6003]-687 3
Total No. of Questions : 12] SEAT No. :
P2845 [6003]-688
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (Mechanical and Automobile Engineering)

NUMERICAL METHODS AND OPTIMIZATION
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302047)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Attempt Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q.9 or Q.10, and Q.11 or Q.12.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Use of scientific calculator is allowed.
5) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) If x = 0.4000 is correct to 3 significant digits, then find maximum relative

error. Also find absolute and relative error in the function f (x) = x + x [6]
OR
Q2) Using Bisection method, find a root of the following equation at the end of
sixth iteration. x4 + 2x3 – x – 1 = 0 [6]

Q3) Solve the following equations using Gauss Elimination Method [6]
3x + 6y + z = 16
2x + 4y + 3z = 13
x + 3y + 2x = 9
OR
Q4) Solve the following equations using Gauss Jordan Method [6]
3x + 2y + 4z = 19
5x + 8y + z = 24
x + y + 10z = 33

Q5) Solve the following Linear Programing problem using Simplex Method [8]
Maximize Z = 1600x + 1500y
Subject to 5x + 4y  500
15x + 16y  1800
x  0, y  0
OR

[6003]-688 1 P.T.O.
Q6) Solve the following Linear Programing problem using Simplex Method
Minimize Z = 24x + 40y [8]
Subject to 3x + 2y  5
x + 4y  8
x + y  4 where, x  0,y  0

Q7) a) Draw a flowchart for Runge-Kutta 4th order method. [12]

b) Given

dy
 x  y 2 and y(0) = 1
dx
Find y(0.5) taking step size as 0.1
Using Runge-Kutta second order method.
OR
Q8) a) Given the differential equation [6]

dy x2

dx y 2  1
with initial condition y = 0 when x = 0, obtain y for x = 1.0
taking step size as 0.25 using Euler’s method.
b) A square plate ABCD 3m × 3m is insulated at two opposite edges AB
and CD and the temperature at the surfaces AD and BC is maintained at
100ºC and 0ºC respectively till equilibrium condition is reached.Find the
temperature distribution in the plate. Governing differential equation for
variation of temperature in a 2 dimensional conducting media is [12]

 2T  2T
 0
x 2 y 2

T
and at the insulated surfaces 0
x

[6003]-688 2
Q9) a) Following data refers to the load lifted and corresponding force applied
(effort) in a pulley system. If the load lifted and the effort required are
related by equation [8]
Effort = a X (load lifted) + b
Where, a and b are constants.
Load(KN) 10 15 20 25 30
Effort(KN) 0.750 0.935 1.100 1.200 1.300
Evaluate a and b by linear curve fitting.
b) Following data refers to equation of a best fit curve of the type [8]
y = a bx
where, a and b are constants.
x 1 3 4 6 9
y 1.2 2.589 3.166 4.206 5.586
Find the values of constants a and b by fitting a curve through the above
points.
OR
Q10)a) Following data relates to an experiment. [8]
X 0 1 2 3 4
y 1 5 25 100 250
Find the value of y at x = 3.5 using Newton Backward Interpolation.
b) The velocity distribution of a fluid near a flat surface is given as : [8]
X(m) 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.8
V(mm/sec) 0.72 1.81 2.73 3.47
x is the distance from surface (m) and V is the velocity (mm/sec). Find
the velocity when distance from the surface is 0.4mm using, Divided
difference method.

[6003]-688 3
Q11)a) A curve is drawn to pass through points given in the table below [8]
x 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
y 2 2.4 2.7 2.8 3 2.6 2.1
Estimate the area bounded by the curve using,
i) Trapezoidal Rule and
ii) Simpson’s 1/3rd Rule
b) Integrate the following given function by Simpson’s 3/8th Rule [8]
x 0 2 4 6 7.5 9 10.5
y 1 13 34 73 299 341 468
OR
4
Q12)a) Find  2
(2 x 2  1)dx by Gauss Legendre two point formula [8]

b) A function f (x,y) is described by the following data: [8]

x 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0

y
y = 1.0 3 3.8125 4.75 5.8125 7.0
y = 1.5 4.75 5.6875 6.75 7.9375 9.25
y = 2.0 7.0 8.0625 9.25 10.5625 12.0
Find the double integration of the function by Trapezoidal Rule.
The limits of x are 1.0 to 2.0 and limits of y are 1.0 to 2.0



[6003]-688 4
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2846 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-689
T.E. (Mechanical/ Automobile)
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (302051)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8, Q.9 or Q.10
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
2) Assume suitable data necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate between up-milling and down milling operations. [4]

b) The tool life of high speed steel (HSS) tool and carbide tool have the
same tool life of 60 minutes at a cutting speed of 75 m/min. the exponent
of tool life in Taylor’s equation “n” is 0.15 for HSS, while it is 0.2 for
carbide tool. Compare tool life for the two tools at a speed of 90 m/min.
[6]
OR
Q2) a) List types of chips and Explain the cutting conditions for chip type
formation. [4]
b) Calculate the Index Crank movement for 87 divisions by compound
indexing methods. [6]
Plate. No.1: 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
Plate. No. 2: 21, 23, 27, 29, 31 ,33
Plate. No. 3: 37, 39, 41, 43, 47, 49

Q3) a) Explain standard marking system of grinding wheels. [4]

b) Sketch Broach tool geometry and discuss main parts. [6]
OR
Q4) a) Differentiate between gang drilling and multispindle drilling machine. [4]
b) With neat sketch explain any three milling operations. [6]

Q5) a) Explain the working set-up and principle of ECM in detail with neat sketch.[8]
b) Discuss the need of non-conventional machining processes. Classify NCM
processes based on type of energy source used. [8]
OR
[6003]-689 1 P.T.O.
Q6) a) Draw a schematic diagram of electro-discharge machining set-up and
explain its working principle. [8]
b) Explain LBM process principle with neat sketch. State its advantages,
limitations and applications. [8]

Q7) a) Differentiate between absolute and incremental positioning system in CNC.[8]

b) Explain following codes : G90, G02, G63, G41, M05, M06, M11, M30.[8]
OR
Q8) a) Differentiate between NC, CNC, and DNC, with neat sketch. Discuss
advantages of DNC. [8]
b) Explain the significance of each letter in following word address format
with an example. [8]
N......G.......X......Y......Z......U..V...W......F......S......T......M......

Q9) a) Differentiate between Jigs and Fixtures. [6]

b) Draw a drill jig for drilling hole of size 12 mm as shown in Fig. 1 below.
Use appropriate locators, clamping devices and drill bushes. [12]

OR
Q10)a) Explain design principles of Jigs and fixtures. [6]
b) List out main elements of jigs and fixtures. [6]
c) Apply 3-2-1 principle to a rectangular block and explain with sketch. [6]



[6003]-689 2
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :

P-2847 [Total No. of Pages : 5

[6003]-690
T.E. (Mechanical) (Semester - II)
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENT - II
(2015 Pattern) (302048)

Time : 3 Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer five questions from following.
2) Neat sketch must draw wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Use of electronics pocket calculator is allowed.
5) Use of programmable calculator is not permitted.
6) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Differentiate straight bevel gear and spiral bevel gear. [4]
b) A pair of parallel helical gears consists of a 20 teeth pinion meshing
with a 100 teeth gear. The pinion rotates at 720 rpm. The normal
pressure angle is 20°, while the helix angle is 25°. The face width is 40
mm and the normal module is 4 mm. The pinion as well as the gear is
made of steel 40C8 (Sut = 600 N/mm2) and heat treated to a surface
hardness of 300 BHN. The service factor and the factor of safety are
1.5 and 2 respectively.
Calculate
i) Beam strength
ii) Wear strength
2
 BHN 
Use following data : Y = 0.484-2.87/Z', K = 0.16   [6]
 100 
OR
Q2) A pair of spur gears with 20° full-depth involute teeth consists of a 20 teeth
pinion meshing with a 40 teeth gear. The pinion is mounted on a crankshaft
of 7.5 kW single cylinder diesel engine running at 1500 rpm. The driven
shaft is connected to a two- stage compressor. Assume the service factor as
1.5. The pinion as well as the gear is made of steel 40C8 (Sut = 600 N/mm2).
The module and face width of the gears are 4 and 40 mm respectively.[10]

P.T.O.
 a) Using the velocity factor to account for the dynamic load, determine
the factor of safety.
b) If the factor of safety is two for pitting failure, recommend surface
hardness for the gears. Use following data:
2
 BHN  Cv = 3
Y = 0.484 – 2.87/Z, K = 0.16   , 3+ v
 100 

Q3) a) Explain the significance of helix angle on the performance of helix

gears. [4]
b) A single-row deep groove ball bearing is subjected to a pure radial
force of 2950 N from a shaft that rotates at 600 rpm, The expected life
L10h of the bearing is 30000 hrs. The minimum acceptable diameter
of the shaft is 40 mm. Select a suitable ball bearing for this application
from fallowing table. [6]
Principal Basic load
dimensions (mm) ratings (N) Designation
d D B C C0
40 52 7 4160 3350 61808
68 9 13300 7800 16008
68 15 16800 9300 6008
80 18 30700 16600 6208
90 23 41000 22400 6308
110 27 63700 36500 6408
OR
Q4) A pair of straight bevel gears is mounted on shafts, which are intersecting at
right angles. The number of teeth on the pinion and gear are 21 and 28
respectively. The pressure angle is 20°. The pinion shaft is connected to an
electric motor developing 5kW rated power at 1440rpm. The service factor
can be taken as 1.5. The pinion and the gear are made of steel (Sut = 750 N/
mm2) and heat-treated to a surface hardness of 380 BHN. The gears are
machined by a manufacturing process, which limits the error between the
meshing teeth to 10 m. The module and face width are 4 mm and 20 mm
respectively.
[6003]-690 2
 Determine the factor of safety against bending as well as against pitting
2
 BHN 
failure. Use following data: Y = 0.484 – 2.87/Z, K = 0.16   ,
 100 
6 21V(Ceb + Pt)
Cv= Pd = [10]
6+V 21V + (Ceb + Pt)

Q5) a) Write a short note on thermal consideration in worm gear. [6]

b) A pair of worm and worm wheel is designated as 3/60/10/6 The worm
is transmitting 5 kW power at 1440 rpm to the worm wheel. The
coefficient of friction is 0.1 and the normal pressure angle is 20°.
Determine the components of the gear tooth force acting on the worm
and the worm wheel. Also sketch the arrangement showing the
component of tooth forces. [10]
OR
Q6) A pair of worm and worm wheel is designated as, 1/30/10/10 The input
speed of the worm is 1200 rpm. The worm wheel is made of centrifugally
cast, phosphor bronze and the worm made of case-hardened carbon steel
14C6. The coefficient of friction is 0.025. A worm gear box with an effective
surface area of 1.5 m2 is operating in still air with a heat transfer coefficient
of 15 W/m 2°C. The temperature rise of the lubricating oil above the
atmospheric temperature is limited to 50°C. Determine the power transmitting
capacity based on [16]
a) Beam strength,
b) Wear strength and
c) Thermal considerations.
Use following data :
Speed factors for strength Xbl = 0.25, Xb2= 0.48,
Bending stress factors: Sb1= 28.2, Sb2=7,
Speed factors for wear: Xc1=0.112, Xc2= 0.26,
Surface stress factors : Scl = 4.93, Sc2 = 1.55
Zone factor Yz =1.143

Q7) a) What is the polygonal action in roller chain? How will you reduce it?
[6]
b) What are the advantages, disadvantages and applications of flat belt
drive? [6]
c) The layout of a crossed leather belt drive transmitting 7.5 kW is shown
in Fig. The mass of the belt is 0.55 kg per meter length and the
coefficient of friction is 0.30. [6]

[6003]-690 3
 Calculate :
(i) the belt tensions on the tight and loose sides, and
(ii) the length of the belt

OR
Q8) a) What are the advantages disadvantages and applications of chain drives?
[6]
b) The layout of a leather belt drive transmitting 15 kW of power is
shown in Fig. The center distance between the pulleys is twice the
diameter of the bigger pulley. The belt should operate at a velocity of
20 m/s approximately and the stresses in the belt should not exceed
2.25 N/mm2. The density of leather is 0.95 g/cc, and the coefficient of
friction is 0.35. The thickness of the belt is 5 mm. [12]
Calculate :
i) The diameter of pulleys.
ii) The length and width of the belt; and
iii) The belt tensions

Q9) a) State desirable properties of a good bearing material [4]

b) State desirable properties of a good lubricant. [4]
c) Explain the parameters of bearing design, [8]
i) Length to Diameter ratio,
ii) Unit bearing Pressure,
iii) Radial Clearance,
iv) Minimum oil film thickness.

[6003]-690 4
 OR
Q10)a) Why is hydrodynamic journal bearing called ‘self-acting’ bearing? [6]
b) The following data is given for a 360° hydrodynamic bearing: [10]
Radial load = 3.2 kN
Journal speed = 1490 rpm
Journal diameter = 50 mm
Bearing length = 50mm
Radial clearance = 0.05 mm
Viscosity of lubricant = 25 cP
Assuming that the total heat generated in the bearing is carried by the
total oil flow in the bearing, calculate
(i) Coefficient of friction,
(ii) Power lost in friction,
(iii) Minimum oil film thickness,
(iv) Flow requirement in 1 itres/min and
(v) Temperature rise.
Table Dimensionless performance parameters for full journal bearing with side flow



[6003]-690 5
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P2848 [Total No. of Pages : 3
[6003]-691
T.E. (Mechanical S/W)
MECHATRONICS
(2015 Pattern) (Semester-II) (302050)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.No.1 or 2, Q.No.3 or 4, Q.No,5 or 6, Q.No.7 or 8. & Q.No.9. or Q.10.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams Must be drwan whenever necessary.
4) Make suitable assumption whenever ncecessary.

Q1) a) Using a suitable sketch, explain the working of capacitive proximity sensor.[6]
b) Draw a block diagram of close loop control system and explain with
example. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Define the following terms: [4]
i) Sensitivity
ii) Accuracy
iii) Range
iv) Resolution
b) Obtain transfer function. [6]

Q3) a) Compare open loop and close loop control system. [4]
b) With neat sketch, explain the working of 4-bit R-2R DAC. [6]
OR

[6003]-691 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Explain any one of the Mechatronics system used as household appliance.[4]
b) What is Nyquist theorem? Explain sample & Hold Circuit? [6]

Q5) a) Discuss the role played by following elements in a PLC? [4]

i) Memory
ii) CPU
b) List and discuss, in brief, any six specification of PLC. [6]
c) Draw a ladder diagram for the following sequence. [6]
i) Turn the green ON for 25 seconds.
ii) Turn yellow on for 4 seconds.
iii) Turn re don for 30 seconds.
OR
Q6) a) Explain ladder diagram of logic AND Gate. [4]
b) In a certain bank each of three bank officers has a unique key to the vault.
The bank rules requires requires that two out of the three officers be
present when that vault is opened. Draw the ladder diagram for a relay
logic ciruit that will anlatch the door and turn on the light when the three
keys are inserted. [6]
c) Give suitable example explain the working of timer and counter in a PLC.[6]

Q7) a) What is Routh stability criterion explain in detail? [4]

b) Explain transfer function-based modelling of translational mechanical
system. [6]
c) Calculate and plot the poles and zeros for the system with transfer function
6( s + 3)
G( s) = comment on stability? [6]
( s + 2s + 2)
2

OR

[6003]-691 2
Q8) a) Explain building blocks of thermal and fluid system. [4]
b) For a system with characteristics equation [6]
F(S)=S4+3S3+3S2+2S+K=0
Examine range of K for the stability.
c) Explain the term phase margin and Gain margin [6]

Q9) a) Explain the manual procedure for PID controller turning with suitable
examples. [6]
b) A Proportional controller is used to control temperature within 50ºC to
130ºC with a set point of 73.5ºC. The set point is maintained with 50 %
controller output. The offset error is corresponding to load change which
causes 55% controller output. If the proportional gain is 2. Find the
percentage controller output if the temperature is 61ºC [6]
c) Explain PI control mode, stating its characteristics. [6]
OR
Q10)a) Explain derivative control mode. state its characteristics. [6]
b) In proportional controller, the gain is 4%. The Output voltage range is 0-
10V. The input voltage span 4-12 V. Determine the value of gain. [6]
c) What is neutral zone in ON-OFF controller? Why its provided. [6]



[6003]-691 3
Total No. of Questions : 10] SEAT No. :
P-3144 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-695
T.E. (Mechanical - Sandwich)
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
MANAGEMENT (Self Study II)
(2015 Pattern) (Semester - II) (302067)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8, Q.9 or Q.10.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
5) Use of calculator is allowed.

Q1) a) Explain types of organization. [6]

b) Explain Principles of Management. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain role of industrial engineer. [5]
b) Explain Different types of material handling equipment. [5]

Q3) a) Describe factors to be considered while finalizing plant location. [5]

b) Explain ABC analysis. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Write a short note on capacity planning. [5]
b) Explain moving average method. [5]

Q5) a) Describe with suitable examples; [8]

i) Operation process chart.
ii) Flow process chart.
b) Why allowances are considered in time study? What are various allowances
to be considered? [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain importance of ergonomics in the industry. [8]
b) Explain work sampling and write procedure for work sampling. [8]

P.T.O.
Q7) a) Write short note on group technology. [6]
b) Explain in brief : [10]
i) Earliest start time and earliest finish time for an activity.
ii) Latest start time and latest finish time for an activity.
iii) Total float.
iv) Free float.
OR
Q8) a) Define process planning and write down steps in process planning. [6]
b) A Project schedule has following characteristics, construct the network
diagram, calculate the earliest start time. Earliest finish time, Latest Start
time, latest finish time and determine the critical path of the project also
duration to complete the project. [10]
Activity Time (days)
1-2 5
1-3 8
2-3 6
2-4 7
3-4 5
3-5 4
4-5 8

Q9) a) Write impact of technology on society and business. [8]

b) Explain process technology and product technology. [10]
OR
Q10)a) Explain Role of Government in technology development. [8]
b) Explain revolution and growth of technology. [10]



[6003]-695 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-482 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-701
T.E. (Information Technology)
THEORY OF COMPUTATION
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314441)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Eliminate useless symbols from the following grammar. [6]

S  aA | bB
A  aA | a
B  bB
b) Prove that CFL’s are closed under union, concatenation, Kleene’s closure.
[6]
c) What is an ambiguous grammar? Explain with a suitable example. [6]
OR
Q2) a) Convert the following CFG to Chomsky Normal Form (CNF) [8]
S  aAbB
A  aA
B  bB | b
b) Construct NFA for the following left linear regular grammar. [6]
S  B1 | A0 | C0
B  B1 | 1
A  A1 | B1 | C0 | 0
C  A0
c) Write a note on Pumping lemma for CFL. [4]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Design a Pushdown Automata for the language L={an b2n | n > 0}. [6]
b) Construct a PDA equivalent to the following CFG. [6]
S  0BB
B  0S | 1S | 0
c) Write a note on Post machine. [5]
OR
Q4) a) Design a Pushdown Automata which accepts only odd number of b’s
over å = {a, b} . Simulate PDA for the string “bbaba”. [8]
b) Explain the acceptance by PDA [6]
i) By final state
ii) By empty stack
c) Define Push down Automata. [3]

Q5) a) Design a Turing machine to accept language L = {an bn cn | n > 0}. [7]
b) Write a short note on Post Correspondence problem. [5]
c) Differentiate between Push Down Automata and Turing Machine. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Church Turing hypothesis. [3]
b) Design a Turing machine to add two unary numbers. [7]
c) Write a short notes on Universal Turing machine. [8]

Q7) a) Explain in detail Decidable problems concerning regular languages. [5]

b) Explain the satisfiability problem with an example. [6]
c) What is Polynomial time reduction? Explain it with a suitable example.[6]
OR
Q8) a) Show that for two recursive languages L1 and L2, L1 U L2 is also recursive.
[4]
b) What do you mean by NP-Complete problems? List the problems in this
class and explain any one problem in detail. [7]
c) What do you mean by Mapping Reducibility? Explain it with an example.
[6]



[6003]-701 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P483 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-702
T.E. (Information Technology)
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (314442)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if neccessary.

Q1) a) What conditions are generally associated with readers-writers problem?

Write its pseudo code. [9]
b) Describe resource allocation graph in detail. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Enlist different IPC techniques. Differentiate between named pipe and
unnamed pipe with suitable example. [9]
b) What is Critical Section Problem? Give semaphore solution for producer-
consumer problem. [9]

Q3) a) Consider six memory partitions of size 100 KB, 300 KB, 50 KB,
200 KB,150 KB and 200 KB. These partitions need to be allocated to
processes of sizes 200 KB, 100 KB, 50 KB in that order. Perform the
allocation of processes using dynamic partitioning algorithms given be-
low and comment on internal and external fragmentation- [12]
i) First Fit Algorithm
ii) Best Fit Algorithm
iii) Worst Fit Algorithm
b) Explain Buddy system memory allocation with suitable example. [5]
OR

[6003]-702 1 P.T.O.
Q4) a) Find the number of page faults for the reference string
6,5,1,2,5,3,5,4,2,3,6,3,2,1,2 using FIFO, LRU and optimal page
replacement strategies. Consider frame size as 3. [12]
b) Explain Belady’s anomaly with suitable example. [5]

Q5) a) Assume a disk with 200 tracks and the disk request queue has random
requests in it as follows: 55,58,39,18,90,160,150,38,184. Find the no of
tracks traversed and average seek length if
1) SSTF

2) SCAN
3) C-SCAN
Is used and initially head is at track no 100. [12]

b) What are typical operations that may be performed on a directory? [6]

OR
Q6) a) What is I/O buffering? Why I/O buffering is needed? State and explain
different approaches of I/O buffering. [9]
b) Explain with example any three disk scheduling criteria. [9]

Q7) a) List down the phases of a compiler. Explain with suitable example. [9]
b) Explain macro call and macro expansion with suitable example. [8]
OR

Q8) a) Explain with example imperative statement, declarative statement, and

assembly directive of assembly language programming? [9]
b) What is system software explain any four system software in brief? [8]



[6003]-702 2
Total No. of Questions: 8] SEAT No. :
P403 [6003]-703
[Total No. of Pages : 4

T.E. (I.T.)
MACHINE LEARNING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-I) (314443)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn whererver necessary.
3) Fingures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) State and explain need of Regression analysis. [CO2, L2] [4]
b) How gradient descent does helps to optimize linear regression model?
[CO2, L2] [6]
c) What are the different ways to prevent overfitting [CO2, L2] [8]
OR
Q2) a) What are different cost functions to access the performance of linear
Regression model? In the given Dataset the outliers represent anomalies.
Which cost function will be more suitable and why? [CO2, L3] [5]
b) Define of Multivariate Regression and State advantages and
disadvantages of Multivariate Regression. [CO2, L2] [5]
Consider the following data
Prize in Rs Amount
Demanded
1 10 40
c) 2 11 38
3 16 48
4 18 40
5 20 60
i) Find values 0 and 1w.r.t. linear regression model which best fits
given data.
ii) Interpret and explain equation of regression line.
iii) Estimate the likely demand when the price is Rs. 15.
[CO2, L3] [8]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Consider following data. Which feature will be selected as a root node?
Use Information Gain. Played football is dependent feature. [CO4, L3]
[10]
Outlook Temperature Humidity Wind Played football(yes/no)
Sunny Hot High Weak No
Sunny Hot High Strong No
Overcast Hot High Weak Yes
Rain Mild High Weak Yes
Rain Cool Normal Weak Yes
Rain Cool Normal Strong No
Overcast Cool Normal Strong Yes
Sunny Mild High Weak No
Sunny Cool Normal Weak Yes
Rain Mild Normal Weak Yes
Sunny Mild Normal Strong Yes
Overcast Mild High Strong Yes
Overcast Hot Normal Weak Yes
Rain Mild High Strong No

b) Define and Explain following terms [7]

i) Bayesian Network
ii)  Bayes Classifier [CO4, L2]
Advantages and disadvantages of Nalve
OR
Q4) a) For the given data set apply Naive Bayes Classifier and predict the Class
for Type of Type of family structure = Single Parent, Age group = Young,
and Income status=Low [CO4, L3] [10]

[6003]-703 2
 Type of family Age group Income status will they buy a car?
structure
Nuclear Young Low Yes
Extended old Low No
Childless Middle-aged Low No
Childless Young Medium Yes
Single Parent Middle-aged Medium Yes
Childless Young Low No
Nuclear Old High Yes
Nuclear Middle-aged Medium Yes
Extended Middle-aged High Yes
Single Parent Old Low No
b) Define and explain following terms [7]
i) Minority Class
ii) Gini Index
iii) Entropy
iv) Information Gain [CO4, L2]

Q5) a) Find all association rules in the following database in the following
database with minimum support = 2 and minimum confidence = 75%
[CO5, L3] [10]
Transactions Data Items
1 Bread, Milk, Diaper
2 Bread, Milk, Diaper, Coke
3 Diaper, Beer, Eggs
4 Bread, Milk, Coke

b) State & explain with appropriate example different types of linkage use in
clustering. [CO5, L2] [8]
OR
Q6) a) Explain following Terms [8]
i) Rule
ii) Support
iii) Lift
iv) Confidence
[CO5, L2]
[6003]-703 3
 b) Apply KNN on the Following data. Find class of person whose height is
170 cm and weight is 57 kg. Consider value K = 5 and use Euclidian
distance formula. [CO5, L3] [10]
Height Weight
(CM) (KG) Class
167 51 Underweight
182 62 Normal
176 69 Normal
173 64 Normal
172 65 Normal
174 56 Underweight
169 58 Normal
173 57 Normal
170 55 Normal

Q7) a) With the help of suitable diagram explain Biological Neuron. [CO6, L3]
[5]
b) Explain the architecture of feed forward neural network. State its
limitations. [CO6, 12] [7]
c) What is deep learning? Explain different applications of deep learning
[CO6, L1] [5]

OR
Q8) a) What is perceptron? Explain multilayer perceptron in detail. [CO6, L3]
[5]
b) Explain why we use non-linearity function? State and explain three types
of neurons that add non-linearity in their computations [CO6, 12] [7]
c) What is ANN? Explain McCulloch Pitts Neuron [CO6, L2] [5]



[6003]-703 4
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P484 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-704
T.E. (Information Technology)
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314444)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answers : Q.1. or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4,, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What are User Profiles explain with example? [8]

b) Hierarchical task analysis (HTA) is used to describe the interactions
betveen a user & software system. Draw & explain HTA to online bus
reservation system? [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain Norman’s 7 stage model with example. [8]
b) Differentiate between Goals Vs Tasks. How does GOMS help in
improving usability? Draw GOMS for CLOSE-WINDOW. [9]

Q3) a) Explain the principle of learnability and principle of flexibility with

example. [9]
b) i) Draw and explain Software design process. [9]
ii) Explain the importance of User Focus from HCl perspective.
OR
Q4) a) What is Prototyping? Explain the low-fidelity and High-fidelity designs
with example. [9]
b) Consider any online food ordering system, draw model-view-controller
(MVC) framework. Mention the necessary technology solutions
available for each of MVC. [9]

Q5) a) Explain DECIDE framework with necessary diagram and an example of

the same. [8]
b) What are the goals of evaluation? Explain Cognitive walkthrough and
heuristics evaluation technique in detail. [9]

OR
P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain user interface management system (UIMS) in detail along with its
architecture? [8]
b) Write a short note on. [9]
i) Toolkits
ii) Usability testing

Q7) a) Explain [9]

i) Augmented Reality
ii) Virtual Reality along with real life examples of both.
b) Discuss in the detail the Challenges faced by designer while designing
interfaces for. [9]
i) smart homes
ii) smart devices
OR
Q8) a) Draw and explain Design thinking in detail for any suitable application.[9]
b) In today’s world finding things on the web has become easy. Discuss
how multimodal interaction has enriched the experience. [9]

  

[6003]-704 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-485 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-705
T.E. (Information Technology)
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314445(A)) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7or Q.8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain the coin change making problem with suitable example. [9]

b) Solve the following instance of Knapsack problem by dynamic

programming approach:

n = 6; M = 165 and (pl,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) = (wl,w2,w3,w4,w5,w6) =

(100,50,20,10,7,3). [9]

OR
Q2) a) Use Bellman Ford algorithm for finding the shortest path for the graph.[9]

b) What is dynamic programing? Is this the optimization technique? What

are the drawback of dynamic programing. [9]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) Explain 8-Queen problem and explain the following terms with respect to
8-Queens problem. [8]

i) State space tree

ii) Live node

iii) Static tree

iv) Solution state

v) Answer state

b) State the principal of backtracking and write backtracking algorithm for

graph coloring [9]

OR

Q4) a) What is Backtracking? Write an algorithm for backtracking solution to

the 0/1 knapsack problem. [8]

b) Let W= {5, 10, 12, 13, 15, 18} and M = 30. Find all possible subsets of
W that sum to M. Draw the portion of state space tree. [9]

Q5) a) What is the difference between backtracking and branch & bound?
Illustrate using the 0/1 knapsack problem. [9]

b) Write an algorithm for Least cost(LC) branch & bound. [9]

OR

Q6) What is traveling salesperson problem? Find solution to the following TSP
using branch & bond. [18]

 10 15 20 
 5  9 10 
 
 6 13  12 
 
8 8 9  

[6003]-705 2
Q7) a) Explain NP-Hard, NP-Complete, Decision problem & Polynomial time
algorithm. [9]

b) Prove that clique problem is NP complete. [8]

OR

Q8) a) Prove that satisfiability problem is NP complete. [9]

b) Prove that vertex cover problem is NP complete. [8]



[6003]-705 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-486 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-706
T.E. (Information Technology)
ADVANCED DATABASE & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314445B) (Elective - I)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain with example Four Types of No SQL Databases. Also explain
Column-Oriented Database: Apache Cassandra. [12]

b) Explain Mongo DB NoSQL Database. [6]

OR
Q2) a) Explain NoSQL database Development Tool: MapReduce. Compare
Relational and NoSQL databases. [10]

b) Explain NoSQL Programming Languages XML and JSON. [8]

Q3) a) What is Data warehouses? Explain characteristics and limitations of data

Warehouse. [8]

b) Explain different OLAP Architectures. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Write a note on Decision support system. Explain with example views
and Decision support. [10]

b) Define OLAP? Compare different OLAP Architecture. [7]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is KDD? Explain KDD seven step process with suitable diagram.[10]

b) Explain predictive and descriptive algorithms in data mining. [8]

OR

Q6) a) Explain different issues in Data mining task. Explain Data Preprocessing
Tasks in KDD Process. [10]

b) Explain Pattern Evaluation and knowledge presentation steps in Data

Mining. [8]

Q7) a) Compare Temporal, Spatial and Deductive Databases. [5]

b) Write a note on : [12]

i) Mobile databases

ii) Multimedia databases

OR

Q8) a) Write a note on : [10]

i) Geographical Information Systems (GIS)
ii) Genome data management.

b) Explain “Event-Condition- Action” model in Active Databases [7]



[6003]-706 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-487 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-708
T.E. (I.T./A.I & D.S.)
DESIGN THINKING (Elective - I)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314445C)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) How might we...” question elaborate? Explain the template of HMV. [8]

b) Explain the use of SCAMPER for Ideation. [9]

OR
Q2) a) How context mapping tools help us in design thinking? Which other
tools support working with this tool? [6]

b) Explain Brainstorming as an ideation technique? [6]

c) What is a concept in design thinking? Explain using suitable example.[5]

Q3) a) What is prototype?Explain the different types of prototyping in detail.[9]

b) What is dark horse prototype how to do it and when we need it. [9]

OR

Q4) a) Why is prototyping important? List different Prototyping techniques.[6]

b) Why the prototype is needed and what are the advantages of using
prototype in design thinking. [6]

c) How to implement Critical Functional Prototype. [6]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Discuss how ‘Testing Sheet’ will help designers to prepare the test
sequence and document the test results. [8]

b) What is Structured usability testing? Explain How it is carried out. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Discuss how ‘Feedback Capture Grid’ is used to test my prototyped

ideas quickly and simply. [8]

b) Explain How ‘I like, I wish, I wonder’ tool used in Phase Reflect. [9]

Q7) a) Discuss the case study “Reimagining the Trade Show Experience at IBM”
in detail. [9]

b) How “Social Networking at MeYou Health” is designed using design

thinking tools? [9]

OR

Q8) a) Discuss the case study “Design Thinking in Healthcare with IDEO” in
detail. [9]

b) How Design Thinking transformed Airbnb? Explain. [9]



[6003]-708 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P-488 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-709
T.E. (Information Technology)
INTERNET OF THINGS (Elective - I)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - I) (314445D)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates :
1) Answers Q.1 or Q.2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) What is Bluetooth? Explain the following term of Bluetooth i) Piconet

ii) Scatternet. [9]

b) Explain in detail the MQTT protocol. [9]

OR
Q2) a) Explain Bluetooth protocol architecture. [9]

b) What are the development reasons for AMQP? Explain the AMQP model
with its main elements. [9]

Q3) a) Draw and explain the interfacing of the LED using Raspberry Pi with the
program. [8]

b) Explain Arduino. What are the different features of Arduino? Discuss

digital, analog, and power pins. [9]

OR

Q4) a) What is Raspberry Pi? Explain OS installation steps. [8]

b) Draw and explain the interfacing of the servo motor using Arduino Uno
with the program. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What are different IoT systems vulnerable? Also, explain IoT security
challenges. [8]

b) What is cloud computing? Explain elements of cloud computing. Also,

explain the characteristics of cloud computing. [9]

OR

Q6) a) Explain the use and design of a RESTful web API. [8]

b) Explain the following key elements of IoT Security: Identity establishment,

Access control, Data and message security. [9]

Q7) a) Write short note on : [9]

i) Home Automation.
ii) Indoor Air quality monitoring.

b) Explain following IoT Applications i) Structural Health Monitoring

ii) Smart Parking iii) Smart Road. [9]

OR

Q8) a) Write short note on : [9]

i) Wearable Electronics.
ii) Smart Payments.

b) Explain how IoT is useful in environment - Weather Monitoring and Noise

Pollution Monitoring. [9]



[6003]-709 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P489 [6003]-710
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E. (Information technology)

COMPUTER NETWORK AND SECURITY
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (314451)
Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) All Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain MACAW protocol in details. [9]

b) Explain with diagram Layered Architecture for Sensor Network. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the issues in designing a routing protocol for Ad-hoc Wireless
Network. [6]
b) What are hidden station and exposed station problem in WLAN. [6]
c) Explain different issues and Challenges in Designing a Sensor Network.[6]

Q3) a) What is stream cipher? Explain encryption process using stream cipher
with suitable example. [8]
b) What is Cipher Block Chaining (CBC)? Explain the process of CBC
with suitable diagram. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Describe the following network security threats. [5]
i) Unauthorized access
ii) Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks
b) Describe the following fundamental principles of Information security
[6]
i) Integrity
ii) Authentication
iii) Authorization and Access Control
c) What is Cipher Feedback Mode(CFM) and Electronic Code book
(ECB)? [6]

[6003]-710 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain Data Encryption Standard Algorithm in detail with suitable
diagram. [9]

b) Explain Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm. [9]

OR
Q6) a) Explain Private Key Management. [9]

b) Explain following terms. [9]

i) PKIX Model
ii) Digital Signature
iii) Digital Certificate

Q7) a) Write a short note on Software attacks & hardware attacks with example.
[8]

b) Explain the threats and vulnerabilities of the information security system.

[9]
OR

Q8) a) Explain Layers of Cyber Security in detail. [8]

b) What is a man-in-the-middle attack (MIM)? Explain in detail. [9]

  

[6003]-710 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P490 [Total No. of Pages : 2
[6003]-711
T.E. (I.T.)
DATA SCIENCE AND BIG DATA ANALYTICS
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (314452)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8.
2) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
3) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Explain Google file system and its advantages. [10]

b) Explain Hadoop distributed file system [8]
OR
Q2) a) Why map reduce is required in Hadoop? Explain the stages involved in
map reduce task with a suitable example? [9]
b) Describe the various types of NoSQL Databases with example and also
compare them. [9]

Q3) a) Explain Mean, Mode and variance and standard deviation with suitable
example. [9]
b) Draw and explain Architecture of HIVE [8]
OR
Q4) a) Explain Min-max scaling. For the following dataset carry out min-max
Scaling, X=24, 28, 53, 30, 40, 18, 15, 21 [9]
b) What is data Wrangling? Why do you need it? explain data Wrangling
methods? [8]

Q5) a) Explain any 4 Types of data visualization with example. [9]

b) Explain different data visualization tools. [9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q6) a) Explain data visualization with the help of example? What are the
advantages of data visualization? [9]
b) Explain Data Visulization with Tableau. [9]

Q7) a) Explain Big Data Analytics Challenges in brief. [9]

b) Explain types of Mobile Analytics. [8]
OR
Q8) a) What is Porters valuation creation model? Explain porter’s value chain
analysis. [9]
b) What is social media analytic? Explain the process of social media data
analytic. [8]



[6003]-711 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :
P491 [6003]-712
[Total No. of Pages : 2

T.E.I.T.
WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
(2019 Pattern) (Semester -II) (414464A)
Time :2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70
Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer four questions.
2) Figures to right indicate full marks.
3) Assume suitable data, if necessary.
4) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.

Q1) a) Explain MVC architecture with a suitable diagram. [6]

b) List and explain different types of structural directives in Angular. [6]
c) What way would you design simple application in typescript to
demonstrate the use of modules? [6]
OR
Q2) a) List and explain the features of any three popular web frameworks. [6]
b) How would you use the term typescript? Give the advantages and
disadvantages of using it? [6]
c) Explain any 2 Hooks in React JS with example. [6]

Q3) a) Write and explain a simple application using REST HTTP Method API
in node JS. [6]
b) Explain how to perform CRUD operations in a Node. JS application.
Provide examples of CRUD implementation. [6]
c) Write a short note on PM2 microservices. [5]
OR
Q4) a) What is template engine? How to create and use it using Express.JS?[6]
b) List and explain the features of advanced MongoDB. [6]
c) Explain the role of NPM (Node Package Manager) in Node.js
development. [5]

[6003]-712 1 P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is jQuery Mobile? Explain Mobile jQuery framework in detail. [6]
b) Explain the mobile devices and desktop devices in detail ? [6]
c) Write a code to create a header and footer in jQuery Mobile. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain any 3 events in jQuery Mobile with example? [6]
b) Compare jQuery with jQuery Mobile. [6]
c) Explain the concept of Mobile-First design in web development. Explain
its significance and benefits in creating responsive and user-friendly
websites. [6]
Q7) a) Explain the features and benefits of AWS Cloud. [6]
b) What is S3 bucket and how to create a bucket? [6]
c) Explain the different components of VPC? [5]
OR
Q8) a) What is PuTTY? How to connect EC2 instance with PuTTY? [6]
b) Explain the process of deploying a website or web application on AWS.[6]
c) What is Elastic Load Balancer and explain its working. [5]



[6003]-712 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-492 [Total No. of Pages : 3

[6003]-713
T.E. (Information Technology) (Semester - II)
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE (Elective-II)
(2019 Pattern) (314454-A)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q1 or Q2, Q3 or Q4, Q5 or Q6, Q7 or Q8.
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What is knowledge representation in AI? List the various techniques

of knowledge representation in AI. [6]
b) What are the types of knowledge in Al and how it is categorized? [6]
c) Differentiate between forward chaining and backward chaining. [6]
OR
Q2) a) What are the causes of uncertain knowledge in AI? What are the ways to
solve the problems with uncertain knowledge? Give suitable examples.
[8]
b) Following are some statements, represent it in the form of nodes, arcs
and relationship. [5]
i) Jerry is a cat.
ii) Jerry is a mammal
iii) Jerry is owned by Priya.
iv) Jerry is brown colored.
v) All Mammals are animal.
c) Following are statements, represent it in the form of frame
representation.
Peter is an engineer as a profession and his age is 25, he lives in city
London and the country is England. [5]

P.T.O.
Q3) a) What are the stages in the lifecycle of a natural language processing
(NLP) project? Draw neat diagram. [5]
b) What is meant by data augmentation? What are some of the ways in
which data augmentation can be done in NLP projects? [4]
c) Describe how parsing is done in NLP? Write a note on Dependency
parsing and semantic parsing. [8]
OR
Q4) a) List the components of natural language processing (NLP). [5]
b) What are the steps to follow when building a text classification system?
[7]
c) What do you understand by semantic analysis? What are the techniques
used for semantic analysis? [5]

Q5) a) Discuss the types of games in Game Theory? Give its features and
examples. [4]
b) What is the concept of Strategy in game theory? Write in short on Pure
strategy, Optimal strategy and Mixed strategy. [6]
c) Use MinMax Principle and Find the optimal plan for both the player.[8]
Player Player B
A I II III IV
I –2 0 0 5
II 4 2 1 3
III –4 –3 0 –2
IV 5 3 –4 2
OR
Q6) a) What is planning in AI? List the Components of Planning System. [8]
b) What is Hierarchical planning in AI? Give suitable example. [4]
c) What is meant by Alpha Beta pruning? List the Conditions for Alpha-
beta pruning. [6]

[6003]-713 2
Q7) a) What is the difference between deep learning, machine learning and AI?
[8]
b) Define Perceptron. Explain Multilayer Perceptron and Boltzmann Machine.
[5]
c) What is the difference between Epoch, Batch, and Iteration? [4]
OR
Q8) a) List the most used applications of Deep Learning. Elaborate any two.[9]
b) What is TensorFlow? What are the three working components of
TensorFlow Architecture? [8]



[6003]-713 3
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-493 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-714
T.E. (Information Technology)
CYBER SECURITY (Elective-II)
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (314454B)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Que 1 or Que 2, Que 3 or Que 4, Que 5 or Que 6, Que 7 or Que 8
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume Suitable data if necessary.

Q1) a) List and explain the obstacles in collecting digital evidence. [6]
b) Enumerate the guidelines for seizing digital evidence at the scene. [6]
c) What are the different Email Protocols? How can email be used as
evidence? [6]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the process of investigating e-mail crimes and violations. [6]
b) List and explain the challenges in cyber forensics. [6]
c) List any three types of web attacks. How these web attacks are
investigated? [6]

Q3) a) What is Digital Forensics? Explain in details. [6]

b) What are the 5 phases of digital forensics? Explain. [6]
c) What is mean by Digital Evidence? Explain its Characteristics? [5]
OR
Q4) a) Explain with diagram Digital Forensic Model. [6]
b) List and explain principles of Forensics Audio and Video Analysis.[6]
c) Explain the preservation of digital evidences. [5]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) What is Phishing? Explain Phishing attack in detail. [6]
b) What are the various social engineering attacks? Explain any one in
detail. [6]
c) Explain about Insider Threats attacks. [6]
OR
Q6) a) Explain Social Engineering Targets and Defense Strategies. [6]
b) What are the types of computers based social engineering attacks? [6]
c) Explain Attack Spiral Model, [6]

Q7) a) What are positive aspects and weak areas of ITA 2000? [6]
b) What is mean by Security Audit? Explain its steps. [6]
c) Explain in details Intellectual Property Rights in Cyberspace. [5]
OR
Q8) a) Explain cyber terrorism and provision under the IT Act. [6]
b) What are various offenses in IT Act? Explain in short. [6]
c) Explain what is mean by E-Commerce and E-Governance. [5]



[6003]-714 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-494 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-715
T.E. (Information Technology)
CLOUD COMPUTING
(2019 Pattern) (Semester - II) (314454C) (Elective - II)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 .
2) Neat diagram must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) What are the common standards supported by open cloud Consortium.
[8]
b) Explain the significance of Azure SQL. [6]
c) Difference between on demand instances and spot instance in Amazon
cloud. [4]
OR
Q2) a) Explain the architecture of Google App Engine with neat diagram.
[8]
b) Describe various standards for Messaging over cloud platform. [6]
c) Explain the significance of Open Cloud Test-bed. [4]

Q3) a) Describe google file system architecture with neat diagram. [8]
b) Explain the features and advantages of Dynamo DB. Explain how it
is different than RDBMS. [9]
OR
Q4) a) Describe Hadoop Distributed File System with neat diagram. [8]
b) What are different types of disasters and how the disaster recovery is
done on cloud platform. [9]

P.T.O.
Q5) a) Explain the architecture of Internet of Things? List down the enabling
technologies used in IoT. [9]
b) Explain important features of ZigBee Technology. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Explain any one innovative Applications of the Internet of Things.
[9]
b) Draw an architecture of RFID along with an application. [9]

Q7) a) Enlist an important features of Cloud TV. Describe the use of cloud-
based smart fabrics and paints. [9]
b) Draw an architecture of Mobile Cloud Computing and explain in
details. [8]
OR
Q8) a) Explain the Docker architecture with neat diagram. [9]
b) Write short note on : [8]
i) Energy Aware Cloud Computing
ii) Jungle Computing



[6003]-715 2
Total No. of Questions : 8] SEAT No. :

P-495 [Total No. of Pages : 2

[6003]-716
T.E. (I.T)
Software Modeling and Design
(2019 Pattern) (Semester-II) (314454D) (Elective-II)

Time : 2½ Hours] [Max. Marks : 70

Instructions to the candidates:
1) Answer Q.1 or Q.2, Q.3 or Q.4, Q.5 or Q.6, Q.7 or Q.8 .
2) Neat diagrams must be drawn wherever necessary.
3) Figures to the right side indicate full marks.
4) Assume suitable data, if necessary.

Q1) a) Draw Activity Diagram using Swim lanes for given scenario.
“A popular e-commerce website application serves customers to
purchase items. Customer can select item by using ‘search item’ facility
and add it in the cart. The cart total is calculated, and customer can
pay bill by using various payment methods.” [8]
b) Explain state diagram? Draw and discuss notations used for State
Machine, Triggers and Ports, Transitions and conditions, Initial and
Final State. [9]
OR
Q2) a) Consider typical scenarios of College’s Library Management System,
Identify events performed by different users for the system, and Draw
Sequence Diagram. [8]
b) What is interaction and behavior modeling? list different diagram used
for this modeling? Draw components used in 2 diagrams. [9]

Q3) a) Discuss what is object relational system ? How it is used in designing

table class mapping. [9]
b) Bank offers credit card and debit card to the account holders. Consider
different activities to be performed by card holder and draw Class diagram
with association. Map Class to tables. Draw schema diagrm. [9]
OR

P.T.O.
Q4) a) Draw Component and Deployment Diagram for Car rental system.
[6]
b) Explain OCL with example. [6]
c) What are the points one should consider while designing the Access
Layer Classes [6]

Q5) a) How pure fabrication can solve issues related to high cohesion and
low coupling? Explain with the help of Sales man as the scenario.
[8]
b) Explain Façade Behavioral Patterns. Write in detail any 2 Façade
Behavioral Patterns. [9]
OR
Q6) a) Apply strategy design pattern to the following and draw the class
diagram. A company has many employees. Each employee has a
name and a performance index in the range of 1 to 5. When the index
is 2 the increment is 10 percent of the previous year salary, 3 the
increment is 15 percent of the previous year salary, 4 the increment is
20 percent of the previous year salary. Indicate roll of each class in
the class diagram. [8]
b) Explain GOF design patterns. [9]

Q7) a) What is real time software architecture? Explain the important

characteristics of real time software architecture. [9]
b) What is component based architecture? State different ways of
representing component. [9]
OR
Q8) a) Describe Quality attributes in architecture design. [8]
b) Explain dynamic view of software architecture with the help of
example. [6]
c) Explain the important characteristics of real time software architecture.
[4]



[6003]-716 2